Your brave new world: RFID monitoring and DNA profiles

0

Susanne Posel, Occupy Corporatism |

In Texas, children attending school in the Northside Independent School District will be required to carry RFID chipped cards while on campus. The 6,000 student’s movements will be monitored by faculty, in a pilot program that hopes to expand to tracking all students in the 12 districts.

Principal Wendy Reyes of Jones Middle School, explains: “It’s going to give us the opportunity to track our students in the building. They may have been in the nurse’s office, or the counselor’s office, or vice principal’s office, but they were markedly absent from the classroom because they weren’t sitting in the class. It will help us have a more accurate account of our attendance.”

Schools being the intended beta-test ground for social conditioning, is using RFID chips to track students as cattle is monitored on a ranch; impeding on their privacy and dignity.

RFID technology is furthered by corporations like Proteus Biomedical that have developed the microchip that is activated by human stomach acids, embeds into the lining of the stomach and remotely sends information collected through sensors about the environment. These transmission can be syphoned to the internet, a doctor’s office via computer or any intercepting entity.

Called “smart pills”, the bio-tech corporations Novartis are creating microchipping that will assist in organ transplants and anti-rejection drugs as well as using human clinical trials to test safety measures. How will the pharmaceutical corporations explain away the fact that electronic capacitors are toxic to the human body and swallowing them on a regular basis will cause serious complications?

Continuous data broadcasting impedes on privacy which could be used for nefarious use. Being a human reception tower to be interceded by anyone with a WiFi connection or “pharmecurticals microchipping scanners”.

Russian-based software called Voice Grid Nation will be used by law enforcement to record and analyze US voices. Mathematical algorithms will file massive amounts of data that can be translated to use on surveillance operations in the domestic US.

Furthermore, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is endeavoring to collect the DNA of all children to be stored in case of a future arrest or circumstance wherein the use of their DNA would be pertinent or necessary for involvement in criminal activity and conviction.

DHS estimates that 1 million people are subject to this intrusive collection because of incarceration and non-criminal reasons. Children who are caught in the criminal system have their DNA stored along with adult offenders, according to the Council for Responsible Genetics. 
Jennifer Lynch of the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) asserts: “Collecting DNA from anyone detained by the government for any number of non-criminal reasons — especially juveniles — seems to be yet another step on the slippery slope of collecting DNA from everyone in the United States, no matter their status.”

The US Congress passed the Katie Sepich Enhanced DNA Collection Act of 2010 that expanded the collection of DNA in the name of protecting children and enhancing federal criminal databases. This works in tandem with the DNA Initiative which provides “funding, training and assistance to ensure that forensic DNA reaches its full potential to solve crimes, protect the innocent and identify missing persons.”

DNA collection is justified for the purposes of obtaining a medical history and predisposition to disease. These samples then become part of the warrantless collections that are mingled in with criminal profiles to create genetic databases on all American citizens.

An estimated 10 million DNA samples stored in CODIS , a massive DNA database, are collected on the local state and federal levels and provided to law enforcement. This database will be utilized for pre-crime purposes and have been sanctioned by federal courts.

After birth, infants in hospitals have their blood taken under the guise of screening for diseases; however collections where genetic information have been formed over the decades on nearly every American.

Under the Rapid DNA initiative, a collection is made easy by use of a Q-tip and the suspect’s saliva. The technology is praised as being a replacement to fingerprinting and as the future of forensic analyses.

As DNA collecting continues, the use of RFID chipping facilitates the monitoring and movements of American citizens. Beginning with children, the US government is working to control the most important aspects of American society. The generations who grow up in a control grid will not question their enslavement.

They will trust law enforcement in a fear-filled respect and hope that they will not be taken under pre-crime circumstances into the prisons. They will cower at the prospect of their DNA being used against them. These two in tandem will serve to keep future generations in line and avoid massive uprisings as is seen in our current social climate. These controls are sold as making our world “safer” or “better”, yet they go unnoticed for what they really are.

These are the final chapters being written in the systematic and planned-implosion of our free society.

MP: Afghanistan is ‘unwinnable war of occupation’

0

ITV |

Members of military families will join Labour MP Paul Flynn at today’s ceremony, who was suspended from parliament over comments he made about the conflict in Afghanistan.

We are fighting an unwinnable war of occupation and the sooner we follow our former coalition partners in withdrawing from the country the better. Unfortunately successive governments have failed to realise this and continue putting the lives of our soldiers at risk, repeating the tired mantra that they are reducing the threat of terrorism in the UK in doing so.

— LABOUR MP PAUL FLYNN
About 500 British troops are due to return home by the end of this year, leaving a further 9,000 to return by the end of 2014.

The number of members of UK forces to have died since operations began in October 2001 now stands at 433, and the US toll has now hit 2,000.

Hugo Chavez wins election

0

Al Jazeera |

Electoral Council says with most votes counted Chavez had about 54 per cent of votes, while his rival got 44 per cent.

Venezuela’s electoral council says President Hugo Chavez has won re-election, defeating challenger Henrique Capriles.

National Electoral Council president Tibisay Lucena said on Sunday that with most votes counted, Chavez had about 54 per cent of the vote, while his rival Henrique Capriles garnered 44.99% of votes.

It was Chavez’s third re-election victory in nearly 14 years in office.

The victory gives Chavez another six-year term to cement his legacy and press more forcefully for a transition to socialism in the country with the world’s largest proven oil reserves.

Turnout had been high and voting was extended beyond the official closing time of 18:00 (22:30 GMT) at some polling stations where big queues were formed.

The electoral council’s president, Tibisay Lucena, said any stations where voters had not cast ballots would remain open.

Electoral officials gave no indication of when they might begin releasing first returns. Publishing exit polls and unofficial vote counts is illegal in Venezuela.

Al Jazeera’s Lucia Newman, reporting from Caracas, said “Both candidates have called for people to be patient and wait for the results, both men have said they will respect the result.”

Chavez, the Venezuelan president, appealed for calm as his supporters began setting off fireworks and partying in the street on Sunday night in anticipation of victory in the presidential election.

“Let’s way for the results with patience, calm and prepare to recognise the results, whatever they maybe,” he said in a phone call broadcast during a press conference held by his campaign team.

“I ask the nation to stay calm, be patient and that nobody despair, that nobody fall into provocations, no violence, and we wait for the results,” Chavez said.

“Let’s prepare for this with maturity, with good faith and the willingness to continue the march of the Bolivarian fatherland,” Chavez said, referring to Venezuela’s independence hero Simon Bolivar.

Capriles tweeted “We know what happened and we should wait,” , calling Sunday “a grand, historic day.”

While not accusing the government of intentionally delaying results, Capriles did complain earlier that most voting stations lacked lines and the government should get on with the vote-counting.

Capriles spokesman Armando Briquet demanded all motorcycle traffic be banned. In the past, gangs of red-shirted motorcyclists chanting pro-Chavez slogans have intimidated people.

Chavez’s campaign manager, Jorge Rodriguez, told reporters there were no such plans. “This country has freedom of circulation,” he said at a news conference.

The Leftist president is hoping to get a third term in office but is facing tough competition from Capriles.

Chavez, who won 62 per cent of the vote in the 2006 election, held a 10-point lead in the latest opinion poll, but other surveys have put the rivals in a statistical dead heat.

Capriles, 40, a lawyer-turned-politician who has never lost an election, has rallied support by focusing on the day-to-day problems that worry voters most, such as high crime, power blackouts and endemic corruption.

Sporting what he called his “lucky shoes,” the superstitious Capriles struck a conciliatory tone after voting.

“Whatever the people decide today is sacred,” he said to applause from supporters. “To know how to win, you have to know how to lose.”

On the eve of elections, Venezuelans crowded grocery stores and markets to stock up on food and queued to collect the national ID cards they need for voting.

The National Electoral Council (NEC) headquarters in Caracas was also buzzing with activity, while both camps were busy with organising and mobilising volunteers.

Over 300 polling stations were also set up in embassies and consulates around the world for Venezuelan nationals living abroad to cast their vote.

“At most polling stations, lines stretched for blocks,” Al Jazeera’s Chris Arsenault reported from Caracas.

“Geography plays a huge role on voter preferences. In the upper class areas, the vast majority despise Chavez and are backing the opposition. In the slums or barrios, most are backing Chavez. In middle class areas, the vote is more divided.”

Tight race

Chavez has been leading in most polls ahead of the election, with one survey showing him at a 10 per cent lead in October while others have projected that a neck and neck outcome is likely.

In Cota 905, a poor barrio, all the voters Al Jazeera interviewed said they were backing Chavez. “Chavez has given many benefits to us,” Mireya Cecilia Maestro, a housewife, told Al Jazeera. “The social programmes, the subsidised food markets and all the housing projects help us a lot.”

Chavez staged a remarkable comeback after bouncing back from cancer this year and wants a new six-year term to consolidate his self-styled socialist revolution in the OPEC nation.”The changes have been pretty positive,” Antonio Tovar, a Chavez supporter in Cota 905, told Al Jazeera. “The government has helped the people a lot.”

Victory would allow 58-year-old Chavez to continue a wave of nationalisation and consolidate control over the economy, though a recurrence of his cancer would weaken his leadership and possibly give the opposition another chance.

“Some of the changes in the last 14 years are positive, others are negative, there is no black and white,” Raiza Yellamo, a retired education sector employee voting in a lower middle class area told Al Jazeera. “Before Chavez, education was a benefit not a right. I hope there will be social cohesion and unity after the election. We need an equal society for all.”

“The most important thing is to be free: to have security, and electricity and to stop the corruption,” Adriana Mancera, a businesswoman, told Al Jazeera as she left a polling station in the posh Chacao district. “There is going to be a huge change. Here anything could happen, Chavez has a militia and they are armed. I don’t think he will recognise the results when he loses.”

The result of the election also serves as a cliff-hanger for other left-wing governments in the region, from Cuba to Ecuador, who depend on Chavez’s discounted oil sales and generous financial assistance.

Police pepperspray 15-month-old

0

Cphpost |

“I cried when I saw my son. I couldn’t believe my own eyes.”

That was the reaction of 39-year-old Abdulmohsen Homoud, a Belgian resident visiting family in Copenhagen, after a police officer peppersprayed his 15-month-old son following a routine traffic stop.

According to eyewitness accounts, a police officer, described by Ekstra Bladet tabloid as “bald and heavily tattooed”, sprayed Homoud, his son and several other people after Homoud attempted to enter the youth sports club he was visiting in order to drop off his son.

According to Ekstra Bladet, Homoud was a passenger in his own vehicle when the driver — Homoud’s brother — went the wrong way on a one-way street. Police followed the car to a scout and karate club in the Nørrebro district. The driver of the car admitted he was at fault and said he would pay the fine. Homoud then attempted to enter the club to drop off his son, who was cold, to another brother so that he could produce his papers for the police officers.

Homoud, who does not speak Danish, attempted to explain the situation to the officer, but the officer refused to let him enter the club. The officer grabbed Homoud’s shirt and Homoud then raised his voice, but according to witnesses did not make any threatening gesture. After a short argument, the officer took out his pepperspray and sprayed Homoud in the face, as well as the surrounding area. The spray got in the face of the 15-month-old boy, who had since been handed to his uncle, as well as the uncle and two affiliates of the club.

During the incident there were a handful of other children in the club, which was honoured by Crown Princess Mary in 2009 for its integration work. According to Marianne Nielsen, a volunteer, the children were so scared of the police that they hid in a back room.

“The officers likely felt under pressure because they were faced with three large, grown men,” Nielsen told Ekstra Bladet. “But [Homoud and his brothers] didn’t do anything. It’s like Chicago here in Nørrebro, where the police are just scared. In some ways I can understand it.”

Two additional police vehicles and an ambulance then arrived, helping Homoud and his son to rinse their eyes. According to Nielsen, the newly-arrived police officers were helpful and apologised for their colleague’s behaviour.

In a video shot by one of Homoud’s brothers, the officer who peppersprayed the young child appeared to be outside the club smiling over the incident, which incensed the amateur cameraman.

Homoud said that all of his son’s clothing had to be changed because of the pepperspray’s lingering effects. While his son slept on a nearby couch, he told Ekstra Bladet that four hours after being sprayed in the face, he still had a headache and irritated eyes.

Homoud was not charged with any infraction and the club was forced to cancel a dinner for 50 children, resulting in a 5,000 kroner loss.

See video of the incident at Ekstra Bladet’s website

Homeland Security to use small drones to spy on citizens

0

Shepard Ambellas, theintelhub.com |

With technology in overdrive, “Big Brother” has something in store for you and the rest of the American people.

In the coming months the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) plans to utilize smaller drones to spy on sporting events and other public events.

These new drones will be durable, portable, and assemble on-the-fly within minutes giving DHS an upper hand in fighting terror (and simply spying on American citizens).

Wired reported;

Like many in the military experimenting with drone miniaturization, DHS is thinking small. The drones it wants to bring to Fort Sill will ideally be launched by hand, like the Army and Marines’ Raven. They should weigh under 25 pounds.

Assembly should take a matter of minutes, and training for their remote pilots and technician a matter of days. DHS isn’t looking for drones that can loiter over an area for a long time: just 30 minutes to two hours, a hint that the department doesn’t foresee drones becoming a primary surveillance tool.

“Law enforcement operations, search and rescue, and fire and hazardous material spill response” are some of the potential drone missions the RAPS program envisions.

Still, it’s something of a turnaround for DHS. Back in January 2011, Ruth Doherty, a DHS science & tech official, expressed skepticism about using drones to patrol for signs of terrorism or to protect big public events like the Super Bowl.

“A case has to be made that they’re economically feasible, not intrusive and acceptable to the public,” Doherty told Danger Room at a D.C. conference. In addition to the potential public outcry, drones have been a headache for DHS at times.

A DHS ground station in 2010 lost communications with one of the first Predators it used to surveil the southern U.S. border, and the department has had trouble finding enough pilots and technicians to operate its initial drone fleet.

Police shops around the country have only recently begun flying surveillance drones, owing in part to cumbersome Federal Aviation Administration restrictions designed to prevent the robots from slamming into commercial passenger aircraft.

That could be an issue for DHS as well. The RAPS drones need a threshold altitude of 1000 feet, well into helicopter territory – above the tops of most skyscrapers – and comparable to the heights reached by “Flying Beer Keg” flown by the Miami-Dade police department.

With most police department techies drooling over these gadgets, I’m sure small spy drones will be on the rise.

Another intelhub.com article points out;

When you smack a fly and it hits against the wall, does it ping?

Let the field tests begin.

‘Field tests?’ You say.

We are now dealing with a new enemy in the surveillance class, something almost unfathomable to grasp the more you ponder – something that will change the way you think and live.

Ladies and Gentlemen I give you ‘The Insect Drone’.

The following tip was submitted via tips@theintelhub.com;

I just read the tip report regarding unmarked black helicopters posted attheintelhub.com and have witnessed the same as described in the report including the stated timeline.

CH-47 Chinook

I started seeing the black helicopters (Boeing CH-47 Chinook) last summer as well with the most recent sighting occurring January 8, 2012 (see attached photo).

This one looked similar to the picture above (the only difference being it was black in color and had no markings and at one point was flying fairly low across the area).

They have a different sound to them that is what drew everyone to step out, after seeing what it was I ran inside to grab a camera couldn’t find one so I grabbed my cell phone to take a picture, it was headed southeast and had flown away quite a distance by the time I made my way back outside. I included a cropped version of the original and added an arrow to indicate its location in the photo (see photo below).

This has been happening frequently.

In fact, they fly so low at times that it was possible to see that the pilots inside the chopper were wearing black military looking gear and what looked like headsets and dark glasses.

However, black helicopters aren’t the only things flying around lately there is something else that is so strange and ominous.

In August 2010 I was sitting in my backyard when I noticed a “flock” of strange looking large dragonfly fly over the privacy fence from the north side of my property.

I would approximate their number to have been around a dozen as they approached the confines of my backyard, all but one scattered in different directions.

I watched the one that stayed as it circled the parameter of my property twice then I lost sight of it when suddenly it flew towards me.

As I sat on the deck it started circling directly over my head and it was at this point that I could hear a faint “clicking” sound emitting from this bug, it was then that I stood up from my chair to get a better look at this thing that was larger than any dragonfly I had ever seen.

Read more…

Assange to publish book about future of the internet

0

WikiLeaks editor Julian Assange, who is holed up in the Ecuadorian embassy in London, has penned a new book about the internet entitled ‘Cypherpunks: Freedom and the Future of the Internet’ that will be released in November.

It is understood that the text of the book is largely based on the transcript of an interview Assange conducted for an episode of his TV show World Tomorrow, which was broadcast on Russian state-funded channel RT.

The interviewees, listed as co-authors, are Jacob Applebaum, Jeremie Zimmermann and Andy Müller-Maguhn. The book is being published by US-based OR Books and it will be published as a paperback in November for US$14 and as an e-book for US$8.

Four Horsemen of the Infopocalypse

According to the publicity for the book on OR Books’ website, the world balances on a knife edge between freedom and anarchy wrought by state surveillance and the ‘Four Horsemen of the Infopocalypse’ — drugs, terrorism, pornography, and money laundering.

“The harassment of WikiLeaks and other internet activists, together with attempts to introduce anti-file-sharing legislation, such as SOPA and ACTA, indicate that the politics of the internet have reached a crossroads.

“In one direction lies a future that guarantees, in the watchwords of the cypherpunks, ‘privacy for the weak and transparency for the powerful’; in the other lies an internet that allows government and large corporations to discover ever more about internet users while hiding their own activities. Assange and his co-discussants unpick the complex issues surrounding this crucial choice with clarity and engaging enthusiasm,” OR Books says on its website.

In August, Ecuador granted asylum to Assange, the founder of whistle-blowing website WikiLeaks, eight weeks after he took refuge in its London embassy to avoid being extradited to Sweden. Assange is wanted in Sweden for questioning over alleged sex crimes.

Assange has been adamant in his belief that extradition to Sweden will only result in him being handed over to US authorities keen to strike back over the Afghanistan military and diplomatic cables that were leaked to WikiLeaks and published by the site online in 2010.

John Kennedy

WE DEMAND A ‘GREENBACK’ POUND!

0

Justin Walker |

Please spread this idea far and wide. Challenge your MP, contact the national and local media, talk to everyone you meet.

Based on actual historical precedent, this is the lawful and common sense way to remove all of our financial debts and woes!

“There is one thing stronger than all the armies in the world and that is an idea whose time has come!” Victor Hugo

“I sincerely believe the banking institutions having the issuing power of money, are more dangerous to liberty than standing armies.” Thomas Jefferson

“Permit me to issue and control the money of a nation, and I care not who makes its laws.” Mayer Amschel Rothschild

“I care not what puppet is placed on the throne of England to rule the Empire … the man that controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire. And I control the money supply.” Baron Nathan Mayer Rothschild

With the exception of a few thousand very powerful people, the entire world’s population, all seven billion of us, are trapped….trapped into a criminal corporate banking system that has taken hundreds of years to perfect and to come to fruition.

This ‘system’ results in enslavement and servitude. It creates dreadful unhappiness amongst ordinary decent people and causes wars, debt, starvation, pollution and environmental destruction. It feeds on greed, fear and division. It uses lies, deception, intimidation and entrapment at all times. It is a system that is so clever and so cunning that most of the world is completely oblivious to its existence. It is a system that allows a few winners at the expense of a huge number of losers. It is a system that considers itself to be unbeatable and indestructible and is now so arrogant that it believes it can control everything and everyone on its terms. Many are now of the opinion that it is within striking distance of its final, ultimate objective — the corporate takeover of the world and the creation of global governance on its terms. A nightmare world has arrived where the psychopaths in dark suits run almost everything and where human beings lose their humanity and simply become serfs to a new global feudal system……or as the system-servers prefer to call it, ‘The New World Order’.

The architects and drivers behind this criminal system are the House of Rothschild. With their truly appalling political creed of Zionism (for those of you new to all of this, please understand that modern Zionism is completely at odds with the ancient religion of Judaism and if you want to confirm this, just feed ‘Jews against Zionism’ into any search engine), this ruthless, psychopathic and all powerful family, closely supported by other bloodline banking families such as the Warburgs and the Rockefellers, have created for themselves an extensive and secretive network of organisations with which to implement this corporate agenda for complete global control. Their age old banking scam of creating money completely out of thin air and then charging interest on this ‘nothingness’ is little short of genius. Their ability to bribe and seduce ambitious politicians and other ‘useful idiot’ decision makers and opinion makers into their web of criminality is second to none. And the result is that their global network of debt creating ‘Central Banks’ have caused nations, businesses and families to fall into ever increasing debt…..and debt, as the banksters know only too well, means more control by them as legitimate governments struggle to pay their burgeoning deficits and national debts.

The time has come for the British people to act. This Rothschild created ‘corporate serpent’ may have the rest of the world in a stranglehold of fear and helplessness, but, with the unchallengeable power of Common Law and a strong and provable historical precedent to guide us, this unlawful system of debt creation can be overturned by the British Government in a day….and that’s no exaggeration!

First, let’s see the one question which has the system-serving politicians and economists running for cover. It’s very simple and to the point:

Why can’t the British government through its Treasury issue debt free and interest free money based upon the common wealth and integrity of this country – worth trillions – why do our politicians go straight to the private bankers, the House of Rothschild and the like, who simply create money completely out of thin air… just figures on a computer screen… and when this ‘money’, or more accurately this ‘nothingness’, is received by our government, we, as taxpayers, start paying the exorbitant interest which is currently costing the British people in real money at least £125,000,000 a day, or more than £44,000,000,000 a year? Furthermore, under this utterly corrupt mechanism, only the Capital Amount is ever created (and ever has been created). Thus the so-called ‘money supply’, created by this mechanism, never contains funds to pay any Interest at all. It never has, and it never will. This entirely fraudulent mechanism means that everyone is constantly “robbing Peter to pay Paul”, triggering planned misery and frustration at every turn.

The answer to all of this, thankfully, is also very simple and to the point. There is absolutely nothing to prevent the British Government from issuing its own debt free and interest free paper money to meet all the essential needs of the British people. And best of all, a successful historical precedent is there for all to see. At the height of the American Civil War, the US Treasury warned President Lincoln that further funding would be needed if the Federal North was to have the resources needed to defeat the Confederate South. The President initially went to the Rothschilds and the private banks who wanted between 24 and 36 per cent interest. Lincoln knew that if he agreed to take loans from the bankers that he would be putting his country into a debt noose that would strangle the economic prosperity out of his country and which would be almost impossible to pay off.

On the advice of a businessman with proven integrity, Colonel Dick Taylor from Illinois, Abraham Lincoln made the decision to print debt free and interest free paper money based on nothing more than the honour of the American Government. Called ‘Greenbacks’ because they were coloured green on one side only, the US Treasury issued 450 million dollars worth of these notes and they were immediately accepted as legal tender by a willing and grateful nation. The war was eventually won and this very popular new paper currency seemed set to continue. In the words of Lincoln himself:

“The government should create issue and circulate all the currency and credit needed to satisfy the spending power of the government and the buying power of consumers….. The privilege of creating and issuing money is not only the supreme prerogative of Government, but it is the Government’s greatest creative opportunity. By the adoption of these principles, the long-felt want for a uniform medium will be satisfied. The taxpayers will be saved immense sums of interest, discounts and exchanges. The financing of all public enterprises, the maintenance of stable government and ordered progress, and the conduct of the Treasury will become matters of practical administration. The people can and will be furnished with a currency as safe as their own government. Money will cease to be the master and become the servant of humanity. Democracy will rise superior to the money power.”
Senate document 23, Page 91. 1865

The response from the House of Rothschild to this sudden threat to their banking empire was swift and brutal as this extract from The Times of London in 1865 shows:

“If that mischievous financial policy, which had its origin in the North American Republic, should become indurated down to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off debts and be without a debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous beyond precedence in the history of the civilised governments of the world. The brains and the wealth of all countries will go to North America. That government must be destroyed, or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe.”

On Good Friday, April 14th 1865, a lone gunman ended the presidency of Abraham Lincoln. Sadly, his Greenback legacy died with him as the private bankers managed to ‘persuade’ Congress to revoke this successful initiative in favour of the debt creating National Banking Act which eventually led to the formation of the privately run Federal Reserve in 1913. Since then, America’s unlawful debt has risen to over 15 trillion dollars.

However, the precedent has been set! And there is nothing to stop a British Prime Minister from authorising the creation of a debt free and interest free paper currency — a ‘Greenback’ Pound — to ensure the future well-being, security and happiness of the British people. The unlawful Deficit and National Debt (one trillion pounds) can simply be written off with the issuance of the appropriate number of ‘Greenback’ Pounds leaving our ancient and supreme Common Law to bring to justice the House of Rothschild and all those who have sought to distress and enslave humanity. And like a falling line of dominos, other countries will almost immediately adopt this same strategy and throw off the unlawful corporate banking yoke that causes so much misery in the world. In no time at all, we will have a world where happiness, truth, integrity and justice reign supreme!

So come on then….what are you all waiting for? Let’s make this ‘Greenback’ Pound happen! www.ukcolumn.org www.thebcgroup.org.uk www.fmotl.com www.davidicke.com www.lawfulbank.com (sign up to this new banking initiative which complements the Greenback Pound)

Please spread this idea far and wide. Challenge your MP, contact the national and local media, talk to everyone you meet.

Romney threatens Iran with new sanctions

0

Press TV |

Republican presidential candidate Mitt Romney will say in his Monday speech that additional sanctions would be imposed against Iran over the country’s nuclear energy program if he is elected, CBS News reported.

“I will not hesitate to impose new sanctions on Iran, and will tighten the sanctions we currently have,” he is set to say in an address at Virginia Military Institute on Monday.

The United States has so far imposed unilateral financial and energy sanctions on Iran over its nuclear energy program.

Putting more pressure on Tehran over its peaceful nuclear program is one of the main topics of foreign policy speeches by American presidential candidates Romney and Barack Obama.

The Obama administration also threatened Iran with more punitive measures last week.

U.S. Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta also warned on Saturday that more sanctions would be imposed against Iran and called on the country “to engage seriously with the international community to try to resolve this issue.”

FACTS & FIGURES

Key lawmakers in the U.S. Congress are looking at ways to expand economic sanctions on Iran. Economic Times

The proposals, still in the early stages of development, would aim to penalize foreign banks that handle any significant transactions with the Central Bank of Iran. Only oil-related transactions are now covered. Economic Times

The United States has long barred U.S. firms from doing business with Iran, but last December adopted measures that forced international buyers of Iranian oil to cut their purchases. Economic Times

In August, a second package of sanctions added further restrictions for international banks, insurance companies and oil traders.

The U.S., Israel and their allies say Tehran may intend to use its nuclear capability to produce nuclear weapons, a claim Iran rejects. Tehran insists its program is completely peaceful.

 

 

 

AGB/HJ

Police uncover slavery in Kent

0

Kent News |

Two people have been arrested following an investigation into the alleged exploitation of Lithuanian workers.

The probe followed allegations made by Lithuanian men working in the food industry who claimed they were being forced to live in squalid conditions and threatened with violence if they did not comply with their supervisor’s instructions.

Working in partnership with the Gangmaster Licensing Authority and UK Human Trafficking Centre (UKHTC), Kent Police executed a warrant at a property in Maidstone on Friday.

A man aged 52 and a woman aged 50, both from the Maidstone area, were arrested on suspicion of human trafficking for labour exploitation offences.

Detective Inspector Keith Roberts said: “The arrests form part of an extensive investigation by Kent Police, The GLA and UKHTC.

“It follows on from reports received that migrant workers have been made to live in poor conditions and forced to work in an environment that gave little or no regard to their safety or general wellbeing.

“By working with our partner agencies we have been able to make these arrests and workers will now be offered help and support.

“Anyone found to be committing exploitation offences will be investigated fully and brought before the courts.”

Chief executive of the Gangmaster Licensing Authority, Ian Livsey, said: “We are determined to drive out those ruthless people who abuse and exploit vulnerable workers.

“Working with our partner agencies we have cracked down on potential exploitation in the food supply chain. There is no hiding place for those who exploit the vulnerable, and neither we nor our partner law enforcement agencies will tolerate abuse of the vulnerable worker.”

Deputy head of the UK Human Trafficking Centre at the Serious Organised Crime Agency (SOCA), Liam Vernon, said: “We suspect the people arrested today were involved in the trafficking of Lithuanian men into the United Kingdom for exploitation within the food industry.

“It’s alleged that the men, who will now receive specialist care and support from SOCA’s Vulnerable Persons Team and the Salvation Army, were subjected to slave-like conditions and controlled through the use of violence.

“Investigating trafficking for labour exploitation is a challenge to us all as victims are kept locked away and unseen by society. Last year 461 adult and child victims were encountered by frontline professionals and reported to the centre. They were being used for their labour in many different ways, all for the financial gain of the traffickers.

“We will continue to work with our partners to bring offenders to justice and protect vulnerable members of our society. I urge anybody with information than can lead to the identification and rescue of a victim of trafficking to share it with the police.”

Boris Johnson diaries reveal talks with News International

0

NIGEL MORRIS, The independent |

Boris Johnson faced embarrassment last night over the disclosure of several previously unknown contacts with senior News International (NI) executives at the height of the storm over phone hacking.

They emerged when the Mayor of London was forced to release his private diary after losing a lengthy battle to keep it secret.

The document reveals he had two previously undeclared phone conversations with Rebekah Brooks, who was News of the World editor when much of the alleged hacking took place, and one with James Murdoch, the former NI executive chairman.

The Mayor met Frederick Michel, the lobbyist caught up in the furore, as well as Ms Brooks’ husband, Charlie. A spokesman for Mr Johnson said hacking was not discussed in the conversations.

Len Duvall, a Labour London Assembly member, said: “At the time the Mayor had this pattern of contact is the time when police are investigating News International and individuals working for NI.”

Mitt Romney didn’t rationally win the first debate at all

0

Big Bird |

It’s important to realize too much of the Mainstream Media is spinning the same pact of lies the Romney camp spun regarding the debate at the University of Denver (and who apparently won). From an intellectual and rational position Romney lost.

First off the debate was too much on technical matters most Americans don’t much understand that well; and therefore were left groping to look for whatever impressions they could muster. This includes many people who work the media: they know less about economics than they like to pretend. They too are vulnerable to look for whatever prejudices suits their purposes.

This was somewhat of a scholarly debate between two college graduates. Whereas many viewers were hoping for a knock-down, emotionally exciting drag-out fight. Frankly the details were boring to most. How many Americans recognize anything behind the mention of the Bowles-Simpson Commission? Too few. Sure they have heard of it but they remember. It slips on past like much as quibbling between 97% versus 3% of small business enterprises taxed at different levels. This show was about as exciting as watching to two economic professors argue the merits of tax theory.

Most people came to this debate to have their prejudices confirmed. Many venues of media, including alternative media, have played both candidate as sinner and saint–to be either hated or loved. What we got instead was a somewhat collegial discussion on issues the majority has too little interest in understanding because every topic of complexity can be skewed with bias and it is hard to keep things in perspective. Where was the blood? Where was the slander and outrageous remarks that American people love to hate?

Plus there wasn’t even one commercial break during the entire hour and half. We are not used to concentrating this long. We were quite frankly bored.

Obama’s trainers should be fired (slapped) for even thinking that any kind of technical debate would actually go over. This is part of their naiveté to think the American public has such capacity to understand that which Presidential candidates should and need to understand on matters. Obama said he was looking forward to a “serious” debate. Watch out what you wish for. On an emotional level people were looking for something closer to a gladiatorial arena or Hunger Games entertainment.

And yet the mere “supposed” MSM fact that so many are being hoodwinked into thinking Romney actually won this debate shows that it is true the American education system is, and has been, a complete failure. The easy spin capacity by the mainstream media and various pundits is all about “impression management” and Romney has proved himself quite the actor.

Take the very first question by moderator Jim Lehr on creating jobs and Romney starts out addressing this issue with this sentence: “…this is obviously a very tender topic…a mother from Dayton Ohio asked about her husband’s unemployment ‘Can you help me?’…(we need to get on another path away from Obama’s path of the last for years)…”

Mitt Romney comes off sounding like some compassion person who has lived and worked in the Peace Corps. But Romney’s business background as real decision practice insinuates the opposite of what he projects as a political debater. Watch “Amy Goodman’s Fireside Chat With Workers Set to Lose their Jobs After Decades at Bain-Owned Plant”. Watch the secretly released video “ Romney Admits Slave Labor at Investment Fundraiser” (on Internet). This is not just a flip-flop. This is about political advisers attempting to create an alternative reality.

Further in his same first answer as he segues into his five-point plan of growing the economy, such as guaranteeing Americans have the skills to work a modern economy, do you really think this guy is going to throw a lot of money for education? (Instead he is talking about given more responsibility to states (but not saying about giving more money to states)? Or how can he possibly balance the budget if he intends to increase military spending? His answers are smooth but at odds with his overall stances, party, etc.

Plus in his first answer to the first question about jobs, as he talks about supporting small business he goes on a smear campaign that strongly suggests it has only been in the last four years that businesses have not been hiring (in respect to his usage of the current “path” we are on–more or less claiming the entire economy has taken a downturn simply by what has transpired in the last mere four years). He then said this Obama path is about “more” spending, “more” taxation, and “more” regulation. But get this from his word choice of “trickle down government” is not what we need to be doing. All this and more packed into his very first answer!

But apparently he doesn’t even understand the concept of trickle-down, which does “not” mean more spending, more taxation and more regulation. Trickle down (that every politician ought know especially if a business graduate) is the conceited notion that if big time investors and businesses get tax breaks then people in lower levels of the socioeconomic scale will realize some trickle down benefit. Yes they have–it just happens to be “where” investors have been investing–places like overseas where labor costs are a fraction of what Americans want as salary and wage.

But it was delivered all so smooth. Talk can be elusive and reassuring. Romney was sounding like a pillar for any community. None of this mattered because the mainstream punditry was about to paint whatever pictures they wanted to. Obviously Mitt is their corporatist answer since he smeared the “path-we-on-on” problem as because of the last four years as if there were no economic problems before Obama took office? Pretty snazzy even for American TV.

Americans, including America’s elites, had opportunity to learn more about economic theory but most did nothing. Several books have come out explaining the economy that go beyond a hodge-podge of media assumptions. In fact America’s “path” was foretold by Naomi Klein in her The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism. Granted there are a lot of books competing for attention, but if this culture had any real intelligentsia many people would have read and understood this book (in all its ramification) especially many politicians and their staffs. But we didn’t–including the airbags working the mainstream. Then there was Joseph Stiglitz’ Freefall:America, Free Markets, and the Sinking of the World Economy (a book one can listen to on audio and doesn’t require as much effort!). There were others like Republican guru Kevin Phillips’ Bad Money: Reckless Finance, Failed Politics, and the Global Crisis of American Capitalism (2008) before the last four year that Romney describes the problem? Plus other titles deserve commentary.

So how can we expect the naïve masses to understand what the presumed intelligentsia of this corrupt nation does not? Democracy is being proven a farce–save perhaps at least Amy Goodman’s attempt to “expand the debate” by adding two other candidates to this same debate in her “exclusive” Breaking the Sound Barrier inclusion with Green Party Candidate Jill Stein and Justice Party candidate Rocky Anderson participated (definitely worthy of the three hours).

Then into the second question on the deficit chameleon Romney portrays himself as our leading candidate fighting for middle class America. He is sounding like the real populist Democrat arguing about how people in this country are hurting! He should know? Can you believe it–in the very first two questions Mitt Romney has turned the truth about himself on its head and a naïve American population is sucking it up.

Also only technical people think about such things but it is important to understand the “angles” the cameras were focused on both candidates. There seems to have been bias created here worthy of consideration.

More importantly, Mitt said in this early discussion: “…but I’m ‘not’ going to increase the taxes on High income Americans, high income Americans are doing just fine (regardless of who is President)…but it is middle income people who are suffering (all this in his so-called defense of the middle class)? Is there any contradiction of logic here? The wealthy are doing fine so he is not going to increase their taxes but we should be very concerned about the middle class? Are Americans so stupid they can be lied to with such audacity? And this was just the beginning of a boring debate.

Progressives cannot concede to these media lies. Saturday Night Live should not play into this game. We need more independence of thought.

Re-listen and re-think if you really care.

There is a fox in the chicken coop.

Big Bird.

US surveillance regime more shocking than the Stasi’s

0

The US Government Today Has More Data On The Average American Than The Stasi Did On East Germans

Techdirt | We’ve written plenty about how the US government has been quite aggressive in spying on Americans. It has been helped along by a court system that doesn’t seem particularly concerned about the 4th Amendment and by the growing ability of private companies to have our data and to then share it with the government at will. Either way, in a radio interview,Wall Street Journal reporter Julia Angwin (who’s been one of the best at covering the surveillance state in the US) made a simple observation that puts much of this into context: the US surveillance regime has more data on the average American than the Stasi ever did on East Germans. And, of course, as we’ve already seen, much of that data seems to be collected illegally with little oversight… and with absolutely no security benefit.

To be fair, part of the reason for why this is happening is purely technical/practical. While the Stasi likely wanted more info and would have loved to have been able to tap into a digitally connected world like we have today, that just wasn’t possible. The fact that we have so much data about us in connected computers makes it an entirely different world. So, from a practical level, there’s a big difference.

That said, it still should be terrifying. Even if there are legitimate technical reasons for why the government has so much more data on us, it doesn’t change the simple fact (true both then and now) that such data is wide open to abuse, which inevitably happens. The ability of government officials to abuse access to information about you for questionable purposes is something that we should all be worried about. Even those who sometimes have the best of intentions seem to fall prey to the temptation to use such access in ways that strip away civil liberties and basic expectations of privacy. Unfortunately, the courts seem to have very little recognition of the scope of the issue, and there’s almost no incentive for Congress (and certainly the executive branch) to do anything at all to fix this.

Drone attacks violation of human rights

0

APP |

Drone strikes in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) are a violation of human rights, against the international laws and creating hatred against the United States, said Pakistan Tehrik-e-Insaf (PTI) Chairman Imran Khan on Sunday.

Addressing the participants of peace march here, Imran said: “We strongly condemn the US drone strikes in the FATA as they are against the international laws and a complete violation of human rights.”

Drone attacks create hatred against the US and should be stopped immediately, he said, adding that the tribal people were very brave and courageous and could not be afraid of the drone strikes. He said that the PTI peace march was aimed at delivering a strong message to the international community about the harms caused by the drone strikes in FATA.

The peace march could not reach Waziristan and returned from Kowar, situated on Tank-Jandola Road, 20 km from Tank city, due to security reasons.The local administration had established many relief camps to provide first aid to the participants of the march. Ambulances remained present to cope with any emergency.

The Tank-D.I.Khan and Tank-Jandola roads leading to South Wazirstan were blocked by placing containers.FC and police contingents were deployed at various points to provide security to the participants of the march.Imran Khan said that the PTI after coming into power would focus on education and employment opportunities to the tribal people and fully tap the rich mineral potential of FATA and Waziristan, which would alleviate poverty.

The CIA-backed anti-piracy squad

0

An attempt by CIA-connected trainers to create a sophisticated counter-piracy force in Somalia turned into hundreds of half-trained and well-armed Somali mercenaries being left to their own devices in the desert, Mark Mazzetti and Eric Schmitt of The New York Times report.

The Puntland Maritime Police Force, trained by dozens of South African mercenaries from sometime in 2010 to June 2012, was run by a Dubai-based company called Sterling Corporate Services that seems to be connected to the CIA.

The Times reports that in July a United Nations investigative group uncovered that the force shared some facilities with the Puntland Intelligence Service, a spy organization that answers to the president of the semi-autonomous Somali region of Puntland and has been trained by the CIA for more than a decade.

Michael Shanklin, a former C.I.A. station chief in Mogadishu, was reportedly hired to work his contacts both in Washington and East Africa to build support for the force while Erik Prince, the founder of the private security firm Blackwater, made several trips to the Puntland camp to oversee the training of the counter-piracy force.

The Times notes that Prince, a former U.S. Navy Seal who had become an informal adviser to the crown prince of Abu Dhabi, was simultaneously “involved in a project to train Colombian mercenaries at a desert camp in the emirates to carry out missions at the behest of the Emirati government.”

(Sidenote: According to leaked emails from the private U.S. security firm Stratfor, during this time period the former director of Blackwater, former CIA officer Jamie F. Smith, was aiding the Libyan opposition and subsequently sent to contact Syrian rebels in Turkey at the request of a U.S. Government committee.)

The South African trainers bailed in June 2012 after one was shot by a Somali trainee, and recently about 500 former trainees–unpaid for weeks–were seen wandering the Puntland Maritime Police Force desert compound with two-years worth of weapons.

The Times notes that the options for the armed and semi-trained mercenaries included joining up “with the pirates or Qaeda-linked militants or to sell themselves to the highest bidder in Somalia’s clan wars.”

Business Insider

Michael Kelley

Chomsky: Why are Romney and Obama too cowardly to talk about what really matters?

0

Noam Chomsky |

Our politicians show an extraordinary willingness to sacrifice the lives of our children and grandchildren for short-term gain.

With the quadrennial presidential election extravaganza reaching its peak, it’s useful to ask how the political campaigns are dealing with the most crucial issues we face. The simple answer is: badly, or not at all. If so, some important questions arise: why, and what can we do about it?

There are two issues of overwhelming significance, because the fate of the species is at stake: environmental disaster, and nuclear war. The former is regularly on the front pages. On Sept. 19, for example, Justin Gillis reported in The New York Times that the melting of Arctic sea ice had ended for the year, “but not before demolishing the previous record — and setting off new warnings about the rapid pace of change in the region.”

The melting is much faster than predicted by sophisticated computer models and the most recent U.N. report on global warming. New data indicate that summer ice might be gone by 2020, with severe consequences. Previous estimates had summer ice disappearing by 2050. “But governments have not responded to the change with any greater urgency about limiting greenhouse emissions,” Gillis writes. “To the contrary, their main response has been to plan for exploitation of newly accessible minerals in the Arctic, including drilling for more oil” — that is, to accelerate the catastrophe.

This reaction demonstrates an extraordinary willingness to sacrifice the lives of our children and grandchildren for short-term gain. Or, perhaps, an equally remarkable willingness to shut our eyes so as not to see the impending peril. That’s hardly all. A new study from the Climate Vulnerability Monitor has found that “climate change caused by global warming is slowing down world economic output by 1.6 percent a year and will lead to a doubling of costs in the next two decades.”

The study was widely reported elsewhere but Americans have been spared the disturbing news. The official Democratic and Republican platforms on climate matters are reviewed in Science magazine’s Sept. 14 issue. In a rare instance of bipartisanship, both parties demand that we make the problem worse. In 2008, both party platforms had devoted some attention to how the government should address climate change.

Today, the issue has almost disappeared from the Republican platform — which does, however, demand that Congress “take quick action” to prevent the Environmental Protection Agency, established by former Republican President Richard Nixon in saner days, from regulating greenhouse gases. And we must open Alaska’s Arctic refuge to drilling to take “advantage of all our American God-given resources.” We cannot disobey the Lord, after all. The platform also states that “We must restore scientific integrity to our public research institutions and remove political incentives from publicly funded research” — code words for climate science.

The Republican candidate Mitt Romney, seeking to escape from the stigma of what he understood a few years ago about climate change, has declared that there is no scientific consensus, so we should support more debate and investigation — but not action, except to make the problems more serious. The Democrats mention in their platform that there is a problem, and recommend that we should work “toward an agreement to set emissions limits in unison with other emerging powers.” But that’s about it.

President Barack Obama has emphasized that we must gain 100 years of energy independence by exploiting fracking and other new technologies — without asking what the world would look like after a century of such practices. So there are differences between the parties: about how enthusiastically the lemmings should march toward the cliff. The second major issue, nuclear war, is also on the front pages every day, but in a way that would astound a Martian observing the strange doings on Earth.

The current threat is again in the Middle East, specifically Iran — at least according to the West, that is. In the Middle East, the U.S. and Israel are considered much greater threats. Unlike Iran, Israel refuses to allow inspections or to sign the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. It has hundreds of nuclear weapons and advanced delivery systems, and a long record of violence, aggression and lawlessness, thanks to unremitting American support. Whether Iran is seeking to develop nuclear weapons, U.S. intelligence doesn’t know. In its latest report, the International Atomic Energy Agency says that it cannot demonstrate “the absence of undeclared nuclear material and activities in Iran” — a roundabout way of condemning Iran, as the U.S. demands, while conceding that the agency can add nothing to the conclusions of U.S. intelligence.

Therefore Iran must be denied the right to enrich uranium that is guaranteed by the NPT, and endorsed by most of the world, including the nonaligned countries that have just met in Tehran. The possibility that Iran might develop nuclear weapons arises in the electoral campaign. (The fact that Israel already has them does not.) Two positions are counterposed: Should the U.S. declare that it will attack if Iran reaches the capability to develop nuclear weapons, which dozens of countries enjoy? Or should Washington keep the “red line” more indefinite? The latter position is that of the White House; the former is demanded by Israeli hawks — and accepted by the U.S. Congress.

The Senate just voted 90-1 to support the Israeli position. Missing from the debate is the obvious way to mitigate or end whatever threat Iran might be believed to pose: Establish a nuclear weapons-free zone in the region. The opportunity is readily available: An international conference is to convene in a few months to pursue this objective, supported by almost the entire world, including a majority of Israelis.

The government of Israel, however, has announced that it will not participate until there is a general peace agreement in the region, which is unattainable as long as Israel persists in its illegal activities in the occupied Palestinian territories. Washington keeps to the same position, and insists that Israel must be excluded from any such regional agreement. We could be moving toward a devastating war, possibly even nuclear. Straightforward ways exist to overcome this threat, but they will not be taken unless there is large-scale public activism demanding that the opportunity be pursued.

This in turn is highly unlikely as long as these matters remain off the agenda, not just in the electoral circus, but in the media and larger national debate. Elections are run by the public relations industry. Its primary task is commercial advertising, which is designed to undermine markets by creating uninformed consumers who will make irrational choices — the exact opposite of how markets are supposed to work, but certainly familiar to anyone who has watched television.It’s only natural that when enlisted to run elections, the industry would adopt the same procedures in the interests of the paymasters, who certainly don’t want to see informed citizens making rational choices. The victims, however, do not have to obey, in either case. Passivity may be the easy course, but it is hardly the honorable one.

Campus police shoots unarmed student dead

0

JAMES NYE | Outcry is growing over the fatal shooting of a naked University of Alabama student by a campus police officer early on Saturday morning.

Gil Collar, 18, reportedly knocked on the window of the campus police station and charged at an officer who came out to investigate. The officer shot him dead.

It has also emerged that the shooting was caught on video.

On the Facebook page for the Vanguard, the school’s student newspaper, Collar’s friends and classmates expressed shock and confusion that the officer felt the need to use deadly force on a young man they described as ‘sweet’ and ‘easy going.’

‘Gil went to my high school’ wrote Melissa Mims, who said she was a good friend of Collar’s sister Elisabeth and the rest of his family. ‘Gil was the kind of guy who could put a smile on anyone’s face, he never had any enemies and a lot of students and younger kids looked up to him. He really was a great guy and had very many friends.’

Parker Mozingo only met Collar once but he made a lasting impression.

‘He was a sweet guy who did not deserve this. He made one stupid decision last night but the officer that shot him, in my opinion, made a way worse mistake,’ she wrote.

‘Gil was unarmed, the officer had no right or reason to pull a gun on him. The officer should have thought about what he was doing, I hope that the people see the officer was wrong for what he did.’ 

Friend Lucas Self described Collar as an easy going person, small enough deadly force should not have been required.

‘Gil made a mistake but it is still an officers duty to resolve a situation as peacefully as he can’ Self wrote. ‘I think this situation was handled wrong by the officer but they arnt going to let any one believe that.’

She says she’s shocked over his killing by an officer outside the university police department early Saturday.

Another friend of Collar, Tyler Kendrick, says the officer shouldn’t have drawn his weapon on an unarmed person.

School officials say the student ignored repeated commands to stop. The school says Collar was nude and acting erratically when he confronted the officer.

The officer is on paid leave, and an autopsy will determine if drugs or alcohol were involved.

Authorities said that the officer attempted to retreat several times in an attempt to defuse the situation but that the officer was left with no choice but to shoot when Collar made one final charge.

Collar, who had only recently enrolled at the University of South Alabama was shot at 1.30 a.m. on Saturday moening outside the USA Police Department on Stadium Drive .

Keith Ayers, a university spokesman, spoke to the media to announced the student’s identity, but would not speculate as yet whether the student was under the influence of drugs or alcohol.

‘We can’t comment beyond the statement,’ said Ayers after he read a prepared statement during a news conference this afternoon on the campus.

Ayers said that the officer shot Collar after the teenager rushed the officer in a threatening manner and ignored his commands to stop.

‘The individual fell to the ground, but he got up once more and continued to challenge the officer further before collapsing and expiring,’ said Ayers.

Police said at around 1:30 a.m., a ‘muscular, nude man,’ was shot dead on the University of South Alabama campus.

According to a University of South Alabama press release: ‘University of South Alabama Police report that an officer shot and killed an individual at approximately 1:30 a.m., Oct. 6, after the man attacked the officer just outside the police department on Stadium Drive The deceased has been identified as a USA student.’

The former high school wrestler’s coach could hardly speak when interviewed by his hometown newspaper The Wetumpka Herald this morning.

‘I remember the first time he walked into the wrestling room,’ said Jeff Glass.

‘He was such a natural. He was the only wrestler I coached who wrestled varsity for six years. That takes more heart than I can tell you. We began our tenure in Wetumpka wrestling at the same time. He was a physical, spiritual and mental warrior. And I love him like my own.’ 

According to USA’s public relations office: ‘Immediately after the incident, the USA Police Department contacted the District Attorney’s Office to request an external investigation. 

‘Mobile County Sheriff’s Department will assist. The officer has been placed on paid administrative leave pending the outcome of internal and external reviews.’

Assange to sue Australian Prime Minister

0

Richard Willingham and Dylan Welch |

JULIAN Assange has hired lawyers to find a way of suing Prime Minister Julia Gillard for defamation over the claim that WikiLeaks acted illegally in releasing a quarter of a million US diplomatic cables.

In an interview from Ecuador’s embassy in London, Assange said Ms Gillard’s comment, made in late 2010, influenced MasterCard Australia to join an online financial blockade of the organisation.

Since November 2010, WikiLeaks has released more than 250,000 classified US diplomatic cables.

The White House and the Gillard government denounced the release.

”I absolutely condemn the placement of this information on the WikiLeaks website,” Ms Gillard said several days after WikiLeaks began releasing the cables.

”It’s a grossly irresponsible thing to do, and an illegal thing to do.”

Australian activist group GetUp! recently interviewed Assange in his makeshift home inside Ecuador’s embassy. He has been sheltering at the embassy since June 19 as part of a bid to avoid extradition to Sweden, where he is wanted for questioning over sexual assault allegations.

Assange said he would be vulnerable to arrest in Sweden by the United States Justice Department, which is examining the possibility of charging people associated with WikiLeaks with espionage over the online publication of the classified cables.

He told GetUp! that WikiLeaks’ work had been stymied by Ms Gillard’s comments.

”MasterCard Australia, in justifying why it has made a blockade preventing any Australian MasterCard holder from donating to WikiLeaks, used that statement by Julia Gillard as justification,” he said.

”So the effects of the statement are ongoing and they directly affect the financial viability of WikiLeaks. We are considering suing for defamation. So I have hired lawyers in Sydney and they are investigating the different ways in which we can sue Gillard over that statement.”

Assange said the comments were particularly damaging because they ”licensed” other forms of attack on him and WikiLeaks.

During the interview, he also spoke of the impact of the past two years on his family, saying his children – a boy and a girl, of whom no details are known- have had to move homes and change their names.

The Age reported last month that declassified US counter-espionage reports revealed the US military considers Assange and WikiLeaks to be enemies of the United States under the terms of American military law.

GetUp! national director Sam McLean said the interview was the first step in a campaign calling on the Australian government to seek a commitment from American authorities that they will not attempt to extradite Assange over WikiLeaks.

”For too long the Prime Minister and the foreign ministers have put the interests of the US government ahead of Australian citizens. That is not good enough,” Mr McLean said.

”Our government must demand a binding agreement from the US that they will not seek the extradition of this Australian citizen for his work as a journalist and publisher.”

Gov blocks UK citizens from peace march

0
Press TV | The British government has forbidden its citizens in Pakistan to join a peace march called Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI), which opposes deadly drone attacks launched by the US and British governments in the region.

The UK Foreign Office issued directives to order British citizens in Pakistan to stay away from a peace march against assassination drone strikes in the country. The march is being led by the Pakistani politician and former cricketer, Imran Khan.

In a bid to prevent Britons from joining the peace march, a British Foreign Ministry spokesman said that the participants’ safety would be uncertain due to possible militant attacks.

On October 6, dozens of American and British protesters staged a demonstration in Islamabad to condemn the US-led deadly drone strikes as illegal and immoral.

“It is time for the United States to end the mass murder that is taking place in Pakistan’s tribal areas” and end the CIA drone strikes there. “They are killing women and children. This is wrong, and this is a war crime,” Tighe Barr, an American peace activist, told Press TV.

“I condemn the hypocrisy of the government, that tried their best to make this march fail,” Imran Khan told the crowd at a brief stopover on the outskirts of Mianwali in northern Pakistan.

According to data produced by the New America Foundation from various news reports, CIA drone strikes in Pakistan have killed an estimated 1,886 to 3,191 people since 2004.

Republican: Black slavery a ‘blessing in disguise’

0

Reuters |

Republicans in Arkansas are struggling to get past the controversy generated by a state lawmaker who wrote that slavery might have benefited blacks and a candidate who has advocated expelling Muslims from the United States.

The Republican politicians’ comments have been roundly criticized and have created an opportunity for Democrats ahead of the November 6 election. Arkansas has a Democratic governor but has voted Republican in the past three presidential elections.

In his self-published 2009 book titled “Letters to the Editor: Confessions of a Frustrated Conservative,” state Representative Jon Hubbard of Jonesboro, Arkansas, writes that “the institution of slavery that the black race has long believed to be an abomination upon its people may actually have been a blessing in disguise.”

Hubbard, a retired teacher and Vietnam veteran who was elected to the statehouse in 2010, also wrote, “Wouldn’t life for blacks in America today be more enjoyable and successful if they would only learn to appreciate the value of a good education?”

His book also says that blacks “are likely much better than they ever would have enjoyed living in sub-Saharan Africa.”

Charles Fuqua of Batesville, Arkansas, is currently seeking a House of Representatives seat. His e-book “God’s Law: The Only Political Solution” came out in April on Amazon.

“I see no solution to the Muslim problem short of expelling all followers of the religion from the United States,” he writes in his book, according to The Arkansas Times newspaper.

Fuqua, an attorney, served as a state representative from 1995 to 1998 before losing a state senate race.

Neither Hubbard nor Fuqua could be reached for comment. Both are running for election in November.

The Republican Party of Arkansas denounced their comments and distanced itself from the two candidates.

“The reported statements made by Hubbard and Fuqua were highly offensive to many Americans and do not reflect the viewpoints of the Republican Party of Arkansas,” state party chairman Doyle Webb said in a statement on Saturday.

But Webb also blamed Democrats for drawing attention to the two books, which he called “distractions.”

Candace Martin, spokeswoman for the Democratic Party of Arkansas, said that “with these appalling views, Jon Hubbard cannot be trusted to represent Arkansans and set policy for our state.”

Jay Barth, a political science professor at Hendrix College in Conway, Arkansas, said the controversial comments were a throwback to the 1960s when Arkansas was a civil rights battleground.

“It’s hard to remember a set of remarks this extreme on racial matters by an Arkansas official since the state’s politics modernized in the late 1960s than that by Mr. Hubbard,” Barth said on Saturday.

He added that Fuqua’s writing created a particular challenge for Republicans because it made it more difficult to frame Hubbard’s remarks as that of a single misguided party official. (Editing by Corrie MacLaggan, Alex Dobuzinskis and Paul Simao)

Big Brother Britain: Surveillance drones ‘a huge potential for abuse’

0

Jamie Doward, The Observer |

Drones will be commonplace in the skies above the UK within a decade, according to a European commission document suggesting that hundreds of firms will develop new uses for them.

But the claims have prompted concerns from civil liberties groups, who fear that the unmanned aircraft will result in more forms of surveillance. Some 95% of drones in operation are used by the military, but the document notes they now also have “great potential for civil applications”.

The commission’s working paper, Towards a European Strategy for the Development of Civil Applications of Remotely Piloted Aircraft Systems, claims there are some 400 civilian drone applications in development across the EU. This number is expected to rise in the next decade.

It is estimated that 35,000 drones will be produced worldwide in the next 10 years. Currently the US and Israel produce two-thirds of drones, while Europe produces fewer than 10%.

So far, non-military drone use is rare. Merseyside police bought a £13,000 drone that crashed into the Mersey last year. Kent police are also reportedly working on a £3m project to use unmanned aircraft to patrol the coast.

Possible uses of civilian drones cited in the commission document include using them for “risky flights into ash clouds or in proximity of nuclear or chemical plants after major incidents”. It also suggests drones could be used in crisis management, law enforcement, border control and firefighting.

In commerce hundreds of uses have been identified “in precision agriculture and fisheries, power/gas line monitoring, infrastructure inspection, communications and broadcasting, wireless communication relay and satellite augmentation systems, natural resources monitoring, media/entertainment, digital mapping, land and wildlife management, air quality management”. The paper says knowledge of drones’ abilities “will quickly spread among potential users, creating new markets of aerial services in the same way that the iPad created an entirely new and unpredicted market for mobile data services”.

But campaigners warned that the new generation of drones could have profound consequences for civil liberties. “With the use of drones in European airspace spiralling, we urgently need greater clarity and transparency about when and how these tools are deployed,” said Eric King of Privacy International.

“Not too long ago, this was the stuff of science fiction, but flying robotic devices equipped with facial recognition technology and mobile phone interception kit are increasingly commonplace.

“However, the secretive way in which surveillance drones have been put into operation, and the failure of the police to recognise and address the human rights issues involved, has created a huge potential for abuse.”

The rush to develop the technology has also brought safety concerns. A report by the US government accountability office warns that Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) lack the technological and operational standards “needed to guide safe and consistent performance of UAS”.

The US government accountability office also acknowledged that there were privacy concerns including “the potential for increased amounts of government surveillance using technologies placed on UAS, the collection and use of such data, and potential violations of constitutional Fourth Amendment protections against unreasonable search and seizures”.The EC document urges member states to develop a common, comprehensive plan, similar to the regulatory strategy being rolled out in the US, to ensure drones become a common part of air traffic by 2016.

“The UK doesn’t have a proper road map [for the roll out of drones]; its existing roadmap was written in 2005 and it’s too old,” said Mahendran Arjunraja, senior research analyst at Frost & Sullivan, a global market consultancy. “Safety issues are paramount. We will soon have civilian UAVs sharing airspace with airplanes,” Arjunraja said. “There is a need to develop sense-and-avoid technology so the UAS don’t crash into aeroplanes. We should see this technology being rolled out within the next 10 years.”

Video: GMO ticking time bomb

0

Mike Adams, NaturalNews |

There is a conspiracy of oppression taking place right now against free speech about GMOs. Just this week, YouTube censored a whistleblower video that exposed Whole Foods employees lying about the fact that Whole Foods sells masses of genetically modified foods and is therefore a significant financial supporter of Monsanto.

It is now perfectly clear that this video was censored because of its truthful message, not because it actually violated any real terms of service with YouTube.

That’s the reality in which we now live: Telling the truth about GMOs is practically a crime. The mainstream media, meanwhile, refuses to cover the truth about GMO dangers. And the U.S. government itself is, of course, completely sold out to corporate interests and thus won’t warn the American people about GMOs, either.

We quite literally live in an age so bizarre and irrational that the simple act of warning fellow citizens about poison in the food is now systematically suppressed. The status quo wants you to eat your poison, shut up, stop asking questions and check yourself in at the nearest for-profit cancer center once those tumors start to show up.

That’s the new system of oppression and slavery in America: It’s medical slavery, economic slavery and even thought slavery.

The new video by Gary Null

Fighting back against that system are the courageous individuals who dare to tell the truth. And one of those individuals is Dr. Gary Null, Ph.D.

Gary Null has just released a stunning new video called “GMO Ticking Time Bomb.”

It’s a teaser, actually, for a much longer documentary to be released in the near future. Watch “GMO Ticking Time Bomb” at:

TV.NaturalNews.com

YouTube.com

Or watch the video embedded, below.

GMO Ticking Time Bomb is a must-see video offering an information-rich overview of the situation with GMOs. It features interviews with people like Jeffrey Smith, Ronnie Cummins, David Murphy and more.

In the film, Rima Laibow also explains how Monsanto and DuPont formed a joint venture to create the “Epicyte gene” that causes permanent, irreversible infertility in both men and women.

Watch it here, if you dare:

Pakistanis protests against illegal CIA drone strikes

0

Richard Leiby |

In his upstart campaign to become Pakistan’s next prime minister, Imran Khan, a magnetic former cricket star and ardent foe of U.S. policy, draws delirious crowds by the tens of thousands who seemingly would follow him anywhere. But this weekend, Khan, who wants to lead his supporters into the dangerous tribal region to protest CIA drone attacks, appears to be headed for a roadblock: Pakistan’s formidable military.

Khan has promised to stage a massive rally Sunday, Oct. 7, in South Waziristan, where the Pakistani army has tamped down but not defeated a fierce Islamist insurgency. Khan picked the location partly for political stagecraft: For years, he has called for an end to the drone campaign, which rains missiles on al-Qaida and other militant groups in Pakistan’s tribal areas, including South Waziristan.

Khan, who has polled for two successive years as the nation’s most popular politician, this week assembled about 35 drone opponents, principally from the Washington anti-war group Codepink, to join what he calls his “tsunami” for change. Now the question dominating the political dialogue is whether that wave will be allowed to crash into Taliban territory.

U.S. diplomats on Friday warned the American peace activists not to attend the rally this weekend, saying terrorists have threatened to attack the demonstration.

Separately, the Pakistani Taliban warned Friday that they oppose the rally.

The military insists that the decision for the group’s trip rests with the civilian leadership, but, in fact, the army controls access to the restive tribal belt, which borders Afghanistan. The debate highlights tensions inherent in Pakistan’s governance: Although the politicians in Parliament and the executive branch have a vote on domestic and foreign policy, the army and its spy services essentially hold veto power.

“This is a peace march. We are not there to pick a fight with anyone,” Khan said Thursday. “The army, if they think they can’t provide protection beyond a certain point, they’ll tell us that.”

In the past, some analysts have portrayed Khan as a military-backed candidate because of his support for some right-wing Islamists who are considered proxies for Inter-Services Intelligence, the chief spy agency. But as his party, Tehrik-i-Insaaf (Justice Movement), has gained significant popular support, he now has been talking more forcefully about reining in the security establishment to make it bow before the constitution.

In an interview at his home outside the capital, he described major political party leaders as “nurtured by military dictators.” Referring to the generals, he said, “They don’t allow natural leadership to come up because they want controllables.”

Khan’s plan is to depart Saturday from Islamabad with a convoy, including foreigners and journalists, to reach the South Waziristan border by nightfall, then head to the rally site about 30 miles farther west.

Local authorities have voiced concern about the march, which Khan’s party predicts will draw 100,000 people. (Previous rallies in Lahore and Karachi drew double that or more.) Pakistan’s seven Federally Administered Tribal Areas are generally off-limits to anyone except the people who live there.

This report includes information from McClatchy Newspapers.

Cities may no longer afford police misconduct

0

The New York World |

Lawsuits against the city’s police soared to a record 2,004 cases entering the courts in the year that ended July 1.

That’s a 28 percent increase over the previous fiscal year, as recorded in the recently released Mayor’s Management Report. It indicates that the flood of cases brought against the New York City police – which have seen a 63 percent rise over the last decade – has not subsided.

Because cases against the NYPD can take at least two to three years to conclude, a spike now means that payouts for court judgments and settlements are likely to squeeze the city budget in coming years.

“It suggests the city has a ticking time bomb for making payouts for police conduct,” said Mark Taylor, an attorney who represents plaintiffs in police misconduct cases. “There is tremendous pressure on the police to make arrests and keep crime numbers low but if there is little legal basis, that costs them money years later.”

Meanwhile, a federal judge ruled this week that the city is liable for hundreds of arrests the NYPD made during the Republican National Convention in 2004, opening up the possibility that plaintiffs could sue for false arrest and further exacerbate the problem.

In 2010, the NYPD became the city agency with the highest volume of tort claims with more than 8,100, surpassing the Department of Transportation and the Health and Hospitals Corporation, and accounting for $135.8 million of the city’s total expenditures for judgments and settlements, according to the New York City Comptroller.

The Mayor’s Management Report only includes claims that have been assigned a litigation start date, and not all claims result in litigation. Some claims may be settled between the city and the plaintiff outside of court, and others never develop into a lawsuit because the claim was baseless or too weak to build a case.

Though the Mayor’s Management Report does not break down its data on cases by type, in past years the rise has been fueled by civil rights lawsuits, which are handled by the Special Federal Litigation Divisionof the Law Department.

In the most recent five years documented by the Comptroller’s Office, civil rights claims brought against the NYPD increased by 70 percent, from around 1,500 in 2006 to more than 2,600 in 2010. The cost of those claims totaled about $78 million in fiscal year 2010.

The Comptroller’s Office has not yet released the 2011-’12 edition of its biannual report on legal claims against the city, but lawyers who file civil rights cases say the volume of litigation has likely continued to rise.

“All of us have noticed a huge increase in lawsuits against police,” said Joel Berger, a civil rights attorney for 45 years who was a senior litigator with city’s Law Department from 1988 to 1996. “People are going to the [Civilian Complaint Review Board] less and going to the courts more. The city is overloaded with complaints and lawsuits.” (The Mayor’s Management Report shows a 25 percent decrease in Civilian Complaint Review Board cases since the previous edition, to 5,724 last year.)

“Whether it’s stop and frisk, marijuana arrests, trespassing – this stuff is completely out of control,” said Berger.

The NYPD paid out $80 million to plaintiffs who had filed tort lawsuits against the department – a sharp decline from the $99.8 million it paid out last year and a return to a level last seen in 2008, according to the Mayor’s Management Report.

But that’s not the entire picture of the NYPD’s exposure to legal claims. The mayor’s official budget statement, filed earlier this year, shows that the NYPD expected to spend $154 million in 2012 on judgments and claims. For fiscal year 2013, now underway, the NYPD has budgeted $180 million for payouts.

New York City has made efforts in recent years to limit the extraordinary sums of money it spends on tort cases. While Los Angeles pays approximately $14 dollars per capita each year, New York City spends about $81.

In its 2011 bi-annual report on legal claims, the Comptroller’s Office recommended that the police department begin pilot programs to reduce risk and the costs of litigation. The number of claims, the report said, represent a “growing area of concern.”

In response to the rise, the city has been lawyering up, increasing the size of its Special Federal Litigation Unit staff from 92 to 127. Rose Weber, a plaintiffs’ attorney who previously worked for the Law Department, says she saw a clear shift in the city’s posture as the number of lawyers boomed. “They got really cocky, saying we’re not going to settle, we’re going to take them to trial,” said Weber.

However, the city’s eagerness to file motions for dismissal of cases angered some judges, according to Weber. “In two of my cases, the judges were furious. In one, the judge threatened sanctions. I think the city decided ‘let’s pull back on that strategy’ once they saw they were not going to get them all thrown out,” she said.

The Law Department declined to comment for this story. But its 2011annual report stated that the Special Federal Litigation Division expanded its trial practice and won an “unprecedented 21 consecutive defense verdicts.” The report also indicated that the department is advocating for tort reform measures in an effort to end what it calls the “litigation lottery.”

City Councilmember Peter Vallone, Jr., who chairs the council Public Safety Committee, contends that too many cases gets settled regardless of actual wrongdoing, and that the Law Department should be taking even more to trial.

“Their policy is to settle way too many cases,” said Vallone about the Law Department. “If the Corporation Counsel only settled cases where the police department were wrong, the police could learn a bunch of stuff from that. But if they settle for reasons unknown, then it makes it much harder for police to know.”

To save millions of dollars down the road, the city’s approach to police claims, said Vallone, should be “settle when you’re guilty, learn from it, and fight like hell if you’re not.”

In the past, some within police ranks have claimed the rise in cases is the result of a cottage industry of greedy plaintiffs’ lawyers. But the increasing media attention paid to the NYPD’s tactics might also explain the increase. Coverage of several high profile court cases challenging stop-and-frisk practices, for example, mean plaintiffs are more aware of their rights and the ability to use the courts as a forum for redress, said one attorney. 

“There’s been a lot of public analysis of whether police are engaging in these tactics and whether they are discriminatory,” said Katherine Rosenfeld, who represented 22,000 plaintiffs in a loitering class action settlement against the NYPD that resulted in a $15 million settlement this year. “I think it has filtered into the public consciousness, perhaps even more than other police misconduct lawsuits have in the recent past.”

During budget hearings in May, City Council members raised concernsabout the toll of NYPD judgments and claims on the city’s budget. “It is a significant amount, and some of it may be associated with Stop, Question and Frisk,” said Police Commissioner Ray Kelly in response to questioning. “You have to look at the totality, and you have to look at the effects of the tactics and strategies and practices that are in place.”

Berger maintains that the city has so far taken the wrong approach to decreasing litigation against the police and should be following the example of cities like Los Angeles and Chicago, which track litigation data and use it to identify problem officers and issues.

“It is absolutely absurd to respond to an increase in lawsuits by simply hiring more lawyers and defending to the hilt,” he said. “That is such poor public policy. What they should be doing is asking themselves, ‘Why?’”

US risks losing reserve currency

0

By Mark OByrne, Max Keiser |

At the Clinton Global Initiative last week Goldman Sachs CEO Lloyd Blankfein said that the US could risk its status as the world’s reserve currency…

Today’s AM fix was USD 1,786.50, EUR 1,380.92, and GBP 1,109.01 per ounce.
Yesterday’s AM fix was USD 1,777.25, EUR 1,374.73and GBP 1,102.38 per ounce.

Silver is trading at $35.08/oz, €27.13/oz and £21.84/oz. Platinum is trading at $1,707.00/oz, palladium at $664.50/oz and rhodium at $1,180/oz.

Gold edged up $3.40 or 0.19% in New York yesterday which saw gold close at $1,778.50. Silver initially climbed to $34.848 then it fell off in afternoon trading and finished with a loss of 0.06%.


Cross Currency Table — (Bloomberg)

Gold inched up on Thursday, continuing its 4th day of gains as investors await more clues from central banks on further stimulus plans.

Today, The ECB has a rate decision at 1145 GMT and Bank of England at noon local time.

Investors will watch the key the nonfarm payrolls figure on Friday to determine if QE3 is beginning to stimulate the US economy.

Alan Wheatley, Global Economics Correspondent for Reuters has written a very interesting article, ‘Analysis: China’s currency foray augurs geopolitical strains’ where he emphasizes China’s desire to wean out the US dollar’s currency reserve status.

China is actively taking steps to phase out the US dollar which will decrease volatility in oil and commodity prices and deride the ‘exorbitant privilege’ the USA commands as the issuer of the reserve currency at the centre of a post-war international financial architecture which is now failing.

In 1971, U.S. Treasury Secretary John Connally said, “It’s our currency and your problem”.

China is frustrated with what it sees as the US government’s mismanagement of the dollar, and is now actively promoting the cross-border use of its own currency, the yuan, or also called the renminbi, in trade and investment.

China’s goal is to decrease transactions costs for Chinese importers and exporters.

Zha Xiaogang, a researcher at the Shanghai Institutes for International Studies, said Beijing wants to see a better-balanced international monetary system consisting of at least the dollar, euro and yuan and perhaps other currencies such as the yen and the Indian rupee.

“The shortcomings of the current international monetary system pose a big threat to China’s economy,” he said. “With more alternatives, the margin for the U.S. would be greatly narrowed, which will certainly weaken the power basis of the U.S.”

Zha’s comments were highlighted at a seminar in Bahrain this week on the geopolitics of currencies organized by the International Institute for Strategic Studies, a London think tank.

GoldCore brought up these issues back in 2005. Rising economies of China, India and the Middle East are looking at trading options that do not include the greenback.

Not only the East but their financial ministry colleagues in the West are also questioning the current monetary order. Change is certainly around the corner.

At the Clinton Global Initiative last week Goldman Sachs CEO Lloyd Blankfein said that the US could risk its status as the world’s reserve currency if congress fails to act and the “fiscal cliff” program of tax increases and spending cuts is enacted January 1st.

If the US continues its trillion dollar deficits and does lose its reserve currency status what will a world without a reserve currency look like? That is what economists, think tanks and finance ministers are grappling over today.

John Williamson, one of the foremost academics on exchange rates, and a senior fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics in Washington examined the benefits of the US dollar’s reserve status.

He recognized two ways that US power is enhanced in the world economy by the greenback’s dominant role, which he doesn’t see challenged in the next 25 years.

First, the $3.2 trillion in official reserves that China has accumulated in maintaining the yuan’s semi-fixed peg to the dollar tie Beijing’s policy hands. That is because any hostile gesture, such as a threat to shift out of dollars, would destroy Chinese wealth.

Second, because of the extensive private use of the dollar globally, the United States is better able to enforce a financial embargo such as the one now directed against Iran.

China also faces risks including foreigners reinvesting their yuan back into China’s security markets. Such inflows may alter exchange rates and interest rates and would weaken the Communist Party’s grasp on their economy which would create an unpredictability that is against the iron rule it enjoys.

Currency wars are not new and often rising economies show their resentment of incumbents, notably the USA, who they view as printing money first and worrying about the effect on the global economy later.

Surjit Bhalla, Indian economist and author of “Devaluing to Prosperity” feels the massive undervaluation of the yuan was a major reason for China’s meteoric rise and the deep economic imbalances that led to the 1997/98 Asian financial crisis and the 2008 global crash.

He sees little merit in greater international use of the yuan but expects Beijing to push up its real exchange rate by 3-5% a year in order to help lift private consumption to at least 50 percent of national output over time from around just 35 percent now.

“This will be one of the most remarkable win-win situations of recent times,” said Bhalla, chairman of Oxus Investments, a New Delhi hedge fund. “Currency peace is breaking out. There have been currency wars, but now is time to enjoy the peace.”

Ex Goldman Sachs banker at centre of rail fiasco

0

CAHAL MILMO, The Independent |

A former Goldman Sachs banker in charge of private contracts for the Department for Transport was named yesterday as one of the officials suspended for their alleged role in the West Coast rail franchise fiasco. Kate Mingay, head of commercial at the DfT, is believed to be the most senior of three staff suspended on Wednesday.

She ran a team responsible for the finance model in the bidding for the West Coast Main Line franchise. The decision to strip Sir Richard Branson’s company, Virgin Trains, of the multibillion-pound contract and award it to FirstGroup instead was scrapped after the Transport Secretary, Patrick McLoughlin, said there were “significant technical flaws” in the bidding process because of the DfT’s mistakes.

Ms Mingay was also part of a team which approved the controversial decision to place a £1.4bn order for new Thameslink trains with the German firm Siemens, rather than the Derby train-maker Bombardier.

Last night, four Tory MPs wrote to Mr McLoughlin to ask for the signing of the Thameslink contract, due in January, to be postponed in the light of problems with the West Coast deal.

Ms Mingay, a Cambridge graduate, earns £135,000 a year and is considered a rising star at the DfT. Two years ago, she was appointed to a Whitehall task force to examine the Government’s spending review.

She was also part of the team which worked with London Underground to unravel the mess caused by the collapse of a company contracted to carry out Tube upgrades. There is no evidence that she was directly responsible for any failings that led to Mr McLoughlin’s decision to suspend the FirstGroup franchise on Tuesday.

Ms Mingay could not be reached for comment yesterday. There was no answer at her home near Westminster and an automated email response said she was away from her office and named Nick Joyce as acting director of commercial and technical services.

But the debate over who should take the blame for the franchising process grew, with criticism for the former Transport Secretary, Justine Greening, and Transport minister Theresa Villiers, who both gained new Cabinet posts in the recent reshuffle.

Margaret Hodge, who chairs the powerful Commons Public Accounts Committee, said the embarrassing and costly debacle exposed flaws in Whitehall processes. She called for “proper accountability” to “raise civil servants’ game” and improve quality and standards.

“The way you climb the greasy pole in the civil service is that you change your job every couple of years,” she said. “That’s a disaster and we need to leave people in post so they take proper responsibility for the very difficult and complex job they have to do.”

A former Cabinet Secretary, Lord O’Donnell, said part of the problem was skills shortages, particularly in commissioning and procurement. He said Whitehall must pay higher salaries if it wanted the best staff.

“It’s not that they’re greedy, but pay is a measure of how much they feel they’re valued,” he added.

Jonathan Portes, formerly the chief economist at the Cabinet Office, said ministers could not ultimately escape blame. “Ministers had months in the run-up to the franchise award in August, and two months since, to require senior management to explain to them — not with pages of numbers, but with convincing analysis — why this view, now apparently vindicated, was wrong,” he said.

Police granted repressive powers

0

Ben McGrath, WSWS |

Recent violent crimes in South Korea have been seized on by the government to justify granting the police more repressive powers. The new measures include arming officers with tear gas guns and Tasers at all times, and reviving a policy allowing police to stop and search anyone deemed suspicious. The government claims it is trying to prevent crime and protect citizens, but the real aim is to prepare for eruptions of social unrest.

On August 18, a knife-wielding man injured eight people at a subway station in Uijeongbu, in Gyeonggi province. Three days later, also in Gyeonggi province, another man stabbed a bar owner and a customer, before entering a nearby house and attacking the family there, resulting in one death. A day later, a man in Ulsan stabbed a shopkeeper, seemingly without motive. In another case, an unemployed man in Seoul stabbed two former co-workers and other people standing nearby. This spate of stabbings was followed by a particularly shocking crime, involving the kidnap and rape of a seven-year-old girl on August 30.

President Lee Myung-bak’s administration has exploited public fears over these incidents to increase police powers, running roughshod over longstanding opposition among ordinary Koreans towards any move to revive anti-democratic measures previously used to suppress demonstrations and strikes.

The National Police Agency last month sent out new directives to police stations and district police agencies, allowing officers to stop and question individuals when they deem that a crime is about to be committed. The questioned individual may be taken back to the police station. These pre-emptive stop and searches will be used mainly at places with large crowds of people, such as subway stations, and “high-crime” areas, i.e. typically poor, working class centres.

These kind of searches were significantly curtailed in 2010, following a warning from the National Human Rights Commission. They had previously been used by police against political demonstrations.

An unnamed National Police Agency official told the Korea Times: “The random checks are aimed at preventing violent crimes, so they won’t be conducted indiscriminately at rallies, as in the past. We also don’t plan to keep tallies of the number of random checks so that officers don’t feel pressured to compete for better performances.”

There is no reason to accept these claims. By stationing officers near subway stations, the police can intimidate people going to or from demonstrations. As happened before, police will easily be able to declare protesters potentially violent criminals and subject them to intrusive searches.

The government has also moved to employ another 1,000 police officers and 250 probation officers nationally. Most of these new recruits will be assigned to helping monitor and track people previously imprisoned for violent crimes, including through the use of electronic anklets. The government has insisted that sex offenders will be the subject of the stepped up surveillance measures, but the Ministry of Public Administration and Security stated that those convicted of any other violent crimes such as robbery or arson could also be targetted. Given that any sort of anti-government protest can be officially deemed “violent”, these methods may soon be used against workers and young people arrested during demonstrations.

The Seoul Metropolitan Police Agency (SMPA) now requires all its patrol units and riot squads to carry tear gas guns and Tasers at all times. Previously, the police agency only required officers to carry firearms, tear gas guns and Tasers depending on the situation. The change has been publicly justified as necessary for police to be able to quickly subdue violent criminals.

Arming officers with tear gas has particular political implications in South Korea. In the 1980s and 1990s, under the US-backed military dictatorship and subsequent Democrat administrations, the police used tear gas with such frequency against working class and student protesters that the gas was dubbed “Seoul perfume.”

In 1999, the use of tear gas was discontinued. Government and police officials stepped up their demands for its reintroduction in 2008, after protests and workers’ strikes against the importation of American beef amid fears of mad cow disease. Liquid tear gas was used in 2009 against workers occupying a Ssangyong Motor factory, and again in 2011, against protesters opposing the dismissal of shipbuilding workers in Busan.

Now the Seoul Metropolitan Police Agency is purchasing tear gas guns for 23 patrol squads and 75 riot squads in the city. At the same time as the SMPA announced the new tear gas policy it stated that a greater police presence would be maintained in politically sensitive areas, including in Gwanghwamunm, where the US Embassy and a number of government buildings are located, and Yeouido, home to the National Assembly and many financial firms. This statement exposed the fraud that the new police measures are simply aimed at “preventing crime”.

The export-dependent Korean economy is being hard hit by the world crisis, and millions are suffering from rising unemployment and economic hardship. As it prepares to impose new burdens on workers, the country’s ruling elite is building up the police apparatus to suppress any opposition or resistance.

Workers threatened with sack if they fight for pay

0

Jon Griffin, Birmingham Mail |

WORKERS at Birmingham Airport deprived of a wage rise for more than three years have been threatened with job cuts if they take industrial action, it has been claimed.

Union leaders said airport management had sent a letter to staff threatening to withdraw a pay offer of two and a half per cent — plus a one-off payment of £150 — and impose reductions in the workforce.

But the tactic was condemned by angry unions who delayed holding a ballot for action after mediators ACAS were called in.

Workers had already voted by 76.5 per cent to reject the pay offer — the first since February 2009 — and unions had announced a ballot for action.

Unite union regional organiser John Partridge said: “The airport has said that if we proceed with industrial action it could lead to the offer being withdrawn and job losses.

“It is disappointing they have found it necessary to put out a letter like that, especially as we have been trying to negotiate a wage settlement since May, when we first met.

“People have not had a pay increase since February 2009. The airport is doing very well and it is counter-productive to threaten job losses, calculated to undermine the morale of the workforce.”

An airport spokesman said bosses were simply trying to ensure “clarity” over its position.

“We will continue to keep all staff informed of this situation so they understand the offer made and impact that any industrial action would have on the business,” he said.

“We regularly have open dialogue with staff on business matters and want to make sure that the entire workforce — not just union members — are clear about this particular issue.

“The airport seeks to make sure everyone understands the offer that has been put forward; we would have thought the union would welcome the greatest degree of clarity.

“We believe the pay issue can be resolved and that the silent majority do not want industrial action.

“The offer is fair and reasonable and means that, for the majority of staff, a three per cent increase would be made if the offer is accepted.”

Secret courts bill hides government cover-ups

Liberties and freedoms enshrined in Magna Carta more than 800 years ago are under threat from the British government’s plans to deliver a bill that undermines the principle of open justice. This piece will look at the context in which the Justice and Security Bill, or ‘secret courts bill’ as it is nicknamed, is being pushed through and the powerful resistance to the legislation.

The bill is passing through the House of Lords while the country still reels from the most recent Hillsborough inquiry, which exposed a wide-scale cover up involving the police, politicians, and members of the emergency services. It took more than two decades for the truth to surface after the deaths of 96 Liverpool football fans at the stadium in Sheffield, and during that period ordinary people and their communities were demonised by those placed in a position of trust. The toxic legacy of Hillsborough should be followed by more transparency, not more secrecy. Yet the Justice and Security Bill has the potential to make it far easier for such cover-ups to take place.

Furthermore, the bill is being proposed at a time when former ministers from the Blair government including Jack Straw as well as senior establishment figures in the Secret Intelligence Services and Whitehall face the unprecedented prospect of being questioned by Scotland Yard detectives investigating claims of British collusion in the US rendition and torture programme. Crucial evidence of the UK’s role in at least two US-led renditions is detailed in a number of documents held by the Libyan security services, which came to light subsequent to the fall of the Gaddafi regime.

Britain’s role in the rendition of Libyan rebel leader Abdul Hakim Belhadj is pointed to in a letter from Sir Mark Allen, former director of counter-terrorism at MI6, to Moussa Koussa, Head of the Libyan intelligence agency at the time. Dated March 18 2004, Sir Mark writes about how grateful he is to Koussa for helping to smooth the way for Tony Blair’s latest visit to Colonel Gaddafi. He adds: “Most importantly, I congratulate you on the safe arrival of Abu Abd Allah Sadiq [aka Abdul Hakim Belhadj]. This was the least we could do for you and for Libya to demonstrate the remarkable relationship we have built over the years. I am so glad. I was grateful to you for helping the officer we sent out last week.”

It also emerged another rebel leader Sami Al-Saadi was detained whilst flying from his home in Hong Kong to the UK with his wife and four children — the youngest a girl aged six. The family were forced onboard an aircraft bound to Libya two days after Blair’s famous visit. The 45-year-old former Libyan Islamic Fighting Group commander, who was committed to over-throwing Gaddafi, believes documents discovered after the tyrant’s death show British personnel were instrumental in his detention and rendition.

Both he and Belhadj spent more than six years in custody where they say they were subject to torture. Legal papers were served in April on the former Foreign Secretary Jack Straw by Belhaj’s lawyers Leigh Day & Co and also lodged at the High Court. The documents clearly accuse Straw, Allen, MI6, MI5, the Foreign Office and Home Office of being liable for the false imprisonment as well as “complicity in torture and/or inhuman and degrading treatment; conspiracy to injure; conspiracy to use unlawful means; misfeasance in public office and/or negligence” suffered by the Belhadj and al Saadi families.

The prosecution may fail. The accusations may turn out to have no foundation at all. But stand or fall the case must be held in an open court so that justice is seen to be done. Under the current judicial system the proceedings would be open to journalists and members of the public. However, should the Justice and Security Bill be passed through Parliament this year in its present form then it is almost certain that both the press and the public will be denied access to the trial. Human rights lawyer Saghir Hussein said of this prospect: “What this means is that everyone outside of the court proceedings will not know who has been charged or the detail of what they have been charged with. Even the defendants may not be allowed in to the proceedings and may never find out why the charges have been brought, why they have been charged and what is the evidence against them. In other words they lose the right to defence. Nor will those seeking justice be allowed in to the court to see what is happening to their alleged tormentors”. He added, “It has not been lost on anyone that the drive for this new legislation emerged around the same time some very powerful people in very powerful places realised they could be forced to give evidence in an open court…”

The resistance

Last week, the London-based NGO Cageprisoners launched a campaign from the House of Commons, No More Secrets, to kill the proposed legislation. Respect MP George Galloway opened the press conference by talking about the need for transparency following the Hillsborough inquiry, saying: “When I learned that the police had systematically falsified the truth in literally 168 statements including allegedly at a high level, and the fact that this was all covered up for 23 years and would have remained a secret if it were not for the campaigning zeal, fortitude and courage of the families of the 96 football fans, then it struck me this is what secret courts would be like. One would never know the truth but it would be legal this time to cover those truths up.” Following on from Galloway, Natalie Bennett, the new leader of the Green Party, said: “Closed justice, not open to the scrutiny of the media or the public, is no justice at all and these closed courts further undermine an absolutely critical principal of the British legal system that everyone is equal before the law; because what it is doing is putting the government above the law.” Moazzam Begg, a director of Cageprisoners and former Guantanamo detainee, concluded the press conference by arguing that the introduction of secret courts would destroy the reputation of British justice, which has been respected and exported around the world.

It can take years for a campaign to attract enough pressure to force the hand of authority, as witnessed over Hillsborough; but the momentum against Clarke’s Justice and Security Bill has already built up a full head of steam. Opponents are diverse and drawn from all political parties, human rights groups and the legal profession. Some of the most eminent names in human rights circlesexpressed concern about the legislation in The Guardian earlier this year. Former shadow home secretary David Davis is vehemently against the bill, as is the controversial Labour MP Paul Flynn who has added his full weight to the No More Secrets campaign. One of the most powerful opponents is Lord MacDonald, the former director of public prosecutions, who has made clear his view that the bill would invite ministers to seek to hide “awkward or embarrassing” actions under the guise of protecting national security. On the same day as the Cageprisoners campaign launch, the issue was being discussed at the Liberal Democrat conference. Jo Shaw, a former parliamentary candidate, tabled a motion in Brighton to withdraw from part of the bill. She said: “This motion is not saying that all the security services or government officials or police are bad or corrupt. But some may be. Some may make mistakes and wish to cover them up. Part two [of the bill] will allow a few bad apples to rot our judicial system from behind closed doors. In simple words, this is a bad bill.”

The Justice and Security Bill will undermine public faith in the judicial system, a system which, as Moazzam Begg pointed out, is admired and embraced around the world. If this bill becomes a reality we may never find out what is being done in our name, behind closed doors.

Yvonne Ridley is a patron of Cageprisoners. She produced and narrated the documentary ‘Lies, Spies & Libya’, directed by award-winning film-maker Hassan al Banna Ghani. For details of the documentary, to be shown as part of the nationwide No More Secrets tour, see the Cageprisoners website.

Facebook to replace ID card scheme

0

John E Dunn, Computerworld UK |

The UK Government is pressing ahead with potentially controversial plans that will let citizens to log on to a range of Government services using external digital identities such as Facebook, online banks and mobile phone accounts.

Government-issued ID cards for UK citizens might have gone away but the Government sees digital identities from the private sector as the next best thing.

Offered as part of the Identity Assurance (IDA) programme floated in 2011, trusted identities could let people authenticate themselves for tax credits, benefits, car tax payments, passport applications and even student loans through the one-stop gov.uk website.

In principle, almost any third party could be used as a personal identity as long as they have been passed fit as an IDA provider. Verification would be built into the system in the form of users’ mobile numbers and secondary security questions, reports have said.

The self-assessment and tax sites have not been mentioned by reports from the cabinet Office but applying the same system to this service might require some re-engineering ; at the moment, HMRC’s site uses tax payer reference numbers as the user name.

Motivation for the idea includes the 2013-14 roll-out of the universal credit benefit system by the Department of Work and Pensions (DWP) and the belief that access to online services won’t work well if users are expected to create yet another login they are likely to forget.

“We want to enable people to be able to prove their identity online — if they choose to — without the need for any national, central scheme. This way the citizen remains in charge, not the state,” a Cabinet Office spokesperson was quoted as saying.

What that does, of course, is shift the security burden to those sites, which raises obvious security concerns. What if users don’t secure those logins well? Or use one login for a number of sites which are then undermined by a data breach?

One answer is introducing two-factor authentication although this doesn’t answer the issue of fake identities set up on third-party sites by criminals. The obvious answer to this is that providers will have to meet a stringent test. Current password systems used to access government services are not inherently secure.

The plans have had a mixed reception.

“Governments around the world are rightly looking to social networks as one piece of the identity puzzle,” said Ping Identity director, Andi Hindle.

“This move will not only foster the adoption of online Government services, benefiting citizens, but also reduce the risks and costs associated with identity management for the UK Government.”

Others had more reservations. “Although this is a fine scheme in principle and is backed by ministers the danger is that it could be side-lined and used as a fig leaf by the data-hungry government departments,” said No2ID general secretary Guy Herbert, quoted in The Independent.

“Shameful” police chief sacked

0

Press Association |

The first chief constable to be sacked for 35 years was a “shameful” liar who tried to bully a member of staff into covering for him, the police watchdog has said.

Sean Price, 55, lost his job with Cleveland Police but will not forfeit his pension after he was found guilty of two counts of gross misconduct relating to the recruitment of the then police authority chairman’s daughter.

A private disciplinary hearing concluded that Mr Price misled the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) by lying and by trying to get a member of staff to lie for him.

Hearings into a further 18 misconduct charges will now not go ahead as he is no longer a serving officer. Cleveland Police Authority said it will release details of those charges if lawyers allow.

IPCC commissioner Nicholas Long made a damning statement which said: “Sean Price’s attempts to mislead the IPCC investigation by lying and putting pressure on a member of staff to lie on his behalf were shameful. He almost got away with his attempted deception.

“However, the member of staff in question showed great integrity and courage in refusing to be bullied and stood up to him by asking to submit a new witness statement to the IPCC, fully explaining Mr Price’s role in this matter.

“He has attempted to intimidate and bully staff under his leadership and mislead an independent investigation. He has failed at that – and, most significantly, he has failed the police officers and staff he led, the police service as a whole and the public of Cleveland.”

He was investigated following allegations about his role in recruiting the daughter of former police authority chairman Dave McLuckie to a civilian post. It was claimed in doing so he used “undue influence” to get her the job. The hearing found that he asked a member of staff to inquire about the job but he then denied doing so when he was subsequently investigated by the IPCC. The panel also concluded that he then directed the member of staff to lie about the matter when questioned.

Stuart Drummond, the current chairman of Cleveland Police Authority, said: “As a police officer, and particularly as a chief constable, Sean Price’s behaviour and attitude over this matter was completely unacceptable and the sanction imposed is wholly appropriate. His actions have seriously undermined his reputation and his credibility.”

Mr Price said: “I am extremely disappointed with the result. I believe the disciplinary proceedings have, sadly, come to an incorrect conclusion. When the judgment was delivered and I was offered the chance to put forward mitigation, I declined – the panel was mistaken in their finding and I could not seek to argue for a lesser punishment for something I haven’t done. I will therefore be discussing with my lawyers over the next few days how this can be addressed.”

Video: Disturbing talk of ‘Crisis Initiation’ with Iran

0

Max Igan and Ken O’Keefe’s breakdown on Israeli lobbyist Patrick Clawson’s (psychopath at Washington Institute for Near East Policy) suggestion of using a false flag event as a means of initiating conflict with Iran.

Biometric future: Your DNA taken within minutes

0

What would happen if everyone could do DNA analysis within minutes using a simple computerized box that accepted a person’s cell samples on a swab and spit out the answer about a person’s genetic identity automatically?

Though it sounds like the stuff of science fiction, that possibility is now within reach. And as the new capability of what’s being called ‘Rapid DNA’ analysis takes off, law enforcement in police stations and the FBI could be using it to catch criminals without having to send DNA off to official DNA-testing labs as is done now. But it doesn’t stop there. U.S. agencies could not only use this instant “DNA analysis in a box” to check the identity of someone wanting to come into the country, but easily check to see if two people who say they’re related really are since DNA genetic information can provide that. And that’s just what governments might do with it — there’s no reason that businesses and individuals couldn’t easily be doing DNA analysis, too, in the years to come.

“What science has given us is some very miraculous work in the DNA world,” said Peter Verga, chief of staff for the Under Secretary of Defense for Policy at the U.S. Department of Defense, during his keynote at the Biometric Consortium Conference in Tampa recently.

After years of research encouraged by the FBI and DoD, ‘Rapid DNA’ analysis-in-a-box is here, proving a DNA profile can be produced automatically, with no need for professional lab training, in 90 minutes or less. Two companies, integenX and NetBio, are the manufacturers whose ‘Rapid DNA’ equipment is now under government evaluation at the National Institute of Standards and Technology and the U.S. Army Criminal Investigative Laboratory. More companies, including Lockheed Martin, are expected to soon follow.

Verga noted it would theoretically be possible in the future to do a DNA profile on travelers coming into Dulles Airport, for example, for security purposes. But whatever ends up happening with the new power for instant DNA analysis, it must “adhere to the rule of law” and conform to the idea that one must “do good with biometrics and avoid evil,” he added.

The ‘Rapid DNA’ analysis is only going to get more powerful in what it can do.

Richard Selden, CEO of NetBio, describes its ANDE System as a ‘Rapid DNA’ box that measures 26.6”-inches by 16.5-inches’ x 23.1-inches’ and can take an inserted cotton swab with cell samples from someone’s cheek and produces a DNA profile in 83 minutes. Ruggedized for air, truck and hand-carry, it’s “stable for at least six months without refrigeration,” said Selden, speaking about it at the conference. It works in “an uncontrolled environment” with “no manual processing.”

To match DNA, it can connect to a remote database or do the DNA matching in a local database onboard. The technology developed by NetBio is already being expanded into next-generation device that will accept very minute samples of DNA collected from cups or virtually anywhere for a DNA profile of the individual. The box is also being expanded to do “kinship analysis,” Selden pointed out.

“Maybe a brother or sister will be in a terrorist database,” said Selden during his presentation, noting there might be a “family of terrorists, siblings.”

Identifying relatives is something the Department of Homeland Security would like to be able to quickly and easily do out in remote areas, said Christopher Miles, biometrics program manager in the DHS division for U.S. citizenship and immigration services.

The goal is to help legitimate refugees, for instance, gain legal entry to the U.S. but there’s often a lack of authentic documentation, such as birth certificates, to help in assessing identity. There’s a lot of lying about who is actually who, including who someone’s relatives are. And there’s the danger of human trafficking, especially of children and young women. But Miles, who spoke at the biometrics conference on the topic, said DHS will be doing field testing of the integenX and NetBios ‘Rapid DNA’ boxes to collect DNA information on candidates for U.S. entry.

And the FBI is planning on expanding DNA analysis to do more genetic analysis. There’s the potential to not only explore family relationships through genes, but to find out about genetic disease in a much easier way than was once thought.

Legal issues are likely to slow down the ability of the police and FBI to take ‘Rapid DNA’ analysis of suspects and merge it into the FBI’s database of 10 million records to do comparisons to find matches. That’s because current law calls for a system of accredited DNA labs, not do-it-yourself DNA analysis boxes. But secretive U.S. intelligence agencies are known to already being putting the ‘Rapid DNA’ boxes to use, according to sources. The U.S. military for a long time has been known to be accumulating an extensive collection of DNA samples in Afghanistan, for example, to stop terrorism.

The rise of ‘Rapid DNA’ makes some working in the official DNA labs uneasy. The new DNA-in-a-box could find a role in a lab environment, said Cecelia Crouse, crime lab director for the Palm Beach Sheriff’s Office. But she’s skeptical it’s appropriate for use by those without the kind of training that professionals have in DNA report analysis.

“We still feel a qualified DNA analyst needs to interpret samples,” said Crouse during a panel discussion at the conference. “We feel it still takes a qualified DNA analyst to interpret this and write a report.”

But the whole point of the ‘Rapid DNA’ gear is that anyone, with five minutes of training on how to put in a cotton swab with cell samples into a box, can get the same outcome as a DNA professional in a lab.

And if the government can do this, so can the private sector, where paternity tests are in demand, and new businesses for instant analysis about that could spring up. The integenX RapidHIT box is selling now for a few hundred thousand dollars, so in theory there’s no reason that someone couldn’t buy one to do near-instant analysis of DNA samples. In high-security operations, a DNA sample of an individual’s cells might become a typical request instead of fingerprints in the future.

And while a privacy debate is certain to erupt as the world learns more about how real ‘Rapid DNA’ is, there could also be whole new authentication mechanisms evolve based on a person’s genetic identity.

Ellen Messmer is senior editor at Network World, an IDG publication and website, where she covers news and technology trends related to information security. Twitter: MessmerE. E-mail: emessmer@nww.com.

TSA worker steals $500 for lack of obedience

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Prison Planet |

A former TSA worker has pleaded guilty to stealing over $500 in cash from a man who complained about the TSA’s invasive pat down procedure, with the TSA agent admitting the theft was a punishment for the man’s lack of obedience.

60-year-old John W. Irwin pleaded guilty to one count of grand larceny following an incident in November 2011, during which a man asked that he be given a pat down rather than face a body scanner due to a medical condition.

When TSA agents ordered the man undergo the pat down in a private room, he complained but agreed to do so.

The man placed $520 in cash in a gray plastic bin before accompanying the TSA agents to the private room. When he returned, the money was gone, with Irwin having hidden it in a TSA supervisor’s draw.

When the man asked Irwin where the cash had gone, Irwin claimed ignorance and the incident was subsequently reported to the police.

After first denying to police that he had stolen the money, Irwin later admitted he had put the cash in his locker as a form of punishment in retaliation for the man complaining over his treatment.

“When the passenger returned and I saw that it was the passenger who had given my fellow employees a hard time. I just didn’t let on that I had the money,” Irwin said in a statement to police.

“The TSA’s spokesliars have long insisted that employees never, ever retaliate, nor do they punish dissidents – though every passenger fearing he’ll miss his flight if he so much as sighs while thugs grope him would vehemently disagree. Now here’s a goon admitting he did just that,” writes Becky Akers.

Indeed, as we have previously highlighted, travelers are routinely punished for opting out of the body scanner by being subjected to more invasive pat downs.

As Consumer Traveler’s Charlie Leocha reported, “When meeting with privacy officials at the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and TSA later that month, I was told unofficially that there were two standards of pat-downs. One for the normal situation where passengers are going through metal detectors and a different pat-down for those who refuse to go through the whole-body scanners.”

“With this latest announcement, TSA admits that it has been clandestinely punishing passengers for refusing to go through the invasive whole-body scans with an even more intrusive aggressive pat-down and that soon those more invasive pat-down will creep from airport to airport,” adds Leocha.

During the height of the national op-out day backlash against the TSA in 2010, the Atlantic’s Jeffrey Goldberg was told by a TSA agent directly that pat downs were made increasingly invasive not for any genuine security reason, but to make the experience so uncomfortable for the traveler that they would be forced to use the body scanner.

Even being seen to display a “bad attitude” in not instantly complying with the TSA’s obedience training can lead to trouble.

As we reported last month, a TSA screener admitted to a woman traveling through Houston Airport that she was prevented from boarding her flight for retaliatory reasons as punishment for a bad attitude rather than any genuine security threat, after the woman refused to allow TSA agents to test her drink for explosives.

Journalists who have been critical of the TSA have also been targeted for reprisals. CNN reporter Drew Griffin was also put on a TSA watch list immediately after he filed reports critical of the organization back in 2008.

John W. Irwin is set to be sentenced in December.

Obama administration can still detain anybody indefinitely

Michael Kelley, Business Insider |

An appeals court has ruled the U.S. can enforce the National Defense Authorization Act’s indefinite detention clause while the court decides whether to kill or allow the provisions, Josh Gerstein of Politico reports.

A three-judge motions panel of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 2nd Circuit concluded “the public interest weighs in favor of granting the government’s motion for a stay [i.e. suspension].”

Last month District Judge Katherine Forrest permanently blocked the NDAA, but the Obama administration has appealed her ruling.

Appeals Court Judges Denny Chin, Raymond Lohier, and Christopher Droney agreed with the government that the plaintiffs — journalists and activists — “are in no danger whatsoever of ever being captured and detained by the U.S. military” because the NDAA doesn’t “affect the existing rights of United States citizens or other individuals arrested in the United States.”

The plaintiffs had successfully argued to Judge Forrest that some provisions of the indefinite detention clause are so vague they would chill free speech and restrict the ability to associate with people the government doesn’t like.

The NDAA allows the government to indefinitely detain anyone who provides “substantial support” to the Taliban, al-Qaeda or “associated forces.”

Virtual ID card will be target for criminals

0

IAN BURRELL, The Independent |

The Government will announce details this month of a controversial national identity scheme which will allow people to use their mobile phones and social media profiles as official identification documents for accessing public services.

People wishing to apply for services ranging from tax credits to fishing licences and passports will be asked to choose from a list of familiar online log-ins, including those they already use on social media sites, banks, and large retailers such as supermarkets, to prove their identity.

Once they have logged in correctly by computer or mobile phone, the site will send a message to the government agency authenticating that user’s identity.

The Cabinet Office is understood to have held discussions with the Post Office, high street banks, mobile phone companies and technology giants ranging from Facebook and Microsoft to Google, PayPal and BT.

Ministers are anxious that the identity programme is not denounced as a “Big Brother” national ID card by the back door, which is why data will not be kept centrally by any government department. Indeed, it is hoped the Identity Assurance Programme, which is being led by the Cabinet Office, will mean the end to any prospect of a physical national ID card being introduced in the UK.

The identification systems used by the private companies have been subjected to security testing before being awarded their “Identity Provider” (IDP) kitemark, meaning that they have made the list of between five and 20 approved organisations that will be announced on 22 October.

The public will be able to use their log-ins from a set list of “trusted” private organisations to access Government services, which are being grouped together on a single website called Gov.uk, which will be accessible by mobile.

A cross-section of social media companies, high street banks, mobile phone businesses and major retailers has been chosen in order to appeal to as wide a demographic as possible.

The system will be trialled when the Department of Work & Pensions starts the early roll out of the Universal Credit scheme, a radical overhaul of the benefits system, in April.

Users who access the Government’s online one-stop-shop of public services will be asked to identify themselves by choosing one organisation from a selection of logos. (This feature is called a “Nascar screen”, in reference to the logo-filled livery of the famous American racing cars.)

Major web sites are able to recognise individuals by their patterns of use, the device they are accessing from and its location. Facebook, for example, asks users who sign on from an unusual location to take a series of security questions including identifying friends in photographs.

Privacy campaigners are not wholly convinced by the programme. “Although this is a fine scheme in principle and is backed by ministers the danger is that it could be side-lined and used as a fig leaf by the data-hungry government departments,” said Guy Herbert, general secretary of No2ID, which has been consulted by the Cabinet Office.

KEEP Details of the “identity assurance” scheme are being finalised amid growing concerns over identity theft and other forms of cybercrime. Foreign Secretary William Hague and Cabinet Office minister Francis Maude, who is at the head of the Identity Assurance Programme, will today (Thurs) meet international experts at the Budapest Conference on Cyberspace. Mr Maude will give a keynote speech.

KEEP The Cabinet Office believes its new identity model will “prevent ‘login fatigue’ [from] having too many usernames and passwords” and save public money by increasing trust in online services. The system is likely to be adopted by local authorities nationwide. The Government hopes the identity system will form the basis of a universally-recognised online authentication process for commercial transactions on the Internet, boosting the economy and strengthening Britain’s position as a leader in e-commerce.

In recent weeks, the Cabinet Office’s Government Digital Service has backed a UK working group of the Open Identity Exchange, which was set up in America to bring organisations including Google, AOL, PayPal and Experian together to find a simple method of online verification that doesn’t require multiple passwords.

Members of the Cabinet Office team travelled to the White House in May to exchange ideas with American counterparts working on the National Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace (NSTIC). The heads of the British and American identity assurance programmes will debate the subject next week in London at the RSA cyber security conference.

The first law passed by the Coalition Government was to scrap the national ID scheme, a move said to have saved taxpayers £1 billion over ten years. But ministers want to use the Internet to cut the cost of public services.

In order to limit concerns over Government snooping, the Cabinet Office has been working closely with a range of privacy campaign groups and consumer organisations including No2ID, Big Brother Watch and Which? The programme’s Privacy and Consumer Group drew up a list of nine Privacy Principles which underpin the framework of the scheme.

As part of the attempt to reassure privacy campaigners, a private identity partner (IDP) which authorises a user of a public service will not know which Government department is seeking authentication.

The Post Office’s involvement in the Identity Assurance Programmes was revealed by a notice placed in the Official Journal of the European Union. The Royal Mail subsidiary sought a third party provider to help in assembling consumer data including name, date of birth, address, gender, passport and driving licence numbers, financial history, electoral roll status and telephone numbers.

Some commercial organisations have been concerned that their consumers will react negatively to their involvement with government. But commercial partners will benefit from marketing opportunities and the trust that comes with IDP status.

Without the identity assurance scheme there are fears that high levels of online fraud will cause the public to lose confidence in digital channels, undermining the amount of business done online.

Civil servants acknowledge that some people will still wish to access public services in person. They argue that the online scheme will release additional resources to assist people who lack confidence in making digital transactions.

Q&A: What the scheme involves

Q. Is this just an ID card scheme by the back door?

A. No, it’s a way of combating the menace of identity theft.

Q. Will the Government be able to use it to follow our movements online?

A. Authentication is done by trusted third parties and data will not be held centrally by the Government.

Q. But won’t the private companies find out personal information that is none of their business?

A. The identity providers (IdPs) don’t know for which government agency they are authenticating.

Q. Is a social media log-in sufficiently secure for a major financial transaction?

A. Individual IdPs will need to convince the Cabinet Office that their security checks are enough to meet the Level of Assurance (LOA) needed for the public service being requested. For example, a passport application is a high-security LOA3.

Q. Will it be possible to apply for a passport on your phone?

A. It is anticipated that part of the process will be offered online but some physical ID will still need to be presented in person to achieve LOA3.

Q. Is this just about public services?

A. No, the Government is helping to bring together online companies and create an icon that would enable online payments to be done securely.

Q. What would be the advantages?

A. It would also reduce the need to memorise multiple passwords.

Q. Will it work?

A. That depends partly on the efficiency of the chosen IdPs.

Citizens privacy must be protected by law

0

Organisations tasked with certifying systems individuals use for inputting personally identifying information should have to abide by a “common set of security requirements”, an EU privacy body has said.

The European Data Protection Supervisor (EDPS) recommended that ‘trust service providers’, and those that issue individuals with electronic identification, should have to comply with a single set of data security standards under the EU’s proposed Electronic Trust Services Regulation.

The EDPS, an independent body which advises EU bodies such as the European Commission on privacy and data protection, made the recommendation in a new opinion [13-page 83KB PDF] on the terms of the draft Regulation.

“The EDPS considers that the proposed Regulation should establish a minimum set of requirements, in particular with respect to the circumstances, formats and procedures associated to security as well as the criteria, conditions and requirements, including the determination of what constitutes the state of the art in terms of security for electronic trust services,” it said.

The watchdog said that if common security requirements are not to be set out in the new laws, then provision should be put in place to allow the European Commission to “define where needed, through a selective use of delegated acts or implementing measures, the criteria, conditions and requirements for security in electronic trust services and identification schemes”.

Assistant EDPS Giovanni Buttarelli, who signed the opinion, said that the proposed new law should set out a requirement that trust service providers and electronic identification issuers should have to provide individuals who use their services with “appropriate information on the collection, communication, and retention of their data”. He added that those organisations should also have to provide individuals with “a means to control their personal data and exercise their data protection rights”.

He added that ‘privacy enhancing technologies’ (PETs) could be utilised “as enablers of trust by requiring that trust service providers and providers of identification services take PETs into consideration when defining an electronic service scheme”.

The European Commission proposed the draft Electronic Trust Services Regulation earlier this year in a bid to make it easier and more secure to complete e-commerce transactions across the EU without complication.

Currently lots of organisations operate electronic identification (e-ID) schemes to enable individuals to make online transactions. In some cases these organisations task third party companies to provide authentication of their services in a bid to provide security for users.

The Commission, though, wants individuals to be able to use their existing e-IDs for online transactions on similar schemes operated across the EU. Under its plans it wants EU Governments to “opt in” so that their e-ID schemes will be “mutually recognised” by other EU countries. In return for doing so those countries would be obliged to mutually recognise the schemes operated by the others who sign up to the scheme. Under the proposals EU Governments operating schemes would have to make sure that personal data is “attributed unambiguously to the natural or legal person” using the e-ID system.

As part of the plans the Commission has drafted laws around the way trust service providers should operate, but the EDPS has raised some data protection concerns around the proposals. It said that the trust service providers should be given a “set time limit” on how long they can legitimately retain individuals’ personal data.

Special attention for biometric data

The proposals should also be revised in order that the “data or categories of data will be processed for cross border identification of individuals” can be listed, whilst the EDPS also said that the amount of data categories included in an identification scheme should be minimised, with “special attention” given to biometric data.

“The Regulation should provide for … selective and partial disclosure of identity data, depending of the purpose for which the electronic identity is used for (for instance, a data subject that only needs to prove his/her age or that he/she lives in a specific town should not be obliged to disclose additional data),” Buttarelli added.

The watchdog said that safeguards around e-IDs should be as strong as is necessary to respond to the particular risks of those services for which they will be used.

“In the view of the EDPS, a competent authority issuing electronic identification means to interact with e-government services should be subject to higher security controls than a trust service provider issuing certificates to the clients of a supermarket in order to make their online shopping,” it added.

Buttarelli also stressed that e-ID schemes had to be interoperable, and claimed that the Regulation does not currently “include specific provisions detailing the mechanisms” to ensure this. He said interoperability of the schemes would improve the “effectiveness” of the Regulation.

“The EDPS recommends that the Regulation harmonises at least those aspects that are crucial for the interoperability, such as the data fields that will be used for identification of individuals, the security requirements and the data protection safeguards,” Buttarelli said.

The privacy watchdog also said that the draft Regulation should be altered so to include definitions of some terms relating to organisations’ data breach notification requirements.

The security requirements set out in the proposed Regulation require trust service providers to “without undue delay and where feasible not later than 24 hours after having become aware of it, notify the competent supervisory body, the competent national body for information security and other relevant third parties such as data protection authorities of any breach of security or loss of integrity that has a significant impact on the trust service provided and on the personal data maintained therein”.

The EDPS suggested that the Regulation could set out what is meant be the terms ‘breach of security’ and ‘loss of integrity’ whilst an explanation of ‘significant impact’ should also be included. It said those definitions “should be consistent with the obligations imposed on data controllers to mandatorily notify the national competent supervisory authorities of personal data breaches, and to notify individuals in case the data breach is likely to adversely affect them” under the terms of the EU’s Privacy and Electronic Communications Directive or the Commission’s proposed new data protection laws.

Copyright © 2012, Out-Law.com

Fusion centers violate civil liberties

0

Ms. Smith, Networkworld |

After two years of investigations, a 141-page bipartisan Senate report blasts DHS fusion centers for wasting money, violating civil liberties, having ‘useless’ and inaccurate intelligence reports which have never uncovered a terrorist plot.

After 9/11, in the name of intelligence sharing to fight terrorism, 77 fusion centers popped up across the USA. We’ve seen increasingly disturbing you-might-be-a-terrorist-if lists, mixing innocuous behaviors labeled as allegedly suspicious with truly scary behaviors, which are all supposed to be reported, dumped into suspicious activity reports (SARs) and shared among intelligence agencies via fusion centers–that DHS has called ‘centerpieces of the U.S. counterterrorism strategy.’

We all know those lists are ridiculous; a two-year bipartisan Senate investigation into fusion centers agreed in a report stating that those intelligence hubs “often produced irrelevant” and “useless” intelligence reports. “Many produced no intelligence reporting whatsoever.” It was also confirmed by a former fusion center chief, who said “There were times when it was, ‘what a bunch of crap is coming through’.”

The Department of Homeland Security has spent hundreds of millions of dollars on a network of 77 fusion centers and hailed them as “a major force multiplier in the counterterrorism enterprise.” However, a fusion center report [PDF] published on Oct. 3 by the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs permanent subcommittee stated that the investigation “could identify no reporting which uncovered a terrorist threat, nor could it identify a contribution such fusion center reporting made to disrupt an active terrorist plot.”

One chapter in the 141 page report is devoted to “DHS ‘success stories’ do not demonstrate fusion centers’ value to counterterrorism efforts.”

Another chapter on how-it-hindered counterterrorism cited an example of the “Russian ‘cyberattack’ in Illinois” where the hacker allegedly cracked into the utility control system. According to the red-alert fusion center report, the hacker “sent commands which caused a water pump to burn out.” The Department of Defense said such cyberattacks would be treated as “acts of war” and the FBI launched an investigation. However, according to the report:

“In truth, there was no intrusion, and DHS investigators eventually concluded as much. The so-called “intrusion” from Russia was actually an incident of legitimate remote computer access by a U.S. network technician who was working while on a family vacation.

…

Almost no part of the initial reports of the incident had been accurate – not the fusion center report, or DHS’s own intelligence report, or its intelligence briefing. The only fact they got right was that a water pump in a small Illinois water district had burned out.

That is just one of several examples. The Senate investigation found that:

claims made by DHS did not always fit the facts, and in no case did a fusion center make a clear and unique intelligence contribution that helped apprehend a terrorist or disrupt a plot. Worse, three other incidents examined by the Subcommittee investigation raised significant concerns about the utility of the fusion centers, and raised the possibility that some centers have actually hindered or sidetracked federal counterterrorism efforts.

The Senate report continually blasted DHS fusion centers. A spokesman for Napolitano immediately blasted back, calling the report “out of date, inaccurate and misleading.”

Oh really? Let’s follow the money–not that it’s easy to do since no one seems to know exactly how much has been dumped into fusion centers. The Senate investigation revealed that in the Homeland Security’s counterterrorism mission, it spent between $289 million and $1.4 billion in state and local fusion centers. They are primarily operated through grants provided by DHS’ Federal Emergency Management Agency. However, FEMA officials say they have no mechanism in place to accurately account for the total amount of grant funding spent toward fusion center support. That’s not the only confusion since one chapter is devoted to how some DHS-recognized fusion centers don’t even exist!

A case study was conducted on some fusion centers that used DHS grant funds for what DHS called “must-have” basics for intelligence. Without constantly throwing dollar amounts at you, here’s a tiny portion of what the federal money (your tax dollars at work) purchased. According to the Senate investigative report, fusion center funds were spent:

In Arizona:

  • Chevrolet Tahoes which were later given away to other agencies in Arizona;
  •  a surveillance monitoring wiretap room;
  • 42″ flat-screen TVs

In Cleveland, Ohio, the fusion center spent $15,848 to buy the medical examiner “ruggedized Toughbook laptop computers.” When asked why, the fusion center “responded that the laptops were for processing human remains in the aftermath of a mass casualty event in the Cleveland area.”

In San Diego, fusion center funds bought:

  • a covert, wireless audio/video recorder with a “shirt-button camera”;
  • an ultra-low-light “pinhole” VGA camera;
  • an ultra-low-light shirt-button camera “with interchangeable tops.”

But because that surveillance equipment was “simply too complicated for our customers to use,” the San Diego “fusion center received other undercover surveillance devices,” including:

  • “A camera hidden in a hat and one disguised as a water bottle.”

Software, LCD monitors and computers would seem perhaps a reasonable intelligence sharing expense, but the San Diego fusion center purchased:

  • 116 computers, monitors and related equipment, even though there are only 80 full-time employees.
  • That was topped by buying 55 flat-screen TVs supposedly justified because they “displayed calendars” and were used for “open-source monitoring” which they later admitted was also called “watching the news.”

The D.C. fusion center ripped through $2.7 million in Homeland Security grants to upgrade:

  • an electronic records management system;
  • data mining software;
  • and an Automated License Plate Recognition system (LPR system).

But wait, it was not for the fusion center; it was purchased for the local cops. The LPR system was later dropped, in favor of buying:

  • more “analytic software;”
  • “sophisticated cell phone tracking devices;”
  • and “handheld citation issuance units and accessories” all to enhance the capabilities of the D.C. police department.

That doesn’t count the money spent on computers, laptops, LCD Status Boards, CCTVs or paying cellular provider fees.

Regarding “troubling” reports that some fusion centers may have violated the privacy and civil liberties of U.S. citizens:

DHS personnel “are prohibited from collecting or maintaining information on U.S. persons solely for the purpose of monitoring activities protected by the U.S. Constitution, such as the First Amendment protected freedoms of religion, speech, press, and peaceful assembly and protest.

…

The Privacy Act prohibits agencies from storing information on U.S. persons’ First Amendment-protected activities if they have no valid reason to do so.

Yet of all those SARs because you might be a domestic terroist if, the Senate panel wrote, “The apparent indefinite retention of cancelled intelligence reports that were determined to have raised privacy or civil liberties concerns appears contrary to DHS’s own policies and the Privacy Act.”

After promising the condition of anonymity, NBC News spoke with a Homeland Security official who said “the department has made improvements to the fusion centers and that the skills of officials working in them are ‘evolving and maturing’.”

Not matured, after nine years and hundreds of millions, if not billions of dollars later? This was only a fraction of the 141-page Senate investigation report which basically concluded that fusion centers are filled with ‘crap’ suspicious activity reports that are not helping the counterterrorism mission one little bit, but that are violating Americans’ civil liberties and privacy.

Romney torture policy is ‘indisputably illegal’

0

Zack Beauchamp, Think Progress |

Last week, New York Times reporter Charlie Savage unearthed an internal Romney campaign memo advising the candidate to bring back Bush-era “enhanced interrogation techniques” if elected. Though the memo notes that “it is difficult to point to concrete ways in which the Obama Administration’s renunciation of enhanced interrogation techniques has undermined America’s effort in the fight against terrorism,” it recommends a President Romney “pledge” to “rescind President Obama’s executive order restricting government interrogators” from torturing detainees.

This Wednesday, Jack Goldsmith, the head of the Office of Legal Counsel (OLC) under President George W. Bush, concluded that any return to the use of torture or any other so-called “enhanced interrogation techniques” would be both “indisputably illegal” and strongly opposed by the interrogators who would be tasked with the torturing. Goldsmith, a prominent right-wing legal mind who focuses on terrorism and the law, wrote that a Romney administration would likely not rescind Obama’s torture ban for these reasons (among others):

As a result of the many wrenching investigations (some still ongoing) and other consequences of its interrogation experiences during the last decade, I think the CIA (and DOD, and the rest of the intelligence community) would firmly resist any resumption of official responsibilities for interrogation techniques that departed a lot from the current settlement. Third, I think the likelihood of a return to waterboarding and other extreme interrogation techniques is – despite polls and Romney campaign statements — nill. There are many reasons for this, including bureaucratic resistance, but the main one is that such techniques are now indisputably illegal, and I do not believe that both Houses of Congress would vote to wind back the protections of the Detainee Treatment Act and common Article 3 of the Geneva Convention.

Since the central argument in the memo for rescinding Obama’s executive order is that Bush-era torture was effective (contra the expert consensus), Goldsmith’s analysis implies one of two things: Romney’s lawyers are advising him to condone “indisputably illegal” behavior or they don’t really mean what they say in the memo.

One of Romney’s key advisers on terrorism-related issues is Michael Hayden, a Bush CIA and NSA director who remains a staunch defender of the previous administration’s torture policies.

Video: Police brutality video goes viral

0

RIA Novosti |

More than 800,000 people have viewed the “Philadelphia Police Brutality” video of a uniformed officer hitting a woman in the face this week, and police there said Tuesday they too would be taking a close look.

“Internal Affairs is conducting an investigation,” Philadelphia Police Department spokesman Lt. Ray Evers said. He identified the officer on the tape as Lt. Jonathan Josey, a 19-year veteran of the force who has been hailed as a hero in the past.

The incident occurred after a parade on Sunday when officers stopped a motorist at an impromptu neighborhood celebration. Some in the crowd threw liquid on the officers, and Josey turned to confront a woman who may have been involved.

He is seen on the tape hitting her in the face, and moments later, the woman’s mouth appears to be bloody. She was cited on the scene for disorderly conduct.

The video of the incident was posted on YouTube shortly after it occurred on Sunday and it quickly went viral.
Josey has been placed on administrative duty pending the outcome of the investigation.

Secret papers reveal Vatican fraud

0

AFP |

Vatican police testifying on Wednesday at the trial of Pope Benedict XVI’s former butler said they had found documents in code, research on spying and papers the pope had marked “Destroy” in his apartment.

More than 1,000 documents including copies and originals out of 82 boxes of material seized from Paolo Gabriele’s flat were considered relevant to the investigation into what has been dubbed the “Vatileaks” scandal.

The documents were many more than have been leaked and included some signed by the pope himself, along with letters from cardinals and politicians, officers said.

Gabriele, 46, is being tried for aggravated theft and faces up to four years in prison for allegedly leaking confidential documents that revealed claims of fraud and intrigue at the heart of the Catholic Church.

Vatican spokesman Federico Lombardi said a verdict in the trial “could be expected on Saturday” after prosecution and defence make their closing arguments and Gabriele is given a chance to make a final statement.

“There are more than 1,000 documents of interest including both photocopies and originals and some documents with the signature of the Holy Father,” said inspector Silvano Carli, one of four Vatican gendarmes to testify on Wednesday.

Carli said he had taken part in the examination of all the written material seized in Gabriele’s apartment behind the Vatican walls, where memory cards, hard disks, laptops and an iPad were also found and are still being analysed.

G4S banned from policing the public

0

Tim Ross, The Telegraph |

Voters will elect the first police and crime commissioners in England and Wales in November, Yvette Cooper, the shadow home secretary, will say today.

Successful Labour candidates will immediately block moves towards privatising policing, the party said.

If Labour wins the next election, the party will consider legislating to ensure that no police force can outsource neighbourhood patrols or detective work.

The policy follows the failure of the security company G4S to supply enough guards to protect the Olympics, resulting in troops being drafted in to guard the Games.

G4S is providing security for the Labour conference but the party fears that forces such as West Midlands Police will allow private security guards to conduct patrols while ministers are encouraging the use of private companies.

Ms Cooper will tell the conference that Labour are the true inheritors of community policing legacy left by the 19th century Conservative prime minister, Robert Peel.

She will promise to abide by the “Peelian principles” of policing with the consent of the community. “Public—private partnerships can be really important for the police, especially on things like new technology, and the police will need new contracts,” Ms Cooper is expected to say.

“But policing by consent means the police need the confidence of the public.

“We don’t want private companies patrolling the public streets of Britain.” She will propose that four “tough tests” must be applied to any private contract for police work.

These would be to ensure that any deal represents value for money, ensures security, is transparent and accountable, and fosters public trust in the service.

Smartphones can secretly create 3D map of your home

0

Paul Roberts |

Researchers say that they have created a malicious Android application that uses the phone’s embedded camera and other spatial sensors to create 3D visual maps of the owner’s home and other spaces.

The proof of concept malware, dubbed PlaceRaider, was designed by researchers working for the U.S. Navy and the University of Indiana.

Running on Android mobile devices, it was designed to call attention to the ways that rapidly evolving mobile platforms might enable new forms of virtual theft.

Writing in a paper (pdf) published Thursday, the researchers said more powerful phones have created an opening for what they dub “sensory malware” that leverages the growing number of on-board sensors in the latest model mobile phones like the iPhone 5 and Android devices.

To prove their point, the researchers created PlaceRaider to demonstrate how remote hackers could construct “rich three-dimensional (3D) models of the smartphone’s owner’s personal indoor spaces”.

The malware uses a phone’s embedded sensors such as its GPS and accelerometer to determine when the victim was moving within the space. The onboard camera was then used to opportunistically snap shots of interior spaces and transfer them to a remote server which then assembles them to form a 3D model of the space.

Androids were particularly well-suited for the task. The authors noted, with surprise, that the Android API doesn’t require any special permissions for an application to access sensor data on the phone, such as the accelerometer or gyroscope.

And users could easily be tricked into granting those permissions that were needed — such as to access the camera or write to local storage — by bundling PlaceRaider into a camera app, the authors said.

In a test, the researchers installed PlaceRaider on a subject’s phone and tracked their movements and the spaces they occupied.

Researchers tested the ability of the application to export large quantities of data, and of the test subjects to then use that data to snoop on occupants: zooming in to observe the content of information displayed on computer screens or papers in the target’s home or workplace, according to the research report.

PlaceRaider and other malicious “sensory” applications like it are well within the capabilities of modern phones and modern malware authors.

However, they did have to clear some technical hurdles in implementing it. Heuristic sensors were needed to weed out junk photos that didn’t reveal any new information about a space and the volume of data collected by the malware is large enough that it could overwhelm a phone. That required the authors to create a way for PlaceRaider to automatically compress the data it was transmitting.

In addition to the malware, the authors also created tools to exploit the data the application collects. For example: they built a tool that would allow attackers to visually navigate a victim’s 3D space and zoom in on areas that might contain sensitive information. The phone could then be instructed to retrieve new, high resolution images of those spaces.

The authors recommend a number of changes to smartphones to make malware like PlaceRaider harder to implement.

Android and iOS devices could require permissions to access sensor data, and could alert users when applications appear to be using sensors — including the camera — in surreptitious ways.

Even small changes would have made it harder for PlaceRaider to achieve its goals. For example: phone makers might require physical interaction with the phone to operate the camera, or make it impossible to take a photo without the shutter sound.

Activists warned not to discuss plans on social media

0

Kevin Rawlinson |

John Cooper QC said that police are monitoring key activists online and that officers and the courts are becoming increasingly savvy when it comes to social media

Political activists must watch what they say on the likes of Facebook and Twitter, sites which will become the “next big thing in law enforcement”, a leading human rights lawyer has warned.

John Cooper QC said that police are monitoring key activists online and that officers and the courts are becoming increasingly savvy when it comes to social media. But, speaking to The Independent, he added that he also expected that to drive an increase in the number of criminals being brought to justice in the coming months.

“People involved in public protest should use social media to their strengths, like getting their message across. But they should not use them for things like discussing tactics. They might as well be having a tactical meeting with their opponents sitting in and listening.

“For example, if antifascist organisers were discussing their plans on social media, they can assume that a fascist organisation will be watching. Social media sites are the last place you want to post something like that,” he said.

Mr Cooper QC’s warning comes after a New York court ordered Twitter to hand over messages posted on the site by a demonstrator belonging to the Occupy Wall Street movement in America. Malcolm Harris, 23, is accused of disorderly conduct after he was arrested on Brooklyn Bridge during a protest last October.

After a lengthy legal fight, Twitter eventually complied with an order to hand over the tweets on 14 September. Prosecutors hope to use them to disprove the demonstrator’s defence that police escorted the protesters on to the bridge before arresting them for allegedly blocking it.

Addressing the possibility of similar cases arising in the UK, Mr Cooper QC said: “The police are aware and are getting more aware of powers to force and compel platforms to reveal anonymous sites.” He cited the case of Nicola Brookes, in which he succeeded in forcing Facebook to hand over details exposing the identity of an anonymous online bully.

Mr Cooper QC added: “activists are putting themselves at more risk. Police will be following key Twitter sites, not only those of the activists but also other interesting figures. They know how to use them to keep up with rioting and to find alleged rioters.

“In the same way they used to monitor mobile phones when they were trying to police impromptu raves, they are doing the same with Twitter and Facebook, as those who say too much on social media will find.”

But some activists are trying to overcome that naivety. In London on Saturday, former members of the Occupy encampment outside St Paul’s Cathedral – among others – were among the 130 people who meet technical experts for lessons on how to keep themselves safe online. The so-called “Cryptoparty” was part of a global movement to arm those who want to carry out protests online with the skills to maintain their anonymity.

Attendees at the event at the Google Campus in east London’s Tech City were simply asked to bring a laptop and technology experts promised to teach them skills like encryption. The events were the brainchild of an Australian activist, who uses the online nickname Asher Wolf. She said: “The idea is to stay safe online and protect the privacy of personal communication.

She added that there were more secure forms of online communication than those commonly used and insisted that Cryptoparty was not a tutorial on how to hack but said that, once people have learned to maintain their online security, “what they choose to do in their private communications is their business”.

While some argue that genuinely peaceful protesters can have little fear of arrest regardless of what they say online, Mr Cooper QC said: “It would be wrong to establish a general rule that private communications should be handed over to the police. The principle that the law enforcement agencies should establish relevance first should not be diluted.”

The lead officer on digital media and engagement for the Association of Chief Police Officers Deputy Chief Constable Gordon Scobbie confirmed that police “monitor social media for potential issues” around protests but said they generally use them to engage with demonstrators, which he said was “key to the police service’s approach to policing peaceful protests”.

However, some have found themselves regularly the subject of unwanted police attention as a result of their attendance at demonstrations. In May, peaceful protester John Catt lost his legal fight to force police to delete information they hold on him on the National Extremism Database. Pictures of and references to him are held because of his links to protest groups.

But long-term activist Mr Catt argued that, since he has never been convicted of any crime, officers were not justified in recording the details. Lawyers for Mr Catt claimed that he is “logged and recorded wherever he goes” and that the surveillance at more than 55 protests had a “chilling effect” on people exercising the right to protest.

But Lord Justice Gross and Mr Justice Irwin sitting in the High Court refused to order police to remove references to him from the database, saying that recording his actions was a “predictable consequence” of regularly attending demonstrations.

And that ruling came around five months after it emerged that City of London Police included the Occupy London movement on a leaflet warning businesses in The City about terrorist threats. The CoLP dismissed the inclusion of the protest movement alongside the likes of al-Qa’ida as a clerical error.

But, Mr Cooper QC said, social media are “far too much of an important tool not to be used but they need used in a less naïve way”.

He added: “When people are acting within their rights of public protest, which are important but often become the ‘Cinderella right’ because they are subservient to their siblings, they should be very careful indeed about what they post because I would suspect that key activists are being followed anonymously by law enforcement agencies.

“These social networks are all, in my opinion, forces for good; I am a great fan. But they are liable to abuse and misuse. And, not only are the police catching up, the courts are too. The Lord Chief Justice is very social media-aware and in fact allowed tweeting from court.

“It is right to say the criminal courts are social media friendly; the law is beginning to understand them. If people continue to use social media in a naïve way then legitimate individuals are probably going to give too much away.”

While he supported the right of people exercising their rights to public protest without unnecessary disruption, Mr Cooper QC stressed that real criminality was a very different issue.

He said that an unambiguously positive effect of the police’s increased interest in social media would be an increasing numbers of criminals being caught because of their indiscretions online. He said: “With social media, it is amazing how many people involved with crime seem to let themselves down with it.

“More and more, the police and defence teams analyse the Facebook accounts of witnesses they are trying to undermine. It is accepted in criminal law that remarks made on these which are inconsistent can be put to the witness as inconsistencies in evidence or as evidence of bad character.”

DCC Scobbie agreed, saying: “The police service works hard to secure evidence from any source during the course of an investigation. Information which is openly and publically available on social media sites that links criminals to crimes and offences has been used to help secure successful prosecutions.”

Mr Cooper QC added: “One of the big revelations in crime detection in recent decades was the Filofax; it was amazing how often serious, professional criminals would record the weights of drugs in their conspiracies in little graphs in the back of their Filofaxes.

“The police soon learned to seize the Filofax when they searched a house. Things move on and the next big thing was mobile phones; they were a revelation. With mobiles, not only do we have a whole industry in forensic phone analysis, we can also work out where people were using the phone by the mast locations.

He cited a past client who insisted he was not at the scene of a murder he was accused of committing but who – mobile records showed – had made a call while standing next to the bin the victim’s body was later found in.

He said: “Police will use social media just as they used the Filofax and the mobile phone and why shouldn’t they?”

New breed of CCTV ‘a threat to human rights’

0

Daily Mail |

Powerful CCTV cameras which can recognise and track faces from more than half a mile away are being installed across the country without public consultation, it has been claimed.

The UK’s first surveillance commissioner, Andrew Rennison, has issues a stark warning to the Government by saying that advances in CCTV technology could breach human rights law.

He warned of a ‘public backlash’ unless proper steps were taken to regulate the proliferation of 16-megapixel HD cameras with the potential to pick out a face and then match it against a database of images of wanted people.

‘The technology has overtaken our ability to regulate it,’ he told the Independent.

‘I’m convinced that if we don’t regulate it properly – ie the technological ability to use millions of images we capture – there will be a huge public backlash.

‘It is the Big Brother scenario playing out large. It’s the ability to pick out your face in a crowd from a camera which is probably half a mile away.’

Research being carried out into automatic facial recognition technology by the Home Office has achieved a 90 per cent success rate and is still improving, Mr Rennison said.

He is expected to report back to Parliament with any concerns over how CCTV and automatic number plate recognition systems are being used.

His concerns were today echoed by civil liberties campaign group Big Brother Watch. However, the organisation claimed Mr Rennison needed to be given more power from the Government to clampdown on CCTV.

Nick Pickles, director of privacy and civil liberties at the campaign group said: ‘The Commissioner is absolutely right to warn about the risks of new CCTV technology.

‘However, the Home Office has undermined the Commissioner from the start by giving him absolutely no powers to do anything. 

‘Proper regulation of CCTV needs someone to have the power to inspect cameras and punish those breaking the law. If the Home Office is serious about this issue then the surveillance camera commissioner needs proper powers to protect our privacy.’

Mr Rennison called on lawyers to help ensure surveillance techniques remained in line with Article 8 of the Human Rights Act, which protects private and family life.

He told the Independent: ‘I don’t want the state to carry on and start pushing the boundaries. Let’s have a debate – if the public support it, then fine. ‘

‘If the public don’t support it, and we need to increase the regulation, then that’s what we need to do.’

Hypocrisy, Cynicism, Corruption and the Persecution of the Cuban Five

0



Toronto, Canada in late September was the setting for a Peoples’ Tribunal established to secure justice for the five Cuban patriots victimized by the US criminal justice system. Appropriately dubbed “Breaking the Silence,” the tribunal sought to bring attention to a gross injustice largely ignored or distorted by the North American media.
Held over the September 21-23 weekend, the tribunal drew several hundred participants to a review of the bogus case brought against five Cuban agents planted in the midst of the virulently anti-Communist, Miami-based Cuban defector community. As instruments of Cuban State Security, the Cuban Five were charged with ferreting out violent plots concocted to overthrow the Cuban government and harm the Cuban people and their friends. Necessarily operating clandestinely, they were essential counterweights to the US government’s long established and deep engagement with organized criminal elements freely operating out of South Florida with CIA support.
To not employ all available means, including infiltration, would have been tantamount to abandoning the Cuban revolution. No honest person could but see the intervention of the five Cubans in the Miami cesspool of reaction and crime as anything other than an act of national defense and internationalist vigilance.
The Peoples’ Tribunal drove these points home. Speakers developed a detailed case supporting the existence of a dangerous nest of violent, reactionary ex-Cubans organizing in the Miami area with the knowledge and support of US security agencies. Reports to the tribunal established a long history of subversion and assassination on the part of Miami-based paramilitary organizations with the complicity of US officials. Testimony left little doubt of both the reasonableness and urgency of infiltrating these organizations. Nothing underscored the unchecked violence of the Miami murderers more movingly than the testimony of Livio Di Celmo, the brother of Italian tourist, Fabio Di Celmo, who was killed in a brutal bombing of a Havana hotel. The attack was orchestrated by the US government agent and career assassin, Luis Posades Carriles. Carriles bragged openly to the media that “The Italian was in the wrong place at the wrong time.” 
Further, tribunal witnesses exposed the hand of the US government in railroading these patriots with exaggerated charges, a polluted political atmosphere, extra-judicial pressure, and corrupted evidence. A clear picture emerged that nothing even approaching a fair trial landed the Five in Federal penal facilities, an unjust incarceration that has taken 14 years of freedom from them.
Speaker after speaker stressed the necessity of building an international campaign for their freedom. As Elizabeth Labañino, wife of imprisoned Ramón Labañino, stated so eloquently, “We don’t trust in this system, we trust in solidarity.”
Serving on a panel of “magistrates of conscience”– de facto jurors– in the proceedings were fourteen distinguished figures including leading US anti-war activist, Cindy Sheehan, and noted US filmmaker, Saul Landau. Adding gravity to the panel were leaders of the Canadian labor movement: Marie Clarke Walker (Vice-President of the Canadian Labor Congress), Denis Lemelin (National President of the Canadian Union of Postal Workers), Ken Neumann (National Director for Canada of the United Steelworkers), and Naveen Mehta (General Council of United Food and Commercial Workers Canada). Joining the panel from the UK was Tony Woodley (Former Joint General Secretary and current Head of Organizing of the 1.5 million members of UNITE the UNION). 
The panel asserted that “…this Peoples’ Tribunal concludes that the Cuban Five were unjustly detained, unjustly prosecuted, and unjustly sentenced, all contrary to international and U.S. domestic law including the U.S. Constitution.  This Peoples’ Tribunal proposes the convictions be quashed, and that Gerardo Hernández, Ramón Labañino, Antonio Guerrero, Fernando González Llort and René González be set free immediately, without any restrictions on their liberty.”
But the tribunal served as more than an urgent call for solidarity with the Cuban Five; it also exposed the corruption, hypocrisy and cynicism of the US government.
Judicial Corruption: The collusion of the highest levels of government with the judicial frame-up demonstrated what should be in no need of demonstration, namely, that the US judicial system answers to the needs of the rich and powerful. There are no broad interests of the US people served by maintaining a nest of violent anti-Communist thugs in Southern Florida. Nor do the US people support them anymore than they support an internationally abhorred, legally unsanctioned blockade of Cuba. Judicial rulings are fitted to conform to the interests of the US ruling class, just as they were in the Citizens United vs Federal Election Commission Supreme Court decision.
The Hypocrisy of “Terrorism”: The term “terrorism” has been appropriated by colonial and imperial powers to demonize the resistance of subjugated or weaker peoples. Whenever the oppressed rise up, they are labeled “terrorists.” Whether it was the anti-colonial Mau Mau movement, the Algerian National Liberation Front, or the African National Congress in South Africa, those audacious enough to defy British or French imperialism or colonial settlers were tagged as agents of terror. Perhaps the original “terrorists” were the aboriginal peoples of the New World who refused to acquiesce to those stealing their lands.
It is deemed “unsporting” of the weak to use extreme or unorthodox methods in the face of the powerful, overwhelming killing machines of bullies. Hence, they are guilty of terror!
It is another story when powerful states or their agents slaughter defenseless civilians or political adversaries. The North American and European media never saw terrorism when the Indonesian military killed over a million civilian Communists and their supporters. Nor do they see terrorism in the daily violence against Palestinian civilians by the Israeli Defense Force. And, of course, the capitalist media is incapable of finding terrorism in the acts of the Miami mafia and their bombings, assassinations, and intimidation at the behest of US security agencies. It was left to the Cuban Five to expose these dangers and work to prevent their realization. Every day the fear-mongering of a hypocritical “War on Terror” justifies another act of terror inflicted on innocent civilians in some far-away country by the US military.
The Cynicism of Human Rights: One of the most inviolable of rights is the right of self-defense, a right that applies equally to a person or a state. Through most of the twentieth century, aggression against another country, regardless of how illegitimate the government or how odious the country’s internal policies, was recognized as a violation of the country’s sovereign rights. Conversely, any victim of aggression had a right to respond in self-defense. While Western “democracies” often fell short in aiding those exercising this right against aggression (Abyssinia, Spain, etc), they enshrined the doctrine as an essential condition of peace in both the League of Nations and the United Nations. Recently–especially since the demise of the Socialist bloc as a counter force–the US and its NATO allies have openly and often violated the right under the cynical and illegal excuse of “humanitarian intervention.” At the same time, the US shamelessly embraces its own right of self-defense with its global and perpetual “War on Terror,” a war that has brought death and destruction throughout Asia, Africa, and the Middle East.
But the violations of sovereignty in the former Yugoslavia, Libya, and Syria and other victims of Western “humanitarianism” are preceded by the example of Cuba. Since the revolution, the US and its Cuban-renegade mercenaries have used invasion, infiltration, bombings, assassinations, sabotage, and other forms of aggression to undermine and destroy the revolutionary government. The US and its allies have trampled Cuba’s right of self-defense, but the revolution has persevered. The judicial persecution of the Cuban Five is another instance of the denial of Cuba’s right to self-defense against outside aggression.
There is no excuse for the North American media silence or popular hesitation in defense of the Cuban Five. These brave, selfless and principled fighters have suffered 14 years of imprisonment for values that any fair-minded person would acknowledge. Their honor is secure, standing up to the corruption, hypocrisy, and cynicism of a ruthless imperial power.
Zoltan Zigedy
zoltanzigedy@gmail.com

Obama’s killer drones ‘violation of international law’

Speakers and participants of a seminar were unanimous in an interaction with a delegation of US anti-war activists visiting Pakistan at the Institute of Policy Studies, Islamabad that US drone strikes in Pakistan were a clear violation of international laws, human rights and depict an absence of conscience among the strategymakers in both US and Pakistan.

Senior member of the delegation and former US army colonel and diplomat, Mary Ann Wright termed drones as the “personal execution device” of the US president and told that he was directly responsible for the US drone operations in any part of the world, which were sanctioned by him every week. She said that through drone strikes US was violating international laws, even US constitution and laws itself, and all the concepts of conduct of war formed in the wake of the Second World War.

“Unfortunately, our president has chosen the role of chief executioner in United States”, she deplored.

Urging a greater coalition of peace activists at the global level against drones and the so-called war on terror, Wright said that there still were people in the US military who abhor the US policies and strategies and a public movement would give such persons courage to speak up.

Head of the US peace delegation Medea Benjamin said that their group aimed at making all possible efforts to stopping US Government from illegal use of force. People in the United States and across the globe have to be told that the policy and the steps undertaken by the US and NATO were “barbarous, unjust and counter-productive”. She said that they were considering hunger strike in front of US embassy in Pakistan to bring the atrocities to the limelight.

Seminar participants observed that once it has become clear that the political and military establishments in Pakistan and United States were “barren of conscience” with respect to the loss of lives and civil liberties in FATA, the people will have to stand up to express their concerns in every legitimately possible way to force the authorities to act sane.

An Institute of Policy Studies release said it was also highlighted that while the movements for peace in United States have been vocal and bold, it is high time that the people of Pakistan too should raise their voices too. The people in tribal areas were left at the mercy of militaries who knew nothing but to bombard.

Tribal people do not and did not have any say in whatever has happened or was happening to them, through them or in the name of them.

Concluding the session senior IPS associate and former secretary foreign affairs Akram Zaki said that the mission and objective of peace activities should definitely focus drones but in a wider canvas should aim at elimination of the war in Afghanistan. He noted that central vision of US offensive policy, as clearly manifested in drone strikes strategy, was to kill others without risking the lives of their own soldiers.

Zaki said was of the view that freedom of media in the US was a myth just like the introduction of democracy in the Third World. He said that the national security doctrine in the US did not allow media to report freely on the US atrocities in the so-called war on terror and its drone operations that have killed and maimed thousands of innocent people.

He said that the Bush era in the US was an era of international illegalities. He also deplored that when drone operations were initiated in Pakistan it was in connivance with the then government and unfortunately the present democratic government was also towing the same line. (PPI)

Neocon uber-hawks desperate for war on Iran

0
Stephen Lendman |
In January 2009, Obama succeeded Bush. Neocons stuck around. They infest Washington. War gets their juices flowing. They urge it on Syria and Iran.
Potential catastrophic consequences don’t matter. Uber-hawks don’t worry about them. It’s someone else’s problem.
Romney is America’s Netanyahu. Both talks about red lines, deadlines, and timelines. Claims about an existential Iranian threat don’t wash. Both know it. They’ll say anything further their imperial aims. More on Romney below.
Previous articles discussed Netanyahu in detail. Haaretz presents both sides. Ari Shavit plays resident hawk. He’s both senior correspondent and editorial board member. On September 29, he called Iran’s nuclear threat “as daunting as ever.”
“It’s clear: one way or another, Iran is going to change our lives,” he claimed. “If Iran becomes a nuclear power….(t)here will be no chance for peace and no prospect of normality….The far-reaching implications of the challenge posed by Iran’s nuclear project were known a decade ago.”
“Instead of curbing Iran, the United States became entangled in Iraq and Afghanistan. Israel was preoccupied with settlements instead of being preoccupied with centrifuges. Europe froze as though crippled.”
Netanyahu rose to the challenge, said Shavit. Bibi understands Iran, he added. From day one as prime minister, his mission “was to thwart Iranian nuclearization.” He established a “military option.”
His strategy produced “impressive results.” Why Haaretz puts up with this rubbish it’ll have to explain. It knows, or should, that Iran poses no threat whatever. Its nuclear program is peaceful. Current and former Israeli officials say so. US intelligence says it annually.
Counterparts in America and elsewhere concur. So do other Haaretz contributors. Thankfully they show up often. Many times they don’t tell all, but at least discuss things that matter. They include truths excluded from Western media.
So do Haaretz editorials. On September 30, “Red lines, black portrait” was headlined. Netanyahu was taken to task. Under his leadership, “ultranationalism and the medieval forces of radical Judaism paint a black portrait of Israel.”
His “childish” bomb stunt fell flat. He became a caricature of himself using it. At the same time, he ignored calls for peace with Palestine and normalizing relations with all regional states.
He bragged about Israel’s achievements. He’s allied with extremists in his government and likeminded rabbis. They “deny children the right to a basic education and women (get) relegated to the back of public buses.”
“His modern government denies liberty to another nation.” He “deports refugees, sending them to their deaths.”
He “persecutes human rights organizations and violates academic freedom.” While unjustifiably setting red lines, “one out of three Israeli children goes to sleep under the poverty line, and one out of four Israeli scientists seeks” employment opportunities elsewhere.
His preoccupation with nonexistent threats leaves vital domestic issues unaddressed. His rage for war makes peace unattainable.
Romney is his American counterpart. Both represent real existential threats. Failure to denounce their irresponsibility increases the chance for war. Preventing it is before it starts matters most. Afterwards it’s too late.
Romney got Wall Street Journal space to rant. “A New Course for the Middle East” was headlined. Committed opposition is needed against what he has in mind. So far, he’s an unelected menace.
His ideas exceed what’s sensible, safe, and lawful. Claiming Iran heads “full tilt toward nuclear weapons capability, all the while promising to annihilate Israel” is pure garbage he knows holds no water, but he says it anyway.
He claimed America is “at the mercy of events rather than shaping them. We’re not moving them in a direction that protects our people or our allies.”
America and Israel have no threats except ones they create. Together they menace humanity. So do Romney and Netanyahu. Saying Obama “heightened the prospect of conflict and instability” is true.
Omitted is that he and other neocon uber-hawks elevate risks to a higher level. What’s unthinkable they make more likely. He wants no daylight between US and Israeli policy.
He wants America marching recklessly into the same breach. He stopped short of urging war but did so through Elliott Abrams. He’s Paul Ryan’s foreign policy advisor. He headlined his Weekly Standard article “Time to Authorize Use of Force Against Iran.”
Both favor mass slaughter and destruction. So does Romney. He’s comfortable with Abrams saying:
“At the moment, no one is persuaded that the United States will use force to prevent Iran from acquiring nuclear weapons. That situation worries Israelis and emboldens Iranians, not the outcome we want.”
“A clear statement now that is backed by the nominees of both parties and elicits widespread support in Congress would demonstrate that, whatever the election results, American policy is set.”
He, Romney and Ryan want congressional war authorization similar to the blank check Bush got post-9/11. Likeminded neocons concur. So does Obama but on his timetable.
Imagine what’s coming under either leader. Imagine the unimaginable but expect it. Last December, Romney told Fox News he’ll have military options prepared on Iran.
He barely stopped short of saying he’ll attack. His implication was clear. He and likeminded neocons represent real threats. They’re mindless about a new Chicago Council on Global Affairs poll.
It shows 70% of Americans oppose attacking Iran unilaterally, and 59% said if Israel goes it alone, Washington shouldn’t defend its action.
On September 15, New York Times columnist Maureen Dowd railed against neocons her way. Her column headlined “Neocons Slither Back,” saying:
“(N)eocon puppet master Dan Señor” represents Paul Ryan, and by implication Romney. Along with Abrams and perhaps others, he was hired to “graft a Manichaean worldview….”
He supports a “muscular foreign policy.” He disdains “weakness and diplomacy.” He considers it “a duty to invade and bomb Israel’s neighbors.” He endorses “a divine right to preemption.”
Haven’t we already been there and done that disastrously? It’s “all ominously familiar,” said Dowd. Señor and likeminded uber-hawks blundered America into endless unwinnable wars.
Trillions of dollars were wasted. Billions more go down the drain daily. Millions of lives were lost. Many more die daily. “We’re still stumbling in the dark.”
“We not only don’t know who our allies and enemies are, we don’t know who our allies’ and enemies’ allies and enemies are.”
Dowd omitted the obvious Pogo analogy that “We have met the enemy and he is us.”
Señor now plays “ventriloquist” to Ryan. He’s teaching him “irresponsible bellicosity.” Romney needs no coaching. If he’s elected, expect current regional wars to be “a tiny foretaste of the conflagration to come.”
Trouble is that Obama’s on the same page. Perhaps it slipped Dowd’s mind. More likely she’s mindful of official Times editorial policy. It supports Obama right or wrong.
It’s on the wrong side whichever wing of America’s duopoly it endorses. There’s barely a difference to matter.
NPR is called National Pentagon Radio for good reason. On September 28, All Things Considered host Robert Siegel interviewed pro-Israeli/anti-Iranian zealot Dennis Ross.
James Petras once called him “a virulent Zionist advocate of Israel’s ultra-militaristic policies, including an armed preemptive attack on Iranian nuclear and military installations.”
“Ross is an unconditional supporter of the Israeli starvation siege of (Gaza), and fully backed Israel’s savage (2006) air attacks against civilian targets in Lebanon.”
He’s no friend of Palestine, regional peace or justice. He’s one-sidedly hawkish. He’s criminally complicit in war crimes. He’s out in front promoting more. He supports Neyanyahu’s extremism.
He believes diplomacy about ran its course. He knows Iran has no nuclear weapons program but suggests otherwise. “Iran defies the world,” he said. He wants something done about it. He ignored Israel’s nuclear arsenal and intent to use it if threatened. So did Siegel. He didn’t ask.
He also interviewed New York Times Tehran correspondent Thomas Erdbrink and National Iranian American Council president Trita Parsi. Neither represented Iran’s position. Fundamental facts weren’t discussed.
One-sided views were presented. Public Broadcasting operates the same way. Both feature anti-Iranian propaganda regularly. They’re obligated. They’re heavily corporate and government funded. They get what they pay for.
NPR and PBS maliciously vilify all US enemies, stoke fear, and manipulate viewers and listeners to think war, if planned, is justified. Truth and full disclosure are verboten. So is explaining rule of law issues.
They deliver whatever imperial power brokers dictate.
In 2009, the Project for the New American Century (PNAC) reinvented itself as the Foreign Policy Initiative (FPI). Policies remain unchanged. Syrian and Iranian Regime change are prioritized. Direct intervention is urged.
Jamie Fly serves as executive director. He was Bush’s National Security Council Counterproliferation Strategy director and Defense Department Assistant for Transnational Threats Policy.
Likeminded uber-hawks comprise FPI’s board of directors. Eric Edelman also served in Bush’s Defense Department and was involved in national security affairs.
Robert Kagan co-founded PNAC. He’s now at Brookings.
William Kristol co-founded PNAC with Kagan. He’s now connected to various neocon groups.
Dan Señor was discussed above. He formerly served as Iraq war Pentagon spokesman. He’s now an Israeli lobbyist, investment banker, Council on Foreign Relations member, and regular Fox News contributor. Earlier he was an AIPAC intern and deputy White House press secretary.
A dominant thread connects FPI members. Permanent war defines it. The more the better against all US enemies. Syria and Iran are prioritized.
Last August, Jamie Fly and other FPI members said Iran continues steady progress toward developing nuclear weapons. Its missile capability can’t be underestimated.
“Given Iran’s progress,” said Fly, it’s “rapidly approaching a nuclear threshold which will allow its senior leadership to decide at short notice when to make the final dash to produce nuclear weapons.”
Of course, no evidence whatever supports his view or other hawks espousing similar ones. Iran’s program is entirely peaceful. You’d never know it from uber-hawk claims. They support regime change by any means.
Fly claims the Iranian government’s “days are numbered.” America has “a role to play,” he stresses. It’s involved “in helping bring about its collapse….” He barely stopped of saying what he means.
He and other FPI members support war. So do other neocon uber-hawks. Post-November 6, they may get what they wish for. Perhaps they’ll end up regretting it. Survivors of the holocaust  unleashed have no say. Isn’t it always that way.

UK spends £1 million on stalking Assange

0

ANI |

The United Kingdom police bill for staking out Ecuador’s embassy in London to make sure WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange doesn’t flee has already reached over a million pounds. Scotland Yard confirmed it is costing 11,000 pounds a day to ensure the Australian does not flee his bolthole.

According to the Daily Mail, the final bill could be much more as Assange continues hiding in the building in a bid to avoid extradition to Sweden, where he is wanted for questioning over allegations of sexually assaulting two women.

Officers have been watching the property in Knightsbridge since the 41-year-old founder of the whistle blowing website breached his bail and claimed asylum in June. The UK police have been ordered to arrest him if he puts ‘one toe’ outside.

Meanwhile, Ecuadorean Foreign Minister Ricardo Pinto has said Assange could be in the embassy for a decade if he is not allowed to leave Britain.

Police chief to be quizzed over Hillsborough

0

Matt Scott, Goal |

The chief constable of South Yorkshire Police, David Crompton, will appear in front of the Home Affairs Select Committee to answer MPs’ questions about the Hillsborough tragedy.

An independent report into the 1989 incident at Sheffield Wednesday’s stadium revealed failings from the local authorities and attempts to blame Liverpool fans in the aftermath.

The committee’s chairman, Keith Vaz MP, is aiming to determine whether those who are responsible are being fully investigated.

The Hillsborough Family Support Group’s legal advisor, former solicitor general Lord Falconer, is also set to appear in order to advise what measures should be taken against those responsible.

Mr Vaz told the Liverpool Echo: “It is imperative that justice is done for the victims and their families.

“The committee will be seeking assurances that South Yorkshire police are taking action to ensure officers who have committed alleged wrongdoing are investigated.

“We also want to ensure the views of the victims’ families on the matter are acted upon.”

Mr Crompton, who was appointed to his post in January 2012 has already issued a full apology after the findings were published and admitted senior officers at the time “sought to change the record of events”.

He has also insisted that he and others questioned will be “fully transparent in helping to find answers to the questions posed by the panel”.

Video: The 5 million volt compliance tool

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Prison Planet.com |

As law enforcement agencies and the federal government accelerate their preparations for civil unrest, a new 5 million volt tactical cattle prod has been developed for the purposes of “crowd control” and pain compliance.

In the video above, Donovan Hunter of Stunning Developments, Inc. showcases the new BattleProd, the world’s first weapon-mountable pain compliance-inducing stun baton which Hunter says is designed for use in “crowd control applications.”

The weapon was on display at the recent 2012 SOFIC (Special Operations Forces Industry Conference), described as “the defense industry’s premier event,” and attended by military and police professionals. The event was sponsored by Lockheed Martin and Northrop Grumman.

According to a write-up of the BattleProd by Defense Review, the weapon is “intimidating” and “loud”.

“This thing is just too much fun. I mean, what’s not too like? It gives you 3-5 million volts of compliance-inducing electricity either in your hand (handheld variant) or at the end of your weapon (rifle/carbine, weapon-mountable variant). Touch the BattleProd anywhere on the rod (front, sides, etc.), and you’re goin’ down like a sack a’ potatoes. Actually, you’re probably goin’ night-night for a little while,” writes David Crane.

The most powerful Tasers can only reach around 50,000 volts and despite being described as “non-lethal” have killed at least 500 Americans. Given that the BattleProd can achieve 5 million volts, concerns surrounding the safety of the device will obviously be paramount. However, in the clip Hunter claims that the weapon cannot kill and that victims fully recover after around 20 minutes.

The fact that the weapon is being developed for use by both police and military assets who are increasingly being re-oriented to carry out homeland security operations will increase fears that the BattleProd will be another tool of domestic oppression in the event of widespread civil unrest.

As we reported last week, LRAD sonic weapons which are also designed to disperse crowds via non-lethal pain compliance are being deployed “throughout” America in readiness for upcoming national emergencies and other crises.

The Department of Homeland Security, the US Army, US Military Police, as well as law enforcement bodies across the country are all making preparations for riots and civil unrest in light of domestic disorder that has gripped Europe as a result of the financial crisis, most recently in Greece and Spain.

A recently leaked US Army Military Police training manual for “Civil Disturbance Operations” outlines how military assets are to be used domestically to quell riots, confiscate firearms and even kill Americans on U.S. soil during mass civil unrest.

Watch another video clip of the BattleProd in action below.

MI5 tried to destroy the Rolling Stones career

0

MARTIN KIELTY |

An author claims MI5 planned to sabotage the Rolling Stones’ career, and the infamous Redlands raid was the result of a carefully-orchestrated plot.

Philip Norman says the British secret service forced a drug dealer to infiltrate band circles with the intention of discrediting Mick Jagger and co, so that they’d fall out of fame.

The police raid on Keith Richards’ Redlands home in February 1967 failed to secure the end of the Stones, although Jagger and Richards both spent time in jail as a result of the investigation.

Norman claims events were kicked off thanks to information received from an informer called Acid King Dave, who’d been threatened with jail if he didn’t co-operate.

The author tells the Daily Mail: “I have discovered the Redlands raid was part of a plot by MI5 and the FBI. David Snyderman was the man known to the Stones as ‘Acid King Dave’.

“He was a failed TV actor drifting around Europe. At Heathrow Airport he was caught with drugs in his luggage. British Customs handed him over to some ‘heavy people’ who hinted they belonged to MI5 and told him there was a ‘way out’ of his predicament.”

The “way out” was to become the Stones’ drug dealer — with the aim of making sure they were arrested in possession of illegal substances. The idea, says Norman, had come from the FBI, who wanted to make sure Jagger and Richards’ convictions would mean they couldn’t enter the US.

Snyderman arrived at Redlands with a suitcase full of drugs, knowing in advance that police were set to swoop. But despite his work, the resulting convictions were not serious enough to prevent the Stones from being permitted to tour the US.

The plant was secretly flown out of the UK on the evening following the raid, complete with his remaining drugs stash, says Norman. “He had done everything asked of him, and afterwards changed his identity — but his reward was a lifetime of fear.

“For the rest of his days he half-expected those heavy people who’d spirited him out of the country to come after him to make sure he never did blow his cover.”

Snyderman died of cancer after a lifetime of excessive drug use in 2004. The Redlands raid is remembered for the rumour about Jagger having inserted a Mars bar into Marianne Faithfull’s vagina, a claim she’s described as “a dirty old man’s fantasy — a cop’s idea of what people do on acid.”

Philip Norman’s book Mick Jagger is published on October 4 by HarperCollins.

US military sprayed harmful chemicals over Texas

0

RT |

A college professor from St. Louis, Missouri claims that allegedly harmless chemical sprays that doused the city in the 1950s and ‘60s as a Cold War-era protection measure was something much more sinister.

Lisa Martino-Taylor, a sociologist at the St. Louis Community College in the Midwest, has been endlessly digging through publically available archives and documents obtained through Freedom of Information Act requests to learn more about a bizarre spraying program that blanketed parts of her hometown and other cities during the Cold War. At the time, the US Army admitted to showering certain locales with a chemical mixture, but said it was to test smoke screens they’d deploy to shield St. Louis from any nuclear assault by way of Russia. According to Martino-Taylor, the Army and others misled the public and actually poisoned residents of St. Louis and other cities with a dangerous compound composed of zinc cadmium sulfide and radioactive elements.

“It was pretty shocking. The level of duplicity and secrecy,” the researcher tells St. Louis’ KSDK.

“Clearly they went to great lengths to deceive people.”

Martino-Taylor has been researching what she calls the Manhattan-Rochester Coalition since at least 2011, but only last month formally presented her findings. In it, she suggests that tests in St. Louis and in Corpus Christi, Texas involved military personnel relying on low-flying airplanes to spray city skylines and even in some instances using chemical sprayers placed atop skyscrapers and station wagons, all the while using unsuspecting citizens as test subjects in the budding steps of biological warfare.

“The study was secretive for reason. They didn’t have volunteers stepping up and saying yeah, I’ll breathe zinc cadmium sulfide with radioactive particles,” she tells KSDK.

Instead of using curious citizens as test-subjects, the Army resorted to waging a secretive radioactive war on its own impoverished townspeople: according to the material Martino-Taylor has collected, the military launched no fewer than 16 tests in only the year 1953 that involved 35 separate releases of zinc cadmium sulfide in St. Louis. The neighborhoods affected, the professor found, were described at the time as “a densely populated slum district” that held around 10,000 low income residents, mostly children.

Martino-Taylor says she hasn’t been able to confirm for certain that St. Louisans were subject to radiological testing, but tells KSDK, “There’s an awful lot of evidence that there were radiological components to the study.” She says that a powder form of zinc cadmium sulfide was mixed with fluorescent particles so that dispersal patterns could be traced among unknowing test-subjects, and that a company called US Radium – previously put before a judge for radioactively contaminating its workers – has been linked to the scandal.

“US radium had this reputation where they had been found legally liable for producing a radioactive powdered paint that killed many young women who painted fluorescent watch tiles,” she says.

Regardless of what her future research reveals, she says, “This was a violation of all medical ethics, all international codes, and the military’s own policy at that time.”

On Monday this week, local lawmakers terrified of Martino-Taylor’s analysis asked the Army to come forth and explain the actual merits of the mysterious spray program that has long been acknowledged, but not necessarily with the greatest of accuracy.

“The idea that thousands of Missourians were unwillingly exposed to harmful materials in order to determine their health effects is absolutely shocking. It should come as no surprise that these individuals and their families are demanding answers of government officials,” State Senator Roy Blunt (R) tells the Associated Press.

State Sen. Claire McCaskill, a Democrat, has also asked Army Secretary John McHugh for more information in a letter sent this week.

“The Senate and House had investigations back in the 1990s but nothing ever came of it,” Martino-Taylor says. “Nobody has ever talked to the people who were exposed.”

Is your boss tracking you through your smartphone?

0

Tom Kaneshige, PC Advisor |

Is your employer (a.k.a. Big Brother) tracking your every move through your “Bring Your Own Device” smartphone? Mobile technology makes it possible, and four out of five people believe this to be an invasion of privacy, according to a recent Fiberlink-commissioned Harris survey.

All the handwringing over employee privacy in the age of BYOD isn’t just for show-that is, real fears exist.

Companies are drafting tough BYOD policies that give them the right to wipe data, install apps and monitor usage. With today’s mobile technology, they can collect personally identifiable information. They can track your whereabouts during work and non-work hours using MDM (mobile device management) software, GPS and triangulation.

But wait a minute, you might say. Your BYOD smartphone only accesses corporate email through Exchange ActiveSync. What harm can come of this? Well, this simple connection still makes it possible for companies to remove personal files, pictures and music from your phone, according to Fiberlink.

BYOD has become a matter of trust between employee and employer. So far, there doesn’t seem to be a whole lot of it. Three out of five survey respondents would not let the employer install an app on a BYOD smartphone or even view what personal apps are already installed.

Other stats showing privacy outrage: 82 percent of respondents are concerned about employers tracking websites on personal devices, and 86 percent are concerned about the unauthorized deletion of personal data.

CIOs are getting the message; many have told me that they’re busy drafting BYOD policies that protect employee privacy. There are also recent advancements in mobile device management software from companies such as MobileIron that lets companies wipe only corporate data, leaving personal data untouched.

Besides, CIOs don’t even want to see personal data on BYOD smartphones because it stirs up legal problems. “It’s a slippery slope,” says Ben Tomhave, principal consultant at governance, risk and compliance vendor LockPath.

When global tech distributor Ingram Micro was preparing an aggressive BYOD smartphone rollout, project manager Jason Conner spent countless hours in meetings with human resources, finance and the legal department hashing out issues such as smartphone privacy. He expected the legal department to play the role of Big Brother-and it didn’t want the liability.

“Personal data to legal is like toxic waste, they don’t want to touch it,” Ingram Micro’s Conner told me.

Nevertheless, the privacy issue threatens to stymie BYOD adoption. It took Ingram Micro months to draft a BYOD policy. It’s a lengthy process that can hold up progress, says Adam Noble, CIO at GAF Materials, a manufacturer of roofing materials, which also just put the final legal touches on a BYOD policy.

“Initially, everyone was going BYOD,” says Noble. “But we’re starting to see some pullback,” with policies and privacy getting in the way.

Read more: http://www.pcadvisor.co.uk/news/mobile-phone/3401447/byod-privacy-are-you-being-watched/?#ixzz288CpV6g3

Border Patrol agent shoots & kills mother of five

0

Reuters |

A US Customs and Border Protection agent shot and killed a 32-year old mother of five in southern California after her car allegedly bumped into the man.

Valeria “Monique” Alvarado was killed on a residential street at 1 p.m. Friday. Border Patrol officials claim the woman driving the vehicle “assaulted” the officer by running him down with her car. The on-duty agent was responding to a felony warrant in the area, which was unrelated to Alvarado.

“The suspect was armed with a vehicle, and literally ran our agent down,” CBP Chief Patrol Agent Rodney Scott told NBC San Diego. “He was carried several hundred yards before he discharged his weapon through the windshield of the vehicle.”

Border Patrol officials claim that the agent ended up on the hood of the car after being struck — but multiple witnesses told reporters that they never saw the man anywhere close to being on the car. As the agent opened fire on the woman at least six times, the woman reversed in an attempt to get away from the approaching officer’s gunfire.

“As the car was backing up the officer was in the street walking toward the car, and discharging,” a witness said. The agent was dressed in plain clothes and was not displaying a badge.

“Without her even able to say a word — I didn’t hear anything — [he] just came across and just shot at the windshield many times,” Ashley Guilbeay told KMFB-TV.

Family members of the shooting victim argue that the mother of five would never intentionally hurt anyone — and that the officer overreacted by shooting her to death.

“My wife got killed for no reason,” Gilbert Alvarado told NBC 7. “Show me that my wife had a gun or something that threatened the guy’s life where he had to use lethal force against her.”

Witnesses say Alvarado may have accidentally hit the agent with her car and panicked when he pulled out a gun.

“The whole [thing] didn’t look right,” witness Ayanna Evans said.

Family and friends of the victim are demanding justice for the woman whose death leaves five children between the ages of 3-17 years motherless. The Southern Border Communities Coalition is working with Alvarado’s family to make sure the Border Patrol’s investigation is transparent.

Alvarado was a US citizen who was not wanted by law enforcement authorities, which Christian Ramirez of the Southern Border Community Coalition calls “troubling.”

“I don’t think it should have [gone] down like that. I don’t think she should have been shot,” a neighbor told NBC 7.

German court stops probe into Nazi massacre

0

Kay Steiger, Raw Story |

A German court said Monday it was scrapping a probe into 17 former Nazi SS soldiers, eight of whom are still alive, for their alleged part in the wartime massacre of 560 citizens in an Italian village.

After a 10-year investigation, the court in the southwestern German city of Stuttgart said there was insufficient evidence the accused had personally taken part in the bloodbath in the Tuscan mountain village of Sant’Anna di Stazzema.

“The fact that a person belonged to a Waffen-SS unit that was deployed in Sant’Anna di Stazzema cannot replace the proof needed that an individual is guilty,” the court ruled in a lengthy statement.

“In fact, for every individual person accused, it must be established that – and in what way – he was involved in the massacre,” added the court.

The court also ruled it could not be proved that the massacre was a premeditated and ordered slaughter of the civilian population.

The Stuttgart court said it was not possible to establish exactly how many died in the atrocity of August 12, 1944, but noted that Italian authorities put the figure at 560 people, including 107 children under the age of 14.

In 2005, an Italian court found that 10 members of the 16th SS “Reichsfuehrer” division, including a lieutenant and nine enlisted men, were personally responsible for the massacre and sentenced them to life in absentia.

Leaked emails deepen G4S scandal

0

|

In the wake of the Olympic Games vetting scandal, private security company G4S may have hoped that its period on the public rack had come to an end. But G4S’s vetting, it appears, is fraught with failure abroad just as it is in East London — only with far deadlier consequences.

Tonight on BBC Scotland, reporter Samantha Poling investigates the the deaths of private security contractors in Iraq and Afghanistan and the lax security standards of the mutil-billion pound firms that send young men to war zones and arm them with deadly weapons.

In the summer of 2009, former British paratrooper turned private security contractor Daniel Fitzsimons shot dead two colleagues in Baghdad’s highly-securitised Green Zone. In a vodka-fuelled squabble and only 36 hours after arriving in the sandy nation, Fitzsimons killed Paul McGuigan, from Peebles in Scotland, and Australian Darren Hoare.

The three men had come to Iraq to work for the British private security company ArmorGroup Iraq, which G4S now owns.

While the media widely reported on the deaths at the time and on Fitzsimmon’s subsequent trial before the Supreme Court of Iraq, BBC Scotland tonight reveals a shocking new fact: a whistleblower had sent G4S numerous emails only days before Fitzsimons arrived in Iraq warning the company that the lives of fellow contractors would be put at risk if he were given a weapon.

‘I am alarmed that he [Fitzsimons] will shortly be allowed to handle a weapon and be exposed to members of the public,’ the whistleblower wrote, who signed off as ‘a concerned member of the public and father.’

‘I am speaking out because I feel that people should not be put at risk.’

Fitzsimons had a criminal record, including firearm and assault convictions. The former British paratrooper was also suffering post-traumatic disorder from the gruesome sights he had witnessed during previous work in war zones such as Kosovo. Despite this background, G4S employed Fitzsimons and sent him to Iraq.

The mother of slain British contractor, Paul McGuigan, said, ‘[Fitzsimons] fired the bullets. But the gun was put in his hand by G4S ArmorGroup. They put the gun in that man’s hand.’

‘I want G4S to be charged with corporate manslaughter and be held accountable for what they did.’

Responding to the BBC Scotland investigation, G4S acknowledged that Fitzsimon’s ‘screening was not completed in line with the company’s procedures.’ G4S claims to have since improved.

The investigation shines a light into the murky world of private security. BBC Scotland spoke with security contactors who claim to have been forced to work on dangerous tasks with the wrong equipment. Numerous incidents have not been reported for the sake of G4S’s reputation, one of them alleged.

Bob Shepherd, a security contractor, told Poling, ‘We know when a soldier dies it’s all over the newspapers, it’s on the TV. But we never know when security contractors die.’

In response to the news that a whistleblower had repeatedly warned G4S about hiring Fitzsimons, the company told BBC Scotland that it was unable to find the email trail. It appears that a company selling security management software that allows businesses to monitor staff in the farthest reaches of the world is unable to carry out a simple email search; ‘I can’t track down the relevant individual so I am afraid we can not comment further on when we received the emails,’ G4S said.

G4S, one of the major players in the constantly growing yet constantly scandal-ridden private security sector, had a 2011 turnover of £7.5bn.

The International Code of Conduct for Private Service Providers is currently aiming to improve standards in the sector, which is dominated by UK-based companies. Out of the 511 companies to have signed up to the Code, 177 have headquarters in the UK  – more than three times the number based in the United States of America.

Britannia may no longer rule the waves, but it does rule the world of private security.

BBC Scotland’s investigation, Britain’s Private War, airs on Monday October 1 at 21:00.

Police officer charged with offering tips to News of the World

0

AP |

A high-ranking British detective has been charged with offering to brief the News of the World about the progress of a police investigation into phone hacking at the now-defunct tabloid – one of the most serious allegations so far uncovered in the wide-ranging scandal.

The charge sheet, made public Monday at London’s Westminter Magistrates’ Court, alleges that senior counter-terrorism investigator April Casburn offered to keep the News of the World up-to-date on whether police would reopen their investigation into wrongdoing at the Rupert Murdoch-owned tabloid.

If proven, that effectively meant that the scandal’s chief suspects were being offered the inside track from the police force that would eventually arrest them.

Casburn, 53, spoke only to confirm her name, address, and date of birth at Monday’s hearing. She has yet to enter a plea to a charge of violating the Official Secrets Act, and was released on bail until her next hearing, due on Nov. 2.

Casburn was formerly the head of Scotland Yard’s terrorist financing investigation unit. The initial investigation was handled by anti-terror police because it involved phone hacking of the royal family.

The charges laid against her follow a year of revelations about how decisions taken by senior police officials helped keep the phone hacking scandal under wraps.

When it finally erupted in July 2011, the revelations that journalists at the News of the World systematically broke the law to win scoops sent shockwaves across the British political establishment.

Murdoch was forced to close the paper, police arrested dozens of journalists and Prime Minister David Cameron’s press aide was forced to resign. Three top police officials – including London’s most senior police officer – also stepped down.

Police have since pledged to rebalance their relationship with the press.

3rd police officer charged with killing mentally ill homeless man

0

Erica Henry |

A third former Fullerton, California, police officer was charged in the beating death of a mentally ill homeless man, the Orange County district attorney said.

Joseph Wolfe, 37, pleaded innocent Thursday to one count of involuntary manslaughter and one count of use of excessive force in connection with the death of 37-year-old Kelly James Thomas on July 7, 2011.

The charges against Wolfe came as a result of a grand jury indictment handed down on Monday, District Attorney Tony Rackauckas said in a statement.

Since Thomas’ death, the district attorney’s office “has actively continued its investigation and legal review and decided to seek indictment against Wolfe following extensive legal and factual analysis and development of evidence,” the statement said.

Wolfe was released on $25,000 bail, according to authorities at the Orange County jail. He faces up to a maximum four years in prison, if convicted.

Wolfe’s defense attorney, Vicki Podberesky, did not immediately respond early Friday to a CNN request for comment.

The indictment against Wolfe comes nearly a year after two other former Fullerton police officers were charged in the case. They were ordered to stand trial in May.

The grand jury heard testimony from 10 witnesses and reviewed 113 exhibits of evidence over three days before handing down the indictment against Wolfe, the statement said. State law requires grand jury transcripts to be sealed for 10 days after the defense has received the documents.

Thomas, a lifelong resident of Fullerton, was shirtless and carrying a backpack, and was wearing long pants and slippers, when Fullerton police were called to investigate a “homeless” man looking in car windows and pulling door handles of parked cars at the city’s bus depot last July, according to a lawsuit filed by Thomas’ father.

A security camera at the downtown bus depot provided 16 minutes of video of the officers questioning and then beating Thomas, who was schizophrenic.

Former Officer Manuel Ramos is charged with second-degree murder and involuntary manslaughter, and former Cpl. Jay Patrick Cicinelli is charged with involuntary manslaughter and felony use of excessive force.

Both have pleaded not guilty. A pre-trial hearing is scheduled for November 30.

Ramos, 37, a 10-year veteran of the police department, faces a maximum sentence of 15 years to life, if convicted, authorities have said. Cicinelli, 39, a 12-year Fullerton police veteran, faces a maximum of four years in prison, if convicted.

Recently, Thomas’ mother, Cathy, received $1 million from Fullerton’s insurance reserves in an agreement to settle her claim against the city in her son’s death, according to a city statement. Cathy Thomas, who’s divorced from Frederick “Ron” Thomas, released the city and its police officers from all potential claims, the city’s statement said.

Thomas’ father, Frederick Thomas Jr., filed a lawsuit in July against the city, its police chief and the six officers allegedly involved in the fatal incident. The lawsuit seeks more than $25,000 in damages.

Are you on Obama’s secret ‘kill list’?

0

Larry Pinkney |

“Whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of the people to alter or abolish it and institute new government . . .” – United States Declaration of Independence

“Still, there seems to be a special viciousness that accompanies the current assault on human rights, in this country and in the world.”– Howard Zinn

The corporate owned government of the United States, now headed by President Barack Obama, has under the rubric of waging a so-called war against ‘terrorism,’ launched a perpetual terrorist war against the liberties and human rights of everyday Black, White, Brown, Red, and Yellow people in this nation and around the world. The U.S. police state is no longer merely coming, it has arrived.

Barack Obama now, in the latter part of the year 2012, has the self-proclaimed right to decide who, on his top secret ‘kill list’ (which list includes U.S. citizens), will be murdered; without the bother of even being charged, much less tried, in a court of law. His ‘Kill List,’ combined with the draconian NDAA (National Defense Authorization Act), which, in relevant part, institutes in this nation, the right of the government to indefinitelydetain (i.e. disappear and imprison) people (including U.S. citizens) without the constitutionally guaranteed due process of charge, trial, or legal defense are the most obvious, odious, and hideous hallmarks of Barack Obama’s first four years as the chief executive of this nation. Even the unconstitutional ‘Patriot Act’ pales by comparison to both the NDAA which Barack Obama quietly signed into law on December 31, 2011 (New Year’s Eve), and his obscene ‘Kill List.’ Barack Obama (along with his Democrat and Republican party accomplices) has gutted the U.S. Constitution, under the hypocritical and fallacious guise of fighting against the very ‘terrorism’ that his own domestic and foreign policies have cynicallyenhanced, and continue to enhance.

Are you, or someone you know, on Obama’s secret ‘kill list?’ Will you or a family member or friend be deemed, or perhaps already been deemed, to be a target of the NDAA? Think about it. Obama’s ‘Kill List’ and the NDAA are in actuality political tools for the stifling of legitimate dissent in this nation and throughout Mother Earth. Moreover, their very existence serves to quash liberties and human rights.

Noted historian and activist, the late Howard Zinn, made it quite clear that the ‘ends’ “referred to in the Declaration [of Independence] are the equal right of all to ‘life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.’” Obama’s ‘Kill List’ and the NDAA that he signed into law have, in essence, made null and void the enjoyment of the “equal right to ‘life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness’” all in the name of combating ‘terrorism.’ Howard Zinn was absolutely correct in saying that “there seems to be a special viciousnessthat accompanies the current assault on human rights, in this country and in the world.”

Notwithstanding his unconstitutional military attacks on Libya (north Africa) and his intense Predator-drone missile attacks on Somalia (east Africa), and Pakistan, etc., Barack Obama, in the name of bipartisanship and “hope and change,” has, in addition, carried out, and continues to carry out, a well planned economic assault against the people of the United States on behalf of his actual corporate masters. If reinstalled as the U.S. president (and there is a strong probability that he will be reinstalled), in the coming four years, Obama’s target will be, among other things, the destruction of Social Security–once more in the name of bipartisanship, etc. Increased economic austerity will be the name of the game.

The charade between the Democrat and Republican parties, and more precisely, between Obama and Romney simply serves the interests of and for the Wall Street elite and their super rich cohorts whom Obama–the current adroit practitioner of stealth and deceit–has insidiously and effectively served so well. Either way, however, be it Obama or Romney, “life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” will not be served.

We must understand that Obama’s ‘Kill List’ and the NDAA are but the tip of the gigantic systemic iceberg of subterfuge meant to sink the hopes, needs, and aspirations of the people of this nation and world.

It is imperative that politically conscious people of goodwill recognize this corrupt system of political and economic enslavement for what it is. The “right” and responsibility for changing this system rests with, we the people, as we are the only ones who, out of necessity, have the will and the motivation to collectively create a New Human (i.e., a New Woman and a New Man) in what will prove to be a long and protracted struggle.

The fact is that as long as this unjust and corrupt system remains intact we–ALL of us are, in a sense, on Obama’s ‘Kill List’ and are targets of the NDAA. Until we change the system and, in so doing, regain our humanity, we everyday ordinary people remain entrapped in a system whose time has come to be relegated to the dustbin of history.

Think about it and act accordingly. We must educate ourselves and one another while there is yet time for ourselves, our posterity, and Mother Earth.

Each one, reach one. Each one, teach one. Onward, then, my sisters and brothers! Onward!

All Guantanamo detainees involuntarily drugged

0

Natalie O’Brien |

New evidence has emerged that all Guantanamo Bay detainees, including David Hicks, were drugged involuntarily with a substance that has a long history as a truth serum.

Recently declassified US documents revealing medical procedures have shown that scopolamine was administered to all detainees taken to the Cuban detention centre.

The documents, which were standard operating procedures for nursing staff, were obtained by the independent US news outlet Truthout, and reveal that the rationale for the drug’s use on all detainees was to prevent motion sickness.

However, US military experts have said that scopolamine is not recommended for motion sickness because of its severe side effects.

The US government has not responded to questions by The Sun-Herald about drugs given involuntarily to detainees.

The Sun-Herald revealed this month that Mr Hicks and other detainees were drugged against their will with unknown substances and that detainees’ medical records were incomplete, with the names and dosages of drugs removed.

Details of the mistreatment of Mr Hicks were about to emerge publicly for the first time in legal action, by the federal government, to stop him receiving revenue from his book Guantanamo: My Journey, until the government abandoned the case.

Witnesses and previously secret documents were to have backed up Mr Hicks’s long-held claims of abuse. Commonwealth prosecutors decided that the proceeds of crime case would not stand up in court and dropped the action.

Details about the use of scopolamine emerged last week.

Mr Hicks has told The Sun-Herald he was given a drug during his journey to Guantanamo Bay that left him drowsy and disoriented.

He said it was administered by injection, not a patch behind his ear as is described in the standard operating procedures.

Information released by the US spy agency, the CIA, has revealed that because of its many undesirable side effects, scopolamine had been disqualified as a truth drug.

It listed its most disabling side effects as hallucinations, disturbed perception, headaches, rapid heartbeat, and blurred vision.

Police drones could watch you from above

0

Jessica Elgot, The Huffington Post |

Police drones could be used for car chases, tracking hidden suspects, monitoring riots or protests or traffic violations – but UK airspace is so crowded complex restrictions would need to be reworked before they could be used, a military expert has told The Huffington Post UK.

Huw Williams, unmanned systems editor for Jane’s Defence Weekly, the authoritative military journal, told HuffPost UK that police drones would be cheaper in money and manpower, but could currently not be used in UK airspace.

On Monday, Police minister Damian Green backed the use of controversial unmanned drones to patrol the UK’s skies, to monitor criminal activity and provide air support, saying they should be treated like “any other piece of police kit.”

Williams said: “You can’t just send unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) into civil airspace. In places like Afghanistan, for example, airspace is controlled by the military, so the UAVs can be used, but there would need to be restrictions lifted before they could be used by police.”

He described the drones which might be used by police as “the size of a hobby aircraft, with cameras onboard, although obviously much more sophisticated technology.”

“They could be used for anything you currently use a police helicopter for, so to follow a car chase, or to find a suspect who is hiding or for search and rescue missions.

“The cameras they carry can be very sophisticated, they can lock onto a car and follow it, without having someone constantly monitoring the pictures. They can then be transmitted back to police HQ.

“They could certainly be used to monitor riots or protests, or even traffic, although there’s plenty of cameras doing that already.”

He added: “There’s very little I can envisage them being used for that police helicopters do not already do, but they are cheaper to use.

“It would be great to use them, it would save a lot of money and manpower, and it’s extremely interesting technology.

“But we already have a very crowded airspace, with civil and military airspace. It would take a good few years for restrictions to be worked out.”

Chief Constable Alex Marshall, who heads the National Police Air Service, has recommended the use of drones, but added that the “public need to find it acceptable and it needs to be within the law.”

Chris Cole, who runs drone monitoring site Drone Wars UK, told The Huffington Post UK regulation which hampers the use of police drones could change by around 2016.

Emma Carr deputy director of privacy and civil liberties campaign group Big Brother Watch told The Huffington Post UK the group wanted to see “clear rules that establish what drones can be used and why, before we see our skies littered with flying cameras.

“It was only a matter of time before we saw military hardware re-designed to be used in civilian environments when there is no clear pressing reason to do so, other than the profits of the companies involved.”

Australia is big brother capital

0

Andrew Puhanic, Zen Haven |

The Australian Government has now been labelled as the most intrusive government in the western world.

It has been revealed that on a per-capita basis, the Australian government spies of its citizens more than any other western government.

In 2010-2011, more than 3,400 Australians had been spied on by more than 17 government law enforcement agencies. This includes state and federal police agencies, the Australian Tax Office (ATO) and Medicare.

The shocking truth is that these government agencies can access telephone and Internet data records without a warrant from a judge.

On a per capita basis, the Australian government is more than 18 times likely to intercept telephone calls than the United States government (Source: Sydney Morning Herald).

Even more disturbing, these government agencies accessed telephone and Internet data records an astonishingly 250,000 times without even recording why and when these intercepts had taken place.

A representative of the Australian Federal Police, Assistant Commissioner Neil Gaughan, claimed on Australian national television that this alarming level of spying is ok because:

-There is more accountability in Australia then in the United States of America.

-The Australian Federal Police has better relationships with Australian telecommunication companies.

-Australian telecommunication companies allow government agencies more access to personal data.

-People are only spied on when the matter is considered serious.

Blogs call for Assange’s children to be targeted

0

Julian Assange has spoken of the risks facing his family, including his young children, as he continues to live a life of exile in Britain.

One hundred days after he entered Ecuador’s embassy in London seeking asylum, the Queensland-born WikiLeaks founder has spoken out about his failing health and concern for his loved ones.

”I took certain risks. If you believe in philosophical or political ideas, you must pay the price and that is OK, but family members, they did not sign up to pay that price, most of all my children,” Mr Assange, 41, told The Mail on Sunday.

‘Right-wing bloggers in the US have called for them to be targeted to force us to stop publishing.

”They want to use my son as leverage against us. It is a significant, ongoing problem.”

Thought to be the father of a boy and younger girl, Mr Assange will not reveal details of his children amid concerns for their welfare.

”I raised my eldest son as a single father for more than 14 years in Australia,” he said. ”I was a busy father but not an absent one. I have not seen any of my children since before I was under house arrest.”

Mr Assange denies claims by two women of sexual assault, which led to his arrest in Sweden in December 2010. While he has confirmed having consensual sexual relations with the pair, he did not go into detail about the allegations which form the basis of a Swedish extradition order. Sweden says he is wanted for questioning in the matter.

”It does not do for a gentleman to complain,” Mr Assange said simply in response to the allegations.

Having exhausted British legal avenues of appeal against Sweden’s extradition request, Mr Assange turned to Ecuador in June.

While the Latin American nation has granted Mr Assange diplomatic asylum, he cannot leave their London headquarters because he is subject to arrest on British soil.

While he tries to maintain a healthy diet and exercises daily under the direction of a personal trainer, Mr Assange admits his detention is taking a toll. AAP

How the Government’s lies become truth

0

Paul Craig Roberts, Prisonplanet |

In my last column, “A Culture of Delusion,” I wrote that “Americans live in a matrix of lies. Lies dominate every policy discussion, every political decision.” This column will use two top news stories, Iranian nukes and Julian Assange, to illustrate how lies become “truth.”

The western Presstitute media uses every lie to demonize the Iranian government. On September 28 in a fit of unmitigated ignorance, the UK rag, Mail Online, called the president of Iran a “dictator.” The Iranian presidency is an office filled by popular election, and the authority of the office is subordinate to the ayatollahs. Assange is demonized alternatively as a rapist and a spy.

The western media and the US Congress comprise the two largest whore houses in human history. One of their favorite lies is that the Iranian president, Ahmadinejad, wants to kill all the Jews. Watch this 6 minute, 42 second video of Ahmadinejad’s meeting with Jewish religious leaders. Don’t be put off by the title. Washington Blog is making a joke. http://www.globalresearch.ca/horrifying-graphic-video-of-iranian-leader-savagely-abusing-jews/

Last week the news was dominated by the non-existent but virtually real Iranian nuclear weapons program. The Israeli prime minister, Netanyahu, blatantly intervened in the US presidential election, demanding that Obama specify the “red line” for attacking Iran.

Netanyahu believes his maximum leverage over Obama, the president of the “world’s only superpower,” is just prior to the election. Israel cannot attack Iran on its own without the risk of Israel’s destruction. But Netanyahu reasons that if he attacks Iran the week before the US election, Obama will have to join in or lose the Jewish vote for not supporting Israel in states such as Florida, which has a large Jewish population and many electoral votes. If the election is close, Netanyahu, a person consumed by arrogance and hubris, might exercise his threat and attack Iran, despite the opposition of former chiefs of Israeli intelligence and military, the opposition party, and a majority of the Israeli people.

In other words, the outcome of the “superpower’s” presidential election might depend upon whether the sitting president of the “superpower” is sufficiently obedient to the crazed Israeli prime minister.

That the outcome of the US presidential election could depend upon the agenda of the prime minister of a tiny country that exists only because of US financial, military, and diplomatic support, especially the UN veto, should disturb those Americans who think that they are the “indispensable people.” How indispensable are you when you have to do what the Israeli prime minister wants?

The US media makes certain that this question never enters american minds. Americans have been told that if Iran doesn’t have nukes, it has a nuke weapons program. This is what the politicians of both parties, the media, and the Israel Lobby tell them. Americans are told this despite the facts that the CIA and the National Intelligence Estimate stick to the conclusion that Iran abandoned its flirtation with a nuclear weapon in 2003 and the International Atomic Energy Agency inspectors on the ground in Iran report no evidence of a nuclear weapons program and no evidence of any diversion of enriched uranium to a weapons program.

Moreover, what could Iran do with a nuclear weapon, other than use it against an aggressor? Any offensive use would result in Iran’s destruction.

Why do Americans believe Iran has nukes or is making nukes when the CIA says they are not? The answer is that Netanyahu says so, and the elected members of the US government in the House, Senate, and White House are afraid to contradict the Israeli prime minister, as are the American print and TV media. Some “superpower” we are! The “indispensable people” have to grovel in the dirt before Netanyahu. Americans are not even aware of their shame.

Iran, unlike Israel, signed the nuclear non-proliferation treaty. Signatories to the treaty have the right to nuclear energy. Nuclear energy requires a low level of enrichment, 5% or less. The minute Iran announced a nuclear energy program, the Israeli government and its prostitutes in Washington lied that Iran was building a bomb. For exercising its legal rights under the treaty, Iran has been painted as a rouge criminal state and demonized.

A nuclear weapon requires 95% enrichment. To get to 5% from scratch and then to 95% is a long drawn out process. I think I first started hearing Israeli government claims of an Iranian nuke back in he 1990s of last century.

When Iran announced that, in view of the sanctions imposed by the US, sanctions that affect medical supplies, Iran was going to enrich uranium to 20% in order to supply itself with medical isotopes, the Israeli allegations that this would lead to a bomb resulted in Iran saying that the Iranian government was content for France or some other country to supply their medical isotopes and would not pursue enrichment beyond energy requirements. The US and Russia were also mentioned as suppliers.

According to the NY Times on September 29, 2011, “the Iranian president told the Washington Post and later, in basically the same terms, the New York Times: ‘if you [the United States and Europe] give us uranium grade 20 percent now, we will stop production.’”http://www.nytimes.com/2011/09/30/opinion/30iht-edvaez30.html?_r=0

On Israel’s orders Washington vetoed the Iranian concession. Solving the problem is not what the Israeli government wants. The problem has to be kept alive so that it can be used to foment an attack on Iran.

The Iranian nuke is one of those grand hoaxes, a lie designed to hide the real agenda.

What is the real agenda?

The real agenda hiding behind the hysterical concern about an Iranian nuke, is the rightwing Israeli government’s design on the water resources of southern Lebanon.

Twice the Israeli government sent the Israeli army into southern Lebanon to occupy and eventually annex the territory. And twice Hizbollah defeated and drove out the vaunted Israeli army.

The few thousand Hizbollah fighters were able to defeat the Israeli army, which is equipped and supplied by US taxpayers’ dollars while Americans are foreclosed out of their homes and left unemployed as Washington applauds the offshoring of their jobs, because Syria and Iran provide Hizbollah with financial support and weapons that destroy Israeli tanks.

Syria, of course, is currently resisting its destruction by Israel and its american puppet state. The overthrow of Syria hasn’t gone well, because the Russians and Chinese didn’t go along with it, like they stupidly did in Libya. But the far rightwing Israeli government has concluded that with american prestige involved in the overthrow of the Assad government in Syria, the deed will be done.

That leaves Iran. The Israeli government knows that it cannot be forthright and say that it wants Americans to go to war with Iran so that Israel can steal southern Lebanon. But if fear over nonexistent nukes can muster the Western populations to support an attack on Iran, Iran can be eliminated as Hizbollah’s supplier, and Israel can steal the water from Lebanon.

There is no discussion whatsoever of the real agenda anywhere in the US print and TV media. I doubt there is any discussion anywhere in Europe, which is a collection of american puppet states.

Will we get World War III for Christmas? Possibly, if the US election is close as it approaches. If the election is too close to call, Netanyahu might throw the dice and rely on Obama following his lead. Iran will be attacked, and the consequences are unknowable.

Let’s turn to Julian Assange and Wikileaks. Like Iran, Assange has been demonized, not on the basis of facts but on the basis of lies.

Washington, which poses as a purveyor of human rights, has been mistreating if not torturing Bradley Manning since May 2010 without bringing him to trial in an effort to make Manning say that he and Assange constitute a spy team working against the US.

Assange is a celebrity, because Wikileaks publishes the news leaked to the organization that the Presstitute media suppresses. While in Sweden, Assange was picked up by two celebrity-hungry women who took him home to their beds. The women later bragged of their conquests on social media, but apparently when they found out that they were rivals, they turned on the “two-timer” Assange and made charges. One claimed that he had not used a condom as per her request, and the other claimed that she had offered one helping but he had taken two.

Whatever the accusations, the Swedish prosecutorial office investigated and dismissed the case.

Despite this known fact, the Western Presstitute media reports that Assange is a fugitive evading rape charges by hiding in the Ecuadoran Embassy in London. Even RT, an alternative media voice, has fallen for this disinformation.

After Assange was cleared in Sweden, a female prosecutor has tried to reopen the case. There is no evidence for her to bring charges, so she demand

UK illegally locks up rape & torture victims

0

BILLY BRIGGS and CALUM MCKAY, Scotsman |

VICTIMS of torture and rape have been detained at the controversial Dungavel Immigration Removal Centre in Scotland in breach of government rules aimed at protecting traumatised asylum seekers.

At least 14 asylum seekers have been wrongfully held at the South Lanarkshire facility since February 2010, according to the charity Medical Justice.

As well as torture cases, they include three rape victims and four immigrants suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder. Under Rule 35 of the Home Office’s detention centre rules — dating from 2001 — medical staff in immigration removal centres (IRCs) must prepare a report for people who claim to have been tortured. Those reports should be reviewed by the United Kingdom Border’s Agency (UKBA) and the detainee released if their account is verified.

But Medical Justice alleges staff at the centre routinely fail to implement Rule 35 and that UKBA’s response to torture reports is often inadequate.

Medical Justice volunteer Dr Kate Wrigley told Scotland On Sunday she had examined a number of former Dungavel detainees with scars and injuries who should not have been held at the facility.

She said: “For example, [people with] skull depressions following alleged beatings with rifle butts, distinctive burns from cigarettes or hot metal objects, shoulder injuries following prolonged hanging by the wrists, as well as people with psychological problems — such as post-traumatic stress disorder following alleged torture and rape. People often have many scars [more than ten or 20] and significant mental health problems which can become worse in detention.”

Natasha Tsangarides, of Medical Justice, said the failure to identify and release people with independent evidence of torture at Dungavel IRC was not an isolated problem.

“It is prevalent in all IRCs across the UK. The UK Border Agency has repeatedly been criticised over this by Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons, as well as in a series of damning case law judgments. However, little has changed.”

Earlier this year, Medical Justice produced a report examining the cases of 50 people who had independent evidence of torture. “All but one were failed by the Rule 35 process, whilst the rest languished in detention,” Tsangarides said. “The continued failure to safeguard some of the most vulnerable people in our society shows the disrespect and disregard the UK Border Agency have in…upholding the rule of law.”

Politicians called for an urgent review of procedures at Dungavel. Patrick Harvie, the Green Party co-leader at Holyrood, said officials should be held to account for failing in their duties. “The revelation that victims of torture, rape and other despicable crimes are being mistreated in this way is disturbing but, sadly, not surprising. For years, successive UK governments have run an asylum system which is deliberately brutal, inhumane, and at times little more than a human warehousing exercise.

“There is a real need for ministers and officials to be held to account for their mistreatment of the most vulnerable people in the country.”

Keith Best, the chief executive of Freedom from Torture, said UKBA’s own policy says torture survivors should be detained only in the most exceptional circumstances. “But this is routinely flouted, as is this basic safeguard known as ‘Rule 35’, which is meant to correct bad decisions,” he said.

“We are not demanding that UKBA do anything other than adhere to its own policy and the rules that parliament has set. Until this happens, many more torture survivors will be re-traumatised by their detention experiences at IRCs around the UK.”

A UKBA spokesman said: “Anyone believed to be a victim of torture is only detained in exceptional circumstances and is treated with the utmost sensitivity. Dungavel IRC receives very positive reports from HM Inspectorate of Prisons and we continue to tighten procedures and improve training for staff working in removal centres.”

Scotland On Sunday’s investigation into the treatment of asylum seekers can also reveal that children are still being locked up, despite a government promise two years ago to end child detention.

Dungavel ordeal adds to torture victims’ misery

“I MET people so depressed that they couldn’t talk. People were banging and kicking doors, sometimes crying or raising their voices during the night — like an asylum where you have people with mental illnesses,” says Charles Atangana.

The 44-year-old refugee is recalling his detention at Dungavel House, Scotland’s only immigration detention facility near Strathaven in South Lanarkshire. According to rules laid down by the Home Office, which has responsibility for Dungavel, he should never have been there.

Atangana came to Britain from Cameroon seeking political asylum in May 2004 but was only granted refugee status by the government seven years later in April 2011.

While his application was being processed he was housed in Glasgow and despite being a torture survivor he was later detained on five separate occasions between 2008 to 2010 in three detention centres across Britain, including two spells in Dungavel.

The irony is not lost on him or his supporters that he has spent more days in detention in the country in which he has been legitimately seeking asylum than in his native West ­African nation.

“In my country,” he reflects, “I spent 40 days in arbitrary detention. I came over here to seek sanctuary and I spent 52 days in detention. At any time, they [the UK Borders Agency] can detain you while they are processing your case.

“Can you imagine you fled from somewhere where you were arrested, unlawfully detained, tortured, and kept somewhere where nobody knew about your whereabouts. They [asylum seekers] lived the same thing back home and they are now living the same thing here.”

According to the Home Office rules on detention, vulnerable individuals — including survivors of torture — should only be detained in “exceptional circumstances”.

Atangana’s problems arose in his homeland because he worked as an investigative journalist and between June 2002 and March 2004 he was arrested four times while pursuing allegations of corruption among members of the government. During his last period of detention he was held in a military police cell for more than five weeks and says he was routinely whipped and beaten and his genitals subjected to electric shocks

After bribing a guard, he escaped custody and travelled to Britain to ask for political ­asylum.

Rule 35 of the Detention Centre Rules 2001 requires medical practitioners in immigration removal centres (IRCs) to prepare a “Rule 35 report” for any individual who claims to have been a victim of torture. The report should be reviewed by UKBA and the detainee released if their account was verified.

Atangana says he informed UKBA he’d been tortured as soon as he arrived in Britain in 2004. In 2008 — on first being held at Dungavel — he says no-one mentioned Rule 35. “They don’t care if you have a story or history of abuse. It’s just paperwork,” he said.

His initial application for asylum was subsequently refused and, as a result, he faced deportation back to Cameroon and the very real prospect of torture again. UKBA did not accept his story until a medical examination proved conclusively that he had been tortured, six years after he first arrived in Britain.

Scotland On Sunday has seen the medical report prepared for UKBA’s Judicial Review Unit in October 2010. Dr Frank Arnold — a doctor with a legal duty to a court to independently investigate torture claims — examined Atangana and concluded that multiple scars on his thighs and shins were a result of being tortured. Injuries and damage to his feet were “highly consistent” with beating of the soles, a practice known in Africa as “falaka,” Arnold’s report added. Atangana’s case is not isolated. Medical Justice says another torture survivor — known only as Ali — was held at Dungavel for 12 months. A Rule 35 report was prepared for ‘Ali’ but it was incomplete and unsigned by medical staff who made no mention of his scars. When a doctor with Medical Justice examined Ali, they found 10 scars consistent with his account of abuse, along with associated psychological trauma. The charity noted this information had not been passed on to UKBA, nor did it accompany Ali when he was moved to Harmondsworth IRC in England almost one year later. Dr Kate Wrigly, who volunteers with Medical Justice, says the process of detention is “re-traumatising” for torture survivors. “If you’ve already been through traumatic experiences then being locked up isn’t helpful because it brings you face to face with the prison environment again.

“This is one of the things I find most heartbreaking. You meet people who have stood up to their governments; they’ve survived torture; people have tried to kill them; they’ve made a new life; they’ve been resilient and the fact that the worst time for them mental health-wise is in detention in the UK — after everything they’ve been through — just makes me fairly ashamed that that level of harm can be done to them in the country where they’ve come for safety.”

In 2010, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons noted a number of issues with Rule 35 at Dungavel including that while detainees were asked upon arrival whether they had been the victims of torture, “healthcare staff had not been trained in its recognition or treatment”.

Wrigley and her colleagues say medico-legal reports (MLRs) are often overruled or that it can take several months for them to be taken into account, meaning that, rather than being exceptional, the detention of torture survivors is, in their view, common practice.

Their views are backed by Freedom from Torture, which last year reported on UKBA’s treatment of medico-legal 
reports.

The FFT report said: “It was found that 13 of the 37 cases in the sample (35 per cent) had MLRs submitted at the initial decision stage and in all cases this medical evidence had been rejected, accorded little weight or treated negatively by the UKBA according to the record in the determination. At appeal stage, the immigration judge in nine of the 13 cases (69 per cent of the sample of 13 cases) overturned this assessment and accepted the findings of the MLRs in full. All the appeals were allowed.”

Video: Rise up against genetically modified corn

0

A theatrical protest in Mexico City against genetically modified corn. Scores of people took to the streets of the capital on Saturday.

They are denouncing a government decision allowing multi-national companies to grow genetically altered maize. Protesters say this will drive the country’s small corn producers into bankruptcy and imperil Mexico’s native varities of corn.

PROTESTER, DIANA IVONNE GOMEZ, SAYING: “The problem with transgenic corn, like with other transgenic crops, is that there’ve not been enough studies into on the damage that it does to the human body and the environment.”

Mexico, believed by some to be birthplace of corn, has long been hesitiant to allow genetically modified crops.

Critics say that’s caused its production to fall behind other agricultural powerhouses, like the United States.

Revealed: Secret police operation to infiltrate animal rights group

0

Mail Online |

A police mistake in a response to a Freedom of Information request accidentally exposed an undercover operation to infiltrate a group of animal rights extremists.

The police force – which has not been named – released a report with sensitive information blacked out after a request under the Freedom of Information Act.

But when the report by the Office of Surveillance Commissioners (OSC) was copied and pasted into another document, the redactions disappeared and the sensitive information was revealed.

The Times newspaper reports that the document showed that a secret police unit that monitors domestic extremism is involved in the operation.

The document also revealed that the operation is so top secret that the names of undercover officers involved are not being listed on the usual high security computer systems.

The operation is being run by the National Public Order Intelligence Unit (NPOIU) – the same organisation who oversaw undercover officer Mark Kennedy whose cover was blown by environmental activist in 2010.

Met officer Kennedy spent eight years infiltrating activist groups throughout Britain and Europe, posing as long-haired activist ‘Mark Stone’, until his real identity was discovered.

G4S helps Israel break the Geneva convention

0

LISA NANDY, New Statesman |

Since 1967, more than 730,000 Palestinian men, women and children are estimated to have been imprisoned by Israeli military courts. The majority of such prisoners are held in detention facilities inside Israel, in violation of the Fourth Geneva Convention, which prohibits the transfer of these prisoners into Israel.

The practical consequence of this violation is that many prisoners, including children, receive either limited or no family visits, due to freedom of movement restrictions. In the case of children, this lack of adequate family contact also violates their rights under article 37 of the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

According to Israeli Prison Service figures released in June of this year, 85 per cent of Palestinian prisoners, including children, were detained inside Israel. Of 4,706 prisoners, 285 were held in administrative detention, without charge or trial.

The UK government has confirmed that Israel’s policy of detaining Palestinians is contrary to Article 76 of the Fourth Geneva Convention, that they have raised this with the Israeli government and will continue to do so. In a recent letter to me, Foreign Office Minister Alistair Burt MP stated that the FCO is lobbying Israeli authorities for a number of improvements, including a reduction in the number of arrests that occur at night, an end to shackling and the introduction of audio-visual recording of interrogations.

Such diplomatic pressure is important – but what of the British companies that keep Israel’s prisons running? According to corporate accountability campaigners, the security giant G4S, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange, signed a contract with the Israeli Prison Authority in 2007 to provide services to a number of prisons and detention facilities. Some of these are known to house prisoners transferred from the West Bank.

What’s more, the company has installed a central command room in Ofer Prison in the occupied West Bank, which houses a centre where prisoners are tried under military law. Ofer Prison is located in what the Israeli military refers to as the “Seam Zone”, which means access for visiting families is highly restricted.

G4S have said that it will exit from all the contracts it holds in the West Bank at the earliest opportunity the contract terms allow. They also say that they have not violated any international laws, which on this specific issue may be correct, given that the Geneva Conventions apply only to Governments that have ratified their terms. Despite these limitations, the UK government can still act – yet it refuses to.

Alastair Burt told me that, despite being aware of G4S’s involvement in Israeli prisons, the Foreign Office has not discussed the issue with the company and believes that the “provision of services in Israel and the Occupied Palestinian Territories is a matter for G4S.”

Last June the UK Government co-sponsored a UN resolution that places duties on states to protect against corporate abuse of human rights. The commitment is meaningless if the government refuses to take action in a clear-cut case such as this.

Companies that have been involved in grievous human rights abuse continue to be listed on the London Stock Exchange, seriously damaging the reputation of British business abroad and making it more difficult to compete for those businesses which are trying to uphold high ethical business and trade standards. Such abuse by any corporation is not merely a matter for the company, but for everyone who supports and believes in the basic concept of human rights.

Federal court: Wal-mart guilty of medical discrimination

0

NaturalNews |

A Michigan man was recently fired from his managerial position at a Walmart store in Battle Creek, Michigan, after it was discovered that he had been using medical marijuana outside of work hours in accordance with his doctor’s recommendations for treating an inoperable brain tumor. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) filed a lawsuit against Walmart on the man’s behalf, but a federal court recently responded by deciding that this form of medical discrimination by an employer is perfectly legal in the state, even though Michigan law recognizes and protects the legitimate use of marijuana for medical purposes.

When Joseph Casias was first diagnosed with brain cancer, he was offered a gamut of pharmaceutical drugs such as Lorcet, an opioid narcotic, that caused him to suffer severe nausea and various other horrific side effects. At the recommendation of his oncologist, Joseph decided to try taking medical marijuana instead, which he quickly discovered was highly effective at eliminating his pain symptoms and restoring some semblance of normalcy to his life in a way that pharmaceutical drugs could not, while also helping him work more effectively and take better care of his family.

“He had his appetite back, and he was able to interact more with us and our children,” said Joseph’s wife Angie to the ACLU about her husband’s dramatic improvements as a result of adopting the medical marijuana protocol.

Joesph’s pain symptoms vanished almost immediately as a result of the marijuana, in fact, which allowed him to perform his job responsibilities more effectively and participate in family activities that conventional medicine had otherwise prevented him from engaging in. Marijuana also allowed Joseph to put back on the weight he had lost as a result of the aggressive chemotherapy and radiation treatments that Western medicine first offered him as his only solution.

Walmart’s corporate policies discriminate against medical marijuana use

None of this would have been a problem for Joseph had it not been for a workplace accident that occurred after he began his marijuana treatments, which resulted in him having to undergo a drug test. Naturally, the test came up positive, and Walmart decided to immediately fire Joseph, a faithful employee who had been recognized by the company back in 2008 as “Associate of the Year.”

“No patient should be forced to choose between adequate pain relief and gainful employment,” said Scott Michelman, a staff attorney with the ACLU, back in 2010 when the issue first came to light. “And no employer should be allowed to intrude upon private medical choices made by employees in consultation with their doctors.”

But U.S. District Judge Robert Jonker from the Western District of Michigan apparently disagrees, having ruled that Michigan’s medical marijuana law “says nothing about private employment rights.” Private corporations like Walmart that are prejudiced against alternative medical treatments, for instance, are not bound by the tenets of the law, which he says “give[s] some people limited protection from prosecution by the state, or from other adverse state action in carefully limited medical marijuana situations.”

Joseph’s attorneys; however, maintain that no private employer in Michigan should be able to target employees that use medicinal marijuana in accordance with Michigan’s “Medical Marihuana Program,” which specifically states that qualifying patients shall not be subject to arrest, prosecution, or penalty in any manner by a business, which includes Walmart.

Sources for this article include:

http://www.mlive.com

http://www.aclu.org/drug-law-reform/casias-v-wal-mart

http://www.huffingtonpost.com

Learn more: http://www.naturalnews.com/037359_walmart_medical_marijuana_employee.html?#ixzz27u0Ke8VM

Leaked memo suggests Romney could restart waterboarding programme

Peter Foster, The Telegraph |

Mitt Romney should scrap Barack Obama’s ban on the torture of terror suspects and consider re-introducing waterboarding and other “enhanced interrogation techniques” if he is elected president, a leaked Romney campaign policy document has urged.

The five-page memo entitled “Interrogation Techniques” advised Mr Romney to “rescind and replace” Mr Obama’s executive order outlawing the use of all torture.

The publication of the memo in the New York Times came just days before next Wednesday’s first presidential debate, and puts a clear red line between the Republican challenger and Mr Obama’s positions on handling captured terror suspects.

Mr Romney has consistently supported the use of interrogation methods, while in one of his first acts on taking office, Mr Obama shut down the CIA’s interrogation programme, stating unequivocally in April 2009: “I believe that waterboarding was torture and, whatever legal rationales were used, it was a mistake.”

Mr Romney has consistently refused to specify what interrogation techniques he would authorise as president, arguing that to do so would give unnecessary advantage to the terrorists.

However in December last year, when pushed by a reporter on whether he believed waterboarding – a form of simulated drowning – was torture, he replied: “I don’t.”

The leaked document prepared for his “national security law subcommittee” in September 2011 also asserted that “Governor Romney has recognized for years that the sounder policy outcome is the revival of the enhanced interrogation programme”.

The memo, written by a group of conservative lawyers, many of whom are veterans of the George W Bush administration, argued that Mr Obama’s decision had almost certainly “hampered” the fight against terrorism.

Amrit Singh, a lawyer with the New York-based Open Society Justice Initiative and the author of Administration of Torture, a book detailing the Bush administration’s torture policy, said the memo was “extremely dangerous”.

“The memo is dangerous. Torture is not only immoral, it’s illegal,” she told The Telegraph. “The US has signed and ratified the UN Convention Against Torture which states specifically there can be no exceptional circumstances. This memo urges the violation of international and domestic law.”

However she added that Mr Obama, by failing to prosecute those responsible for authorizing torture during the Bush era, was responsible for leaving open the door to the possible return of “enhanced interrogation techniques”.

“It’s because of that failure of accountability that we’re now seeing the emergence of these kinds of memos in the Romney campaign,” she said.

“If the Obama administration is serious about ending torture, he must set about holding those responsible for authorising torture accountable.”

Republicans are divided on the issue of waterboarding. In 2008 Senator John McCain, a Vietnam war veteran who is fiercely opposed to torture, clashing angrily with Mr Romney during a Republican primary debate, attacking him for mincing words over whether the technique constituted torture.

“It’s in violation of the Geneva Conventions, it’s in violation of existing law. Governor Romney, let me tell you, if we’re going to get the high ground and we’re going to be the America that has been cherished and loved for more than 200 years, we’re not going to torture people,” he said in a televised debate.

Council leader accused of tampering with FOI

0

Barry Gibson, Huddersfield Daily Examiner |

A JUDGE will hear a case against Kirklees Council’s leader on Monday.

Clr Mehboob Khan is accused of tampering with Freedom of Information (FOI) Act responses before they were released to the public.

The council, like all public organisations, is bound by law to give certain information to the public on request.

Clr Khan is alleged to have told officers to alter their replies to questions about topics including council tax collection rates and hiring celebrities.

The issue came to light 18 months ago following an investigation by the Examiner.

Kirklees said yesterday that an investigation into the allegation would take place in Leeds.

A council spokesman said yesterday: “The First Tier Tribunal investigating the handling of nine Freedom of Information requests at Kirklees Council will be held on Monday.

“A principal judge will consider written evidence at the Employment Tribunal offices in Leeds, with the outcome of the hearing expected to be announced within the next two weeks.

“The matter will be held in private with neither party being called to give evidence as neither side disputes the investigation report.

Israel Navy shoots Palestinian fisherman

0

Saed Bannoura – IMEMC & Agencies |

Palestinian medical sources in the Gaza Strip reported, Friday, that a Palestinian fisherman was killed by Israeli navy fire west of Beit Lahia, in the northern part of the Gaza Strip. The fisherman’s brother was wounded in the attack.

Dr. Ashfar Al-Qdura, spokesperson of the Ministry of Health in the Gaza Strip told the Maan News Agency that Fahmi Salah Abu Rayyash, 22, was shot and seriously injured by Israeli fire on Friday morning, and died of his wounds at a local hospital on Friday evening.

Al-Qudra added that Fahmi was shot by one round of live ammunition in his abdomen and another round in his right foot.

Yousef, the brother of Fahmi, suffered mild injuries and received the needed medical treatment.

The attack is part of ongoing violations carried out by the Israeli army and navy against Palestinian fishermen in the coastal region; these attacks led to dozens of casualties, while dozens of fishermen were also kidnapped by the army.

Since 2000, fishermen have been denied their right to sail and fish, as Israel reduced the area of fishing from 20 nautical miles, which was established upon in the agreements signed between Palestinian and Israel, to 6 nautical miles in 2008.

However, Israeli forces have continued to prevent fishermen from going beyond 3 nautical miles since 2009.

As a result, fishermen are prevented from reaching areas beyond that distance where fish are abundant. Sometimes, Israeli forces also chase fishermen within the 3 nautical mile area.

Consequently, Palestinian fishermen have lost 85% of their income, because of limiting the fishing area.

Police officers disciplined for misconduct in 12 months

0

Mick Meaney, RINF News |

Image credit: Flickr / Kenjonbro

Freedom of Information Act figures obtained by RINF News show that 263 Metropolitan Police offers were disciplined for misconduct between 2011 and 2012.

163 officers were disciplined for neglect or failure in duty, while 50 officers were dismissed in the last 12 months.

The offences also include assault, rape, harassment and unlawful arrest.

The Freedom of Information Act request was filed by RINF News on the 27th August 2012, and was completed by the Metropolitan Police on the 28th September 2012.

The Met said:

The MPS expects its staff to behave professionally, ethically and with the
utmost of integrity at all times.  Any instance where the conduct of our
staff brings the MPS into disrepute is treated extremely seriously in line
with MPS policy.

The chart below shows the number of officers who attended misconduct meetings, broken down by the result.

The chart below gives a breakdown of the allegation type which was proven against the 263 officers.

Code

Category

Definitions

Home Office subgroup

A

Serious Non-sexual Assault

Section 18 or Section 20 assaults, but up
to and including homicide

Oppressive Behaviour

B

Sexual assault

 

Including female or male rape, attempted
rape and paedophilia (including sexual assaults on children).

Oppressive Behaviour

C

Other assault

 

A person serving with the police must never
knowingly use more force than is reasonable, nor should they abuse their
authority. This category includes any unjustified use of force or personal
violence (but not technical assaults arising from unlawful arrest)and any incident involving police dogs or police
horses where the incident is attributable to the conduct of the member in
control, unless the severity of injury puts them into category ‘A’ above.

Oppressive Behaviour

D

Oppressive conduct or harassment

Unjustified interference, questioning or
surveillance. Improper requests for driving documents.

Oppressive Behaviour

E

Unlawful/unnecessary arrest or detention

Where a person serving with the police
makes any unlawful or unnecessary arrest or detains any person unnecessarily.

Oppressive Behaviour

F

Discriminatory behaviour

Acts toward an individual that a person
serving with the police may have come into contact with whilst on or off duty,
which amount to an abuse of authority or maltreatment. Includes acts
committed on grounds of another person’s nationality or ethnicity; sexual
orientation; or religion.

Discriminatory Behaviour

G

Irregularity in relation to
evidence/perjury

It is of paramount importance that the
public has faith in the honesty and integrity of all those serving with the
police. All such persons should therefore be open and truthful in their
dealings; avoid being improperly beholden to any person or institution; and discharge
their duties with integrity. A breach of this category includes perjury or
other allegations of falsehood, including an allegation that evidence was
obtained by irregularity or under duress.

Malpractice

H

Corrupt practice

It is of paramount importance that the
public has faith in the honesty and integrity of all persons serving with the
police and that they avoid being improperly beholden to any person or
institution; and discharge their duties with
integrity. A breach of this category includes any criminal allegation of
corruption or any other form of corrupt practice.

Malpractice

J

Mishandling of property

A person serving with the police must
exercise reasonable care to prevent loss or damage to property (excluding
their own personal property but including police property). A breach of this
category includes the theft or loss of property (including money);
unreasonable retention of property; damage to property in Police custody;
failure to account for money or property; improper disposal of property. In
all cases save complaints of theft, these matters should be included under S
(Failures in duty) if the complaint is specifically one of negligence, with
no implication of dishonesty.

Malpractice

K

Breach of Code A PACE on stop and search

Unjustified use of the
relevant power, particularly where reasonable suspicion cannot be supported;
failure to act appropriately before or during a search or to make the
necessary record where practicable.

Failures in Duty

L

Breach of Code B PACE
on searching of premises and seizure of property

Unauthorised entry on
search; failure to provide information to occupier; improper or excessive
search; failure to record searches properly; not securing premises where
necessary; breach of rules on seizure or retention.

Failures in Duty

Code

Category

Definitions

Home Office subgroup

M

Breach of Code C PACE
on detention, treatment and questioning

Failure to inform
detained persons of their rights and entitlements; unjustified obstruction of
access to legal advice; holding persons incommunicado; not providing
necessary support/advice to young/vulnerable detained persons; failure to
maintain proper custody/property records; not providing mandatory physical
conditions whenever practicable; not carrying out searches on detained
persons in accordance with the Code; conducting review of detention
improperly or at inappropriate intervals. Failure to caution or charge when
required; interviewing oppressively or in inappropriate circumstances; not
making proper records of interviews and allowing them to be checked by
suspects where practicable; not providing interpreters where necessary.

Failures in Duty

N

Breach of Code D PACE on identification
procedures

Failure to provide suspects with information about
identification procedures or to offer them a choice between procedures where
appropriate; not conducting or recording identification procedures properly;
not obtaining necessary consents to the taking of fingerprints, photographs
or body samples; not providing suspects with opportunity to witness
destruction of fingerprints or photographs where appropriate.

Failures in Duty

P

Breach of Code E PACE
on tape recording

Failure to tape record
(without good reason); failure to handle tapes openly and in front of the
suspect or to maintain adequate tape security; not making a proper record of
objections, complaints, breaks etc.)

Failures in Duty

Q

Lack of fairness and impartiality

A person serving with the police has a
particular responsibility to act with fairness and impartiality in all their
dealings with the public and colleagues. A breach of this code includes
unjustified interference, questioning or surveillance, and improper requests
for driving documents.

Discriminatory Behaviour

R

Multiple or unspecified breaches of PACE
which cannot be allocated to a specific code

 

Failures in Duty

S

Other neglect or Failure in duty

A person serving with
the police should be conscientious and diligent in the performance of their
duties. They should attend work promptly when rostered
or informed of their duties. If absent through sickness or injury, they
should avoid activities likely to retard their return to duty.

Failures in Duty

T

Other irregularity in procedure

Other procedural irregularities not caused
by neglect except breaches in the Codes of Practice.

Failures in Duty

U

Incivility, impoliteness and intolerance

A person serving with the police should
treat members of the public and colleagues with courtesy and respect,
avoiding abusive or deriding attitudes or behaviour. In particular they must
avoid: favouritism of an individual or group; all forms of harassment,
victimisation or unreasonable discrimination; and overbearing conduct to a
colleague, particularly to one junior in rank or service.

Incivility

V

Traffic Irregularity

Complaints about the driving or use of
vehicles on Police business (but not about Police conduct in dealing with
civilian traffic).

Traffic Irregularity

W

Other

E.g. criminal damage (except in connection
with searches of property).

Other

X

Improper disclosure of information

From police, national or other records,
whether by paper, electronic means, or any other means.

Failures in Duty

Y

Other sexual conduct

Indecent assaults; sexual harassment;
soliciting of prostitutes;incidents relating
to the collection or use of child pornography, either in or out of the
workplace.

Oppressive Behaviour

BBC caught ripping-off local newspaper

0

Mick Meaney, RINF News |

Image credit: Flickr / kylezoa

Fabricated footage, news fixing, headline theft and product placement are just some of the underhanded tactics the BBC are using right now to manipulate and control viewers.

This week a newspaper editor has lashed out at the BBC for allegedly stealing news reports from her paper – without proper attribution.

In a meeting with Labour’s Deputy Leader Harriet Harman, editor in chief of  the Reading Chronicle, Sally Stevens, slammed BBC radio for reading headlines directly from her newspaper without crediting the source.

In a report on the Reading Chronicle website, she claimed “radio presenters can read a page lead out every day masquerading as its own news bulletin”.

It’s not the first time the BBC has been caught out using unethical behaviour.

Last month the BBC was found guilty of breaching editorial guidelines by making excessive payments to Labour MP Diane Abbott for her appearance on the BBC 1 political discussion show, This Week, totaling £6,700 in fees.

BBC guidelines state that MPs should not be paid for appearances when they are “speaking as a member of their party or expressing political views”.

In February 2012 the Independent revealed the corporation was “news-fixing” and had to issue a global apology for breaking editorial rules, when it “broadcast documentaries made by a London TV company that was earning millions of pounds from PR clients which it featured in its programming.”

An investigation by The BBC Trust’s Editorial Standards Committee also discovered 15 breaches of editorial guidelines by BBC World News.

And it doesn’t end there.

With the taxpayer being forced to pay £3.6bn in licence fees each year, the BBC is the last place you would expect to find product placement adverts.

However in 2011 viewers accused the broadcaster of advertising Berghaus jackets. Several high profile presenters were seen prominently displaying the company’s logo on air.

It then emerged that BBC staff receive a 45% discount on Berghaus jackets.

Of course the company denies that any sponsorship deal exists, stating: “Over the years, BBC reporters have chosen to buy Berghaus products for use while working outdoors. Of course, we are pleased that correspondents, camera operators and others working in the media choose our kit, but to be clear, there is no sponsorship agreement.”

According to The Telegraph, MPs have labeled it as “advertising by the back door”.

In 2010 RINF discovered the BBC had spent almost £2 million of licence payers money on web advertising, including paying search engines such as Google to display links to the BBC website on search results pages, above natural results.

The corporation has also been in the spotlight for deceiving viewers.

In 2008, the BBC was accused of deliberately falsifying undercover footage of a Primark workshop in Bangalore, India, which again forced The BBC Trust to apologise.

This time for using fake images of child labour in its Panorama programme.

A Primark spokesman said:  “Millions of people have been deceived by Panorama. Viewers who watched the programme, shoppers who were then fed the lie, sourcing experts who believed the lie, teachers and pupils who viewed the programme in lessons, have all been badly let down” and the programme “relied on fabricated footage to air a programme otherwise based on prejudice.”

Is this really the kind of journalism you expect from the BBC, especially when you’re forced to pay a mandatory license fee regardless if you consume their programmes or not?

Chavez Opposition Disintegrating

0
On October 7, voters get to choose Venezuela’s next president. It’s all over but the cheers, postmortems, and perhaps opposition planned disruptions.
Chavez remains overwhelmingly popular for good reason. He’s a shoe in for reelection.
In modern times, no previous Venezuelan leader included popular interests on his agenda. Chavez prioritizes them. Why give up a good thing! Why return to the bad old days!
Vital social benefits include universal free healthcare and education, affordable housing, subsidized food, land reform, indigenous rights, and much more.
Gasoline for a Chevrolet Suburban’s 39-gallon tank costs $3.51. In Norway, it’s $394.68. Why indeed sacrifice beneficial changes.
Polls show what looks like a sure thing. In mid-September, 11 had Chavez ahead by 13 – 28%. Throughout the campaign, they’ve been relatively unchanged. One or two right wing ones faked it. They claim a close race.
With tongue in cheek perhaps, the Washington Post days earlier said although most polls show Chavez ahead, “one survey last month put the two candidates roughly even.”
The Post omitted explaining how great a lead Chavez has. Instead it claimed opposition candidate Henrique Capriles Radonski promises to fight crime, create jobs, and provide better electricity and water services.
He’ll also end years of vital social change. He wants wealth and power interests running Venezuela. He wants ordinary people on their own sink or swim.
Expect Venezuelans to resoundingly reject him for good reason. He a corporate scoundrel they want no part of.
Earlier, The New York Times said Chavez replaced Fidel Castro as Washington’s main Latin American bete noire. He’s the leading regional opponent of US policies.
The Times rarely misses a chance to vilify him. It shouldn’t surprise for a broadsheet totally supportive of America’s worst policies.
On September 13, the Venezuela Solidarity Campaign (VSC) headlined “One month before Venezuela’s Presidential election, polls show huge leads for Hugo Chavez,” saying:
At this time, he looks unbeatable. Capriles is way behind. “There is little evidence to support the claims by the opposition that ‘undecided voters’ could still determine the situation.”
Capriles’ spin about polls shifting his way doesn’t wash. According to VSC:
“Comparing those pollsters that undertook polls published in both July and August, there is no uniform pattern of the lead narrowing.”
“More importantly, even where there has been a slight narrowing – which on average was by just 1% – this is insignificant given Hugo Chávez’s huge lead.”
VSC’s Lee Brown added:
“Hugo Chávez clearly has a convincing lead according to the overwhelming majority of pollsters.”
“The evidence from looking at the full range of polls, rather than cherry picking, does not back up the claims of the campaign of Henrique Capriles Radonski that the race is close or that Capriles is ahead.”
“Nor is there any evidence that Capriles is making any real inroads into Chávez’s lead as they’ve also claimed.”
“Hopefully these statements from the right-wing opposition are just the kind of things that get said in the cut and thrust of a campaign.”
“But the bigger worry is that it’s part of an orchestrated claim by the opposition to give the impression of an impending victory and then to claim fraud on 7 October should they lose, as the polls suggest is very likely.”
An earlier article highlighted the possibility. In late August, Chavez warned about opposition forces planning to declare victory before electoral results are announced. They’ll say they won, reject official National Electoral Council (CNE) results, and claim fraud.
Perhaps violence and other destabilizing disruptions will follow. They’re capable of anything, said Chavez. He’s seen plenty since taking office in February 1999. He stayed there because Venezuelans want him.
Each time he ran he won impressively. It’s no surprise. On October 7, he’ll do it again for another six-year term. Expect dark opposition forces to cry foul. It never washed before and won’t now.
Venezuela’s elections are closely monitored. Independent observers agree. The process is open, free and fair.
The Carter Center monitored earlier elections. On September 24, its web site headlined “Carter Center Conducts Study Mission to Venezuela Elections,” saying:
It’s “conducting an independent study mission to follow the campaign, with political and electoral analysts interviewing political actors and technical experts on the ground.”
Post-election, a report will follow. It’ll discuss “Venezuelan perceptions of the electoral process and the results.”
This year it won’t send technical experts to assess the automated voting system. It said:
“The most important role in monitoring any electoral process belongs to the national citizens, including the political parties, national observer organizations, and the voters themselves.”
“Voters can participate in the verification of the electronic vote counts on election night when the paper receipts are counted, national observer groups are organizing to monitor election day, and the political campaigns are expected to field party witnesses in each voting site.”
“Local universities and NGOs are monitoring campaign conditions and media access during the campaign. The Carter Center will use all of this information, in addition to interviews, in its report.”
Since 1998, it observed four Venezuelan elections and referenda. All were open, free and fair.
On September 22, Venezuela Analysis headlined Former US President Carter: Venezuelan Electoral System ‘Best in the World,’ saying:
At an annual Carter Center event, he said:
“As a matter of fact, of the 92 elections that we’ve monitored, I would say the election process in Venezuela is the best in the world.”
He added that America’s is “one of the worst….because of the excessive influx of money.”
True enough, but he left unexplained the full extent of a corrupted, dysfunctional, farcical system. It has no credibility whatever. No wonder half the electorate opts out. Why bother when corporate run machines vote. People have no say. Money power decides results, not voters.
Venezuelans get the real thing. Their franchise is respected. Before Chavez took office, less than half of Venezuelans were registered to vote. They couldn’t participate in choosing officials.
Chavez promised change. He focused on voter access and rights. He eliminated earlier electoral fraud. In 2003, he initiated Mision Itentidad (Mission Identity).
It implemented Article 56 of Venezuela’s Bolivarian Constitution, stating:
“All persons have the right to be registered free of charge with the Civil Registry Office after birth, and to obtain public documents constituting evidence of the biological identity, in accordance with law.”
The mission constituted a combined mass citizenship/voter registration drive. Millions of Venezuelans got national ID cards. They assured their right to vote. Over five million Venezuelans were enfranchised for the first time.
They included qualified immigrants and indigenous people. They never had voting rights before. They and other Venezuelans take full advantage. On October 7, expect turnout to be high. Venezuela’s democracy shames America’s fraudulent process.
Reports suggest Chavez’s opposition is in disarray. In mid-September, a video showed top Capriles aid Juan Carlos Caldera accepting a 40,000 bolivars ($9,300) bribe. It was given to arrange a meeting between Capriles and an unknown businessman.
“We want it to be a monthly affair,” said Caldera. Access has a price. It works the same way in America. You have to pay plenty to play.
In response, Caldera was sacked. He’s a parliamentary deputy for Capriles’ First Justice (PJ) party. He was also his Roundtable of Democratic Unity (MUD) coalition representative to Venezuela’s National Electoral Council (CNE).
Plans are for a National Assembly investigation to follow. United Socialist Party of Venezuela (PSUV) legislator Julio Chavez called the video “overwhelming proof that compromises the acts of some leaders of the Venezuelan opposition.”
He accused Caldera of “bribery.” He said he may have broken Venezuela’s law on political parties and another on organized crime. He suggested perhaps the money was intended to destabilize pre and/or post-electoral activities.
On September 17, VCS headlined “Four opposition parties withdraw from right-wing coalition,” saying:
They include Vota Piedra, Cambio Pana, Unidad Democratica, and Mano pro Venezuela. They withdrew from MUD. Ballots will exclude them.
Vota Piedra representative Leonard Chirinos said secret privatization plans led to the decision and much more. MUD’s document calls for deregulation, mass privatizations, and slashing or eliminating social services.
David de Lima was the first opposition figure to go public. He said MUD is “falling to pieces.” He predicted “more declarations. This is the start of a series of statements that there’ll be in the country against….Capriles.”
On September 18, opposition candidate Yoel Acosta Chirinos withdrew. He declared support for Chavez. Another, Hermann Escarra, publicly called MUD’s government plan “unconstitutional.”
He’s the third opposition figure to denounce it. William Ojedadid earlier. He criticized MUD’s “hidden agenda.” His political party, Un Nuevo Tiempo, expelled him.
He said “Democrats in Venezuela don’t accept hidden agendas…or neoliberal obsessions.” He called failure to recognize social policies Chavez instituted “an act of blindness….No neoliberal policy on anyone’s agenda will (work) because the people don’t accept” it.
Escarra accused MUD of “attack(ing) the constitution in a very serious way….It’s the gravest thing I’ve ever read.” It’s “savage capitalism.”
It wants public pensions abolished, Venezuela’s state oil company, PDVSA, privatized, and other measures violating constitutional provisions.
“If this (plan) were to happen,” he added, “we’d have to go out into the street. We can’t allow such a huge step backwards.”
Escarra helped write Venezuela’s Bolivarian Constitution. At the same time, he’s been an opposition spokesman. He’ll now maintain ties as an independent.
A Final Comment
Days ahead of October 7, Bolivarianism looks sure to win. Imagine if America and EU countries prioritized its principles. Instead of neoliberal austerity-caused hard times, prosperity might be just around the corner or perhaps firmly established.
Socially beneficial policies help everyone. No one’s excluded. Just societies do things that way. Neoliberal ones leave most people on their own out of luck. Record high misery index readings show America’s dire state. It also reveals bipartisan indifference.
Bolivarianism is mirror opposite. On October 7, expect Venezuelans to extend its mandate overwhelmingly for another six years. They can’t imagine another way for good reason.

GM corn could have caused giant tumours

0

 |

A scientific study of Monsanto’s GM corn has caused a huge row in France after the scientists released shocking pictures of rats distorted by tennis ball-sized tumours.

The study has put the debate about genetically modified crops back on centre stage after the methods used were widely attacked by the wider scientific community.

The two-year study was carried out by Professor Gilles-Eric Seralini from the University of Caen.

It looked at a Monsanto engineered maize known as NK603, which is modified to resist the company’s herbicide, Roundup. The product allows farmers to spray their fields to keep them free from weeds without harming the crop.

Professor Seralini tested the product on more than 200 rats divided into nine groups: three groups were given GM corn, three GM corn exposed to the herbicide Roundup and three received regular corn exposed to Roundup.

After a year, the team concluded that liver necrosis and congestion were significantly higher among the rats in all the tested groups compared to the control group. Those groups were also more likely to develop kidney damage.

Among all the rats exposed to GM corn, 50% of the male and 70% of the females died prematurely, as opposed to 30% and 20% in the control group.

Last week Professor Seralini published his findings in the prestigious peer-reviewed journal Food and Chemical Toxicology and held a press conference in which he detailed his work.

Along with the study the professor also announced the release of a book and a film on September 26 both entitled ‘Tous Cobayes?’ (All Guinea Pigs?).

The study was widely reported on by the French press and further afield, not least because it was accompanied by graphic pictures of rats covered in large tumours — which were published by the press.

Three ministers — the ministers of health, ecology and agriculture — published a joint press release announcing that the Anses would look at the study. They added that if the Anses considered that the NK 603 product presented any potential risk they would instantly block the imports of Monsanto’s GM corn to the European Union until further studies were done. Russia immediately took moves to block imports of Monsanto corn.

But within hours of its publication, Professor Seralini faced a barrage of criticism from the scientific community. His methods were fiercely attacked and it was suggested he had used rats that were prone to tumours.

Besides his scientific methods there was much fuss made about the way Professor Seralini had presented his paper. Le Monde newspaper reported that only journalists who had signed up to an embargo were given advance copies of the study. This meant that they were unable to consult other scientists for comment. As a result the story focused on the ‘emotive’ photos released by the scientist.

Professor Seralini is an anti-GM food activist and a prominent member of the CRIIGEN — the committee for research and independent information on genetics. However, the CRIIGEN’s independence has long been questioned as it is financed by NGOs, such as Greenpeace and WWF, and food retailing corporations like Auchan and Carrefour.

His now notorious rat tumour study has re-opened the debate around GM in France.

Professor Seralini defends his work arguing that his was the most detailed long-term study carried out on GM crops.

He told the Bureau: ‘I don’t consider myself “anti-GM food”. I am simply demonstrating that if we do long-term studies, there is a possibility we will find something.’

‘I used the same strain of rats that have been used in all the studies on GMO. I couldn’t have used an animal like a guinea pig that would not develop tumours because I need a strain of rat, whose organism is sufficiently similar to the one of a human being.’

The criticism continues.

‘The problem is not so much about the strain he used. It is about how few rats he used. When you only have 10 rats in the control group the results can be a complete coincidence,’ says Gerard Pascal, toxicologist at the INRA (National Institute for Agronomical Research) and one of France’s leading experts on GM.

He is also critical of how the pictures of rats had been used. ‘The rats in the control group who developed tumours as well would look exactly the same,’ he added.

Professor Seralini admits that it would have been better to have more rats, but that would have required a lot more money and he suggests that much of the criticism has come from pro-GM food lobbies.

‘The first ones who cry wolf are the ones who have authorised GMO without proper long-term studies. Industrial companies have always funded their own researches, yet what is troubling is how supposedly independent experts have now given up on their integrity.’

Several committees will review in the coming days Seralini’s study and evaluate its reliability. Yet this new ‘Monsanto controversy’ highlights an everlasting issue: the lack of clarity and transparency on the issue of GMO, as the media has become a hostage to both pro and anti GM food lobbies.

Read the piece in Le Monde here.

Tony Blair could have stopped Iraq war

0

Agence France-Presse |

Former prime minister Tony Blair was the only person capable of turning George Bush against the 2003 Iraq invasion, ex-United Nations chief Kofi Annan claimed in an interview published Saturday.

Annan argued in an interview published in the Times that Blair could have changed Bush’s mind because of the special relationship between the two nations and the two leaders.

Annan said he often had contemplated what might have happened if “Blair had said ‘George, this is where we part company. You’re on your own’,” following the failure to secure a second UN resolution.

“I really think it could have stopped the war,” added the Nobel peace laureate.

Annan was UN secretary general at the time of the crisis.

A first Security Council resolution, which offered Iraq a final opportunity to comply with its disarmament obligations passed unanimously in November 2002.

But a second resolution proposed by the US, Britain, and Spain in 2003 that called for action to be taken against Saddam Hussain’s regime was withdrawn when it became clear it would be vetoed.

The US decided that the resolution was not needed before military action could lawfully take place, and the invasion commenced on March 20.

The invasion triggered eight years of sectarian conflict in Iraq, resulting in more than 100,000 civilian deaths.

Annan rejected suggestions that his resignation, or that of then US secretary of state Colin Powell, would have altered the course of history.

And he dismissed Archbishop Desmond Tutu’s call for Bush and Blair to be put on trial at the the International Criminal Court. Both had been democratically elected, he said, and were only acting in their national interests.

Annan was the UN Arab League envoy to Syria from February until August, but resigned after his peace plan failed to prevent further fighting between rebels and forces loyal to President Bashar Al-Assad.

The diplomat told the Times that Assad had to go, arguing that the leader had lost all legitimacy.

Annan gave the interview to mark the launch of his memoirs: “Interventions — a Life in War and Peace.”

Service providers raise concerns over Internet censorship

0

Mark Jackson, ISP Review |

A successful Freedom of Information (FoI) request to the UK government’s Department for Education (DfE) has revealed that broadband ISPs BT and Virgin Media have raised a number of political, technical and legal concerns with proposals to toughen censorship of adult websitesand related internet content via new Parental Controls.

Last year four of the UK’s biggest broadband ISPs (BT, Virgin Media, Sky Broadband and TalkTalk) agreed to help protect children online (here) by launching a new Code of Practice that would provide customers (e.g. parents) with an “enforced” option to block adult web content at the point of purchase (Active Choice). But some politicians want even tougher measures.

The new FoI request, which was made by a campaigner for communications rights, P.John, called upon the DfE to disclose several responses to the recent Parental Internet Controls Consultation that closed earlier this month.

This consultation proposed three potential options for handling the censorship of websites by UK internet providers, which included Claire Perry’s (Conservative MP) highly controversial demand for ISPs to introduce an automatic adult content block. Suffice to say that ISPs appear to be less than pleased with all the recent ministerial “uncertainty” surrounding Active Choice’s future and have aired a number of concerns.

Extract from BT’s Response:

“Much of the current debate has focused on adult content that is legal, although not suitable for children. It is not clear from the questions who would decide on which content/sites get blocked by default. If BT, or any other ISP, was asked to block adult content without customer consent, there are questions about how any ISP might decide what sites came under this definition. Indeed what is the definition of adult content — is it just pornographic material ( the main campaign focus), or does it include violence, gambling and alcohol sites? It has been suggested that a system similar to film classification could be used to identify sites to block, but while this is workable for films the internet contains a great deal more content and it is increasing on an hourly basis. So finding a way of reliably categorising the sites could be challenging.

We are also concerned about being challenged in the courts were we to block by default any legal sites. There is a vociferous community which campaigns for freedom on the internet and for them, a cardinal principle is that ISPs should not interfere with their communications without consent. There are also questions about how default blocking might be viewed in terms of net neutrality or being anti-competitive. Ofcom and the European Commission have recently been pushing for an open internet where traffic is not blocked or managed, and default blocking would appear to be contrary to those principles.

It is also worth considering the danger that default blocking could lead to a false sense of security as no technical solution available or envisaged can be guaranteed a 100% success rate in blocking material deemed undesirable. This was one of the main concerns of the Bailey Review.”

BT raises a number of interesting points, not least with the issue of website categorisation. Some definitions could potentially be stretched to cover social networking sites (e.g. Facebook or Twitter) or possibly even online multiplayer games and their related communities. Clothing stores that sell underwear, legitimate sexual / medical education content and similar sites could also be hit.

Sadly though the consultation and ISP responses still haven’t touched on the need for an appeals system to remove sites that have been incorrectly blocked, which might help to tackle some of the aforementioned legal concerns. Certainly several studies have now shown that a lot of sites do get mistakenly caught up in related filtering systems (example).

Extract from Virgin Media’s Response:

“The recent uncertainty surrounding Ministerial support for ‘active choice’ has been unhelpful as regards enabling businesses to plan for the long term delivery of solutions for new and existing customers. Despite this, Virgin Media has continued with planned investments in an ‘active choice’ solution for new customers alone, and is considering how to reach out to the existing broadband subscriber base.”

…

“Virgin Media has understood ‘active choice’ not to be a brand, but a tool by which to dramatically increase the visibility of, and engagement with, software controls by subscribers, alongside more and clearer information to parents from all stakeholders. If that is not the case, further direction from Government is required to set the expectations of industry appropriately. Indeed, Virgin Media hopes that, at the culmination of this consultation process, the Department of Education will be in a position to give a clear, long-term view of the steps that industry should take to deliver an appropriate level of protection for children online.”

On top of all this we should not forget that many free internet filtering services already exist and no system is infallible. The recent blocks against The Pirate Bay and Newzbin have shown that they’re also largely ineffective and incredibly easy to circumvent.

Government knew spying on Kim Dotcom was illegal

0

ANDREA VANCE, Stuff |

Police officers told the Government’s spies in February that surveillance of Kim Dotcom may have been illegal.

But after its legal department reviewed the case, the Government Communications Security Bureau concluded their actions were legitimate.

A report by the inspector-general of intelligence and security, Justice Paul Neazor, released on Thursday, found the GCSB had illegally snooped on the tech mogul. The agency bungled by wrongly interpreting the law and is now reviewing all cases dating back to 2009, when immigration laws were changed.

The Green Party yesterday laid a complaint with police over the law breach and Labour Party leader David Shearer formally requested that Prime Minister John Key initiate an independent inquiry.

Inquiries by The Dominion Post have revealed police first raised the problem with GCSB agents at a meeting on February 16. Mr Key said this week GCSB became aware of the law-breaking about a fortnight ago.

Officially a debrief on Operation Debut, which had culminated in a raid on Dotcom’s mansion on January 20, it is understood the February meeting was a “back-slapping” exercise, with a Power Point presentation.

The potential problem and the subsequent legal review was not disclosed to Mr Key, who was unaware of the GCSB’s involvement in the high-profile case until last week.

The law-breaking only became public when Dotcom’s legal team questioned the identity of a “mystery group” of officials who attended a meeting to plan Dotcom’s arrest.

GCSB attempted to have its role covered up, asking acting prime minister Bill English to sign a ministerial certificate suppressing details in August, while Mr Key was in the United States.

The performance of the GCSB’s legal department will now be the subject of discussions between its director, Ian Fletcher, and State Services Commissioner Ian Rennie.

A police spokeswoman yesterday confirmed the operation debrief took place on February 16.

Justice Neazor refused to comment but confirmed Mr Key’s office asked about the meeting.

Mr Shearer believes the Neazor report, which was completed 11 days after it was commissioned by Mr Key, was “limited.”

Mr Shearer wants an independent “wide-ranging” probe “into the serious failures within our intelligence services and the Government’s management of them”.

“This isn’t just about whether a couple of people screwed up at the lowest levels of the Government Communications Security Bureau,” he said.

“It’s about many serious issues, including how a number of key agencies, like the Intelligence Co-ordination Group which reports directly to the prime minister, were either unaware of the issue or deliberately kept it from John Key.”

Mr Key yesterday ruled out an inquiry.

Greens co-leader Russel Norman said the GCSB flouted the same laws cameraman Bradley Ambrose was accused of breaching in the “teapot tapes” saga.

“When he [Mr Key] was taped in a public cafe by a media person discussing matters of public interest, Key kicked up an almighty fuss . . . If Prime Minister Key really feels so strongly about a person’s right to privacy, then he should back my call for the police to investigate the illegal surveilling of New Zealand residents by a government spy agency.”

– © Fairfax NZ News

More Facebook privacy concerns raised

0

Reuters |

An EU lawmaker called for tighter control of on-line social networks under a data protection regulation now being debated after some Facebook users said their personal messages appeared on their public profiles.

EU regulators are in the midst of writing new legislation that could give internet users greater control over how their personal data is used by big technology companies. One part of the regulation requires companies to get permission before “processing” people’s personal data, although exactly how and when such consent would be needed is still subject to debate.

On Tuesday the French data protection regulator asked to meet Facebook after thousands of users complained private messages dating back to 2007 were visible on their Facebook timelines – the start page of a person’s profile on the website.

Jan Philipp Albrecht, a German Green member of the European Parliament who is in charge of the legislature’s work on the draft regulation said the incident shows that users need more control over their data.

“The informed and explicit agreement of all those affected by data processing must be a guiding principle,” Albrecht said in a press statement. “There will be very few exceptions if any.”

Facebook said it has not done anything wrong and that the messages are in fact called wall posts, one of the website’s features for leaving comments which usually appears on a person’s profile page.

Before the Facebook timeline was introduced in February, wall posts were visible on user’s profile pages but could also be hidden from the public depending on each user’s privacy settings.

“A small number of users raised concerns after what they mistakenly believed to be private messages appeared on their Timeline,” the company said in a statement.

Nevertheless EU lawmakers are taking the incident seriously.

“This case shows that some companies simply don’t take privacy issues as seriously as their share price,” the Commissioner for Justice behind the regulation, Viviane Reding, said at a meeting with regulators in Dublin on Monday.

The Commission, the European Parliament and the 27 member states have to agree on the regulation before it can become law. The parliament will begin submitting amendments later this year.

Web companies like Google, Facebook and Yahoo! , which rely on their user’s data to tailor their services to people’s interests, have said they are wary of the regulation’s principles on seeking users’ consent. These companies’ business models are also based on selling targeted ads matched to people’s profiles.

Some say they worry that asking permission for the use of people’s data more than they already do could hamper their services with consent-seeking pop-ups and encourage people to opt-out rather than in.

Bills could stop corporate invasion of privacy

0

James Dohnert, V3 |

California officials aim to improve social networking privacy standards with a set of new legislation.

Congresswoman Zoe Lofgren has introduced two new bills that look to update US online privacy laws. California governor Jerry Brown has also signed into law two new bills which aim to prevent employers from demanding employee’s social networking passwords.

“The internet is a thriving and vibrant engine for cultural and economic growth because it empowers people to connect and share information globally with limited restrictions,” Rep. Zoe Lofgren said.

“We need proactive laws designed to preserve an open and truly global internet from SOPA-like legislation, unduly restrictive treaties and trade agreements, and over-broad government surveillance.”

Congresswoman Lofgren’s ECPA 2.0 Act mandates that authorities must obtain warrants before tracking citizens through social networking tools or email. Lofgren’s other bill, the Global Free Internet Act, would create a bipartisan committee that would oversee future policies that may pose a threat to internet users.

Both bills are currently in the early stages of the political process. Lofgren hopes to get feedback on the legislation in the coming weeks before she brings them in front of Congress later this year.

California governor Jerry Brown’s new legislation will set up regulations which would prevent universities and employers from demanding citizen’s social networking log-ins.

The recently signed bills make it unlawful for California organisations to require citizens’ social networking account information. Both bills were introduced by California State senator Leland Yee last February.

“The practice of employers or colleges demanding social media passwords is entirely unnecessary and completely unrelated to someone’s performance or abilities,” said California State senator Yee.

“Today, California has declared that this is an unacceptable invasion of personal privacy.”

The issues at the heart of bills have continued to make headlines over 2012. Twitter recently reported that it was ordered to hand over 679 user account details during 2012. The company says it granted 75 per cent of those requests.

US Senator Charles Schumer also called on the Department of Justice to do something to prevent employers from demanding employees social networking account information earlier this year.

Your economic future exchanged for a free phone

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Infowars |

A video clip posted by the Drudge Report that has since gone viral which shows an Obama supporter semi-incoherently blathering about how she is voting for Obama because the government gave her a free phone tragically underscores how the state exploits dependency by offering poor people trinkets while simultaneously stealing their entire economic future.

Once you have recovered from the hilarity of the video clip, the awful truth behind it begins to sink in. While this Obama voter screeches about her government-provided cellphone, Obama has been busy screwing the poor at every turn.

To clarify, the “Obama Cell Phone” program has provided 269,000 poor Americans with free phones and monthly service at a cost of over $1.6 billion dollars to the taxpayer, a figure that keeps rising every year.

The video harks back to a 2008 clip during which an Obama voter gushed about how Obama’s election victory meant she no longer had to worry about paying her mortgage or filling her car with gas.

The delusion that these people are living under knows no bounds.

Under Obama that the poor have got poorer. Poverty levels have increased to levels approaching the 1960′s.

Obama didn’t pay for your mortgage, he bailed out the mortgage companies, the predatory lenders, the big banks, and then the Federal Reserve paid them not to lend.

Obama didn’t pay for your gas, but he did pay for General Motors to ship your jobs to China.

Obama gave the green light for Ben Bernanke to engage in QE Infinity – driving up gasoline prices and driving down the value of the dollar. Under Obama, the cost of living has soared.

The only people benefiting from Obama and the Fed’s economic holocaust are the super rich who are invested in the casino stock market.

The gap between rich and poor has never been greater than under Obama. The fraction of growth for the top one percent grew at 95 per cent under Obama compared to 65 per cent under Bush.

Obama has screwed the poor.

But forget all that — “Everybody got Obama phone!”

While their entire economic future has been sold down the river, these people have allowed their votes to be bought by a free phone.

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a regular fill-in host for The Alex Jones Show and Infowars Nightly News.

USA to continue its wars as long as dollar remains reserve currency

Pravda |

Pravda.Ru interviewed Paul Craig Roberts, an American economist, who served as an Assistant Secretary of the Treasury in the Reagan Administration and became a co-founder of Reaganomics – the economic policies promoted by the U.S. President Ronald Reagan during the 1980s. We asked Mr. Roberts to share his views about the current state of affairs inside and outside the United States.

Pravda.Ru: Mr. Roberts, you are known in Russia as the creator of Reaganomics, which helped the country overcome stagflation. What were the key aspects of that policy and how would you estimate its results today? Do you think your faith in free market has shattered?

Paul Craig Roberts: Free market means the freedom of price to adjust to supply and demand. It does not mean the absence of regulation of human behavior.

Reaganomics was a political word for supply-side economics, a new development in economic theory. In the post World War 2 western world, governments used Keynesian demand management economic policy to control inflation and to boost employment. John Maynard Keynes was the British economist who explained the Great Depression in the West as a consequence of insufficient aggregate demand to maintain full employment and stable prices.

Keynesian demand management relied on government budget deficits and easy monetary policy (money creation) to stimulate demand for goods and services. To control inflation from too much demand for goods and services, high tax rates were used to reduce disposable income.

The problem that developed is that the high tax rates on income made leisure inexpensive in terms of lost current earnings from not working, and made current consumption inexpensive in terms of lost future income from not saving and investing. In other words, high tax rates on income made leisure and current consumption cheap in terms of foregone present and future income. Thus, high tax rates on income depressed the supply of labor and capital.

Using the UK’s 98% tax rate on investment income (pre-Thatcher), the Nobel economist Milton Friedman illustrated the problem with this example. You are an Englishman with $100,000. Shall you invest it for future income, or shall you purchase a Rolls Royce and enjoy life? The true price of the Rolls Royce (or Bentley, or Ferrari or Maserati) is not the purchase price. The price of the exotic car is the foregone future income from not investing the $100,000.

Suppose you could earn 10% on the $100,000. That would be $10,000 per year as the cost of purchasing the luxury car. But after tax (98%) the car would only cost $200 per year, a very cheap price.

The same example works for labor and salary income. Because of the high marginal tax rates, many professionals such as medical doctors closed their practices on Fridays and went to the golf course.

By changing the policy mix, that is by tightening monetary policy and reducing marginal tax rates (the tax rate on increases in income), the supply-side economic policy of the Reagan administration caused aggregate supply to increase. Thus output expanded relative to demand, and inflation declined.

This supply-side policy was instrumental as Reagan’s first step toward ending the cold war with the Soviet Union. As long as the US economy was afflicted with stagflation–the simultaneous rise in both inflation and unemployment, the Soviet government saw capitalism failing along with communism. But when Reagan corrected the economic problem, it made the Soviet government unsure that it could withstand an arms race.

Reagan’s next step was to bring the Soviet government to the negotiating table to end the cold war. The cold war was an economic drain on both societies and always had the risk of a miscalculation that would result in nuclear war, wiping out life on earth. Gorbachev, an intelligent person aware of the risk, came to agreement with Reagan.

This was a great accomplishment for the Americans and for the Russians. Friendship and cooperation was now possible.

But it was not to last. Reagan’s successors took advantage of the good will between the countries that Reagan and Gorbachev had created to achieve American hegemony over the world.

Q: During the 80s, relying on the revived economic power of the United States, Ronald Reagan managed to convince the Soviet government to end the Cold War. All those agreements, as you believe, were destroyed by Reagan’s successors. Russia shares a completely different opinion about Reagan. The Russians think of him as the man, who resumed the arms race, designed the space shield and “cut out the cancer of communism” having won (or maybe bribed) Gorbachev over to his side for cooperation. Maybe one shouldn’t strike him out of the list of the authors of today’s American “idiotism?”

A: Reagan was not a member of the Republican Establishment. He defeated the Establishment’s candidate, George H. W. Bush (father of George W. Bush) for the Republican presidential nomination. By appealing to Democratic as well as Republican voters, Reagan had a great electoral victory. Reagan had two goals: one was to end stagflation, the other was to end the cold war. Hewas not much interested in anything else. The “arms race” and the “anti-ballistic missile defense–star wars” were never real. They were threats used to bring Gorbachev to negotiate the end of the cold war. Unlike the present Republican Party, Reagan wanted peace, not war.

I know this because when I succeeded in establishing the new economic policy that cured stagflation, President Reagan appointed me to a super-secret presidential committee that had subpoena power over the CIA.

The CIA opposed Reagan’s effort to end the cold war, as did the powerful military-security complex, about which President Dwight Eisenhower warned the American people in his last address to the American nation. The end of the cold war threatened the profits of the powerful military industries and the power of the CIA.

The CIA said that the Soviet Union would win an arms race, because the Soviet Union could control investment, unlike the US, and could allocate the entire Gross Domestic Product of the Soviet Empire to the military. Reagan’s secret committee over-ruled the CIA.

I had been a member of the US-USSR student exchange program to the Soviet Union in 1961 and had observed the situation. My first book (1971) said that the Soviet economy had failed. When decades later I addressed the Soviet Academy of Sciences in Moscow in 1989 and 1990, members of the Economic Institute brought me copies of my book to be autographed. And I had thought that censorship existed in the Soviet Union.

The Soviet Union collapsed three years after Reagan left office. It came as a surprise to those of us who had helped Reagan to end the cold war and dispose of the nuclear war threat.

Myself and many other Reagan supporters opposed the extension of NATO to Russia’s reduced borders. What the world seems to be unaware of is that the Soviet collapse unleashed a new, highly dangerous ideology in the US known as neoconservatism.

Q: You wrote that the insane and criminal government in Washington, no matter Democratic of Republicans, no matter the outcome of the next elections, is the biggest threat to life on Earth ever. How would you describe this threat, what is it made of and who represents it in the US?

A: The threat is the neoconservative ideology, unleashed by the Soviet collapse. It is a form of Marxism in which American “democratic capitalism” instead of the proletariat has won history’s verdict–“the end of history.” Americans are the “indispensable people,” and the US is the “indispensable nation” with the right and responsibility to establish its hegemony over the world. Adolf Hitler called the same thing “Aryan Superiority.” Now Washington asserts the superiority. The neoconservative ideology threatens the world with nuclear war.

Q: What would you say about the Russian law, according to which political parties funded from abroad should be registered as foreign agents?

A: The US has laws that require foreign interests to register as foreign agents. This law does not always apply to all Israeli lobby groups, such as AIPAC.

There are no political parties in the US that are funded by foreign interests. No such thing would be permitted. It would be regarded as high treason. What is surprising is that the Russian government permitted for 20 years its political opposition to be funded by Washington and still permits that today as long as the opposition registers as an American agent. The ability of Washington to fund the Russian government’s political opposition and also protest groups, perhaps including Pussy Riot, allows Washington free access to destabilize Russia.

Q: What role do so-called non-governmental organizations play in the US? The National Endowment for Democracy, for example?

A: NGOs play no role inside the US. NGOs are Washington’s means of interfering in the internal affairs of other countries, such as funding and organizing “color revolutions” in Georgia and Ukraine. The National Endowment for Democracy is a principle funder of political opposition and protest groups in countries with governments to which Washington is opposed. Despite its original purpose, the National Endowment for Democracy has been converted into an agent for US hegemony.

Q: You wrote a lot about the fate of Pussy Riot. As you said, “they were brutally deceived and used by the Washington-financed NGOs that have infiltrated Russia.” What is the goal of such stunts?

A: It might be the case that Pussy Riot’s assaults on Russian probity are independent protests. On the other hand, the offending stunts could be provoked and funded by NGOs that are funded from Washington. Regardless, it is the result that is important. The result is that the controversy over Pussy Riot has shifted criticism from Washington’s destruction of Syria to Putin, “the suppressor of free speech.” It is folly for Russians to ally with Washington’s propaganda against their own government. If this folly continues, Russia will end up as another American puppet state.

Q: If an act like that of Pussy Riot took place in America, in a location of national significance, how would the general public and the government react? What do common people say about the Pussy Riot scandal in Russia?

A: Ordinary Americans know nothing about Pussy Riot. Despite the propaganda from Washington, most Americans have never heard of the incident. The importance of Washington’s propaganda about Pussy Riot is to send the signal to Washington’s European puppet states that Russia is to be demonized for opposing Washington’s destruction of Syria and Iran. It was the Russian and Chinese governments that blocked Washington’s UN resolution that would have allowed an opening for NATO to bomb Syria as it did Libya. Instead of being praised for its concern with life, human rights, and international law, Russia has been damned.

The consequence in the US of an act like those performed by Pussy Riot would vary depending on state and local laws. Also, depending on where the act takes place–a Jewish synagog for instance–the US Department of Justice could declare the act a hate crime or a form of discrimination against a “preferred minority” and bring a federal case.

Q: You wrote that the US government was full of determination to have the war on three fronts: Syria, Lebanon and Iran – in the Middle East, China – in the Far East and Russia – in Europe. Does the country have financial possibilities for that?

A: The US is bankrupt. However, the US dollar remains the world reserve currency. This means that the US can print money to pay its bills. As long as the world accepts the dollar as world reserve currency, the US will be able to continue its wars.

Q: Being in the insular situation, the USA experiments on other countries hoping that war will never come to the US territory. The US spends a lot more on defense of its forward-based forces in Europe and in the Middle East than it does on defense of its own borders. Maybe Russia should be more active and put the threat closer to the US borders by deploying a sea-based missile defense system near the shores of a friendly Latin American country?

A: Like President Reagan, I am in favor of peace. I believe that Americans, Russians, Chinese, Iranians, and everyone else should spend their resources in getting along with one another, not in trying to dominate one another. I believe that Washington is forcing Russia and China to spend resources on military preparedness that the countries could better use in economic development and in protecting the environment. It is my belief that Washington’s drive for world hegemony is driving the world toward nuclear war. I have no way of knowing how the Russian and Chinese governments might respond to Washington’s drive for hegemony.

Q: What stops Russia and China from uniting to oppose the USA?

A: This question is outside my knowledge. Perhaps suspicion of one another, like the suspicion between Sunni and Shia that allows the US to dominate the Middle East.

Q: You said that the US is a police state, which was set up in the name of mystification of the “war on terror.” Can you give a clear explanation as to what the American Big Brother is doing?

A: The Bush/Cheney regime rammed through the PATRIOT Act, which assaulted the US Constitution and took away US civil liberties. The Bush regime established that the president did not have to obey either statutory US law, such as the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act which requires a court warrant for spying on US citizens. President Bush violated the law, a felony, and was not held accountable.

Bush asserted and established by assertion, the power to negate Constitutional protections, such as habeas corpus, and confined US citizens to indefinite detainment (life in prison) without any evidence or court proceedings. Nothing was done about this violation of constitutional order. President Obama has declared that he has the power to execute US citizens on suspicion alone without evidence or due process of law. These are the most extreme police state measures of modern times.

The Department of Homeland Security has announced that it has shifted its focus from Muslim terrorism to “domestic extremists,” an undefined term. Recently the Department of Homeland Security has purchased more than one billion rounds of deadly ammunition, such as hollow point bullets, enough to shoot the entire US population several times. There are also reports that detainment camps have been constructed, allegedly for such events as hurricane evacuation. Congress and the media are not asking questions about these developments.

Q: President Barack Obama said that one of the principles to resume peace talks between Israel and Palestine was about the retrieval of 1967 borders. How could the Jewish lobby let him say that?

A: President Obama has been declared by Israeli prime minister Netanyahu and the Israel Lobby to be a lackluster friend of Israel, because Obama has not yet launched a military attack on Iran. Obama, perhaps believing himself to be the president of the world’s only superpower, and not a puppet of the Israeli prime minister, has taken offense at the public bullying to which he has been subjected by the far right-wing Israeli government. Obama’s statement referring to the 1967 borders was Obama’s way of letting the Israeli government know that it was going too far and pushing too hard.

Q: You see the basic problems of the US economy in moving production to China. If you were invited to serve as an advisor to the president, what would be your plan for taking America out of the crisis?

A: I will never again be permitted to serve as an advisor to the president of the US. Since the Clinton presidency, the only permitted advisors are those who lie for the government. I will not do that.

I an unsure that America can be taken out of economic crisis. Much of the most productive part of the US economy has been moved offshore in order to increase corporate profits, the performance-based bonuses for executive compensation and capital gains to equity owners. The US has lost critical supply chains, industrial infrastructure, and the knowledge of skilled workers.

Theoretically, the US could bring its corporations back to America by taxing their profits according to the geographical location in which value is added to their product. If value is added abroad, in China or India, for example, the tax rate would be high. If value was added domestically in the US, the tax rate would be low.

The US could also resort to the protective tariffs that were responsible for its rise as an economic power.

These changes would be difficult to enact as the changes are contrary to the material interests of the one percent.

The US today is ruled by an oligarchy of private interests. The US government is not very independent of the powerful interest groups that fund political campaigns. The US ceased being a democracy during the Clinton administration.

Whole foods accused Of 20-30% GMOs in products

Organic Spies conducted an undercover hidden camera sting of Whole Foods Market for selling unlabeled GMO foods.

This film shows why Whole Foods has given no money to Proposition 37, the California ballot initiative to label genetically engineered foods.

Whole Foods has sold unlabeled GMOs created by Monsanto for over a decade.

Libor scam should be criminal offence

0

Nick Reeve, FT Adviser |

Attempting to manipulate Libor interest rates should be made a criminal offence, the UK’s chief financial regulator will say today as part of a devastating indictment of the rate-fixing scandal, reports the Independent.

In a speech to be delivered today to coincide with the publication of his report into the affair, Martin Wheatley (pictured), chief executive of the new Financial Conduct Authority, will describe the system as “broken” and say traders’ attempts to ‘game’ it have “torn the very fabric that our financial system is built on”.

Libor lending rate to get full overhaul

In addition to increasing criminal sanctions for manipulation, the “broken” Libor rate will get “a complete overhaul” including a radical pruning of the number of rates it offers, a new administrator and tough regulatory oversight, reports the Financial Times.

More than $300trn (£185trn) in contracts worldwide is linked to the benchmark rate, but its reliability has been called into question since Barclays’ £290m settlement with UK and US regulators laid bare the scale of wrongdoing.

QE has lost its bite, says Bank of England deputy governor Paul Tucker

The prospect of more quantitative easing before the end of the year has receded marginally after senior Bank of England official Paul Tucker said money printing had lost some of its “bite”, reports the Daily Telegraph.

Labour will examine every penny of public spending, Ed Balls promises

An incoming Labour government will introduce a root and branch budget review to examine every penny of public spending, shadow chancellor Ed Balls said in an interview with the Guardian.

The budget review, expected to report within a year after the next election should Labour find itself back in Number 10, is designed to look at the purpose and value of all public spending against the backdrop of some of the toughest long-term tax and spending challenges to face the postwar Labour party.

Almost 40,000 jobs have already been lost in the retail industry this year and shops are facing a new “perfect storm” as they prepare to pay millions of pounds to landlords on Saturday for September’s quarterly rent day, reports the Daily Telegraph.

The rental payments will be made at a time when under-pressure retailers are having to deal with the extra burden of the Olympics and poor weather restricting sales over the summer, according to insolvency advisers Begbies Traynor.

Greek coalition partners strike austerity deal

Greece’s coalition partners have reached a deal on a multi-billion euro austerity plan demanded by creditors, but must jump through several more hoops in the weeks ahead before the country can hope to see any of the cash promised by its European and international partners, reports the Wall Street Journal.

CIA drones cause mass civilian trauma

0

Daya Gamage, Asian Tribune Presentation |

Two prestigious American universities, Stanford law School and New York university Law School, following an extensive investigative-research project have declared in a joint report that the near constant presence of CIA drones ‘terrorizes’ much of the civilian population of Pakistan’s tribal areas.

Men, women and children are subjected to almost constant trauma — including fear of attack, severe anxiety, powerlessness, insomnia and high levels of stress — says a nine month investigation into CIA drone strikes in Pakistan by these two top US university law schools.

More than 130 ‘victims, witnesses and experts’ were interviewed in Pakistan for the study.

The London-based Bureau of Investigative Journalism which has extensively researched, analyzed and reported the devastating and deadly effect of the CIA drone program in Pakistan and Afghanistan has noted that rescuers have been deliberately targeted by the CIA in the Pakistan tribal areas to which the American university investigators have confirmed.
This new American university study heavily challenges US government claims that few civilians have died in CIA drone strikes, saying that there is ‘significant evidence’ to the contrary.

As the report notes in its executive summary: ‘In the United States, the dominant narrative about the use of drones in Pakistan is of a surgically precise and effective tool that makes the US safer by enabling “targeted killing” of terrorists, with minimal downsides or collateral impacts. This narrative is false.’

The UN special rapporteur on extrajudicial killings, Professor Christof Heyns, recently described the deliberate targeting of civilian rescuers as ‘a war crime.’

Christof Heyns, the UN special rapporteur, told a meeting in Geneva on June 21: ’Reference should be made to a study earlier this year by the Bureau of Investigative Journalism… If civilian ‘rescuers’ are indeed being intentionally targeted, there is no doubt about the law: those strikes are a war crime.’

Impact on civilians

The report, Living Under Drones, is by Stanford University’s International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Clinic, and New York University School of Law’s Global Justice Clinic. The 165-page study looks at key aspects of the CIA’s drone program — its legal basis, how strikes are reported, their strategic implications — and how civilians are affected.

Psychiatrists and doctors report a deeply stressed population in parts of the tribal areas. In their ninth year of bombing, US drones now fly almost constantly over towns such as Mir Ali and Miranshah.

One psychiatrist told researchers that many of his patients experience ‘anticipatory anxiety,’ a constant fear that they might come under attack. The report goes on to note that:

(Quote) Interviewees described emotional breakdowns, running indoors or hiding when drones appear above, fainting, nightmares and other intrusive thoughts, hyper startled reactions to loud noises, outbursts of anger or irritability, and loss of appetite and other physical symptoms. Interviewees also reported suffering from insomnia and other sleep disturbances, which medical health professionals in Pakistan stated were prevalent.’ (End Quote)

Pakistani MP Akhunzada Chitan reported that when he visits Waziristan to see his family, people ‘often complain that they wake up in the middle of the night screaming’ because of the drones.

The Stanford/ NYU report also examines in detail three Obama administration drone strikes.

Multiple eye-witness reports of civilian deaths are accompanied by ‘corroborating evidence from other independent investigations, media accounts, and submissions to the United Nations, and courts in the UK and Pakistan.’

In total, more than 50 civilians are likely to have died in these three strikes alone, the report concludes. Anonymous US officials were still claiming recently that civilian deaths have only been in ‘single digits’ during Obama’s entire four years in office.

Attacks on rescuers corroborated

The NYU/ Stanford report also independently corroborates a major Bureau investigation with the London Sunday Times, which found that multiple CIA strikes between 2009 and summer 2011 had deliberately targeted rescuers and funeral-goers. Citing a number of eyewitness accounts, the study notes:

Secondary strikes have discouraged average civilians from coming to one another’s rescue, and even inhibited the provision of emergency medical assistance from humanitarian workers.’

Hayatullah Ayoub Khan was driving in North Waziristan when the car ahead of him was damaged in a drone strike. The report says that as Khan approached on foot to see if he could help ‘someone inside yelled that he should leave immediately because another missile would likely strike.’ As he returned to his car, a second missile killed whoever had been inside.

A second anonymised man told researchers of an attack on the home of his in-laws: ‘Other people came to check what had happened, they were looking for the children in the beds and then a second drone strike hit those people.’

People now avoid assisting victims of drone strikes, researchers were told. One ‘leading humanitarian organization’ said that it insists on a six-hour mandatory delay before its workers are allowed to assist, meaning it is ‘only the locals, the poor, [who] will pick up the bodies of loved ones.’

When seven of Faheem Qureshi’s family and friends died in Obama’s first ever drone strike, he believes he only survived because he was able to walk out of the smoking rubble of the house unaided.

‘Usually, when a drone strikes and people die, nobody comes near the bodies for half an hour because they fear another missile will strike,’ Qureshi told researchers.

Funeral practices have also changed in the tribal areas because of fears of CIA attack, according to a number of witnesses. Firoz Ali Khan told researchers:

Not many people go to funerals because funerals have been struck by drones. Many people are scared. They don’t go to funerals because of their fear.’

The UN special rapporteur on extrajudicial killings, Professor Christof Heyns, recently described the deliberate targeting of civilian rescuers as ‘a war crime.’

‘No response’

The joint report by two of the US’s biggest university law schools came after legal campaigning group Reprieve suggested a study into the impact of drones on civilians. It also assisted in putting researchers in touch with some of those affected in Pakistan — although Reprieve has had no editorial input, according to the report.

Professor Sarah Knuckey of NYU’s Global Justice Clinic co-authored the study with Professor James Cavallaro at Stanford. The pair visited Pakistan twice with a team of young lawyers, interviewing more than 130 people in connection with the CIA’s bombing program.

Knuckey, who has previously investigated killings by the Taliban in Afghanistan, told the Bureau Of Investigative Journalism she had been surprised at the high levels of civilian trauma described by health professionals in the tribal areas. Incidence levels more closely resembled those found in higher intensity conflicts, she said.

Asked what she thought the study would achieve, Knuckey said that she hoped that those responsible in the US for covert drone strikes ‘look at this and say there are extremely well documented and serious concerns, both about the impact of our policies on Pakistani civilians, and also on the US’s own interests, and we need to consider this very seriously.’

The Obama administration has so far not engaged with the authors. A July 18 request for a meeting with the US National Security Council has yet to be answered.

(This report is based on London-based Bureau of Investigative Journalism note)
– Asian Tribune –

Revealed: Government surveillance skyrockets

0

Timothy B. Lee, ARS |

Statistics obtained by the American Civil Liberties Union provides additional evidence that government surveillance of Americans has skyrocketed in recent years. The government is legally obligated to release reports about its surveillance activities, but it refused to do so until the ACLU sued to compel the production of the documents.

The reports concern what lawyers call “pen register” and “trap and trace” records. These terms originally referred to hardware devices law enforcement could attach to the phone network to capture information about (but not the contents of) phone calls. Pen registers recorded outgoing phone numbers. Trap and trace devices recorded incoming phone numbers.

Today’s telephone networks have the ability to capture this information without any special equipment. And the government has expanded the concept to include other forms of communication such as email.

The legal standard for conducting this kind of non-content surveillance is less stringent than the rules for conducting a wiretap. To get a wiretap order, the government must convince a judge that it is essential to an investigation, but pen registers must merely be “relevant” to an investigation to obtain the approval of a judge.

The statistics uncovered by the ACLU show a striking increase in the frequency of government surveillance. Here is the number of orders issued by the government over the last 12 years:

And here is the number of people affected by those orders:

As the ACLU’s Naomi Gilens points out, “more people were subjected to pen register and trap and trace surveillance in the past two years than in the entire previous decade.”

The new statistics also show a large spike in Internet surveillance:

While the growth rate for Internet surveillance is high, such surveillance still accounts for a tiny fraction of pen register and trap-and-trace orders overall. In 2011, only about 800 of each type of order was issued for Internet traffic, compared to almost 20,000 of each type of order for telephones.

While it’s useful for the public to have these statistics, they give just one small piece of the overall surveillance puzzle. For example, these statistics likely don’t include cell phone location tracking by law enforcement. They also omit government access to emails stored by third party providers. And they entirely exclude the National Security Agency’s warrantless wiretapping program under the FISA Amendment Act. While hard numbers are hard to obtain, what little evidence we do have suggests that all of these forms of surveillance have been increasing.

Why is the government spying on us so much more than it did just a decade ago? The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 were surely one motivating factor. But it can hardly explain the sharp increase in the last two years. Another important factor is likely just supply and demand. As information technology in general has gotten cheaper and more powerful, the technology to capture and store large amounts of intercepted data has also gotten cheaper. So economic constraints that limited the amount of data the government could collect in the past has become less and less of a constraint.

US Navy turns smartphones into secret big brother

0

V3 |

One of the biggest challenges facing any cat-burglar is knowing where to find the loot once they’ve broken in. Now US Navy researchers have developed a smartphone system that can not only case the joint for any would-be attacker, but can also steal virtual objects.

The proof-of-concept Trojan, dubbed PlaceRaider, surreptitiously slurps a smartphone’s sensor data and hijacks the camera to take covert pics. This information is then sent back to the controllers, enabling them to build 3D models of their target.

The team, led by David Crandall of the Naval Surface Warfare Center in Crane, Illinois, knew it was possible for smartphone malware to record and transmit data, without a user realising, but wanted to know whether they could gather enough image data, combined with sensor data, to build accurate 3G models of a room, having never set foot in it themselves.

To get the image data, PlaceRaider is disguised as an innocent camera app — in tests this was done for the Android platform, although the researchers believe it would be transferrable to iOS or Windows Phone. This disguise enables PlaceRaider to gain camera privileges, without raising suspicion.

But today’s smartphone cameras are meaty beasts, capable of snapping 10MP images in some cases — constantly taking pictures would soon fill up on-board storage, and raising suspicions.

PlaceRaider also uses the photos’ time stamps to establish which ones were taken around the same time, and uses a special algorithm to pick out the best quality ones, discarding ones taken closely together or where images were blurred.

To get round this, the PlaceRaider team got the targeted smartphone to ‘down-sample’ the images at 1MP. These could then be sent to the attackers without raising the alarm.

One other problem the team encountered was Android’s insistence that the camera make a shutter sound, each time a picture is taken.

“The playback of this sound cannot be prevented without root access to the phone, but again there is a simple workaround: we mute the speaker immediately before a photo is taken and restore the volume afterwards, so that playback of the shutter sound occurs but at a volume level of zero,” the team wrote in their research paper.

The pictures are then surreptitiously transmitted to PlaceRaider’s command and control servers, along with data snaffled from the smartphone’s gyroscope and accelerometer sensors.

The team then developed an image manipulation algorithm capable of tying the pictures together to create a 3D model of the phone’s surroundings. Similar techniques have been used to recreate virtual versions of some historical landmarks. But PlaceRaider is unique in that it creates these 3D models using low resolution images.

The team installed PlaceRaider on to volunteer’s handsets to test it out. They were able to show in the first case that they could collect enough data to build a working model of the subject’s environment.

PlaceRaider was installed on the phone and configured to take a photograph every two seconds. The camera was set with shutter priority so as to minimize motion blur and the resolution was set to 1MP. The study consisted of 20 separate data collection events in the same office environment, using 20 participants recruited from a university campus.

Having shown they could recreate an office using the captured data, the PlaceRaider believe it is possible to modify the system to actually commit a crime.

Once the layout of a room is known, they reason, it would be possible to use the 3D models to work out where computer screens or documents are located. That could potentially be used by attackers to direct the malware-laden smartphone to capture shots of bank statements or log on credentials.

PlaceRaider was designed as a proof-of-concept system, to alert users about the possible risks they face when using smartphones, the researchers said. Their work was published today on the ArXiv website.

Denmark will not take Guantanamo prisoners

0

THE COPENHAGEN POST |

The US government needs to find new homes for prisoners in its Guantanamo detention centre that cannot be returned to their home countries, such as Syria and Yemen, because of ongoing instability.

Denmark was drafted as a possible country but, according to Politiken newspaper, foreign minister Villy Søvndal (Socialistiske Folkeparti) recently turned the American government down.

This is despite stating, while in opposition, that Denmark should allow released prisoners to find a home here.

“I don’t think it is a Danish job and this is broadly supported in parliament,” Søvndal told Politiken, despite in 2009 stating: “I think we should help Obama solve a problem that he inherited from his predecessor. Everyone should help clean up after this sad chapter in history.”

According to Politiken’s sources, Danish and American diplomats met yesterday in New York to discuss handing over the prisoners. Denmark apparently turned down the offer due to the high casualty rate among Danish forces in Afghanistan, an argument that was apparently accepted by the American diplomats.

Socialistiske Folkeparti has supported President Obama’s call for the closure of the controversial detention and interrogation centre in the American naval base of Guantanamo on Cuba.

Almost four years since Obama took office, however, the centre remains open and still houses 167 prisoners. Of these, the US states that 56 are ready to be released but cannot be returned to their home countries due to ongoing instability.

According to Politiken, several EU countries, such as Portugal and Belgium, have accepted prisoners that are innocent but cannot return to their home country. About 40 prisoners have been released in this way.

“We are deeply thankful to the countries that have accepted prisoners and we would be happy if someone offered to take the last ones,” Dan Fried, the American diplomat responsible with closing Guantanamo told Politiken.

Assange to U.N.: Bradley Manning has been tortured

0

Alex Fitzpatrick, Mashable |

Julian Assange claimed in a live video address broadcast during an event parallel to the United Nations General Assembly on Wednesday that Bradley Manning, the U.S. Army soldier accused of providing classified intelligence to WikiLeaks, has been tortured while imprisoned.

“Bradley Manning, science fair all-star, soldier and patriot was degraded, abused and psychologically tortured by his own government,” said Assange, broadcasting from the Ecuardoian Embassy in London where he’s been living for months. “He was charged with a death penalty offence. These things happened to him, as the U.S. government tried to break him, to force him to testify against WikiLeaks and me.”

Assange was careful not to confirm that Manning was involved in any intelligence leak – the words “alleged” or “allegedly” appear five times throughout the approximately 1,700-word speech.

He also accused the U.S. of excessively prosecuting whistleblowers, while calling on the American government to “cease its persecution of WikiLeaks, to cease its persecution of our people and to cease its persecution of our alleged sources.”

“The US administration is trying to erect a national regime of secrecy, a national regime of obfuscation,” said Assange. “A regime where any government employee revealing sensitive information to a media organization can be sentenced to death, life imprisonment or for espionage and journalists from a media organization with them.”

Ecuador granted political asylum to Assange earlier this year. However, British police surround the Ecuadorian Embassy in London, having warned Assange he’ll be arrested and extradited to Sweden to be questioned on allegations of sexual assault if he leaves the embassy.

Assange fears extradition to Sweden would mean being sent to the U.S., which he claims has secret charges against him relating to WikiLeaks’ release of classified American military and diplomatic cables. The U.S. has denied those claims, but a report from the Sydney Morning Herald claims that the United States has classified Assange and WikiLeaks as “enemies of the state.”

Ecuador’s government said Thursday it was prepared to shelter Assange for “years” while it negotiates with Britain and Sweden.

Manning, meanwhile, is being held in military prison on 22 charges, including that of “aiding the enemy.” His trial is scheduled for February 2013.

Torture in schools: structured child abuse

0

Michael Collins |

Texas School District(s) Allow Male Administrators to Paddle Female Students

Sometimes keeping up with our societal decline becomes a bit too much. For example:

SPRINGTOWN, Texas – Like many schools in Texas, “spare the rod and spoil the child” might be considered the motto at Springtown High School.

But when two teenage girls there reportedly suffered bruises after being paddled by male assistant principals, some parents complained. They weren’t upset about the punishment itself, but instead that the school violated the policy requiring an educator of the same sex as the student to dole out the paddling. Associated Press, September 24 2012

The school board for Sprigtown, Texas responded by expanding official policy to allow male administrators to paddle female students. There were no restrictions on prurient motives or sexual arousal by male administrators while administering the structured beatings. AP failed to report any serious questioning of the process save those by People Opposed to Paddling Students, a Texas-wide organization opposed to corporal punishment. Seventy-five percent of Texas school districts allow paddling as punishment, some for minor offenses up the line of disciplinary. (Image: The Faculty)

But Texas isn’t the only state where parents serve up their daughters to paddling. Florida, Alabama, Louisiana, and Mississippi allow liberal corporal punishment of K-12 students. The national ranking for these state educational systems are 42, 43, 44, and 35 respectively. Along with Texas (rank, 26), these five contiguous states form a pedagogic arc of adult deviance.

New York, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Vermont, and New Jersey, the top five ranked K-12 states for education have little to no corporal punishment allowed in public schools

Can these paddling educators read or research?

We hear a lot about teacher competence and the tests required to demonstrate fundamental skills. Maybe we need assessment for reading and research abilities for K-12 school administrators who spank and the state education departments, particularly in the Gulf of Mexico states mentioned previously.

It wouldn’t take a lot of reading and research to find Murray Strauss’ classic research summary, Beating the Devil out of Them. A meticulous researcher, Straus is a prolific researcher and author. He provides a summary of his research findings in Chapter 10 (full text). Here are just a few.

Spanking doesn’t work unless you want enhance your child’s prospects of growing up to be depressed or violent.

Children who are spanked consistently tend to be more aggressive than children who are not.

Spanking diminishes the parent-child attachment bond and produces children who have a much less developed sense of conscience than those who are not spanked.

If the pedagogic paddlers are truly motivated, they might continue with the bibliography from the Family Research Laboratory at the University of New Hampshire. They would find hundreds of research studies on corporal punishment, child victimization of all types, family violence, violence against children, etc.

I wouldn’t count on any research activity by corporal punishment heavy stats and school districts any time soon. In many cases, paddling and other corporal punishments are more about the needs or visceral reactions of adults than they are about any perceived benefit for the victim and his/her peers. More narcissism, less boundaries, and no responsibility by adults who physically abuse children in the name school discipline.

Extraditions “an abuse of democracy”

0

BEN HAYES, Open Democracy |

This week’s decision of the European Court of Human Rights to allow the extradition of five individuals accused of terrorist offences from Britain to the USA has been greeted with government ‘relief’ and predictable attacks on our relationship with the Strasbourg Court.

‘Why do we have wait for the green light from Europe to send these people to face justice in the first place?’ goes the typical vox pop. It is one that the Home Secretary has been especially keen to cultivate.

But amid all the triumphalism, it is worth asking what, exactly, are we celebrating? The ruling may pave the way for the deportation of the Daily Mail’sfavourite ‘preacher of hate’ (pot, kettle?), but there is nothing to celebrate about a process underpinned by one of the most undemocratic, one-sided and duplicitous treaties that our political masters have ever signed. (The European Court, for what it’s worth, wasn’t ruling on that Treaty, just whether incarceration in an American ‘supermax’ prison amounts to inhumane or degrading treatment under the ECHR).

Current extradition procedures between the UK and USA are governed by a Treaty signed on 31 March 2003 by David Blunkett and his Homeland Security counterpart, Tom Ridge. Whereas scrutiny and ratification of that Treaty by the US senate began immediately, our Home Secretary withheld the text from British MPs and the public for several months. Ultimately, the text was never even formally debated in the UK parliament. Had it been, MPs and their lordships might have asked Mr. Blunkett a few tough questions.

Why, for instance, had the UK government decided to drop the requirement for US prosecutors to provide evidence “sufficient according to the law of the requested Party [that’s us] to justify the committal for trial”, as required in the old Treaty?

And why, in substituting the evidence obligations on the US with a mere “statement of the facts of the offense(s)”, would British prosecutors seeking the extradition of US nationals still have to provide “such information as would provide a reasonable basis to believe that the person sought committed the offense” (that is: prima facie evidence)?

There were several answers, though none that Blunkett would ever have admitted to. First, unlike the USA and many other countries, we lack the constitutional protections that guard against extradition on the basis of allegations rather than evidence. Second, the government, spurred on by the intelligence services and emboldened by the reintroduction of internment, was increasingly content to dispense with the niceties of things like evidence in extradition proceedings. Third, British obsequiousness is, of course, a central tenet of our ‘special relationship’ with the USA.

Sadly, by the time the British public and their elected representatives had woken up to such callous disregard for their rights, the government of the day had invoked the “Royal Prerogative” (don’t worry Ma’am, turns out it’s all under control after all), convened a “Privy Council” to approve the agreement, laid an “Order” before Parliament under the 1946 Statutory Instruments Act, and seen the Treaty pass quietly onto the British statute book (I trust that detailed knowledge of these arcane procedures is not required to understand just how undemocratic the entire process was).

It got worse. Around the same time, Parliament was debating the newly agreed EU Arrest Warrant (EAW) and the subsequent Extradition Act 2003 which would implement that measure (we may not like the EAW all that much either but at least there was a debate). What no-one could have predicted, however, was that the government would then return to the Statutory Instruments Act to see the UK-USA agreement implemented on the back of the new Extradition Act without further ado. Finally, to make sure there was no chance of restive MPs rebelling, it took advantage of the Christmas recess to see this last Order pass into law on New Year’s Day 2004. The Opposition rightly called the process “an abuse of democracy”.

So let us not be deceived by hook-handed antipathy or hypocritical high-fiving in the Home Office, and let us recall instead the promise, as set out in the Coalition Agreement, to “review the operation of the US/UK extradition treaty to make sure it is even-handed”. For as the coalition knows only too well: the only way to do this is to tear up that Treaty.

Traders boasted about Libor scam in 2008

0

TIM WALLACE, City AM |

TRADERS at RBS exchanged messages joking about their ability to manipulate Libor by entering false interest rates, according to court documents filed last week in Singapore, it emerged yesterday.

Instant messages show trader Tan Chi Min telling colleagues the bank’s submissions changed the rate and so global interest rates.

A message from April 2008 read: “Nice Libor. Our six-month fixing moved the entire fixing, hahahah.”

Libor is a key interbank lending rate which banks use as a benchmark and to judge the state of funding markets. Banks give estimates of interest rates to the British Bankers’ Association, which compiles the number daily.

The messages emerged because Tan was sacked last year for allegedly fiddling the Libor submission, and is suing RBS for wrongful dismissal.

The documents were seen by Bloomberg before Singapore’s high court sealed them as the papers could prejudice other inquiries.

Tan denies any wrongdoing, arguing the bank approved the practice at the time.

Other messages show conversations between then-head of yen products Jezri Mohideen, who denies wrongdoing, and Neil Danziger who has since been fired.

Mohideen is reported to have asked “What’s the call on Libor,” to which Danziger replied “Where would you like it, Libor that is.”

Another trader said: “Mixed feelings, but mostly I’d like it all lower so the world starts to make a little sense.”

An RBS spokesman said: “Our investigations into submissions, communications and procedures relating to the setting of Libor and other interest rates are ongoing. RBS and its employees continue to cooperate fully with regulators.”

Military insanity: Assange and WikiLeaks the new al-Qaeda

0

Philip Dorling, The Age |

THE US military has designated Julian Assange and WikiLeaks as enemies of the United States – the same legal category as the al-Qaeda terrorist network and the Taliban insurgency.

Declassified US Air Force counter-intelligence documents, released under US freedom-of-information laws, reveal that military personnel who contact WikiLeaks or WikiLeaks supporters may be at risk of being charged with “communicating with the enemy”, a military crime that carries a maximum sentence of death.

The documents, some originally classified “Secret/NoForn” – not releasable to non-US nationals – record a probe by the air force’s Office of Special Investigations into a cyber systems analyst based in Britain who allegedly expressed support for WikiLeaks and attended pro-Assange demonstrations in London.

The counter-intelligence investigation focused on whether the analyst, who had a top-secret security clearance and access to the US military’s Secret Internet Protocol Router network, had disclosed classified or sensitive information to WikiLeaks supporters, described as an “anti-US and/or anti-military group”.

The suspected offence was “communicating with the enemy, 104-D”, an article in the US Uniform Code of Military Justice that prohibits military personnel from “communicating, corresponding or holding intercourse with the enemy”.

The analyst’s access to classified information was suspended. However, the investigators closed the case without laying charges. The analyst denied leaking information.

Mr Assange remains holed up in Ecuador’s embassy in London. He was granted diplomatic asylum on the grounds that if extradited to Sweden to be questioned about sexual assault allegations, he would be at risk of extradition to the US to face espionage or conspiracy charges arising from the leaking of hundreds of thousands of secret US military and diplomatic reports.

US Vice-President Joe Biden labelled Mr Assange a “high-tech terrorist” in December 2010 and US congressional leaders have called for him to be charged with espionage.

Sarah Palin and Mike Huckabee – both once involved in presidential campaigns – have both urged that Mr Assange be “hunted down”.

Mr Assange’s US attorney, Michael Ratner, said the designation of WikiLeaks as an “enemy” had serious implications for the WikiLeaks publisher if he were to be extradited to the US, including possible military detention.

US Army private Bradley Manning faces a court martial charged with aiding the enemy – identified as al-Qaeda – by transmitting information that, published by WikiLeaks, became available to the enemy.

Mr Ratner said that under US law it would most likely have been considered criminal for the US Air Force analyst to communicate classified material to journalists and publishers, but those journalists and publishers would not have been considered the enemy or prosecuted.

“However, in the FOI documents there is no allegation of any actual communication for publication that would aid an enemy of the United States such as al-Qaeda, nor are there allegations that WikiLeaks published such information,” he said.

“Almost the entire set of documents is concerned with the analyst’s communications with people close to and supporters of Julian Assange and WikiLeaks, with the worry that she would disclose classified documents to Julian Assange and WikiLeaks.

“It appears that Julian Assange and WikiLeaks are the ‘enemy’. An enemy is dealt with under the laws of war, which could include killing, capturing, detaining without trial, etc.”

The Australian government has repeatedly denied knowledge of any US intention to charge Mr Assange or seek his extradition.

However, Australian diplomatic cables released to Fairfax Media under freedom-of-information laws over the past 18 months have confirmed the continuation of an “unprecedented” US Justice Department espionage investigation targeting Mr Assange and WikiLeaks.

The Australian diplomatic reports canvassed the possibility that the US may eventually seek Mr Assange’s extradition on conspiracy or information-theft-related offences to avoid extradition problems arising from the nature of espionage as a political offence and the free-speech protections in the US constitution.

Mr Assange is scheduled this morning to speak by video link to a meeting on his asylum case on the margins of the United Nations General Assembly in New York. The meeting will be attended by Ecuadorean Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino.

In a separate FOI decision yesterday, the Department of Foreign Affairs confirmed that the release of Australian diplomatic cables about WikiLeaks and Mr Assange had been the subject of extensive consultation with the US.

NZ Prime Minister admits illegally spying

0

New Zealand Prime Minister John Key has apologised to internet piracy accused Kim Dotcom for “basic errors” made by the government’s spy agency which illegally spied on the millionaire.

Mr Key ordered an investigation 10 days ago after being told the Government Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) had illegally spied on Dotcom ahead of a police raid on his mansion on January 20 which saw him and three others arrested.

Its surveillance of Dotcom and his co-accused Bram Van der Kolk was illegal because they are New Zealand residents.

In a media conference on Thursday afternoon, after the release of the investigation’s findings, Mr Key said he was “appalled” at the agency.

“It is quite a basic error. They have failed at the lowest hurdle.

“Of course, I apologise to Mr Dotcom and I apologise to New Zealanders,” he said.

Mr Key said GCSB had let itself and New Zealanders down, adding that the agency would have to do its own investigation and take appropriate action.

Information about the location of Dotcom and his co-accused was sent to police, but Mr Key said he did not believe any of the information collected had been passed on to the FBI.

He doubted the information would be admissible in a court.

The report by Inspector-General of Intelligence and Security Paul Neazor says the GCSB relied on the police’s information about Dotcom and Van der Kolk’s residency status and did not check further.

Mr Key says that error was compounded after the surveillance operation ended “by a simply wrong interpretation of the law”.

The confusion over Dotcom’s residential status arose because he gained residency offshore under the Investor Plus category in November 2010, after investing $NZ10 million in government bonds.

However, before he arrived in New Zealand, the new Immigration Act came into effect on November 29, 2010, and deemed him to hold a residence class visa from that point in time.

Police did not recognise that as the holder of a resident visa, he was a “permanent resident” under the GCSB Act, the report says.

Mr Key said it was unacceptable that the GCSB had relied on the police information.

GCSB director Ian Fletcher apologised to Mr Key, and assured him he will “take every step to rebuild public confidence in his organisation”.

Mr Key has also sought an assurance that there are no other cases of people’s communications being intercepted unlawfully.

The GCSB will review cases back to 2009 when the Immigration Act was changed.

The surveillance of Dotcom and Van der Kolk took place from December 16 to January 20, but the agency apparently only realised its blunder earlier this month, and informed Mr Key days later.

© 2012 AAP

Julian Assange slams Obama over free speech

0

Reuters |

WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, speaking via a choppy video feed from his virtual house arrest in London, lashed out at U.S. President Barack Obama on Wednesday for supporting freedom of speech in the Middle East while simultaneously “persecuting” his organization for leaking diplomatic cables.

Assange, who has been holed up in the Ecuadorean Embassy since June to avoid extradition, made the comments at a packed event on the sidelines of the United Nations General Assembly.

Assange mocked Obama for defending free speech in the Arab world in an address to the United Nations on Tuesday, pointing to his own experience as evidence that Obama has “done more to criminalize free speech than any other U.S. president.”

“It must have come as a surprise to the Egyptian teenagers who washed American teargas out of their eyes (during the Arab Spring) to hear that the U.S. supported change in the Middle East,” Assange said.

“It’s time for President Obama to keep his word … and for the U.S. to cease its persecution of WikiLeaks,” he said.

Assange’s combative comments, plus statements made by Ecuadorean Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino and his other allies at the event, suggested no solution is in sight to the diplomatic standoff surrounding the 41-year-old Australian.

British authorities have surrounded the Ecuadorean Embassy and said if Assange sets foot outside, they will arrest him and extradite him to Sweden to face rape and sexual assault allegations.

Assange’s lawyers and Ecuador’s government fear that could lead in turn to extradition to the United States, where they say he would face “inhumane” prison conditions and even the death penalty.

Assange, who looked to be in good health as he sat at a desk in front of a bookshelf and addressed the 150 or so people at the event, said Britain and Sweden have so far refused to provide guarantees he would not be extradited to the United States.

U.S. and European government sources have countered that the United States has issued no criminal charges or launched any attempts to extradite Assange.

IN BRITAIN’S COURT

Patino is scheduled to meet with British Foreign Secretary William Hague in New York on Thursday to discuss Assange, and he said there are “multiple paths” that could lead out of the standoff. Yet, in an interview with Reuters following the U.N. event, Patino made clear that Ecuador is not willing to cede much ground.

“The ball’s in their court right now,” Patino said.

Patino held in his hands a mimeographed copy of an 1880 agreement signed between Britain and Ecuador, which he said prohibits extradition in cases such as Assange’s. He said he would show the document to Hague on Thursday.

Patino rigorously defended Ecuador’s decision to grant political asylum to Assange, expressing disbelief that Britain is “determined” to arrest the former computer hacker even though he said there are no criminal charges against him. “This means you have reason to suspect he’s being persecuted,” Patino said.

He said Assange is in relatively good spirits but expressed concern his physical and psychological condition could deteriorate.

“I think of myself, how I’d react in that situation, not being able to go outside, being isolated,” Patino said. “It’s practically like being jailed.”

(Editing by Eric Beech)

Iranian leader calls for a New World Order

0

The Associated Press  |

Iranian leader Mahmoud Ahmadinejad says he has a vision of a new world order that would be absent of the “hegemony of arrogance.”

Ahmadinejad, known for past fiery denunciations of the United States and Israel, cited what he termed the “continued threat by the uncivilized Zionists to resort to military action against our great nation is a clear example of this bitter reality.”

His remarks Wednesday came as he addressed the U.N. General Assembly.

He did not reference Iran’s nuclear program. The United States, Israel and Western nations claim Tehran is using what it insists is a peaceful nuclear program as cover for building a weapon.

Israel has threatened a military strike against Iranian nuclear installation. President Barack Obama insists time remains to solve the dispute through diplomacy.

Drones for sale: Opposition leader wants to buy ‘toys of terror’

0

Binoy Kampmark,  Scoop | 

Without imagination, predictability is bound to become a vice. Australia’s explosive, uncontainable opposition leader Tony Abbott has made his latest splash in policy waters by suggesting that his frightened country should propel itself into the twenty first century with drones. What sweet noble Uncle Sam can do, propelling his light from Winthrop’s “city upon a hill”, Australia can imitate “Down Under.”

This is the second time Abbott has mooted the suggestion, aping the disposition in numerous countries to buy into the drone market. In May 2010, he made a promise that a Coalition government would acquire three of the drones. This is to the good — if you are part of the manufacturing business behind the Global Hawke model.

Up to 66 countries will become eligible to purchase those toys of terror from the US in due course. Charmingly, Richard Genaille, deputy director of the Pentagon’s Defense Security Cooperation Agency has stated that, “We don’t really have a comprehensive U.S. government policy [on exports]” (NBC News, Sep 6). While Northrop Grumman Corp chief executive Wes Bush is thrilled about Obama’s infatuation with the drone project, he has expressed frustration about a lack of clarity on codifying export practices. (The Obama administration is considering, as of this writing, a single list of items to be administered by one licensing agency.)

Bush has little reason to be concerned — US arms sales make up most of the global market and the Australian defence forces have gotten into the queue. But even manufacturers of killing and surveillance machines have a reason to be worried about the competition. Exporting “dual-use” technologies can be something of a hurdle. Bush warns that a failure to export to the likes of South Korea, Japan, Singapore and Australia would repeat the folly of the 1990s, when the US share of the commercial satellite market was diminished as a result of strict regulations.

Abbott, as intending customer, sees broader purposes for these drones. By all means use them on refugees. And terrorists — or the other way around. Nuance is alien to the pugilistic Abbott, who tends to see Australia as a land in desperate need of iron cladding against fictional enemies. Nor does it consider that drones do come with their fair set of problems — witness the recent drama Israel Aerospace Industries had with its Heron TP, grounded after severe technical problems were unearthed (Jerusalem Post, May 19). Add to this a report from the Washington Business Journal (Jun 12), which revealed that 63 percent of US Customs and Border Protection’s unmanned vehicles remained unused. A robotic future is a far from perfect one.

Drumming up support for such sinister weapons requires a sense of timing. What better forum then than the Returned and Services League of Australia (RSL)? As ever, it is Australia’s north that terrifies policy makers. Historically, such vast geographical space has been the incubator of conspiratorial fantasies — German Lutherans bound to commit mischief in league with oppressed Aboriginals, clandestine Japanese incursions, and, of late, “boat people.” What to do then, about this lack of eyesight, as it were?

“Global Hawke unmanned aerial vehicles, which in a day can undertake detailed surveillance of 40,000 square nautical miles, could help to protect the oil and gas projects on the North West Shelf as well as allow much earlier detection of illegal boat arrivals” (Sep 25). Having scolded the current Australian government for not purchasing “Made in Australia” weapons of death, he proceeds to extol the virtues of “American made”. You can’t have it all.

The Australian Government’s Defence Capability Plan (2012) expresses a similar interest in typically mangled prose. Tier 1 Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) will constitute what the report calls Phase 4 of JP 129, providing “an ongoing organic Intelligence Surveillance and Reconnaissance (ISR) capability for land force operations, as well as provision of a system that can be operated from or within confined areas (such as an urban environment).” Units will be given “enhanced situation awareness and increased force protection.” Maritime patrol also features on the list as a potential use for such vehicles.

Given the penny pinching regimes that are in place at the moment, US manufacturers are going to have to make the Global Hawke a very attractive proposition. Each vehicle costs, at current pricing, $US218 million. The more humble, though less grandiose killer — the Reaper — is a mere $US28 million. Cost will, in time, only be a minor deterrence. With political figures such as Abbott, those morally vacuous operators at Northrop Grumman Corp will have nothing to fear.

Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne.

FTC admits laptop firms spied on users, stole private data & took photos

0

DAVID KRAVETS |

Seven rent-to-own companies and a software maker are settling charges with the Federal Trade Commission that rental computers illegally used spyware that took “pictures of children, individuals not fully clothed, and couples engaged in sexual activities.”

As per the course, the FTC slapped the hand of DesignerWare of North East Pennsylvania and the rent-to-own companies. The settlement, announced Tuesday, only requires them to halt using their spy tools, which has been employed on as many as 420,000 rentals.

The software, known as Detective Mode, didn’t just secretly turn on webcams. It “can log the keystrokes of the computer user, take screen shots of the computer user’s activities on the computer, and photograph anyone within view of the computer’s webcam. Detective Mode secretly gathers this information and transmits it to DesignerWare, who then transmits it to the rent-to-own store from which the computer was rented, unbeknownst to the individual using the computer,” according to the complaint.

Under the settlement, the companies can still use tracking software on their rental computers, so long as they advise renters, the FTC said. The companies include Aspen Way Enterprises Inc.; Watershed Development Corp.; Showplace Inc., doing business as Showplace Rent-to-Own; J.A.G. Rents LLC, doing business as ColorTyme; Red Zone Inc., doing business as ColorTyme; B. Stamper Enterprises Inc., doing business as Premier Rental Purchase; and C.A.L.M. Ventures Inc., doing business as Premier Rental Purchase.

Claudia Bourne Farrell, an FTC spokeswoman, said in a telephone interview the agency does not have jurisdiction when it comes to criminal offenses. She said the agency, when it believes criminal conduct may have occurred, will forward that to the appropriate agencies. But the agency, she said, has a policy against disclosing when it has done so.

“We don’t have criminal authority. We only have civil,” she said.

The companies were not fined, she said, because “we don’t have the authority to impose civil fines for the first violation of the FTC Act.”

The software installed on the laptops also enables the companies to automatically disable computers of renters behind on monthly payments and to secretly track the computers’ whereabouts.

Even more evil, the rental stores would force a fake popup for software registration on computers they rented. The window would not go away, the FTC said, until the computer user typed their contact information, including address, phone number and e-mail. The rent-to-own store would use that information “to try to collect money” from renters in arrears, the FTC said.

In all, private data obtained through the spyware included user names and passwords for e-mail accounts, social media websites and financial institutions. Also snagged were Social Security numbers, medical records, private e-mails to doctors, bank and credit card statements and webcam pictures of children, partially undressed individuals, and intimate activities at home, the FTC said.

Guantanamo Bay: The Model for an American Police State?

0

John W. Whitehead |

“The means of defense against foreign danger historically have become the instruments of tyranny at home.”–James Madison

For most Americans, the detention center at Guantanamo Bay–once the topic of heated political debate by presidential hopeful Barack Obama but rarely talked about by the incumbent President Obama–has become a footnote in the government’s ongoing war on terror.

Yet for the approximately 167 detainees still being held in that godforsaken gulag, 86 of whom have been cleared for release yet continue to be imprisoned at the facility, Guantanamo Bay is a lesson in injustice, American-style. It is everything that those who founded America vigorously opposed: kidnapping, torture, dehumanizing treatment, indefinite detention, being “disappeared” with no access to family or friends, and little hope of help from the courts.

For Adnan Latif–a 30-something-year-old Yemeni native detained at Guantanamo for ten years without a trial, despite a court ruling ordering his release and repeated military clearances ordering his transfer–his cell became his tomb. Latif, who had repeatedly engaged in hunger strikes and suicide attempts while proclaiming his innocence, was found dead in his cell in Guantanamo Bay mere days before the 11th anniversary of 9/11.

If Guantanamo is the symbol of American injustice, Latif’s death is the realization of that injustice, the proclamation of how far we have strayed from the original vision of America as a shining city on a hill, a beacon of freedom and hope for the world. Ten years after opening for business, Guantanamo Bay stands as a manifestation of America’s failure to abide by the rule of law and its founding principles in the post-9/11 era. As Baher Azmy notes in the New York Times, its defining features have been the denial of judicial oversight and its exclusion of lawyers. Making matters worse, “far from closing the prison camp as he promised, President Obama is steadily returning Guantanamo to the secretive and hopeless internment camp that he vilified as a candidate.”

Examples of torture in Guantanamo and other American black site prisons are widely known, including waterboarding, beatings, and sensory deprivation. What is less widely known is that most of those forcibly arrested and tortured in Guantanamo have had nothing to do with terrorist activities. Most prisoners in Gitmo, including Murat Kurnaz, a detainee for five years, were not captured on the “battlefield,” but rather kidnapped and sold to the American government by local tribesmen. Kurnaz fetched $3,000 as a result of American fliers distributed across Afghanistan promising poor Afghans “enough money to take care of your family, your village, your tribe for the rest of your life” in return for prisoners. Kurnaz, who was punched in the gut, dunked under water, and hung from ceiling chains during his imprisonment, was eventually sent back to his native Germany on a C-17 military flight which cost American taxpayers over $1 million.

Lakhdar Boumediene was arrested in late 2001 while working as the director of a humanitarian aid clinic helping the victims of the Balkan conflicts. Despite having no evidence that he was tied to any terrorist activity, he was arrested and shipped to Guantanamo Bay and kept there without charge for seven years. Boumediene eventually challenged his detention. In 2008, the US Supreme Court ruled in Boumediene v. Bush that Guantanamo prisoners are guaranteed a “meaningful opportunity” to challenge their continued imprisonment.

Despite this ruling, indefinite detention is still the norm at Guantanamo. The Obama Administration shares the blame for this state of affairs. Having once promised to abolish Guantanamo, the president has now urged the U.S. Supreme Court to avoid reviewing Guantanamo detainees’ appeals. Incredibly, the Supreme Court has abided by this request, refusing to hear the appeals of any prisoners. As journalist Adam Serwer wrote for Mother Jones, “Gitmo detainees have now lost virtually every avenue – other than dying in detention – for leaving the detention camp.”

And die they do. The most recent detainee to “leave” Guantanamo was Adnan Latif, who spent most of his time at Guantanamo in solitary confinement with his hands in cuffs. He was recommended for transfer out of Guantanamo three times. However, Latif, along with 56 other Yemenis who have been cleared for release, continued to languish in the prison because the Obama Administration has placed an indefinite moratorium on transferring innocent Yemenis back to their native country.

What is the legacy of Guantanamo Bay? 171 men continue to languish there. The Bush torture program has been legitimized by the Obama administration, and indefinite detention has been codified as law. Guantanamo bleeds our coffers, costing $800,000 a year per detainee. And with a government that possesses the awesome power to indefinitely detain whomever it pleases, we are much, much less safe than we were 11 years ago.

Despite these obvious warning signs of a coming authoritarian state, a CNN poll from 2010 indicates that 60 percent of Americans would like Guantanamo to remain open. Yet what most Americans fail to realize, however, is that Guantanamo Bay is no different from every other aspect of America’s military empire, whether it be weaponry or military strategy, which has been tested against so-called “insurgents” abroad only to be brought home and used against American citizens. In this way, we are being conditioned to not only tolerate the government’s constant undermining of our freedoms but to actually condone the increasing assaults of our rights in the name of national security.

To put it more bluntly, we are being conditioned to live as prisoners in an Orwellian police state. Worse, we are being taught to enjoy our prison walls.

Encouraged by politicians and pundits to wade through life in a constant state of fear and apathy while being fed the bread and circuses of the corporate-entertainment complex, Americans have become accustomed to the illusion of security. In the process, we are finding ourselves subjected to a veritable arsenal of military firepower, government surveillance and battlefield tactics.

Such was the case with so-called “non-lethal” weapons of compliance–tear gas, tasers, sound cannons and barf beamers–all of which were first used on the battlefield before being deployed against civilians at home. Similarly, drones–unmanned aerial vehicles–were used exclusively by the military to carry out aerial surveillance and attacks in Iraq and Afghanistan only now to be authorized by Congress and President Obama for widespread use in American airspace.

To anyone connecting the dots, it all makes sense–the military drills carried out in major American cities, the VIPR inspections at train depots and bus stations, the SWAT team raids on unsuspecting homeowners, the Black Hawk helicopters patrolling American skies. All of these so-called training exercises habituate Americans to an environment in which the buzz of Black Hawk helicopters and the sight of armed forces rappelling onto buildings or crashing through doors is commonplace.

The enactment of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) in January 2012, which allows the military to arrest and indefinitely detain anyone, including American citizens, only codifies this unraveling of our constitutional framework. Viewed in conjunction with the government’s increasing use of involuntary commitment laws to declare individuals–especially American military veterans–mentally ill and lock them up in psychiatric wards for extended periods of time, the NDAA appears even more menacing.

Throw in the profit-driven corporate incentive to jail Americans in private prisons, as well as the criminalizing of such relatively innocent activities as holding Bible studies in one’s home or sharing unpasteurized goat cheese with members of one’s community, and you have a 10-step blueprint for how to transform a republic into a police state without the populace cluing in until it’s too late.

Internet companies building massive civilian database

0

Mel Kelly, Open Democracy |

Commercial companies are covertly using wi-fi scanning equipment to collate large databases of what in offline contexts is considered private information. With details about the sharing of this data so unclear, the government should consider an immediate ban on such technologies as the starting point for a full enquiry.

Unknown to most home PC users, internet browsers have been updated to include “Location Based Browsing”, allowing the host companies to give a rough estimate of your location to websites you visit. Google, Microsoft and Firefox all claim we can switch off Location Based Browsing in their browser settings. If we choose to leave it on, they assure us, we will always be given a warning when a website is trying to obtain our location and it will not be given without our explicit permission.

Google claim websites obtain our estimated location using our IP address and wi-fi hotspots. But this method is not the ‘holy grail’ commercial companies hoped it would be: our IP address changes every time we log on to the internet, meaning our exact home address cannot be pinpointed (and we must give our permission). It is for this reason that Google used their Street View project to secretly scan for information from every home and business computer in 40 countries.

Anger erupted around the world when it was discovered Google had not only gathered this information covertly, but were in fact still storing this private data; data they had assured governments they had deleted. The US regulator, the FCC, recently fined Google just $25,000 (approximately £15,300) for impeding the government’s investigation into these matters. But while the focus is on Google, most governments are unaware that a second American company, Skyhook, is driving around the world’s streets, including Britain’s, gathering wi-fi data from people’s homes and businesses.

Skyhook is a private company based in Boston USA and funded by powerful American companies including Bain Capital Ventures, (from which Republican Presidential hopeful Mitt Romney currently profits), RRE Ventures, Intel Capital and CommonAngels. Skyhook actually state on their website:

Skyhook is hiring worldwide and will pay you to literally drive each and every single street in your city or town. As a Skyhook driver, you will be using a scanning device to gather wireless information in specific territories assigned to you by Skyhook”.

Every home and business wi-fi router has a unique identifier, known as a MAC Address. We cannot access the internet until our ISP has registered our router’s MAC address at their end. Our MAC address is used as the key communication address for sending and receiving data when browsing on the internet. Up until now, our router MAC address was unknown and worthless to anybody.

What benefit, then, can Google and Skyhook get from creating databases mapping our router MAC Address to our home address?

To ensure every website in the world can contact Google and ask the home address of every visitor to any page on their website. Websites can have a little piece of software (known as XSS) installed to grab our router’s MAC address from our browser if we visit any page on their site. This software is undetectable to the user, the browser does not warn us what is happening and has no setting to prevent it. The website owner can then send your MAC address to Google Location Services. At this point, without verifying that you have given permission, Google can provide your home address.

This is the equivalent of browsing around a shop only to find the manager calling Google and asking for your home address, after their security staff have picked your pocket for information about your identity. By providing your home address Google would also make it possible for websites to map your address to your likely identity.

So what “databases” are Google using?

The only companies with a legal database of router MAC Addresses linked to users’ locations are Internet Service Providers (ISPs). Are ISPs sharing our information with Google? Is our address being supplied using information obtained while driving around our streets? Or is it both?

Given that the coalition government has had meetings with Google once a month, on average, since it came to power, and is in talks with the firm to store our NHS patient records, it would be interesting to find out if they are aware that Google is providing the home address of British citizens without their knowledge, using data they had been assured had been deleted. It is imperative our government find out exactly how Google obtained the private information they are now sharing, and if the firms involved are profiting from supplying this information.

At a time when America demands a British citizen be extradited for hacking into networks on its soil, two American firms are driving around Britain surveying wi-fi networks in every home and business. This requires more than an investigation by the Information Commissioners Office. The government should consider an immedate ban on the use of this wi-fi scanning equipment in Britain and open an urgent enquiry.

Google to use renewable wind energy

0

David Pomerantz |

When’s the last time you felt really good about something a corporation has done for the environment?

If you’re like me, it’s probably not recently. Big companies usually grace Greenpeace’s blog for destroying the environment.

Today though, we can feel good about at least one company’s actions: Google announced that it is purchasing 48 megawatts of clean, renewable wind power for its data centre in Oklahoma, USA. That’s enough clean energy to power a small city!

Google’s announcement shows what the most forward-thinking, successful companies can accomplish when they are serious about powering their operations with clean energy.

To power its Oklahoma data centre — one of the facilities responsible for bringing you your Gmail, Docs, and Google search results — Google faced a local electricity mix of over 50% coal power. But as one of the major electricity customer in the state, Google worked with the local utility to secure a new supply of renewable wind energy.

As Google powers more of its data centre fleet with clean energy, it sends a signal to other Internet companies and electric utilities around the world that renewable energy is not only possible, but is simply smart business in the 21st-century economy.

As highlighted in this week’s New York Times series “The Cloud Factories”, the energy demand of our Internet use does have real-world impacts, but Google has shown that those impacts can be positive, not negative, if they bring us more clean energy.

The Internet can be the engine that drives our economies toward a true clean energy future if other companies follow Google’s leadership.

Unfortunately, many technology companies are falling into the same old 20th-century mold of being part of the environmental problem. One of Google’s main competitors in the search, email and cloud arenas is Microsoft, and Google’s announcement today only sharpens the contrast between the two companies’ energy use.

While both Google and Microsoft have committed to being “carbon neutral,” unlike Google, Microsoft has yet to significantly invest in clean energy, instead continuing to build data centres attached to dirty sources of electricity like coal and nuclear power. While Google is doing something to clean up its energy supply, Microsoft has sought to mask its dirty energy supply with carbon offsets and renewable energy credits. If Microsoft wants environmentally-minded customers to choose Bing, Outlook and its Microsoft Office cloud, it needs to follow Google’s lead and invest in renewable energy.

Add your name to the hundreds of thousands of people who are calling for Microsoft and other technology leaders to follow Google’s lead, so we can know that our Internet use is part of our energy solution, not the problem, and have more days like today where we feel good about a company doing the right thing.

 

Police kill wheelchair-bound double amputee

0

J.C. Brooks |

Police all over the country could use a brush-up on their training.  But unfortunately, that assessment is only made when someone has been killed or mistreated by police and then it’s kind of late for an apology and/or sensitivity training.

In Houston, Texas, Saturday, officer Matt Marin fatally shot Brian Claunch, a mentally unstable wheelchair-bound double amputee that had cornered his partner and held him hostage with a ballpoint pen.  The officers were responding to a call from the caretaker/owner John Garcia of a “group home for the mentally ill” called Healing Hands. Officer Marin claimed to fear for his partner’s and his own life.  They pleaded with Claunch, who is declared schizophrenic, to drop his weapon and when he didn’t Marin shot him in the back of his head, according to CNN.  I wish I was making this up, but that’s the basic account of the incident.

Surely there will be more added to the story and there will be better sense made of the incident.  But on the other hand, the chief of police, Charles A. McClelland has gotten involved and was compelled to offer these words in a press release on Monday:

“The Houston Police Department places the highest value on human life and events like these are tragic and unfortunate for everyone involved.”

Whoa! I’m gonna have to stop you right there.  This doesn’t sound good.  When the CHIEF OF POLICE has makes this type of statement, it’s all downhill from there:

“All Houston Police Officers receive mandatory crisis intervention training specifically dealing with persons experiencing mental crisis. As we do in all instances of this nature, the Houston Police Department’s Homicide and Internal Affairs Divisions, and the Harris County District Attorneys Office, Civil Rights Division, are investigating this incident.”

See what I mean?  If all of this “training” and “highest value” was put on “human life” then we wouldn’t be reading this press release now would we?  His words are damn near inflammatory to the family of the victim.  They’re completely contradictory to what has happened.  Who …in thee hell, without training, would shoot someone in a wheelchair that had merely brandished a ballpoint pen as his weapon?  He only has one good leg, one good arm…why not shoot him in the arm he was using to wield the pen? Or no, maybe he thought it would be too inhumane to shoot a man with only one arm in the good arm, so let’s opt for his head.  Yeah, right?!

And all of this could’ve been avoided had the caretaker simply given the man a cigarette and a Pepsi.  Hell! I know people who are supposedly normal that act a fool if they don’t have their cigarettes and Pepsi.  But the caretaker/owner John Garcia, withheld it from the man because it was so late?  Sorry for trying to offer an excuse.  This gets dumber by the minute.  Oh yeah! And you might not be surprised to find out that this isn’t the first time this type of incident has happened with this officer who’s only been on the force for five years.

Detective charged over corrupt payments

0

A senior detective has been charged with misconduct in a public office for allegedly leaking information to a newspaper.

Detective Chief Inspector April Casburn faces an accusation that she offered to give the now defunct tabloid the News of the World (NOTW) information in September 2010, the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) said.

She is due to appear at Westminster Magistrates’ Court on October 1.

Principal legal adviser Alison Levitt QC said: “The CPS received a file of evidence from the Metropolitan Police Service which arose from Operation Elveden in relation to April Casburn. Ms Casburn is employed by the Metropolitan Police Service as a Detective Chief Inspector in Specialist Operations.

“We have concluded, having carefully considered the file of evidence, that there is sufficient evidence for a realistic prospect of conviction and that it is in the public interest to charge DCI Casburn with misconduct in public office.”

Ms Casburn faces an allegation that on September 11, 2010 “being a public officer, and acting as such, without reasonable excuse or justification, wilfully misconducted herself to such a degree as to amount to an abuse of the public’s trust in that office”.

She is accused of contacting the NOTW and offering to give the newspaper information.

The charges have been brought as part of Operation Elveden, an investigation into alleged corrupt payments to officials that has so far seen 50 arrests.

Ms Levitt added: “May I remind all concerned that DCI Casburn is now charged with a criminal offence and has a right to a fair trial. It is very important that nothing is said, or reported, which could prejudice that trial. For these reasons it would be inappropriate for me to comment further.”

Copyright (c) Press Association Ltd. 2012, All Rights Reserved.

U.S. drone strikes kill more civilians than officials admit

0

By David Zucchino, Los Angeles Times |

Far more civilians have been killed by U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan’s tribal areas than U.S. counter-terrorism officials have acknowledged, a new study by human rights researchers at Stanford University and New York University contends.

The report, “Living Under Drones,” also concludes that the classified CIA program has not made America any safer and instead has turned the Pakistani public against U.S. policy in the volatile region. It recommends that the Obama administration reevaluate the program to make it more transparent and accountable, and to prove compliance with international law.

“Real people are suffering real harm” but are largely ignored in government or news media discussions of drone attacks, said James Cavallaro of Stanford, one of the study’s authors.

Cavallaro said the study was intended to challenge official accounts of the drones as precise instruments of high-tech warfare with few adverse consequences. The Obama administration has championed the use of remotely operateddrones for killing senior Taliban and Al Qaeda leaders, but the study concludes that only about 2% of drone casualties are top militant leaders.

The CIA and Tommy Vietor, spokesman for the National Security Council, declined to comment.

The report says 130 people were interviewed by researchers in Pakistan over a nine-month period, including 69 survivors or family members of victims. The interviews took place in Pakistan outside the dangerous tribal areas. The researchers relied on a Pakistani human rights group, Foundation for Fundamental Rights, to find interview subjects.

Allegations of large numbers of civilian deaths have dogged the drone effort in Pakistan since its inception in 2004 under President George W. Bush. Under President Obama, drone strikes have emerged as the core element of a U.S. strategy aimed at disrupting and eliminating the Taliban and Al Qaeda in Pakistan’s tribal areas, where militants have taken refuge to launch attacks in Afghanistan.

The drone strikes have soured relations with Pakistan, which has complained about civilian deaths and infringements on its sovereignty. The Obama administration has said that drone strikes have killed few, if any, civilians.

The study authors did not estimate overall civilian casualties because of limited data, Cavallaro said. But it cites estimates by the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, which has reported extensively on drone strikes, of 474 to 884 civilian deaths since 2004, including 176 children.

In April, Obama’s top counter-terrorism advisor, John Brennan, described civilian casualties from drone strikes as “exceedingly rare.” Brennan said the drone program has reduced danger to U.S. pilots, limited civilian casualties and helped prevent deeper U.S. military involvement overseas.

In January, Obama in effect acknowledged the drone program when he said the U.S. must be “judicious in how we use drones.”

The Times reported in June that lawmakers from both parties who serve on congressional oversight committees are convinced the CIA takes great care to avert civilian casualties. The committee members said independent tallies, including those by the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, are often based on local news reports that are wrong. Committee staffers review video and records associated with each strike.

Cavallaro said the report decided to give more credence to the Bureau of Investigative Journalism report rather than an analysis by the Long War Journal, a website that monitors drone strikes, which estimated 138 civilians killed since 2006. The site relies too heavily on anonymous and Pakistani government sources, Cavallaro said.

The study challenges official versions of three attacks between 2009 and 2011, including a drone strike on March 17, 2011, that killed an estimated 42 people. The gathering was a jirga, a meeting of elders, called to settle a dispute over a chromite mine, the report says.

According to the report, most of those killed were civilians, including elders and auxiliary police. Only about four known members of a Taliban group attended, the study says, citing survivors and news accounts. U.S. officials insisted that all the dead were militants, the report says.

The authors recommend that the U.S. Justice Department publicly state the legal basis for targeted killings by drones and the criteria for “signature strikes,” those authorized against armed men who fit the profile of militants. The report says the strikes violate international law because, in part, the government has not proved the targets are direct threats to the United States.

david.zucchino@latimes.com

Times staff writer Ken Dilanian contributed to this report.

Are your tax dollars being spent on prostitutes?

0

GREG RISLING, Huffington Post |

LOS ANGELES – An undercover FBI agent has been accused in court documents of spending U.S. taxpayer dollars on prostitutes in the Philippines for himself and others during an international weapons trafficking probe last year.

Deputy Federal Public Defender John Littrell filed a motion last week asking a judge to toss an indictment against his client, Sergio Santiago Syjuco, for “outrageous government misconduct.” Syjuco, 25, and two other Philippine nationals have been charged with conspiracy and face up to 20 years in prison.

The agent, who wasn’t identified in court documents, paid up to $2,400 each time he went to brothels with Syjuco and others to reward them for their work to secure weapons to ship to the U.S. without a license, court documents show.

“I have never seen anything like this during my career as a criminal defense lawyer,” Littrell told The Associated Press on Monday. “I hope that the Department of Justice takes these allegations seriously, does a complete investigation, and ensures that whoever authorized this outrageous misconduct is held accountable.”

FBI spokeswoman Laura Eimiller declined comment Monday, but federal prosecutors acknowledged in court documents that the agent sought nearly $15,000 in reimbursements for “entertainment” and other expenses related to the investigation. The prosecutors said they don’t have any receipts from the clubs, but two of them listed in the filing, “Air Force One” and “Area 51,” are suspected brothels.

No charges have been filed against the agent.

Syjuco, Cesar Ubaldo and Arjyl Revereza, a Philippines customs official, were charged earlier this year with violating arms import laws by selling a grenade launcher, a mortar launcher and other weapons to the undercover agent who said he was interested in buying high-powered weapons that could be used by drug cartels in the U.S. and Mexico.

The case was part of a federal investigation of Asian organized crime groups involved in the illicit trafficking of firearms.

The weapons were eventually loaded onto a ship that arrived at the Port of Long Beach in June 2011 and the items were seized by authorities.

Littrell argues that the agent — and none of the three defendants — arranged importing the weapons to the U.S. He also questioned why the weapons were first shipped from the Philippines to China, where it wasn’t known whether officials there checked the container, before arriving in the U.S.

Littrell and an investigator recently visited the Philippines and interviewed several people who claim the agent, using an alias “Richard Han,” paid for himself and others to have sex with prostitutes. Alex Escosio, who worked at Area 51, told defense attorneys that Han “always paid for everything, including alcohol, private rooms, food and girls for the entire group of people he brought in,” court documents show.

“Although the government represents that these expenditures were for `entertainment and cocktail (tips included),’ it is impossible that the agent could not have known that they money went toward prostitutes,” Littrell wrote in court documents.

Area 51 was raided in May by Philippine authorities where 60 victims of sex trafficking were rescued, some of whom were underage girls, Littrell said. At least seven people were arrested.

A hearing to consider dismissal of the charges is set for Oct. 15.

More proof that Fox News mislead its viewers

Stephen C. Webster, Raw Story |

When it comes to reporting on what scientists say about climate change, the Union of Concerned Scientists told Raw Story that their research shows Fox News can be counted upon to mislead its viewers.

In a study (PDF) published Monday, the group takes Fox News and The Wall Street Journal‘s editorial page to task for consistently misleading their audience on climate change. Data collected over six months showed that Fox News was the worst offender on climate issues between the two, allowing misleading statements to permeate “93 percent” of its broadcasts on the subject from February to July 2012. The Journal‘s editorial page did not fare much better, however: the Union said “81 percent” of their climate coverage from August 2011 to July 2012 was “misleading.”

“[Fox News and The Wall Street Journal] both were staggering in the levels of misleading information about climate science,” Brenda Ekwurzel, a climate scientist with the Union of Concerned Scientists, told Raw Story. “We found that both Fox News and [The Wall Street Journal] opinion page have staggeringly high levels of misinformation.”

“We can only base [our opinion] on the evidence that we have and the reporting that’s out there,” she added. “The BBC has undertaken similar types of analysis for their own reporting and that’s what we modeled [our research] after, and we call on News Corporation to do the same.”

The report also cites News Corp. media baron Rupert Murdoch himself for ushering his company along a sustainable energy path and lauds him for announcing in 2011 that News Corp. had become entirely carbon neutral. In an internal News Corp. memo, Murdoch bragged that energy efficiency improvements made company-wide paid for themselves in just two years. “We made a bold commitment in 2007 to embed the values of energy efficiency and environmental sustainability into all of our businesses – for the benefit of our communities and our bottom line,” he wrote.

News Corp. isn’t alone either: 343 S&P 500 companies participated in the 2012 Carbon Disclosure Project, and 92 percent of them reported undertaking “board or executive level oversight” on climate-related matters. The British environmental group behind that study said their results show a “tipping point” has been reached when it comes to corporate acceptance of climate change.

“News Corp. needs to help its staff to differentiate between opinions about climate change and scientific facts,” the Union’s report concludes. “It is entirely appropriate to disagree with specific actions or policies aimed at addressing climate change while accepting the clearly established findings of climate science. And while it is appropriate to question new science as it emerges, it is misleading to reject or sow doubt about established science–in this case, the overwhelming body of evidence that human-caused climate change is occurring.”

Police ignored child sex abuse for more than a decade

 |

Today’s Times reveals that South Yorkshire Police had detailed knowledge of how young girls were being groomed, pimped and sexually abused for more than a decade — yet had not acted on this information.

In the past two years the Times has broken a string of child sexual abuse stories, highlighting how networks of men, usually of south Asian origin, were exploiting underage girls for sex in South Yorkshire and the Midlands. Hundreds of children are believed to have been exploited.

Young teenagers, many from troubled backgrounds or in care, were singled out for attention by local men, who would often act as a boyfriend. Over time, using drugs, alcohol, violence and the threat of abandonment, the girls would be coerced into having sex with their friends. In some cases girls were driven all over the country to be used for sex.

Now a cache of over 200 classified documents has been passed to the paper, revealing just how much police and child protection services knew about the abuse. They also reveal shocking incidents in which potential child exploitation was ignored by officers — and in many cases the victims were treated as the criminals.

In one such case, a 13-year-old was found by police with clothing in disarray, at 3am in a house with several men. She had been fed vodka by them. None of the men were questioned; she was arrested for being drunk and disorderly.

The files reveal multiple further cases where whole networks of abusers were identified by name, yet nobody was prosecuted.

The documents, which include research papers, case files, intelligence reports and correspondence between the police and social services, reveal that social services were concerned girls in care were being targeted for sexual abuse in Rotherham as long ago as 1996.

A report written a decade ago revealed there was ‘a great deal of data concerning the activities of these men’, including where girls were targeted and how they were ferried around to be used for sex. Yet, a later report noted, the feeling among the police was that if the girls would ‘help themselves’ by coming forward to give evidence against their abusers there was little the police could do.

No successful investigation into groups of sexual offenders in Rotherham was launched until 2009 — and several investigations since have failed.

Click here to read the full Times investigation

An inquiry being carried out by the children’s commissioner indicates that the Rotherham findings may be the tip of the iceberg: in July, the commissioner released a preliminary report of its two-year study into sexual exploitation by gangs and groups. This revealed that such gangs are not limited to the north-west and Midlands: instead, ‘abuse is taking place across England in urban, rural and metropolitan areas’. The report and cautiously estimates that ‘several thousand children nationally’ may be showing the signs of sexual exploitation.

All in all the Times’ work — led by their chief investigative reporter — is a fine example of dogged and unflinching journalism. It’s a disturbing tale that touches on a difficult issue — the treatment of young, vulnerable white girls by ethnic minority men. In less delicate hands it could have been prurient or inflammatory. As it stands, the Times has, unlike the police or social services, done the story justice.

And there are signs that the issue is finally reaching the government’s attention: the children’s commissioner is currently carrying out a two-year study into sexual exploitation by gangs and groups –

The Government’s Monopoly on Crime

0

William Norman Grigg | 

Robert Paudert refers to May 20, 2010 — the day his son Brandon was killed — as the “worst day of my life, ever.” Given that losing a child is the most horrible thing that can happen to a parent, Paudert isn’t exaggerating.

Brandon Paudert was an officer in the West Memphis, Arkansas Police Department. At the time Brandon was killed, Robert was the town’s police chief; Brandon’s partner, Officer Bill Evans, was his cousin.

Until about 11:00 a.m. on that fatal day, Officers Paudert and Evans, who were assigned to the narcotics interdiction team, had maintained surveillance on what they considered to be a “suspicious” rental truck. It turned out that the vehicle wasn’t being used to ferry narcotics; it was filled with household possessions belonging to a pleasant grandmother who was probably puzzled by the unwanted attention she had received from the local police.

Chief Paudert, who had been called to the scene, chided his son and his nephew and told them to “get off their butts and back on the interstate,” where they had a better chance of finding a vehicle carrying contraband — or perhaps a sizeable amount of cash that could be seized and “forfeited.” Crittenden County, where West Memphis is located, has become notorious for this officially sanctioned variety of highway robbery.

A few minutes after hitting the highway, Evans spied a white minivan with unusual license plates and conducted a traffic stop. He called Brandon to back him up as he went to interrogate the driver, 45-year-old Jerry Kane. Within a few minutes a scuffle ensued, and Kane shoved the officer into a ditch.

Jerry Kane was not a drug smuggler. As an adherent of a loosely organized movement referred to as “sovereign citizens,” he insisted on exercising his freedom to travel without obtaining government licenses, permits, and similar bureaucratic impedimenta. A former long-haul trucker, Kane traveled the country in a minivan organizing seminars in which he taught dubious methods of avoiding foreclosure.

Shortly before the fatal encounter in West Memphis, Kane had been arrested — and fined $1,500 — for driving without a license in New Mexico. His money was dissipating even as trouble with law enforcement continued to accumulate.

When the traffic stop degenerated into a shoving match, Kane’s 16-year-old son, Joseph, emerged from the minivan armed with an AK-47. Evans reached for his sidearm, but before he could draw he was shot several times. Taking cover behind his vehicle, Brandon got off several shots before he, too, was fatally wounded. Roughly two hours later, the Kanes were killed in a shootout with police that took place in a Walmart parking lot.

The funeral for Brandon Paudert and Bill Evans was attended by hundreds of police officers from several states. “I hope that no parent has to suffer through what we’ve been through,” Chief Paudert commented a few weeks after that sorrowful observance.

There is nothing worse than the death of a child, and every parent who has experienced such an unfathomable loss is entitled to sympathy. It’s worth pointing out that there is no record of Chief Paudert extending condolences to Debra Farrow, the mother of 12-year-old DeAunta Farrow, who was murdered by one of the officers in his employ.

DeAunta Farrow, who was unarmed and was not a criminal suspect, was fatally shot on June 22, 2007 by West Memphis Police Officer Erik Sammis. The twelve-year-old was walking home from a convenience store at about 9:30 PM with his 14-year-old cousin, Unseld Nance.

Sammis, who was commander of the Special Response Team (the West Memphis equivalent of a SWAT team), had staked out the neighborhood. He and Officer Jimmy Ellis were parked in a dark gray, unmarked pickup truck. They were wearing gray shirts, camouflage pants, and black bulletproof vests. They did not wear badges or other police insignia visible from the front.

As the two boys entered an apartment building, one of the officers saw what he thought was a gun in the waistband of Farrow’s pants. In fact it was a plastic toy. The officers came boiling out of the truck, ordering the kids to hit the ground. According to Nance, neither Sammis nor Ellis identified himself as a police officer. Nance also insisted that Farrow, whose hands were raised and whose toy gun remained in his waistband, “was fixing to get on the ground when they shot.”

Within seconds of screaming at DeAunta to hit the ground, Sammis fired two shots.

“It’s a toy gun,” the fatally wounded youngster told Sammis as he bled to death.

Nance was taken into custody and interviewed the same evening by the Arkansas State Police. Sammis, who sought shelter in the protection of the “Garrity” rule — which dictates that disclosures made by a police officer can only be used for departmental investigations, rather than criminal prosecution — didn’t speak for the record about the incident until a month later.

Roughly five months after DeAunta Farrow was killed, a special prosecutor announced that there was “insufficient evidence” to charge Sammis with a crime. Debra Farrow filed a wrongful death lawsuit that was immediately challenged on the grounds of “qualified immunity” — the incantation deployed by police and prosecutors to shield themselves from the consequences of culpable misconduct.

In a 2009 ruling, the U.S. Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals, observed that “the officers approached Farrow and Nance without identifying themselves as police officers … the toy gun was tucked in Farrow’s pants throughout the entire confrontation … Sammis only said to drop the gun and get to the ground, and … Farrow may have raised his hand or hands while trying to get to the ground before Sammis shot him twice without warning.”

Since those facts “could establish the excessive use of force,” the court concluded, it would be improper to grant the officers’ request for a summary judgment on the basis of “qualified immunity.” In April 2011, a federal jury in Jonesboro, Arkansas found in favor of Sammis and Ellis, accepting their claim that the summary execution of an unarmed, cooperative 12-year-old who was not a criminal suspect was, in some sense, “reasonable.”

Sammis, it should be pointed out, was responsible for training other members of the West Memphis PD in the use of deadly force. Chief Paudert described his work in that role as “outstanding.”

“It’s tragic, but in my mind, it’s not wrong,” Sammis had told investigators during his belated debriefing in July 2007. “I did what I had to do to survive and protect my partner. I feel confident that any officer in the same position would have done the same thing I did.”

Here’s an important question: If Sammis was justified in gunning down a terrified, unarmed, compliant 12-year-old, why was it morallywrong for Joseph Kane to shoot an armed police officer who was perceived as threatening his father?

It might be said that the late Jerry Kane was a con artist, and that his previous run-ins with various law enforcement agencies suggested criminal tendencies. Whatever could be said about the merits of Kane’s seminars, there is no evidence that he was a thief. Driving without government-assigned “privileges” may be unwise — as Kane’s experiences demonstrate — but this can’t be described as a “crime” in any rational sense of the word.

Sammis, by way of contrast, had a lengthy history of violent misconduct, including behavior that can honestly be described as criminal.

Before finding employment in West Memphis, Sammis was a “gypsy cop” with a predictably troubled record. He had been reprimanded — and then fired — by the North Little Rock PD for making “untruthful statements.” After a short stint in Gould, Sammis was hired by the West Memphis PD. His background investigation noted that Sammis, who was notoriously untruthful and had problems with his temper, would need careful “supervision.”

In 1998, Sammis unleashed an attack dog on a non-violent suspect. Witnesses described the attack as sadistic and unprovoked. The victim required 75 stitches, and the city government discontinued use of K-9 “officers” because of the episode. A year later, Sammis was suspended for a day without pay after insisting on wearing his “battle dress uniform” rather than a conventional patrol uniform. A few months later he was investigated for “abuse of authority” following a “confrontation” with security guards at a Pilot Truck Stop.

At the time of the shooting, Sammis was facing at least two lawsuits for abusive conduct, one of them growing out of an incident in which he was part of a police wolf-pack that beat and handcuffed a man named Tim Howard. After Howard was restrained, Sammis —according to witnesses — grabbed Howard by the hair and unloaded a canister of pepper spray directly into his face. When Howard’s mother pleaded with Sammis to stop, the officer slugged the 48-year-old woman in the face, and then assaulted Howard’s father as well. Eventually the lawsuit was settled out of court.

Sammis resigned from the West Memphis PD in December 2007, weeks after the special prosecutor had announced that no charges would be filed against him.

“The FBI/DOJ investigation, the Arkansas State Police investigation, the independent prosecutor investigation, and the WMPD internal investigation have all cleared me in this tragic event,” Sammis wrote in his resignation letter. “I am leaving this department knowing that I did the right thing.”

The “right thing,” according to the officials who reviewed the incident, was to shoot and kill an unarmed 12-year-old boy who was not a criminal suspect and posed no threat to anybody.

As a representative of the State’s coercive caste, Sammis had an unqualified right to kill DeAunta Farrow, and the child had an unambiguous duty to die. The child’s killer is not required to express remorse. The grieving mother isn’t even entitled to official sympathy from the Police Chief who hired that killer, insulated him from accountability, praised his performance, promoted him, and extolled him as a role model to others on the force.

The only substantive “reform” to occur because of the killing of DeAunta Farrow was a municipal ordinance banning the possession of toy guns.

Owing to the fact that DeAunta Farrow was black, and Sammis is white, the child’s shooting was exploited by Al Sharpton and similar figures in the Indignation Industry’s race-baiting affiliate. One “civil rights” group was conspicuous by its absence: The so-called Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), the lucrative quasi-private secret police agency founded by the degenerate fraud named Morris Dees.

The DeAunta Farrow case — the murder, by an abusive white cop, of a poor black child — would appear to be perfectly tailored for a “civil rights” group focusing on issues of poverty and racial injustice. This is especially true in light of the fact that in the years prior to DeAunta’s murder, the West Memphis PD had been hit with a half-dozen lawsuits alleging civil rights violations, and had lost five of them.

Obviously, West Memphis was a target-rich environment for the SPLC. Yet the group didn’t pay any attention to the town until after Officers Paudert and Evans were killed in an encounter with “sovereign citizens” — that is, political dissidents of a kind who figure prominently in the SPLC-defined official demonology.

In December 2007, the West Memphis City Council passed a resolution calling on Bob Paudert to resign, along with Officers Sammis and Ellis.

“Why should I resign?” responded Chief Paudert. “I haven’t done anything wrong.”

When Paudert finally resigned in 2011, he treated it as a personal triumph that he hadn’t been “run out of town” by his critics — including, one assumes, the mother of DeAunta Farrow. He was immediately hired by the Bureau of Justice Assistance, a division of the same “Justice” Department that found no “civil rights violation” in Erik Sammis’s killing of DeAunta Farrow. He has become an SPLC-promoted evangelist, touring the country to “make sure others who wear the badge don’t get murdered by a group of domestic terrorists,” in the words of a news account.

“We as law enforcement officers must recognize this very real threat, so we can protect ourselves,” Paudert said in an SPLC propaganda video. He insists that “sovereign citizens” should be regarded as a pervasive threat to officer safety. This refrain is joined by the SPLC and the FBI, who — by way of demonstrating the “deadly threat” posed by the estimated 300,000 members of the “sovereign citizens” — point out that eight police officers have died in encounters with people regarded as “sovereign citizens” since 2000.

Although police agencies diligently record the death of every officer, there is no comparable tally of “the precise number of people killed by the police, and the number of times police use excessive force,” noted Fox Butterfield of the New York Times about a decade ago. An abortive effort was made in the mid-1980s to collect and publish that data, but was quickly discontinued because “the figures were very embarrassing to a lot of police departments,” observed James Fyfe, a professor of criminal justice at Temple University.

The SPLC describes “sovereign citizens” as people who believe that they alone “get to decide which laws to obey and which to ignore.” Some people thrown into that category have circulated worthless financial instruments; others conduct business in a “peculiar dialect” that is deliberately opaque and understood only by a small, self-selected population.

If that description were considered accurate, it would be difficult to distinguish the behavior of “sovereign citizens” from that of the exalted personages who call themselves the “government.” Such people take refuge in arcane language to justify law-breaking, including the routine practice of monumental financial fraud involving the public treasury.

The SPLC accuses “sovereign citizens” of emitting “verbal fog” as a way to distract attention from their schemes. One wonders if anybody with that organization has ever been exposed to the artful gibberish that dribbles down the chin of Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke every time he makes a public effort to justify the activities of his criminal cartel.

The SPLC depicts “sovereigns” as lawless people who are primed to kill and utterly remorseless in dealing with those they regard as enemies. If this is the case they’re guilty of mimicking the government they despise.

Disinterested application of the SPLC’s definition would lead us to conclude that Barack Obama is the most dangerous “sovereign citizen” on the planet, given his assertion of the power to imprison or kill anybody on the face of the earth. The SPLC’s zeal for the sanctity of the law, and its compassion for “people of color,” didn’t inspire the organization to protest the murder of 16-year-old Yemeni-American Abdulrahman al-Awlaki, who was killed, on presidential orders, in a CIA drone strike.

Decades ago, the immortal Albert Jay Nock pointed out that a public functionary who calls himself an “official” will routinely acts that any objective, moral observer would describe as crimes. Such a person can do such things “without any sense of responsibility, or discomfort, simply because [he acts] as an official and not as a man.” In this fashion, “once could commit almost any kind of crime without getting in trouble with one’s conscience” — or with the public, once it has been properly indoctrinated regarding the mystical concept called “authority.”

“Sovereign citizens” supposedly believe that acts of force and fraud are transmuted into justice when accompanied with the proper conjurations. How would that differ, in principle, from the behavior of the governing “officials” on whose behalf the SPLC labors? If “officials” can commit acts of aggressive violence, on what moral basis do we condemn similar behavior on the part of private individuals who declare themselves “Sovereign” as well?

When a “Sovereign” kills a police officer, the SPLC — speaking on behalf of the entire police state apparatus — commands us to mourn and rend our garments. When Officer Erik Sammis guns down a 12-year-old African-American, or Barack Obama slaughters an Yemeni-American teenager with a drone-fired missile, the SPLC maintains a reverent silence in the face of what it must regard as the sacramental exercise of the government’s transcendent authority — while it quietly adds names to its ever-expanding roster of dissidents and heretics.
_
William Norman Grigg [send him mail] publishes the Pro Libertate blog and hosts the Pro Libertate radio program.

Fluoride Safety Results Rigged by UK Health Authorities

0

A short investigation into the UK governments assertion that fluoride is acceptable to be added to the nations drinking supply reveals that the scientific review they use to back up their claims actually disagrees with the government interpretation.

iPhone slave factory forced to close

0

Ian Calcutt |

Reports from China say that Apple supplier Foxconn has been forced to close its Taiyuan plant temporarily after a brawl involving as many as 2,000 workers.

The factory in Northern China employs about 79,000 people. Among Foxconn’s most high-profile clients is Apple, and it is believed that this plant is making parts for the iPhone 5. The company also supplies components for Microsoft, HP and the automotive industry.

According to The Guardian, the fight happened on Sunday night, leaving around 40 people needing hospital treatment. A police statement reported by China’s official Xinhua news agency said 5,000 officers were sent to the scene. It then took about four hours to bring the situation under control and several people were detained by the authorities.

One employee was reportedly told that the plant could be closed for up to two or three days while police investigate.

Statements say that the violence was not apparently work related, however, the Taiwanese-owned Foxconn has come under increasing scrutiny over its working conditions. There have been incidents of violence at some of its other facilities in China, such as Chengdu in June.

The Guardian adds that in recent months Foxconn has been attempting to improve its employee relations by raising wages and addressing concerns over working conditions.

Posts on Chinese internet bulletin boards suggest the problem may have started after a security guard hit an employee in the workers’ dormitory facilities.

Via The Guardian

A new alternative to WikiLeaks

0

Lowana Veal |

With the imprisonment of Bradley Manning and detainment of Julian Assange, WikiLeaks is effectively on hold. But that does not mean that leaks and whistleblowing activities have stopped.

GlobaLeaks lists a large number of leak sites, which are active to different degrees. Soon The Associated Whistleblowing Press (AWP) will be added to the list.

“One of the main motivations for the AWP is to unite journalists around the world and bring stories to light,” says Brazilian journalist Pedro Noel, one of the main people behind the initiative. “WikiLeaks used to analyse and report on the files they released, but they don’t do that any more.”

Noel perceived a gap in the whistleblowing community, between raw data — documents that conclude wrongdoing — and newsmaking in an impartial way, free of political and economic agendas. He decided that a new platform was needed.

“If the data does not get explained and treated in a way that people can understand, there’s no point in releasing it.”

Noel is currently based in Reykjavik, where he is setting up an office, and building links worldwide. He and his colleagues intend to launch the new whistleblowing site in the last week of September.

Noel was once a volunteer with WikiLeaks, so he knows how the system there works. He says there a number of differences between the AWP and WikiLeaks.

“First, there are structural differences. We’ll have a decentralised framework. With AWP, editors and staff will swap positions: we don’t want to have an ‘icon’. We’ll work with journalists and activists in different centres, and all the working groups will have their own platforms to receive documents and the like,” he tells IPS.

On the other hand, “WikiLeaks all goes through one website, which is in English only. Also, WikiLeaks publishes files of global interest, especially those related to the U.S. AWP wants to correct wrongdoings on a local basis and thus help local communities.”

Noel says it is important to have teams working in different countries and in different languages. “We want to emphasise the local scale as well as the international.

“Another important difference is that WikiLeaks gives exclusivity on the files it discloses, such as to the British newspaper The Guardian and others in the release of Cablegate.” Cablegate refers to the release of U.S. diplomatic cables that had been sent from its consulates and embassies around the world.

“AWP is building a team of researchers and analysts who will themselves publish stories, using local websites.” The main website will have links to the local websites, which will come online when the site is launched.

Anonymity is ensured as AWP uses open-source GlobaLeaks technology, which is specifically designed for whistleblowing, and is accessed with the TOR browser —that builds in anonymity. This means that AWP will not be able to trace the sender of the files. In addition, AWP encourages encryption of email.

AWP will keep a leaked document offline until they have determined it is genuine. Although the sender cannot be traced, Noel is optimistic that this should not be a problem.

“Electronic information tells a lot about the source. A photo gives certain electronic information, and the same goes for a scanned document. It is also possible to see whether a scanned document is genuine or whether it is composed of several different documents,” Noel says.

Iceland may seem a strange place to house a whistleblowing service, but Noel says one of the main reasons for the decision is the Iceland Modern Media Initiative (IMMI) parliamentary resolution that was passed unanimously in 2010 by the Icelandic Althingi (parliament) with the aim of giving safe space to whistleblowers and investigative journalists.

The resolution also wants the Althingi to introduce a new legislative regime to protect and strengthen freedom of expression, allowing Iceland to become an international transparency haven.

Initiated by activist and parliamentarian Birgitta Jonsdottir, the IMMI resolution pulls together the best sections of transparency legislation from all over the world. To become law, it now has to be put through the legislative process. This has suffered some setbacks, but is progressing slowly.

Various drawbacks have come to light. One is that various specialists have pointed out that Internet security is substantially inadequate in Iceland. Will this have an effect on AWP?

Smari McCarthy is the director of IMMI and sits on the steering committee that has been set up to investigate issues that need to be looked into in greater depth concerning the implementation of IMMI. He says that the security considerations are real but are being dealt with.

“This year, a Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT) was established in Iceland to serve as a coordination and incident management centre for Icelandic network security issues. In addition, the foreign ministry of Iceland has appointed a national security committee, consisting of members of parliament, to whom I testified a month ago on issues regarding network and information security in Iceland.”

At the moment, McCarthy says “it cannot be said that the situation in Iceland is markedly worse than in most European countries.”

The existence of IMMI is instrumental in the setting up of AWP in Iceland, Noel says, “but we have the same relationship with them as with any other individual or media initiative based in Iceland.”

Government allows private security firm to track offenders

0

Scotsman |

A PROMINENT think-tank has claimed a new satellite system being introduced to track offenders in Scotland should be directly controlled by police and probation officers rather than private security firm G4S.

The Future of Corrections report, due to be published by Policy Exchange today, said the lack of competition in the UK market when it came to contracts for electronic tagging was costing taxpayers hundreds of millions of pounds.

The scathing assessment comes just days after the Scottish Government awarded a five-year, £13 million contract to G4S. The contract will start in April next year and involve using GPS technology to track criminals wearing tags on their ankle or wrist.

The world’s biggest security firm, which handles similar systems for the Ministry of Justice in England and Wales, is still reeling from the fallout of botched operations at the London 
Olympics. G4S admitted just two weeks before the Games that it could not provide a promised 10,400 venue guards, forcing the UK Government to use troops to fill the shortfall.

The Policy Exchange report said a system where police and probation officers kept track of offenders and recommended to prison governors and the courts which criminals should be tagged would be more effective.

The think-tank has claimed £883m could have been saved over the past 13 years if the US system had been replicated in England and Wales.

Chris Miller, a former assistant chief constable speaking for police chiefs on tagging, said: “Local criminal justice professionals who manage offenders on a day-to-day basis should be the leaders in determining who should be monitored and to what extent.

“Their current procedural 
exclusion from decision making as to how budget is apportioned, who receives a tag and what for and what happens to offenders if they commit breaches of curfews is at best a lost opportunity and at worst operational and 
financial lunacy.”

Richard Morris, group managing director of G4S Care & Justice Services, said the GPS technology being introduced in Scotland would be “ground-breaking” and superior to that used in England and Wales, adding: “As the world leader in supplying electronic monitoring services and technology, G4S monitors more than 50,000 individuals every day in more than 15 countries.”

A Scottish Government spokesman said a multi-agency panel had found G4S provided the best value in terms of both quality of service and price.

50,000 hospital operations cancelled in 2 years

0

New figures obtained by Plaid Cymru have shown that more than fifty thousand hospital operations have been cancelled in Wales in the past two years.

There were 27,401 cancellations in 2011-12, marginally up on the 27,226 cancellations in the previous financial year. The statistics, obtained under the Freedom of Information Act, also show that there was an increase in cancellations at Cardiff and Vale, Aneurin Bevan, Betsi Cadwaladr and Powys local health boards.

The increase in cancelled operations for Cardiff and the Vale illustrates to other health boards that centralisation of services does not solve all your problems. Cardiff already has centralised services based at the Heath, and has a long held reputation of attracting people throughout the world to work there. Labour cannot blame the shortage of staff or the configuration of services for this basic mismanagement.

— ELIN JONES AM, PLAID CYMRU HEALTH SPOKESPERSON

Wales’ Health Minister has hit back, claiming 9,000 operations were cancelled by patients themselves and over 7,000 were cancelled by hospitals for “justifiable and professional clinical reasons”.

For Plaid Cymru to now try and make political capital out of decisions made by clinicians and patients, is quite frankly pathetic. Since the last election the number of cancelled operations has reduced by 5.5%. This is real progress.

— LESLEY GRIFFITHS AM, HEALTH MINISTER

80% of “junk” DNA reveals private details

0

NaturalNews |

The United States Courts for the Ninth Circuit will soon hear new arguments in a case that challenges the legitimacy and constitutionality of California’s warrantless DNA collection program. The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF), a privacy and freedom advocacy group, reports that the results of a comprehensive new study which proves that more than 80 percent of so-called “junk” DNA actually reveals extensive private details about individuals will now be considered by the court as part of its decision in this landmark case.

Back in May, we reported on the growing trend among federal, and even some local, law enforcement agencies to forcibly collect DNA samples from detainees without probable cause, and before such individuals have even been charged with any real crime. In clear violation of the U.S. Constitution’s Fourth Amendment, the U.S.Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has been spearheading a movement from the top down to encourage the illegal harvesting of DNA samples from every person without warrant, including from children. (http://www.naturalnews.com/035905_kids_blood_samples_DNA.html)

In 2004, California voters actually passed a ballot measure known as Proposition 69 that allows law enforcement to collect DNA from any person arrested on felony charges, regardless of whether or not that person actually committed a crime. Defenders of such warrantless DNA collection practices claim they do not violate constitutional statutes because most DNA is essentially “junk,” they say, and does not reveal any personal or private details about individuals.

Not long after Prop. 69 was passed; however, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) of Northern California filed a lawsuit challenging the constitutionality of the measure, which provisions state that DNA samples collected be submitted to a nationwide database maintained by the federal government. Plaintiffs in the case, known as Haskell v. Harris, have maintained that, regardless of the type of information revealed by DNA, collection of it without warrant is illegal. (www.eff.org)

ENCODE study proves there is no such thing as ‘junk’ DNA

But their case has gotten even stronger thanks to a newly released project known as the Encyclopedia of DNA Elements, or ENCODE for short, which reveals that so-called “junk” DNA actually serves a very real purpose. It turns out that virtually all DNA can be used to extract private information from individuals, a shocking revelation that has powerful implications in this important case. (http://www.naturalnews.com/037176_junk_DNA_gene_switches_health.html)

“[T]he ENCODE research reinforces the points we’ve made multiple times before that DNA, whether it is in the form of a full genetic sample or an extracted profile, can reveal an extraordinary amount of private information about you, including familial relationships, medical history, predisposition for disease, and possibly even behavioral tendencies and sexual orientation,” says EFF.

This changes everything as far as warrantless DNA collection is concerned, as the excuses used by authorities to try to legitimize this unconstitutional practice purport that individual privacy will remain intact throughout the entire process. The ENCODE research proves that this is definitely not the case, and will hopefully attain honest consideration in the upcoming Haskell v. Harris hearing.

“Warrantless DNA collection leads to concrete harms because it increases risks from sloppy policing and systemic DNA lab problems,” adds EFF. “DNA collection also leads to intangible harms to privacy and civil liberties that are no less protected by the Fourth Amendment.”

Sources for this article include:

www.eff.org

Police suspected of abusing data protection laws

0

Matt Gaw, East Anglian Daily Times |

TWO police officers have resigned and another two staff members sacked after allegations of data protection breaches at Suffolk Constabulary, it can be revealed.

Force bosses said the unlawful use of personal or police information “would not be tolerated” after figures obtained by the East Anglian Daily Times showed 66 suspected cases of non-compliance with the Data Protection Act.

But pressure groups described the alleged breaches as “deeply concerning” and questioned why some of the cases had not been handed over to the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) — an independent authority set up to uphold information rights.

The cases, which span three years, include one in 2010 when a police officer resigned after an allegation of unlawfully obtaining, using or disclosing personal data.

In the same year an officer stood down after an accusation that the police system had been used for a “personal reason”.

Two staff members also resigned following suspected breaches in 2010 and another was sacked in 2011 after an allegation of unlawfully accessing and disclosing police information.

A second staff member was dismissed in 2011 after all allegation of “suspected unlawful disclosure of police information by PCSO for non-police purposes.”

Over the three years a number of other possible breaches, flagged up by the force after random and targeted monitoring, resulted in written warnings, “tightening of procedures” and “words of advice”.

In 14 cases, there was said to be no evidence of a breach while 16 others are still under investigation by the force’s Professional Standards Department.

A spokesman for Big Brother Watch, who campaign to protect individual privacy and defend civil liberties, said: “The breaches, or suspected breaches, are deeply concerning – particularly given that if people’s privacy is intruded on by wrongful use of the police database it is a criminal offence under the Data Protection Act.”

He added that anyone suspected of serious data protection breaches should be reported to the ICO, to prevent potential misuse of personal data being “swept under the carpet.”

A spokeswoman for Suffolk police said that there are no set procedures by which to notify the ICO but added that if a breach could be resolved by the Constabulary in a way that satisfied all parties it would probably not be necessary to contact the watchdog.

In all of the cases released to the East Anglian Daily Times, it was judged that none warranted ICO notification.

But a force spokeswoman added: “Breaches of the Data Protection Act are taken extremely seriously by Suffolk Constabulary and all staff are aware of the role they have to play in ensuring data is recorded, managed and shared appropriately, and the importance of maintaining confidentiality and respecting the rights of the public over personal information.

“The Constabulary undertakes both random and targeted monitoring of access to information, providing both a deterrent and detection function.

“The basic principles of good information management impact on every aspect of our business and as such are applicable to all staff to ensure they are using information in the right way. There is comprehensive information given to staff giving guidance as to their duties and responsibilities around information management.”

She added: “Any breaches of the Data Protection Act or Force policy by staff will not be tolerated by the Constabulary and if individuals are found to be misusing the privileged access they have to information, they will be subjected to disciplinary action and possibly face criminal proceedings.”

A spokesman for the ICO said: “Police officers and civilian staff can have access to substantial collections of often highly sensitive personal information.

“It is important that they do not abuse this access and only use the information for their policing duties. We expect police forces to make substantial proactive efforts to check that any access to their records is for legitimate police purposes and to take action where they discover wrongdoing.

“Public officials who abuse their positions can face serious consequences including criminal prosecution under the Data Protection Act.”

New strain of SARS virus discovered

0

Kate Kelland  |

A new virus belonging to the same family as the SARS virus that killed 800 people in 2002 has been identified in Britain in a man who had recently been in Saudi Arabia, the World Health Organisation (WHO) said on Sunday.

The United Nations health body, which issued a statement through its “global alert and response” system, said tests on the patient, a 49-year-old Qatari man, confirmed the presence of a new, or novel, coronavirus.

Coronaviruses are a large family of viruses which includes the common cold and SARS.

“Given that this is a novel coronavirus, WHO is currently in the process of obtaining further information to determine the public health implications,” the statement said.

SARS, or Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, appeared in China in 2002 and killed some 800 people globally before being brought under control.

Peter Openshaw, director of the Centre for Respiratory Infection at Imperial College London, said at this stage the novel virus looked unlikely to prove a concern, and may well only have been identified due to sophisticated testing techniques.

“For now, I would be watchful but not immediately concerned,” he told Reuters.

The WHO said the Qatari patient had first presented to doctors on September 3, 2012 with symptoms of an acute respiratory infection.

On September 7, he was admitted to an intensive care unit in Doha, Qatar, and on September 11, he was transferred to Britain by air ambulance from Qatar.

“The Health Protection Agency of the UK conducted laboratory testing and has confirmed the presence of a novel coronavirus,” the WHO said.

It said scientists at the HPA compared gene sequences of the virus from the Qatari patient with samples of virus sequenced by Dutch scientists from lung tissue of a fatal case earlier this year in a 60-year-old Saudi national.

The two were almost identical, it said.

Openshaw said the fact the two cases found so far are apparently unrelated suggests “that what has been picked up is just some rare event that in past times might have been undiagnosed”.

But he added: “Any evidence of sustained human-to-human transmission or of contact would be more worrying, raising the worry that another SARS-like agent could be emerging.”

The WHO said it was not recommending any travel restrictions but would be seeking further information on the virus. (Reporting by Kate Kelland; Editing by Sophie Hares)

Barclays warned about Bob Diamond & LIBOR scam in 2010

0

Myfinances |

Documents published today by the Financial Services Authority (FSA) show that the regulator warned Barclays that Bob Diamond could be unsuitable to be appointed as chief executive of Barclays.

The letters say that the ongoing investigation into LIBOR rate rigging could undermine his position and that it would only agree if the Libor investigations had no “adverse effect.”

The letters were published by the Commons’ Treasury Committee which has received evidence from the Bank of England, the FSA and Barclays over the Libor interbank lending rate scandal.

In one of the letters the FSA warns that though it could not prejudge Mr Diamond’s appointment but it may “reassess his suitability.”

A file note from September 15th 2010 records a meeting between Hector Sants, head of the FSA and Barclays chairman at the time Marcus Agius. At the meeting Mr Sants told Mr Agius that the outcome could have a bearing on Barclays decision to appoint Mr Diamond for the role.

In it Mr Sants writes: “The FSA was fully aware that the ongoing investigation might come to conclusions which would be relevant to Mr Diamond’s suitability.

“However, at the time, since the investigation was not concluded, it would not have been appropriate to prejudge its outcome.

“I specifically made clear that we reserved the right to re-assess his [Mr Diamond] suitability in the light of the conclusions reached by this investigation and requested he make this clear to Mr Diamond.

“Secondly, I would like to record that in that conversation, I made clear that our concerns about Barclays’ culture were not some generic observation but specific to Barclays, and asked that these concerns be communicated by Mr Agius to Mr Diamond. Mr Agius confirmed that he would do this.”

However, by then Barclays had already appointed Mr Diamond as chief executive.

Mr Agius is on record as saying at the meeting that Mr Sants did not cast any doubts on Mr Diamond’s suitability for the post.

In a reply to Mr Sants from Andrew Tyrie MP, head of the Treasury Select Committee, Mr Tyrie says that concerns the FSA had that the culture problems at Barclays were “specific” was “at variance with the impression we received from Mr Agius”.

Mr Diamond had to resign as chief executive of Barclays after the bank was fined £290 million by US and UK regulators for manipulating Libor, the interbank lending rate.

The fine did not lead directly to Mr Diamond leaving his post, but the political ramifications led to senior officials at the regulator warning Barclays that Mr Diamond was not the right person to help restore trust in Barclays and the wider banking sector.

Batman massacre victims accuse cinema of negligence

0

AAP |

Victims of the shooting at a US cinema showing the latest Batman film have filed a lawsuit accusing theatre bosses of negligence.

Two lawsuits were filed on Friday in the US District Court on behalf of Denise Traynom, Brandon Axelrod and Joshua Nowlan, who were wounded in the Colorado shooting.

The lawsuits against the subsidiary of Cinemark Holdings Inc are believed to be the first and were filed on the same day the company revealed plans to refurbish and reconfigure the Century 16 multiplex, according to The Hollywood Reporter magazine.

Gunman James Holmes has been charged with 142 counts, including first-degree murder, after 12 people were killed and 58 others were injured during a screening of Batman movie The Dark Knight Rises in Aurora, Colorado, in July.

The lawyers for Traynom, Axelrod and Nowlan allege the owners of the Century 16 multiplex should have been equipped with an alarm system which could have stopped Holmes allegedly propping open a fire exit to get guns from his car.

They also claim the cinema should have been provided heightened security for the midnight screening and are demanding $US750,000 ($A721,880) each in damages.

The cinema has been closed since the massacre but is due to re-open early next year.

Secret monitoring gadget discovered near Iranian nuclear compound

0

RT |

Iranian troops patrolling the perimeter of a secret uranium enrichment site have reportedly found a monitoring device disguised as a rock. The spy gadget exploded when disturbed, probably on a self-destruct trigger.

The incident happened last month, although no link to espionage operations was known before The Sunday Times newspaper broke the news. At the time Iranian Revolutionary Guards were checking terminals connecting communication links at Fordo, an underground site near Qom in northern Iran, the British newspaper reported Sunday citing intelligence sources.

Iranian experts who examined the scene after the explosion believe that the spy device was capable in intercepting data from computers at the plant.

Tehran did not report discovering the device. But last week Iranian Vice-President Fereydoun Abbasi, who heads the national atomic energy agency, said the explosion on August 17 damaged power lines at Fordo.

Inspectors from the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), who visited Fordo the day after the explosion, did not mention any disruption in their report.

The newspaper’s sources did not indicate which country’s intelligence service planted the rock at the Iranian nuclear facility. Israeli, British and American agents are reportedly actively operating in the country, monitoring its military and nuclear programs. Some Western countries say Iran is trying to build a nuclear weapon under the guise of its civilian nuclear energy projects, an allegation Tehran firmly denies.

Disguising spy equipment as elements of landscape is far from unusual. In 2006 a major scandal erupted in Russia, after a controversial documentary said British secret services used a transmitter disguised as a rock to communicate with some non-governmental organizations working in Moscow.

This year British officials admitted that they did use such a device disguised as a rock for monitoring and secret communication with intelligence informants.

Police used Robson testimony to frame Liverpool fans

0

Adrian Pearson and Mark Summers, Sunday Sun |

HILLSBOROUGH cops appear to have tried to use a match-day testimony by Bobby Robson to slur Liverpool fans.

The Sunday Sun has trawled through documents kept secret for more than two decades to reveal the shocking hidden witness statement.

And we can reveal that unnamed officers went over Sir Bobby’s witness statement in a desperate attempt to find evidence of Liverpool fans misbehaving.

High level Hillsborough officers interviewed Sir Bobby following his appearance at the match and asked him if he saw fans drinking – a misguided line of police inquiry which has haunted the families of victims for more than 20 years.

The former Newcastle United manager was invited to the 1989 FA cup semi-final in his role as England manager, and witnessed from the directors’ box the horror of fans crushed as police packed them into pens.

What officers found was not enough to strengthen their claims that fans caused the crush, but that did not stop officers from South Yorkshire Police trying to use his words to their advantage.

In four pages of the statement Sir Bobby repeatedly sets out how fans behaved themselves and how he saw no evidence to suggest they were to blame.

Despite this, officers still seized on any hint from Sir Bobby that there might have been trouble, even when he was simply describing typical match day events such as a trip to the pub for a pre-match pint.

Even this was picked up on and underlined, suggesting police were looking for any support they could in a bid to back-up their discredited theory that drunken Liverpool fans were to blame for the death of 96 people.

Last night former solicitor general Vera Baird hit out what looks like an attempt to drag Sir Bobby into a police cover-up.

The former MP is seeking to be the first elected police commissioner for Northumbria and has already called for resignations over some of the actions of senior South Yorkshire officers.

She said: “The Hillsborough Panel found that 116 statements were doctored to remove criticisms of South Yorkshire Police, yet every criticism of the fans was left in.

“Some of the removals changed the facts as well and many were done without the consent of the writer . It looks to me as if they were teeing up Bobby’s statement to be used in the same way.

“He would have been appalled, as a great friend to the fans and would have been horrified to be seen as a pawn to be used against them.”

Trevor Hicks, the chair of Hillsborough families support group, said the Sunday Sun revelations were typical of how the police “twisted” evidence.

Mr Hicks, who lost both his daughters in the disaster, said: “Unfortunately it is hardly surprising to see this — we have come across far worse, but this just shows what was going on.

“I liked Bobby, my step son is a Newcastle United Supporter and Bobby Robson was one of those people who cut across club loyalty and was liked by many.

“But we saw that officers changed their evidence and removed bits that did not support their criticism of the fans.

“Evidence that shows the fans were not to blame is ignored, and criticism of the police as ignored. This is sadly just typical of what we saw.”

In his statement, Sir Bobby describes how he travelled with his brother by car to Sheffield for the match, arriving at around 12.15.

When he took his seat in the directors’ box at six minutes to three, he says he was not aware of any crowd surge and that there was no hint of trouble that he spotted.

About ten minutes in to the match, Sir Bobby records, he could see about 60 or 70 people on the pitch and that by that point there was crushing at the Leppings Lane end of the ground, but, he adds, there was slightly more room at either side of the two central pens. He also points out that at first he saw “police trying to prevent people from getting out of the enclosures or over the fence”.

When he adds that the police changed their tactics and “did everything possible to relieve the situation” his comments are underlined by an unnamed officer with the word “recognition” handwritten by this.

He adds: “As I was driving about a mile or two from the ground I saw one or two pubs between 12.00 and 12.15 with lots of people in them.”

This seemingly normal match day fact is underlined and ticked up twice by the force. Sir Bobby, who passed away in 2009, adds that he did not witness any unauthorised entry to any part of the ground, or any alcohol being consumed in the ground.

As Sir Bobby lists the various scenes he saw, none of which blame the fans, he adds that “I did see one single solitary Liverpool supporter running onto the pitch to taunt the Nottingham Forest supporters.”

Despite the scene described being a rare example, the police underline it and catalogue it as evidence of “disorder”.

A South Yorkshire Police spokeswoman said they were not in a position to comment because of the review of matters raised in the report by the Hillsborough Independent Panel, with a view to making a referral to the IPCC.

THE police statements released to the Hillsborough Independent Panel show for the first time the police paperwork and all the notes made on them.

We asked Vera Baird QC to gave her take on the notes. The former solicitor general here sets out her opinion.

:: Bobby’s statement shows that he had a trouble-free arrival at the match driving with his brother and going into the directors’ box.

He was interviewed on the 9th on a “selected person’s questionnaire” and his answers are put into this statement on 17th May. The questionnaire clearly asked about Liverpool fans committing criminal acts. He replies, as if he has been pressed hard to say so.

“I did see one single solitary Liverpool supporter running onto the pitch to taunt the Nottingham Forest supporters but he was quickly dealt with. I imagine this might have been a criminal act.”

This is not something he is likely to have mentioned on his own in the context of 96 deaths and his tone here suggests a bit of sarcastic resistance to what is being hinted at.

The way the statement is marked by police screening it later is revealing. Sentences are underlined and ticked if they can be categorised as “recognition” (of police good conduct) and “disorder” ( by Liverpool fans) but the rest is ignored.

Bobby says “there was no hint of trouble that I spotted prior to the game starting” but that is not underlined whereas “Just before the match was stopped after five minutes I saw one or two Liverpool supporters at the Liverpool end climbing the perimeter fence” is underlined and marked with large ticks.

At paragraph 7 his words: “I did see police trying to prevent people from getting out of the enclosures or over the fence” are ignored but when he says that the police subsequently changed tack and adds: “Police .. did everything possible to relieve the situation and assist people to get out” – this is heavily ticked and underlined.

So when he tells police at paragraph 10 “I did not witness any disorder around the ground”, he is ignored while the following sentence is underlined heavily, ticked and categorised as evidence of “disorder”.

“About a mile or two from the ground I saw one or two pubs at between 12 and 12 15 with lots of people outside drinking” is underlined and ticked into the category “disorder”

CIA ‘arms trader’ dies

0

Reuters |

Former CIA operative Edwin P. Wilson, who was found guilty in 1983 of selling arms to Libya but released from prison in 2004 after a judge threw out the conviction, has died at age 84, a funeral home director said on Saturday.

When Wilson was sent to prison, his was the biggest arms-dealing case in U.S. history.

Wilson died on September 10 of complications from heart valve replacement surgery, said Craig Emmick, director at Columbia Funeral Home and Crematory in Seattle.

Following his release from prison, where Wilson had worked tirelessly to disprove allegations he was a traitor, he had spent recent years living in the Seattle suburb of Edmonds, said a statement from his family on the website of Columbia Funeral Home.

Wilson grew up on a farm in Idaho and joined the CIA in the 1950s after serving in the Korean War as a Marine.

He officially retired from the CIA in 1971 but continued to work for the spy agency as a freelancer, according to a 2003 ruling by U.S. District Judge Lynn Hughes, the Houston-based judge who overturned his conviction.

He ran front companies for the CIA and later built a $23 million fortune with his enterprises, amassing a string of properties including a 2,500-acre (1,011-hectare) farm in Virginia.

In 1982, federal agents arrested Wilson. He was charged in the Southern District of Texas with selling 20 tons of C-4 plastic explosives to the Libyan government of the late Muammar Gaddafi.

Wilson was convicted in that case and other federal cases against him outside of Texas, and was sentenced to a total of 52 years in prison in 1983.

His appeal of the Texas case produced CIA records indicating he had worked for the agency on at least 40 occasions. None of those documents showed the CIA asked him to sell C-4 explosives to Libya, but several showed the agency knew he worked there and requested his help in obtaining information.

Judge Hughes found that U.S. Justice Department prosecutors knew Wilson had worked for the CIA but introduced a false affidavit from a top official with the agency who avowed the CIA never asked Wilson “to perform or provide any services, directly or indirectly.”

The judge wrote in a 2003 opinion that “With their knowledge of the nature of Wilson’s work for the CIA, they (prosecutors) deliberately deceived the court.”

Wilson was released from prison the following year.

A representative from the CIA did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Wilson.

He told the Seattle Post-Intelligencer in 2006 that he was only in Libya to serve the U.S. government.

“I was doing it for them. If they hadn’t walked away from me, I wouldn’t have ever been convicted,” he told the paper.

He is survived by his sons Karl and Erik, sister Leora Pinkston and his longtime girlfriend Cate Callahan, said the statement from his family on the funeral home’s website.

(Additional reporting by Jim Wilson; Editing by Xavier Briand)

Copyright © 2012 Reuters

Hundreds of modern day slavery victims in Wales

0

Peter Law |

Hundreds of human trafficking victims are being used as slave labour in businesses across Wales, police suspect.

Hotels, restaurants, takeaways, shops, farms, factories and nail bars are under investigation by officers investing “corrupt employment agencies” filtering illegally trafficked people into the workplace, Wales on Sunday can reveal.

Welsh Government documents obtained under the Freedom of Information Act reveal there are suspect employment agencies “corrupt employment agencies” at the heart of the investigation into human trafficking.

In many cases the firms employing the workers are legitimate, but there were warnings last night that anyone caught using people forced into labour could face years behind bars.

There are about 200 suspected victims of trafficking in North and South Wales, according to a paper written by Wales’ first anti-human trafficking co-ordinator.

Examples cited in ex-cop Bob Tooby’s Government reports include a North Wales food processing factory with more than 100 workers and a South Wales cleaning company using exploiting a potential 52 victims.

Slaves are also being forced to work at cannabis farms and being used as “scapegoats” when the illegal operations are busted, while the traffickers rake in millions of pounds.

A charity which rescues trafficking victims also revealed the shocking case of a Ugandan woman who was last year used as a slave by a Cardiff family and made to live in their basement last year.

Gwent Police’s Deputy Chief Constable Jeff Farrar said the types of enforced labour in Wales were “many and varied”. He added: “What we do find in most cases is that this is a hidden crime.”

DCC Farrar, the Association of Chief Police Officers’ lead on trafficking in Wales, said those responsible ranged from individual perpetrators right the way up to organised crime groups.

“Our grasp on the full picture of what’s happening in and around the UK is not tight enough yet,” he said. “Our aim is to eliminate it from our country and that needs a concerted effort from everybody — the most important thing is to recognise it when they see it.”

Chris Goulden, head of the poverty research team at the Joseph Rowntree Foundation’s poverty research team, said research had shown there was revealed “blatant exploitation” of migrant workers in the food industry.

Interviews with more than 60 workers across the UK showed many migrants paid fees to traffickers to travel to the UK and secure work, leaving them indebted to their gangmasters.

They often suffer abuse and live in overcrowded, filthy conditions, often with little or no wages.

Mr Goulden said: “Migrants are working under threatening and inhuman conditions for very little or no pay in different parts of the food chain from production and processing through to restaurants.

“The intensity of work in the food industry, driven by economic pressures throughout the supply chain, contributes to such exploitation.”

An Assembly Member leading the crackdown on trafficking in Wales last night warned company bosses caught employing slave labour would be held responsible.

Labour AM Joyce Watson, chair of the All-Party Working Group on Human Trafficking in Wales, last night warned company bosses caught employing slave labour would be held responsible. She said: “The onus is very much on the employers — they can’t shirk from that.

“If you are employing large numbers of people and if they are coming through agencies then you have to be absolutely on the ball to know that they have come through legitimate means.”

She added: “If it is the case that we have got unscrupulous employment agencies operating in Wales then we need to uncover them and make sure they immediately cease operations because ultimately it will end up with people suffering significantly as a consequence of just trying to earn an honest day’s wage.”

DCC Farrar said a multi-agency intelligence hub was due to be launched in Gwent initially focusing on vulnerable runaway girls, but likely to be expanded to include human trafficking.

The idea is to better to share intelligence between authorities such as local councils, health services and charities. This is a key recommendation in Mr Tooby’s final report to ministers, in which he calls for the creation of an All-Wales Intelligence Hub.

A Welsh Government spokesman said consideration of a hub will form part of the next anti-human trafficking co-ordinator’s work.

One woman aged in her mid-30s from Uganda was trafficked into the UK and forced to work as a domestic slave by a Cardiff family.

The woman fled her African homeland last year after suffering abuse she suffered in her African homeland last year because of her same-sex relationship.

Her transport to the UK was organised by a white woman who confiscated her documents once they arrived at Heathrow.

From Paddington station she was driven to a house in Cardiff where she was forced to live in the basement beneath the family home and work as a slave.

“The following morning at 5am she was taken upstairs to do the cleaning before everyone was awake. She was then taken back into the basement and given piles of ironing,” said Dr Mwenya Chimba, of the Black Association of Women Step Out (BAWSO).

The family were described as “middle-class professionals” of either Asian or Arab background.

“She was not allowed to leave the house at all. She was locked in and if she complained she was tired of the ironing, they would actually physically abuse her by pulling her hair and ears,” Dr Chimba said.

“She was fed leftovers, the food was brought to the room. She had no social contact and the only time she left the room was to do the cleaning upstairs.

“The basement had a small toilet, a narrow bed and an ironing board — that was in Cardiff last year and it’s not the only case we’ve had.”

She escaped after three months when the daughter of the family took pity and dropped her off outside the UK Border Agency office on Newport Road.

Dr Mwenya Chimba, of the Black Association of Women Step Out (BAWSO), said the woman has since been granted asylum but the family has never been caught as their victim was unable to say where she was being kept.

Alistair Darling risks prosecution over data protection law

0

Sunday Herald |

A failure by the Better Together movement to register its operation in advance with the UK Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) has also exposed its directors, including former Labour chancellor Alistair Darling, to a theoretical risk of prosecution.

The SNP said the revelations raised questions about the basic competence of the pro-Union forces. Last week Better Together had to withdraw one of its leaflets after using the BBC logo without permission, and recently bungled the launch of its first national campaign day.

Although Better Together would be taken to court only if it persisted in flouting data law, the ICO confirmed the group had technically committed a criminal offence through its negligence.

An ICO spokesman said: “It may be sloppy paperwork but it’s still a criminal offence.”

The SNP last night claimed Better Together’s credibility had been shattered and urged it to destroy the “dodgy database” of supporters it has unlawfully accumulated.

Under the 1998 Data Protection Act (DPA), all large organisations processing people’s personal data must notify the ICO prior to handling the information. Failure to do so is an automatic offence.

Yes Scotland Ltd, the campaign for independence, registered the day before its launch on May 25, and is now authorised to hold and process personal data for fundraising and “canvassing political support among the electorate”.

Scottish Labour, the Scottish Tories and the Liberal Democrats, the parties behind Better Together, are also registered with the ICO for the same reasons, but they failed to register before gathering the data on supportive voters on its launch on June 25.

Despite this, its website said: “The information you supply us will be treated in confidence in accordance with the Data Protection Act.”

The ICO told the Sunday Herald that it was not until July 30, five weeks after its launch, that Better Together (2012) Ltd requested notification forms.

The ICO also insisted that Better Together had failed to react to two “chaser” letters, and that as such was not officially registered as a data controller, as required by law.

Better Together last night said it felt sure the forms had been returned in August, but could not say definitively until next week.

An ICO spokesman said: “It’s a criminal offence not to notify the ICO. They [Better Together] contacted us on July 30, confirming they needed to notify. They were sent out a pack. They need to fill in those forms and get them back to us as soon as possible. It’s a criminal offence. They should have notified. They haven’t done so so far.”

The DPA says if a breach of the law is “attributable to any neglect on the part of any director, manager, secretary or similar officer … [he] shall be guilty of that offence and be liable to be … punished accordingly.”

Better Together 2012 Ltd’s directors are Darling, Tory MSP David McLetchie, Labour MSPs Jackie Baillie and Richard Baker, and Scottish Liberal Democrat, convener Craig Harrow.

An SNP spokesperson said: “This is a serious blow to the credibility of the No campaign, from which it will struggle to recover. Whether due to staggering complacency or incompetence it has been engaged in illegal activity.

“The board members bear personal responsibility for the campaign’s failure to comply with data protection law.

“If Better Together cannot run a campaign without breaking the law, why on earth should anyone take them seriously on the issue of Scotland’s constitutional future?

“Mr Darling must make an immediate statement confirming that the No campaign will destroy the data which it has been unlawfully gathering over the past few months.”

Better Together said: “It is our understanding that we have completed the registration process with the ICO. We will be contacting the Information Commissioner as a matter of urgency to discuss why there appears to be this issue.

“We would like to assure everyone who has registered their support with us that their information has been handled in strict accordance with the law.”

‘It may be sloppy paperwork but it’s still a criminal offence’

Secret recordings reveal Nazi war crimes

0

Secret recordings made by British intelligence during the Second World War have revealed for the first time the horrific atrocities carried out by everyday German soldiers.

For years the blame for horrific war crimes, rape and genocide were laid at the hands of the SS and Hitler’s right hand men but a new book details how widespread the barbarity went.

Transcripts taken from hidden microphones on prisoners of war have been collated for the disturbing book Soldaten: On Fighting, Killing and Dying: The Secret Second World War Tapes of German POWs.

Between 1940 and 1945 the British and Americans bugged about 13,000 German and several hundred Italian soldiers of all ranks and services – many of which in the Trent Park detention centre for POWs in north London.

It was hoped the recordings would reveal military secrets of potentially strategic importance, instead they catalogued open and uncensored conversations about war experiences – often as to boast.

They detail not only the extreme level of violence but a disturbing sense of enjoyment from the soldiers.

One example of many recounts: “There was an event in the market square, crowds of people, speeches given. We really sprayed them! That was fun!”

Another reveals the following conversation: “We once did a strafing near Eastbourne. We flew up and saw a big castle; there seemed to be a ball or something – anyhow a lot of ladies in evening dress and a band.

“The first time we flew past; then we attacked and kept at it. Boy oh boy, was that fun.”

Another reveals: “I loved dropping bombs. It makes you feel all tingly, a great feeling. It’s as good as shooting someone down.”

The book, which has been compiled by German historians Soenke Neitzel and Harald Welzer has been translated in to English for the first time, dispelling myths that German soldiers were not responsible for such war crimes.

It offers a bleak inside view of World War II and in doing so, they destroy once and for the myth of a “clean” Wehrmacht – the German name for the armed forces.

The soldiers talk about their views of the enemy and their own leaders, discuss the details of combat missions and trade astonishingly detailed accounts of the atrocities they both witnessed and committed.

One passage reads: Zotlöterer: “I shot a Frenchman from behind. He was riding a bicycle.”

Weber: “At close range?”

Zotlöterer: “Yes.”

Heuser: “Did he want to take you prisoner?”

Zotlöterer: “Nonsense. I wanted the bicycle.”

The material contains disturbing accounts of sexual abuse, rape and torture as well.

In one section a passage attributed to Reimbold reads: “In the first officers’ prison camp where I was being kept here, there was a really stupid guy from Frankfurt, a young lieutenant, a young upstart.

“And he said: “Oh, we caught this female spy who had been running around in the neighborhood.

“First we hit her in the t**s with a stick and then we beat her rear end with a bare bayonet.

Then we f** her, and then we threw her outside and shot at her. When she was lying there on her back, we threw grenades at her.

“Every time one of them landed near her body, she screamed.”

“And just think, there were eight German officers sitting at that table with me, and they all broke out laughing.”

Source

State-sponsored terrorism: MI5 links to Russian spy murder

0

Cahal Milmo |

The British government has ordered potentially vital information about whether murdered former Russian spy Alexander Litvinenko had links with the UK intelligence services to be withheld from his inquest.

Scotland Yard investigated claims that Mr Litvinenko, who was poisoned with radioactive Polonium 210 in 2006, was in regular contact with MI6 or MI5 prior to his death as part of an inquiry which led to murder charges against two Russian citizens — both former KGB agents.

But a preliminary hearing for the long-delayed inquest into Mr Litvinenko’s death, due to start in the new year, heard that Whitehall officials have asked for the findings relating to the intelligence agencies to be removed from the information due to be made public during the hearings.

The attempt to shroud any dealings with the former Russian agent in secrecy was disclosed as Mr Litvinenko’s widow, Marina, said she wanted the proceedings to establish once and for all whether her husband was the victim of a “targeted assassination” on British soil by a foreign state.

The audacious killing of Mr Litvinenko, 43, who was poisoned in a Mayfair hotel, plunged relations between London and Moscow into their deepest freeze since the Cold War. The inquest is likely to renew tensions between the two countries at a time when both sides have been inching towards a new diplomatic detente.

Moscow has consistently refused requests for the extradition of prime suspect Andrei Lugovoi, a former KGB agent turned businessman who was elected a Russian MP. Mr Lugovoi, who is represented in the inquest proceedings, denies all involvement in Mr Litvinenko’s death.

Lawyers for Mrs Litvinenko, who attended yesterday’s hearing with the couple’s son, Anatoly, said she and others believed the Russian state was responsible for her husband’s death.

Ben Emmerson QC said: “If that hypothesis were to be evidentially substantiated, this would be an act of state-sponsored nuclear terrorism on the streets of London.” A report by the Metropolitan Police summarising the findings of its investigations, including the question of whether Mr Litvinenko was assisting British intelligence, is due to be submitted to the inquest and interested parties within the next fortnight.

The hearing was told that the Government has ordered that findings relating to Mr Litvinenko’s alleged relationship with MI5 or MI6 have been shown to the coroner, High Court judge Sir Robert Owen, and his team but cannot be made public or shown to interested parties such as Mrs Litvinenko or Mr Lugovoi.

Once the report is submitted, Sir Robert can decide whether the redactions should remain. Any attempt to pull a permanent veil over whether Mr Litvinenko, an outspoken critic of Russian president Vladimir Putin, had been in contact with British agents is likely to give rise to criticism of excessive secrecy. Following his death, it was reported that Mr Litvinenko had co-operated with British intelligence as part of the battle against organised crime from Russia and eastern Europe and may have been receiving a monthly retainer of £2,000.

Hugh Davies, counsel for the inquest, said that the redactions on behalf of the Government did not amount to an admission that Mr Litvinenko was working for the British security services and insisted all competing theories about the killing would be examined at the inquest. He added: “The court is committed to transparency.”

The Yard investigation concluded that Mr Litvinenko was poisoned with the polonium while drinking tea at a meeting, allegedly with Mr Lugovoi and another former KGB agent, Dmitry Kovtun, at the Millennium Hotel in Mayfair. Mr Emmerson said: “It is Mrs Litvinenko’s firm position that this inquiry should be capable of investigating and determining whether her husband’s killing was a targeted assassination of a British citizen carried out by agents of a foreign state in the sovereign territory of the United Kingdom.”

Sir Robert signalled that he intended to allow the inquest to follow all relevant lines of inquiry, saying he endorsed a previous ruling in the case by Dr Andrew Reid, the St Pancras coroner.

In the ruling, released yesterday, Dr Reid said: “If Mr Litvinenko is shown to have died as a result of ingestion of Polonium 210 the public interest plainly demands and open and fearless investigation into the full circumstances, including how and why this fatal ingestion occurred. Any lesser level of inquiry would not command public confidence either nationally or internationally.”

Death on probation: a silent scandal

0

LORAINE GELSTHORPE and NICOLA PADFIELD |

An unacceptable number of people are dying under probation supervision in England and Wales. New research by Loraine Gelsthorpe, Nicola Padfield and Jake Phillips for the Howard League for Penal Reform uncovers the facts and asks what can be done to try to prevent future deaths.

Data on deaths in custody have been available for many years. These deaths have a huge impact on the prison, on the prisoner’s family, on other prisoners, and on wing and governing staff. Despite what is often seen as a ‘managerial’ ethos and a concomitant ‘tick box’ approach to achieving targets, the death of someone in custody is still recognised as a human and management tragedy. In contrast, deaths in the community — under supervision or licence — have been paid less attention. The original data were collected from probation areas by the Ministry of Justice. The data has been made public thanks to Freedom of Information applications by the Howard League and ourselves.

Our analysis counted a total of 2,275 deaths of men and 275 deaths of women under probation supervision in England and Wales across each of the financial years for which data was requested (2006—10). A high proportion of the deaths related to natural causes (over 25 per cent in each year), but — suicide (not less than 13 per cent), alcohol issues (8 per cent in each year for which there are figures), unlawful killing (5 per cent), and misadventure/accident (not less than 8 per cent) also featured in significant proportion.

We detected a tone of defensiveness in some comments by probation staff on the recording forms. Anecdotal evidence suggests that some workers may see the forms as an opportunity to protect themselves from criticism, rather than as risk-assessment tools. Such defensiveness may be unsurprising in a context of funding constraints and media criticism — arguably what is needed is information from probation that will enhance our understanding of deaths under supervision and help drive improvements in practice.

There may be more productive ways of collecting the data. It is clear from the forms we received that the information captured represented only part of what occurs prior to and following a death under supervision. Discussion with officers, managers and policy makers could reveal useful information about deaths under probation supervision and how the number of deaths might be reduced. Further statistical analysis of deaths under supervision might highlight where and when people are most vulnerable. It would also put deaths in the community on a par (in terms of attention, and thus perceived importance) with deaths in custody. There can be no justification for considering deaths in custody as more ‘important’ than those under supervision. Many of these deaths may be preventable.

We hope our work will provoke critical thinking and raise awareness and concern about policy and practice regarding some of the most vulnerable people in the country.  Much greater care in the community is needed for vulnerable people leaving prison on licence or under probation supervision. Indeed, one of the key recommendations of the research is for ‘an ethics of care’, meeting the needs of others for whom we take responsibility as a state. This means reflecting hard on whether or not things might be done differently to prevent deaths under supervision and creating policy and practice to give greater priority to the issue.  

When the court curtails a person’s freedom it hands over to the organs of the state some responsibility for safeguarding an individual. Probation supervision for those on licence and community sentences under Probation Trusts is increasingly intrusive and controlling (as directed by government). This must bring with it an increased duty of care.

As the Coalition Government moves towards a payment-by-results system for community interventions, ‘results’ should not just concern whether someone reoffends or not. The system must also make sure each person is safe, secure, healthy and, where appropriate, ready to re-enter their community. Many of the deaths recorded were of people on licence from prison and demonstrate that much more has to be done to ‘join-up’ the custodial and non-custodial part of sentences of imprisonment.

The Coalition Government’s ‘big society’ initiative has been interpreted and promoted as an opportunity to give local people and communities more power. Could there not be a further shift in the direction of an ‘ethics of care’ to facilitate the development of caring relations? Of course, there are complexities here, not least concerning the relationship between ‘care’ and ‘justice’; but in civil society without which the liberal institutions of justice cannot function we should presume a background of some degree of caring relations.

We urge a return to the core values of what it means to supervise people who have committed crime: making bureaucracy less of a priority and making looking after some of the most vulnerable people in our society the number one objective. This means not just helping people to turn their backs on lives of crime, but also addressing their welfare needs and giving them some hope for the future.

The report, Deaths on probation: An analysis of data regarding people dying under probation supervision, can be downloaded here.

Regulators demand Facebook tighten up privacy practices

0

guardian.co.uk |

Facebook could be fined up to €100,000 (£80,000) if it does not comply with the orders of Irish regulators within four weeks.

The social media site was warned last year to make widespread changes by the office of the Irish data protection commissioner (DPC), which included tightening its privacy practices and deleting unneeded data sooner.

The DPC carried out an audit on Facebook Ireland (FB-I) as the international headquarters is responsible for millions of users outside the US and Canada.

The internet giant — which went public on the stock market in May — still has to comply with several recommendations in relation to targeted advertising utilising sensitive data, the retention of data on inactive or deactivated accounts, and educating users over settings.

Commissioner Billy Hawkes confirmed that the maximum penalty was a €100,000 court fine if enforcement action had to be taken.

But he stressed he was satisfied the internet giant had made clear commitments to comply with its data protection responsibilities in line with Irish and EU laws.

“I am particularly encouraged in relation to the approach it has decided to adopt on the tag suggest/facial recognition feature by in fact agreeing to go beyond our initial recommendations, in light of developments since then, in order to achieve best practice,” Hawkes said.

The feature has already been turned off for new users in the EU and templates for existing users will be deleted by 15 October, but will not be changed for users in the US and Canada.

The DPC review found the majority of its recommendations were fully implemented, particularly in the areas of:

– better transparency for the user in how their data is handled

– increased user control over settings

– the implementation of clear retention periods for the deletion of personal data or an enhanced ability for the user to delete items.

Deputy Commissioner Gary Davis, who led the initial audit and followup review, warned the office would use enforcement powers if needed.

“There were a number of items on which progress was not as fully forward as we had hoped and we have set a deadline of four weeks for these matters to be brought to a satisfactory conclusion,” he said.

“It is also clear that ongoing engagement with the company will be necessary as it continues to bring forward new ways of serving advertising to users and retaining users on the site.

“The value of such engagement to identify and deal with any data protection concerns prior to launch of new products and services is fully accepted by FB-I.”

Facebook said it was confident it could continue to resolve the outstanding issues given the progress it has made on other matters in recent months.

It also vowed to continue to work with the Irish regulator to ensure it remains compliant with European data protection laws as new products and features are created.

“As our regulator in Europe, the Irish office of the data protection commissioner is constantly working with us to ensure that we keep improving on the high standards of control that we have built into our existing tools,” said a spokesman.

“This audit is part of an ongoing process of oversight, and we are pleased that, as the data protection commissioner said, the latest announcement is confirmation that we are not only compliant with European data protection law but we have gone beyond some of their initial recommendations and are fully committed to best practice in data protection compliance.”

The ‘Facebook of crime’ is about to launch

0

Raymond Brown |

A ‘Facebook of crime’ is being launched to tackle troublemakers in Cambridge’s pubs and clubs.

The web pages are similar to those on the social networking site, but instead of ‘friends’, will hold the profiles of individuals who have been banned from bars and shops in the city.

The rogues’ gallery will feature a person’s details, relationships, other ‘friends’, comments about their behaviour and movements, as well as an image and video gallery — which can be seen by Cambridgeshire police officers.

The new version of the Sircs (Secure Incident Reporting and Community Engagement System) was showcased at the latest meeting of Cambridge Business Against Crime (Cambac) in the Tivoli pub, Chesterton Road and will go live next month.

It will be used by members of the group who can create a ‘profile page’ for each troublemaker barred from pubs, clubs and shops in the city and in Ely.

A description of the offender and any vehicles they drive will be posted on the website.

There will also be an ‘inbox’ for Cambac members, who are given login details to access the databank, to make comments and pass messages about the profiled individuals.

The system will allow venues to view reported incidents and add their own, which can then be seen by police and staff in more than 200 shops and venues in the two cities.

Michael James, IT and enterprise development manager for the non-profit company, Empowering Communities, which is behind the system, said: “It is a secure system and it can be shared with other cities. It can help licensees and retailers also create a map of hotspots in the city. Some people have said it is like Facebook.”

But privacy and civil rights campaigners fear the web-based system could turn city bouncers into “judge and jury”.

Nick Pickles, director of privacy and civil liberties campaign group Big Brother Watch, said: “Of course it’s right that bars and the police work together to catch violent criminals, but these systems must not be a way of unfounded accusations and gossip being spread around, or creating databases of information about people that has never been tested in court.

“People are innocent until proven guilty.”

Vicky Hornsby, Cambac manager, said: “We are looking forward to the new, more user-friendly version to be launched here next month to help us reduce business crime in Cambridge, such as theft and anti-social behaviour, as the system also links to other towns in Cambridgeshire to prevent displacement of crime to other areas of the county.”

Cambac has been using an old version of the system since 2008.

Italy 1, CIA Torturers 0

0

David Swanson |

Forza Italia! After years of appeals, Italy’s highest court has upheld the conviction of 23 Americans involved in a CIA kidnapping of a man off the street in Milan, whom the CIA shipped to Egypt to be brutally tortured. This ruling could result in Italy demanding their extradition. For, you see, the 23 are living comfortably in the United States. They look just like decent people. They blend in. I don’t advise Italy to kidnap (or “rendition”) these Americans just because President Obama says that’s legal. But I do encourage Italy to demand extradition. And I hope that one or another of them will be so good as to seek sanctuary in an Ecuadorean Embassy, just to see how many heads explode in Washington as people try to determine what they’re supposed to think of that.

For background on this case, sadly still relevant, here’s something I wrote on November 6, 2010:

One Place to Cut Spending: Kidnapping and Torture

By David Swanson

I know it seems like more of a noble sacrifice to cut spending on things people less fortunate than ourselves need, but can somebody explain to me why it wouldn’t be at least that noble to eliminate the budget of the CIA, which serves no one?

The Washington Post and the Obama administration have been busy telling us that it’s legal to kidnap people and send them to countries that torture. They may call it “renditioning” to nations that use “enhanced interrogation techniques,” but a new book details what this means in English.

A man was walking near his home in Milano, Italy, and was stopped and questioned by a policeman. When they had been engaged in conversation for some minutes, the side door of a van parked behind the man crashed open with a thunderous sound, two extremely large and strong men grabbed the civilian and hauled him inside, and the door slammed shut three seconds after it had opened, as the van accelerated and the two men hit and kicked their victim repeatedly in the dark of the van’s interior, pounding his head, chest, stomach, and legs. They stopped. They stuffed a gag in his mouth and put a hood over his head, as they cinched cords tight around his wrists and ankles. Hours later they threw him into another vehicle. An hour later they took him out, stood him up, cut his clothes off, shoved something hard up his anus, stuck a diaper and pajamas on him, wrapped his head almost entirely with duct tape, and tossed him in an airplane.

The torture he received when he got where he was going left him nearly dead, prematurely aged, and barely able to walk. It was US-sponsored and Egyptian administered. And it is described in all of its almost unbearable detail in Steve Hendricks’ “A Kidnapping in Milan: The CIA on Trial.”

Believe it or not, most of this book is enjoyable. Hendricks knows the United States and Italy and how to write about one for readers in the other. His remarks on Italian culture are outdone only by his background on Muslim terrorism, his account of who this kidnapping victim was, and the inclusion of dialogue picked up by Italian wiretaps of terrorism suspects’ private conversations. But just as terrific reading are Hendricks’ histories of the practice of rendition, of the use of torture, of U.S.-Italian relations, of domestic Italian terrorism, and of modern Egypt.

Not to ruin the punch line — and this has long been public knowledge — the kidnapping, transporting, imprisoning, and torturing of this man and many others is paid for with U.S. tax dollars. I’m sure it all sounds very important and rational given how demonically evil Muslims are supposed to be. But how do you justify the dozens of CIA agents living it up in Italy’s most luxurious hotels while plotting this operation? And how do you rationalize the damage done to U.S. relations with Italy? Of course, Italians quickly discovered that the CIA was behind this crime. It would have been harder to track them if they’d worn neon signs on their chests. They used cell phones and frequent flyer accounts that were easily identified, not to mention names and addresses similar to their real ones. Hendricks describes their methods as Keystone Kommandoism.

No doubt some of these CIA bunglers and butchers were outsourced and untrained, but they also believed they were above the law. They thought they had immunity. Italian law enforcement thought otherwise. For decades during the Cold War, the CIA kept an army and caches of weapons in Italy to be used if communists were ever able to gain significant political power. A long list of abuses has come to light and no one ever been held accountable. Magistrate Armando Spataro, like many Italians, adored the United States. When reporters asked him why he had indicted two dozen CIA agents, Spataro said he was opposing lawlessness, not his beloved United States. He warned of following the path of Mussolini. He pointed out that Italy had defeated domestic terrorists with the rule of law. He showed that the new U.S. lawlessness was just encouraging terror. His record of prosecuting leftist terrorists and his indictment for terrorism of the victim himself of the U.S. kidnapping made claims of bias difficult to pin on Spataro. The approach resorted to by the U.S. media was — to the extent possible — to ignore the whole thing, especially when Spataro won convictions of the agents tried in absentia.

The Italian legal system is one thing, its government in Rome quite another. The latter will never ask the United States to extradite the convicts unless the U.S. president requests it first, just as the United States would never kidnap a man in Italy without telling the Italian president and the Italian spy service first. So, none of the culprits are behind bars, but they are unable to live in or travel to Europe. And a strong signal has been sent about the likelihood of Italy tolerating more such crimes. This is the sort of message Nancy Pelosi would have sent by impeaching Bush even if the Senate had not convicted him.

Hendricks tracked down most of the scofflaws. They’re spread around the United States engaged in a variety of work, most of them completely unknown to the public. The man chiefly responsible, on the other hand, is undergoing a public rehabilitation and it about to open a presidential library, while the man responsible for the continued practice and for the freedom of his predecessor has two more years in the White House.

*************
David Swanson’s books include “War Is A Lie.” He blogs at http://davidswanson.org and http://warisacrime.org and works as Campaign Coordinator for the online activist organization http://rootsaction.org. He hosts Talk Nation Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @davidcnswanson and FaceBook.

Brian Haw Interview

0

Brian Haw (7 January 1949 — 18 June 2011) was an international symbol of peace.

We present a rare look at Brian Haw, in his own words as he speaks about the criminal attacks on the innocent for profit including the world wide illegal wars, 9/11, his spirituality and his personal life before the 24/7 protest began.

David Icke Interview

0

David Icke is the most controversial author and speaker in the world. Since 1990 David has been on amazing journey going where others fear to thread, exposing hidden agendas and lost truths.

RINF members took part in a question & answers session with very special guest, Mr David Icke.

Purchase Infinite Love Is the Only Truth: Everything Else Is Illusion 

Rinf.com:
Thank you for taking time out for this. Let’s dive in head first… Have you ever been contacted by Illuminati agents, received threats, warnings etc?

David Icke:
Not in the sense that they have done it openly.

Rinf.com:
Do you worry about your personal safety?

David Icke:
No

Rinf.com:
And what advice would you give to those trying to expose these hidden agendas?

David Icke:
Do what you know to be right without fear of the consequences. Fear of the consequences manifests the consequences.

ABTS asks:
Mr Icke, first of all let me thank you for all the work you’re doing for the people of this planet. You’ve often spoke about an energy or entity around you. What do you think this is? A spirit guide, a guardian angel? Have you had communications with this being?

David Icke:
Thank-you. I have come to understand this ‘force’ around me far more in recent times. It is consciousness beyond the ‘Matrix’, beyond the program, that is feeding in information to explain the illusion that we are caught in – and how to free ourselves. Anyone can access this level of knowledge, but most people don’t because they identify who they are with the programmed ‘world’ and believe it to be real to all there is. What we believe, we experience. This guiding force is getting stronger and stronger within me every day to the point where I don’t have to research as much in the ‘five-sense’ way anymore. Much of it comes direct.

ABTS asks:
Do you ever see “orbs”?

David Icke:
No

Sixy asks:
Do you think that you, and the beliefs that you hold, have been unfairly represented in the media? And do you see this as a conspiracy against you?

David Icke:
Yes, of course, they have unfairly represented, indeed often fundamentally mis-represented, what I am saying, but that goes with the territory. Anyone who has operated outside the box has been ridiculed, condemned and mis-represented by those in the box. And journalists as a profession, with honourable exceptions, are children of the box. Yes, there is an agenda to present me in a negative way to people, but those orchestrating this are a tiny few. The rest of the journalistic comedy club just do what they always do – take the piss out of those who are different and thus, ironically, serve the conspiracy they deny exists!

Goat asks:
Have you ever read any of Robert E. Howard’s Cthulhu Mythos stories and if he has, what he thinks about them.

Specifically “The Shadow Kingdom”.

David Icke:
No, not seen those.

Taro asks: 
Since there is an endless amount of unconsciousness and suffering in the world, at what point do you stop paying attention to all the tricks of the Illuminati in order to start creating that heaven or joyous existence for yourself and others in our virtual hologram or conscious utopias? LOVE&RESPECT

David Icke:
Why can’t we do both? What we have here is a need for reconnecting ourselves to those levels of consciousness beyond the Matrix, beyond the mind prison. But the greatest block to that is the way society and people are manipulated to stay mesmerised by the illusion – the one with all the unconsciousness and suffering. To expose and remove that manipulation and control would bring down the dam that holds people in mental, emotional and spiritual servitude more than anything else because the guards would be removed from the gateways to enlightenment. So its not one or the other, I would say, but both.

Rinf.com: 
Do you notice a change or shift in human behavior?

David Icke:
Very much so. I have been a barometer of it in many ways since I went public with this 15 years ago. I have also been to more than 40 countries researching and talking. There is a massive awakening taking place, just as I was told there would be in 1990, and the next ten years are going to bring about a fantastic transformation that will, however, not be without its serious challenges. The Illuminati will do all they can to block it, but they are like King Canute to the rising tide. We are at a fork in the road and it is decision time on which way we want to go.

Malio asks: 
Are you familiar with Grant Morrison’s mega-conspiracy comic-book series The Invisibles ? If so, do you perceive Grant as being on any particular ‘side’?

David Icke:
No, not seen that. Sounds about right, though, with the title.

Malio asks:
I’d also be interested in hearing how you would characterise the type of society that would exist if the Illuminati project was completely successful. Where exactly are we headed if they are not resisted? If I understand your thinking correctly, they only ‘conspire’ because they don’t want to reveal their plans explicitly while it would still be possible to resist them. If we ever reached the stage where they had no need to hide their intentions what kind of a world would we be in?

David Icke:
It would be a global version of Nazi Germany, the worst of what George Orwell foresaw in his book, 1984. The structure for this is being connected together by the day now. What people call ‘globalisation’ is the fascist centralisation of power unfolding before us.

Cush asks:
I’m interested in your views of the genetic engineering of fish, particularly in open sea areas. As a main source of protein for humans, farming fish is a lucrative means to corral corporate power at the expense of the oceanic ecosystem. Are there any concrete links between genetic fish farming and international corporate structure?

David Icke:
Genetically engineered food is designed to genetically engineer us. That’s the agenda, as I explain in the new book.

Fletch asks: 
Do you still believe you are the son of God? If not, was there any particular moment when you realised you were not the offspring of a Deity or was it a more gradual process?

David Icke:
I am a Son of God, if you can open your mind enough to perceive us all as a droplet in the same infinite ocean of consciousness that some call ‘God’. Indeed, open your mind some more (sorry about the headache, Fletch) and you will see that we are not only a droplet, we are the ocean also. Thus, continuing the analogy, we are both the ‘son’ and the ‘father’. Yep, even you, mate

Fletch asks: 
Also if you admit that you were wrong doesn’t that make what your saying now also slightly suspect.

David Icke:
See above. And whether anyone sees what I say as slightly suspect or utterly brilliant it is all the same to me. It is information, make of it what you will. And what you will is none of my business.

Fletch asks: 
If you still think you are the son of God do you think that gives you any special insight?

David Icke:
I have a special insight that I am seeking to use. Most people have a special insight they do not seek to use, not least because they are told from cradle to grave that it doesn’t exist. And the insight is not actually ‘special’, it is the nature of existence. We have just been manipulated to forget that.

Fletch asks: 
And, can I join your religion?

David Icke:
Fletch, to those who have bothered to find out anything about me that is not provided by the mainstream media, the question must be hilarious. Religion is the greatest form of mind control every invented.

Fletch asks: 
If you never believed you were the son of God , why do you think people interpreted you as making this claim?

David Icke:
Can you give me the address of your time warp, Fletch, and I’ll write to you!

Fletch asks: 
Also, did you enjoy the Jasper Carrott routine based on the possibility that you may actually be the son of God and how your future followers would then worship you?

David Icke:
If it was funny I’m sure I would like it.

Fletch asks: 
Will you stop saying the royal family are lizards if you get a knighthood?

David Icke:
The very thought that I would be offered a knighthood, let alone accept it, leads me to ask you the question you ask of me below, Fletch.

Fletch asks: 
Do you think there is the slightest possibility that throughout the years you’ve consistently misinterpreted/distorted evidence, facts and/or have relaxed the use of your rational facilities to the point where what you say is obviously very unlikely to correspond to reality or if there are a multitude of realities that your reality is the silliest and not worth bothering about?

David Icke:
What is reality, Fletch? Explain it to me in your own words. What is the ‘world’ you are looking at now? Do you think it’s ‘solid’ and ‘physically’ ‘real’. Yes? Then I ask you again: ‘Do you think there is the slightest possibility that throughout the years you’ve consistently misinterpreted/distorted evidence, facts and/or have relaxed the use of your rational facilities to the point where what you say is obviously very unlikely to correspond to reality or if there are a multitude of realities that your reality is the silliest and not worth bothering about?’

Fletch asks: 
If not and you’re certain you’re right, doesn’t that make you as dogmatic as a religious fundamentalist?

David Icke:
Religious fundamentalists seek to impose their view, I don’t give a shit what people think of mine, let alone demand that anyone believes it. By the way, look in the mirror and see what dogma looks back at yourself.

Stephan asks:
Dear David, Have you yourself ever seen anybody shape shift and could you please tell me if the Dutch Royals are shape shifters (They have a boat that’s called “the green dragon” and live in a castle that’s called “dragonstein”)?

David Icke:
I have not seen a full shapeshift, but I can sense the eyes and energy of these bloodlines. It is very, very distinctive once you begin to recognise it. The Dutch royal family are big time reptilian shapeshifters, yes.

strangedream asks: 
What are your thoughts on the current education system being used today?

David Icke:
Gandhi was asked what he thought of western civilisation and he said ‘I think it would be a very good idea.’ My feelings exactly on ‘education’. What we have is not an education system, but an indoctrination machine that implants the desired view of reality to keep the next generations in the same reality box as their parents. But many young people are now beginning to wake up from the trance and reject the programming.

Georgie asks: 
You talk a lot about the matrix. have you ever spoken to Sophia Stewart, the woman who claim to be the original creator of the matrix and the terminator trilogies? she seem to have a lot of knowledge on that topic, and whets your thought on that?

David Icke:
No, I have never spoken to her, but the Matrix movie concept was a brilliant portrayal of the illusory world we think we live in that only exists in our minds.

Georgie asks: 
have you ever heard about the hypnotherapies dr. Bruce Goldberg, who also have stumbled upon “the reptiles”? he’s thoughts on them fits very good with what you are saying, except the shape shifting.

David Icke:
No, sounds interesting, I’d like to know more.

Georgie asks: 
what’s your thoughts on Jordan Maxwell?

David Icke:
Very good information on symbolism. I think I’ll leave it at that.

Georgie asks: 
what’s your response to Ivan Fraser’s concern about you and Arizona Wilder when the biggest secret was released?

David Icke:
He has a right to his opinion. The ever-gathering wealth of information has shown it to be misguided, however. The idea that all my information about the reptilians etc. has come from that one source is utterly laughable, ridiculous beyond words, but that was the impression that seemed to be given by many would-be detractors of The Biggest Secret. For every one like Arizona who has had the guts to go public with her name, I speak with countless others who tell me of similar experiences but are frightened to speak openly.

Georgie asks: 
what topics are you currently researching now?

David Icke:
Wherever life takes me. But it seems to be focusing on the nature of reality, how it is manipulated, and how we can take control of the reality we create.

Rinf.com asks:
What has been your families reaction to your work, and in what ways has it changed their lives?

David Icke:
It has opened their minds to a greater picture and my former wife, Linda, and my daughter Kerry both work with me with Bridge of Love Publications in getting this information out around the world.

bornlightman asks: 
Hello David,
Thank you for your hard work and research in getting people to see a bigger picture.
Do you know of anyone on earth who is capable of bringing the diverse masses together for some real tangible change benefiting the earth as a whole?

David Icke:
Yep, the diverse masses. And the connection is consciousness beyond the Matrix that we are all capable of accessing. It’s coming, have no worries.

bornlightman: 
I’ve all but lost hope in US.

David Icke:
The United States is an Illuminati/Matrix entity, that’s all, a figment of the illusion. The people living in the US have the potential to reunite with their infinite consciousness in awareness of itself – and that can change anything it wants, including the current plight of what we call the United States.

bornlightman asks: 
Also what can you tell us of the afterlife.

David Icke:
There is no ‘after’ life, just the continuation of eternity. The ‘afterlife’ is the dream that replaces this one in our sense of reality after the illusion we call death.

realview asks: 
David,
I relate to at least 2 main components to the NWO. That is the Jesuits and the Money Lenders. The money lenders have been around perhaps forever. The Jesuits have solidified the process with ruthless organization and leadership. How do you reconcile the “Reptilians” with the two groups. I would like to see a clear unified perspective. I’m open to the possibility of the Reptilians, the Zionists the whatever but I do see the basic Money Lender and Jesuit components very clearly.

Thanks!

David Icke:
You are right about the money lenders in that they control the world at every level of five-sense reality through the imposition of debt. I talk about this in great detail in my books. The money scam is at the heart of all Illuminati manipulation of global societies. The Roman Church was the Church of Babylon relocated and so the Jesuits are the agents of the Church of Babylon, the ancient stronghold of the Illuminati bloodlines. They are very significant indeed to the Illuminati agenda.

BaNoyse asks: 
Given that Reptilians are as you detail, is there a way to cause the reptiles true form be to be shown?

David Icke:
From the hundreds and hundreds of people I have met and communicated with who have seen shapeshifting , it seems that they are most likely to shift in states of extreme anger – fury – sexual fervour and in situations where they are safe to do so, especially their sacrifice rituals.

BaNoyse asks: 
Do you think those controlled by the bonds of religion are also controlled in the next dimension by the tenets they believe in.

David Icke:
They can be, yes . Death is no cure for ignorance and, as I explain in the new book, the Matrix is multi-dimensional.

BaNoyse asks: 
Are these beings trans dimensional and is that their focus with geometry?

David Icke:
In the end, the Matrix can be brought down to the level of mathematics, as I explain in detail in the new book.

BaNoyse asks: 
Do you believe that they infest the Universe?

David Icke:
I think they are biological software programs, very much like Agent Smith in the Matrix movies. Again, see the new book. I don’t know about ‘infest’, but the reptilian genetics – program – seems very significant within the Matrix. Look at the human brain, for example, the oldest part of which is called by science the R-Complex or ‘reptilian brain’.

BaNoyse: 
and this piece found in Noah, Enoch wife after the flood

When Batenosh my wife noticed that my face had changed (its) _expression [ … … ] then she gained control of her emotion(s) and spoke with me. She said to me, “O my master and [brother, recall for yourself] my pregnancy. I swear to you by the Great Holy One, by the Ruler of Hea[ven] that this seed is yours, that this pregnancy is from you, that from you is the planting of [this] fruit [and that it is] not from any alien, or from any of the Watchers, or from any heavenly being.
Why has the appearance] of your face changed like this upon you? And (why) is it disfigured, and your spirit dejected like this? [ … for I] tell you (this) truthfully. vacat

David Icke:
I spent two weeks recently with the Zulu shaman, Credo Mutwa, in South Africa and he told me of the countless times he hears this same basic story from African women who become pregnant through the ‘Chitauri’ – the ‘Children of the Serpent’. They suffer terribly because people don’t believe they became pregnant from a reptilian entity that appeared to them, they say they cheated on their husbands. Then, after about three months, they wake up to find the child has gone from them.

BaNoyse: 
The watchers and aliens – why do you think she speaks so?

I also always wonder how a small isolated island could amass such prestige.

David Icke:
The Illuminati located much of its operation in Britain, especially after William of Orange came over from the Netherlands to take the throne in the late 17th century.

BaNoyse: 
Thank you for you and your families courage.

seriouosthinker asks: 
Hi David,

I first have to thank you for turning my life around. Had my girlfriend not given me “the biggest secret” to read, i would have still been a fat lazy idiot.

I have many questions i would like to ask but only want one answered at this time.

Have you ever met a man called David Gemmell? He is a brilliant writer of heroic medieval fantasy books. In these books they are full of symbolism, and many references are made to reptile-like creatures.

David Icke:
No, not seen those.

seriouosthinker asks: 
He has even wrote a book called “The Last Guardian” which is an excellent read and is amazingly, about an army of alien-reptile-soldiers from another dimension that invade earth through a special gateway.

David Icke:
Sounds about right.

seriouosthinker: 
The similarities between your work and this book in particular are quite amazing.

David Icke:
The thing is that the reptilian connection is far more widely known about than you would think from looking at the mainstream media. The reason it only seems to be me is that I have been one who has managed to get the subject talked about more widely by not being afraid to be dubbed crazy. But a lot of people know about it, as did many ancient peoples.

Rinf.com:
Can we have the low-down on the new book?

David Icke:
It is about the illusory nature of reality and how it is manipulated to hold us in a mind-prison. It explains how we live in a holographic version of the Internet in which we are fed a collective reality in waveform which our DNA, a biological computer, decodes into holographic pictures, much as a television does in theme. It also talks about how we disconnect from the program and take control of our own reality, and, therefore, experience.

Rinf.com asks: 
Finally David, thank you for taking the time to answer our questions and do you recommend any aura cleansing / meditation techniques to prevent these negative energies of from tuning in or clinging to our psyche?

David Icke:
Live with joy and without fear. Aura cleansed.

Purchase Infinite Love Is the Only Truth: Everything Else Is Illusion 

Jon Ronson Interview

0

Jon Ronson Books:

Them: Adventures with Extremists

The Men Who Stare at Goats

Out of the Ordinary: True Tales of Everyday Craziness

Jon Ronson Interview with RINF News

Rinf.com: Hi Jon, thanks for joining us today. We have some questions from RINF members for you here. Lately you’ve been investigating conspiracy theories, mainly the ‘New World Order’. Did you have prior knowledge of these conspiracies connecting the groups you’ve met through your research before you started work on the book?

Jon Ronson: I had a vague idea. I remember — when I was writing Them: Adventures with Extremists — I was in a car park in Michigan with the KKK and they started talking about some shadowy cabal ruling the world. And then some of Omar Bakri’s friends said the same thing. I hadn’t really anticipated much of an ideological link between the KKK and the radical Islamists. Then, when I was editing the documentary I was making about the KKK (New Klan — about a politically correct Grand Wizard who wouldn’t let his members use “the N-Word”) my producer Fenton Bailey, who has just made the Deep Throat documentary by the way, said I should do something on conspiracy theories. I think he was anticipating me doing “Who Killed Diana?” and “Who Killed Kennedy?” But it gave me a different idea. What if I joined forces with the conspiracy theorists and tried to get into the secret room? So I imagined a kind of shaggy dog travel story. Of course it ended up not quite so shaggy dog.

Sixy: What do you make of the new world order and other conspiracies?

Jon Ronson: There’s a line in Them where I say, “Thank God I don’t believe in the secret rulers of the world. Imagine what the secret rulers of the world might do to me if I did believe in them.”

That’s basically my view.

They don’t exist, they do exist, but they exist in a different way to how some people imagine. I think The Men Who Stare At Goats shows that insane conspiracies happen, but quite often in slightly buffoonish human ways (like Major Generals trying to walk through walls).

Jon Ronson: Sometimes these ideas trickle down and influence us in ways we don’t quite conceive.

Remember that line in Jonathan Coe’s What A Carve Up! when the lead character, Michael Owen, realises that his father died young because he ate too much junk food. The junk food was manufactured by a member of the evil, fictional Winshaw family. Michael Owen asks, “Does this mean the Winshaws killed my father?” A question mark.

Eric: Most of the people you study seem, for the most part, disenfranchised. However, one example of an extremist group which has actually come to power is the right-wing Christians of the United States (http://shock-awe.info/archive/001248.php). What is your opinion as to how these now enfranchised extremists change their rhetoric to accommodate the new reality that it is they who are now in power and no longer outsiders persecuted by an elite liberal cabal?

Jon Ronson: It is fascinating to me how the dynamic has changed. When Clinton was President, the liberals thought it was nuts that the right wingers believed the UN were about to swoop down, funded by Bilderberg, or whatever, to destroy the lives of simple folk who wanted to live free.

The left often ignored the occasions when this kind of stuff really did happen (Ruby Ridge, Waco). But now, under Bush, the left are the conspiracy theorists, and the right think they’re just as nuts (see, for example, the neo-con response to The Power of Nightmares). Maybe in the end it is just that: the disenfranchised — whoever they are — see conspiracies and the enfranchised — whoever they are — reply “that’s just the way things are done.”

ABTS: What’s your vice?

Jon Ronson: Smoking, online poker, worrying myself into an early grave.

Sixy: How did you really feel when looking into and meeting (i.e. being followed) the Bilderberg group?

Jon Ronson: Literally as terrified as I made out in Them. I had never been chased by shadowy henchmen before. I couldn’t say, “Oh this is just like the time I was chased by shadowy henchmen back in ’86.”

Rinf.com: While meeting Ian Paisley and his entourage, what was your opinion of his role in the Northern Ireland peace process and do see him as part of the problem or part of the solution?

Jon Ronson: A difficult question. Obviously the liberal in me thinks he’s part of the problem — much of the problem, in fact — but I didn’t live through the troubles. The troubles were clearly insane and awful for everyone. And a lot of baggage was accumulated on every side.

Paul: Do you think David Icke is a lizard?

Jon Ronson: I think David Icke is a mystery.

Stuart: What happened in your life, that took you on this crusade to expose the things you have ?

Jon Ronson: I was interviewed by The Times recently, and Caitlin Moran, who interviewed me, wrote: “It’s to reassure himself that behind every fringe element bent on world domination, there are people doing foolish things. Reading plant auras. Buying choc-ices. Thinking they can kill a goat with their mind. Being human. It’s his way of coping with the awful, pitching terror of life.”

I think she’s spot on. Nothing uniquely bad has happened to me in my personal life, but all the regular little bad things have accumulated to make me a neurotic person. And these adventures are my way of trying to make sense of that.

Sixy: How did you feel meeting certain individuals (such as the Muslim leader and the Klanspeople) being Jewish? Did this make him feel uncomfortable, etc?

Jon Ronson: Not on a conscious level because I feel so assimilated. But when I was doing the KKK I had constant nightmares of being exposed as a Jew and lynched by the Klan. So it was hitting me on a subconscious level.

Rinf.com: We’ve seen you in some understandably scared and paranoid states of mind. When did the paranoia end?

Jon Ronson: My paranoia never ends, but I haven’t been paranoid about being spied on my shadowy forces for some time now. When I was writing The Men Who Stare At Goats my producer John Sergeant and I were told that Homeland Security or possibly Military Intelligence were interested in us. For a while we thought we should email each other in code, like, “Wednesday is the day of the big wedding”, or whatever, but that we decided that that sounds worse. Right now I am paranoid just about dull domestic matters.

Rinf.com: Finally, you’ve just sold the movie rights for THEM and The Men Who Stare at Goats, what can you tell us about that (if anything) — and future projects you’re going to or would like to work on.

Jon Ronson: I’m sworn to secrecy. But I am writing something about junk mail at the moment that I think is very interesting. And another film company is developing the stuff I’ve written about my family life — a short memoir I wrote called A Fantastic Life, about taking my son to Lapland, and my Out Of The Ordinary column in The Guardian — into a movie.

Rinf.com: Thank you for taking time out to speak to us Jon.

Jon Ronson: Okay, thanks for being interested, and bye.

Jon Ronson Books:

Them: Adventures with Extremists

The Men Who Stare at Goats

Out of the Ordinary: True Tales of Everyday Craziness

David R Griffin Interview

0

David Ray Griffin  Answers Your Questions

RINF members had the opportunity to put questions to one of the worlds most credible and respected 9/11 researchers, Dr. David Ray Griffin.

George Asks:
Thank you for all of your wonderful work to expose the truth about 9/11 and to bring the perpetrators to justice.

My question is how you see the “end game” playing out as far as obtaining justice against all of the perpetrators of 9/11. What is the best case scenario, in your mind, and what is the soonest that it could occur?

Thank you again!

David Ray Griffin:
Like Yogi Berra, I don’t make predictions, especially about the future. Seriously, I have no idea about what is likely. We can only do everything we can do to get the truth exposed, knowing full well that we will probably fail. But if that is indeed the outcome, this will not mean that our efforts were in vain. If life has any meaning at all (and I think it does), then there is nothing more important than doing our best.

Erin S. Myers Asks:
Very curious to hear your musings on the restoration of a constitutional republic… I doubt that I’ve ever enjoyed living in one in my short lifetime… but it sounds quite nice. Also, I’ve imbibed the concept that a document “of the people” can not very well be considered sovereign, if the people who created it (or inherit it) are not first sovereigns themselves. I do not see this as problematic (such as “unrestrained individuality”) if something like the concept of the Golden Rule is deeply ingrained from early years, and held up as a measure in all questions of criminal wrongdoing and torts. Your thoughts?

David Ray Griffin:
The answer to the question of whether the USA is a constitutional republic is that it is a matter of degree. It has never been perfect or even close to it. It has always been a plutocracy. But there have been periods in which the US Constitution has been ignored more fully than in other periods. In a recent essay, historian Howard Zinn, after pointing out some of the great evils of US history, wrote:

Still, there seems to be a special viciousness that accompanies the current assault on human rights, in this country and in the world. We have had repressive governments before, but none has legislated the end of habeas corpus, nor openly supported torture, nor declared the possibility of war without end. No government has so casually ignored the will of the people, affirmed the right of the President to ignore the Constitution, even to set aside laws passed by Congress. (Howard Zinn, “Impeachment by the People,” The Progressive, February 2007
(http://www.progressive.org/node/4473.)

9/11 has been the excuse for all this. Mark Danner, for example, has pointed to the way in which 9/11 has been used by the Bush-Cheney administration to justify a “state of exception,” in the sense discussed by Giorgio Agamben, under which the U.S. president increasingly operates without the constraint of law, whether international or constitutional. (Danner makes this point in “You Can Do Anything with a Bayonet Except Sit On It,” A TomDispatch.com
Interview with Mark Danner, Feb. 26, 2006 [http://markdanner.com/nyt/022606_tomdispatch.htm]. On Giorgio Gamben’s ideas, see his State of Exception, trans. Kevin Attell [Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2006].)

So there is nothing more important today than getting the people of America and the world in general to realize that 9/11 was a false-flag operation, orchestrated in order to have a pretext for this systematic assault on the US constitution and international law.

STELLAPENA Asks:
I wish to tell you that I appreciate your work in exposing the lies of 9/11, and wish you all of the best to you, your family, and to us as a nation. I remember your lecture at the University of Wisconsin which was sponsored by MUJCA.NET, and at the end of the lecture, during the question and answer period you briefly alluded to some revelations and/or news from some of the victims’ families. I understand that many of them have stood behind “9/11 Press for Truth” in calling for a new investigation. Do you know how many of these families believe that the events of 9/11 were carried out by members of this administration and, if so, will they also be speaking to this anytime in the future?

Thank you!

David Ray Griffin:
No, I do not how many family members believe this. Some of them clearly do. For example, Bob McIlvaine, who was featured on “9/11: Press for Truth,” has elsewhere said: “I believe 100% that the U.S. orchestrated 9/11 with the help of other agencies around the world” (“9/11: Truth, Lies, and Conspiracy: Interview: Bob McIlvaine,” August 30, 2006 (http://www.cbc.ca/sunday/911mcilvaine.html). But I have no idea how many others feel the same way. Kyle Hence, who produced that DVD, might have a better idea.

Dachsie Asks:
As a Christian, I believe that is God’s plan for there to be individual sovereign nation states and not a one world government. I understand that you, Dr. Griffin, desire some from of world government. I also understand the perpetration of 9-11 to be one in a long series of false flag operations for the ultimate goal of forming a one world government. Do you, Dr. Griffin, believe that having a truly independent investigation of 9-11 will and should augment and restore the sovereign Constitutional republic of the United States of America?

David Ray Griffin:
On the question of constitutional government, please see my answer to Erin Myers.

On the question of global government, it’s essential to distinguish between two completely different types. One type, which you evidently have in mind, would be what is sometimes called “globalization from above.”

This type of one-world government could be produced by one nation using its military and economic might to establish an all-inclusive empire. It would appear that those who orchestrated 9/11 thought that it would move the USA towards that goal (see the references to “Pax Americana” in “Rebuilding America’s Defenses,” put out by the Project for the New
American Century in September 2000). This kind of top-down globalization could also be produced by the elite class from many countries.

What I have talked about, by contrast, would be global democracy, in which the people of the planet would govern themselves through democratic processes. Legislation could be passed to reverse the growing gap between the rich and the poor, to enforce strict laws against pollution, and so on. Disputes between nations would be handled by going to court rather than going to war—think how barbaric it would be if, when a neighboring state had a dispute with California about water rights, California, being richer and more powerful, could simply send its army to settle the issue. There are, of course, lots of questions to be answered about the possibility and desirability of global government in this sense. I plan to do this in a forthcoming book on Global Democracy (which would have been out long ago if 9/11 had not occurred). In the meantime, you can look at my second chapter in Griffin et al., “The American Empire and the Commonwealth of God.” The main point to see is that global government in this sense would have nothing in common except the name with global government in the top-down sense, and it would be opposed in the strongest possible terms by the rich and powerful of the world—until, at least, they realize that if their own grandchildren are going to have a world, global democracy will need to be instituted.

2BFree Asks:
My question concerns the apparent lack of potential energy needed to bring

down the twin towers. Do you know of any one who has studied all the
energy needed to produce the type of destruction that occurred on 9/11 to
the towers? Dr. Judy Wood contends that no available method or process
could produce the result that happened i.e. turning the concrete to dust
and “dissolve” the huge steel columns as we witnessed except a possible
use of “Star Wars” type technology. Do you have any hypothesis to explain
this “energy deficiency” that we all saw?

Thank you for your efforts to find the truth.

David Ray Griffin:
There are, of course, various theories, with some scientists proposing
thermite or thermate, others proposing mini-nukes, and still others, such
as Judy Wood, proposing another kind of technology. I do not have the
expertise to enter into these debates. I also suspect it’s a mistake for
proponents to become too wedded to any one theory of what really happened.
We, of course, want to know, and scientists should not be discouraged from
making the case for the theories that seems most probable to them. But we
will probably not know for sure until those who orchestrated the
destruction of the buildings are forced to reveal how they did it.
We should, therefore, put our emphasis, especially in our public
presentations, on the point on which we all agree: that the official
story, according to which the buildings were destroyed by the combination
of fire and externally caused damage, is false.

This is partly, as you say, because of the energy deficiency. But it is also because of all the features of the destruction of WTC 1, 2, and 7 that can be explained, and can only be explained, through the use of some sort of technology that could produce explosions sufficient to slice steel and pulverize virtually all of the concrete.

We can show, accordingly, know that official theory is false without
knowing what the true theory is. And that is all we need to show in order
to demonstrate that the destruction of the WTC was an inside job.

Andrew Lowe Watson Asks:
Dear Dr Griffin,

I would like to take this opportunity to thank you sincerely for your work
in exposing the truth about the events of September 11th, 2001.

I am troubled by the theories recently propounded concerning the possible
use of Directed Energy Weapons in the demolitions of WTC 1 and 2. Can you
re-assure me that there is, to your knowledge, absolutely no validity in
these suggestions?

Thank you.

David Ray Griffin:
There may be people who could assure you of this, but I cannot. Please see my answer to 2Bfree.

Adam Asks:
Why didn’t you go into detail in your books about Jamie S. Gorelick? Such
as her connections between United Technologies and the Carlyle Group?

Dear Adam,
I did mention that most of the Commissioners had at least potential
conflicts of interest. There is reason to be extra-suspicious of Jamie
Gorelick, moreover, because she was the only one, aside from Phillip
Zelikow, who was allowed to see certain White House documents. Also, as
Peter Lance points out in “Cover Up,” she was evidently involved in the
cover-up of the truth about TWA 800.
I do not know, however, whether she and other Commissioners all knew the
truth about 9/11 and consciously participated in covering up this crime.
She at times seemed genuinely interested in forcing witnesses to tell
truths they wanted to conceal, such as with her refusal to accept the
nonsense being uttered by General Richard Myers. Likewise Richard
Ben-Veniste, about whom there are good reasons to be suspicious, asked
some of the toughest questions. It could be, of course, that they were
simply establishing their credibility, especially with fellow Democrats.
That this was indeed the case is suggested by the fact that they never
forced the revelation of anything truly damning. But although I have my
suspicions about this, I cannot claim to have knowledge.
So, I do not say or even imply that these Commissioners were deliberately
concealing the truth, because I do not know this. (If you want to see my
reflections about epistemology–the study of what and how we know—you
could consult the final chapter of my “Reenchantment without
Supernaturalism.”) I focus instead on Philip Zelikow, whose conflicts of
interest were much more serious and whose power to shape the Commission,
and especially its Final Report, was much greater. I have virtually no
doubt about his conscious orchestration of the cover-up.

Johndoraemi Asks:
Dr. Griffin, what is your take on this?

Cheney’s “orders” which “still stand” in the PEOC seem to be:

1) In the context/authority of his command responsibility for military
exercises,

2) Related to the live fly hijacking drills,

3) An order to not send up any MORE planes into an already crowded and
confusing airspace in the interest of SAFETY.

Cheney will have exercised his command authority to not intercept the
incoming pentagon jet because that plane COULD have been a live fly
exercise plane, and therefore he can claim he didn’t want any “accidents”
to happen as a result of the confusion of the moment.

Recall that on Meet the Press that Sunday, Cheney went into nonsense about
discussing whether to “intercept”, with the idiotic definition that we
would put a fighter jet in the “same airspace” with other jets. This
buffoon like explanation had method to the madness. It was Cheney’s cover
story to not scramble (non-exercise) jets against possible exercise
aircraft because of his concern for safety. That is the only way he could
have sold his “order” to the men under him.

This cover story reveals the premeditation in having all those exercises
scheduled exactly at that time on that morning.

Other signs of premeditation were the June 1st “Air Piracy” Joint Chiefs
of Staff memo that changed the scramble procedures so that the Secretary
of Defense would have to give “approval.” Rumsfeld gave no “approval”
during the attacks (more dereliction of duty/possible conspiracy).

Another sign is that pilots were banned from bringing firearms into the
cockpits during that same “hair on fire” period of intense warnings about
hijackings.

The biggest giveaway that I know of is Genoa, of course.

Hope you continue the good fight. On that note, I’ve been trying to get
people to protest on the opening day of the new Congress, January
3rd. But, I can’t seem to get large numbers of people to commit. Please
consider flying to Washington to literally BURN your copy of the 9-11
Commission Report in front of Congress on the 3rd.

Dear Johndoraemi,

The scenario you lay out may be true.

But I don’t think we could claim to know that it is true or even give it a
sufficiently high level of probability to proclaim it in public.

As I’ve indicated in my other answers, I think we are much better off
sticking with those things that we can declare with certainty or at least
a very high level of probability. There many things of this nature that
contradict the official story, moreover, so we need not make more dubious
claims.

With regard to the Mineta discussion, it shows clearly that the 9/11
Commission, in claiming that Cheney did not get down to the underground
bunker until almost 10 AM, was lying.

It also shows the falsity of the Commission’s claim that no one knew about
an unidentified aircraft approaching Washington until a minute or two
before the Pentagon was struck.

It also strongly suggests that Mineta witnessed Cheney’s standdown order.
Mineta, to be sure, said that he assumed that the “orders” were to shoot
the aircraft down. But that interpretation is ruled out by the fact that
that is NOT what happened and also by the fact that, if those had been the
orders, the young man would not have been asking if the orders still
stood. His question makes sense only if the orders were to do something
that seemed counterintuitive.

SeekerofTruth Asks:
Dr. Griffin,

Your work is invaluable and you are indeed regarded as a beacon of truth
and hope. Let me first comment by saying that you, or rather anyone, is
not obligated nor should be expected to cover every last aspect of the
attack. Lord knows movements are made up of many for the purpose of
‘sharing the load’. So I feel that you don’t need to answer the questions
of those who are asking you unfair, or in the case of one thus far,
disingenuous questions.

My question for you concerns the seeming brick wall of “leftist” or
alternative media gatekeeping. I speak of those such as Noam Chomsky, Amy
Goodman, The Nation, Infoshop.org, and all those who “redirect”, distract,
or “bait & switch” the conversation away from the most
lethal-to-the-establishment discussions. Although many are aware of this
conundrum…and it is indeed that, I feel as though we are not dealing
effectively with it, and have yet to hear you speak on the issue.

Thank you Dr. Griffin,
seeker of truth

Dear SeekerOfTruth,

Thanks for the opportunity you give me to plug my forthcoming book,
“Debunking 9/11 Debunking: An Answer to Popular Mechanics and Other
Defenders of the Official Story.” The body of the book contains responses
to four substantial publications that came out in August 2006. But in the
Introduction and the Conclusion, I respond to critiques of the 9/11 truth
movement by several left-leaning journalists, including Alexander Cockburn
(Counterpunch and The Nation), Matthew Rothschild (The Progressive),
Christopher Hayes (The Nation) and Terry Allen (In These Times).

Altruist Asks:
Dr. Griffin:

In your speeches and books, you do not address the many Military War Games
and Drills that occurred before and on 9/11. Other researchers have
pointed out that, both before and after 9/11, drills mimicking terrorist
attacks frequently “coincide” with the actual attacks themselves (the
implication being that the “drills” are taken “live” at some point and
then real terrorist attacks, albeit false-flag ones, take place). Why do
you not examine this seemingly important aspect of 9/11 and its bearing on
the lack of, and interference in, our Air Defense on that day?

Dear Altruist,
Although I have read with interest what other researchers have written
about the war games, I have myself written very little about them. I do
point out that they show the falsity of the claim that the government and
the military had not imagined hijacked planes being used as weapons. I
also point out that the 9/11 Commission refused to talk about them at the
hearings, even when people in the audience demanded that they do so. And I
used Jamie Gorelick’s response—that the Commissioners were assured that
they were not important—to illustrate the point that the Commissioners
only dealt with things presented by Zelikow’s staff.
Of coruse, this very fact—that the Commissioners were evidently steered
away from the issue—is suspicious. I have little doubt that the war
games played an important role. But as to just what that role was, I
remain agnostic.
I do not believe, as some have seemed to suggest, that the war games, by
causing so much confusion, made a stand down unnecessary.
My own suspicion is that the war games were scheduled for the same day as
the attacks (or vice versa) as the ultimate excuse. That is, if all of the
other excuses as to why the military did not intercept the planes fall
apart, the military would be able to claim: “The war games confused us,
but we didn’t want to admit it, so we lied. We’re sorry. We see now we
should have told the truth from the beginning.”
I do not claim to know that this is true. It is, as I say, only my
suspicion.
So, I don’t talk about the role played by the war games because I don’t
have anything certain or even probable to say about this. Also, one need
not talk about the war games to provide a very strong case that the
military was involved in orchestrating the events of that day.

Mark Roberts Asks:
Dr. Griffin,

Has information that has been released to the public since the publication
of your book The 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions caused
you to alter your views about any of those 115 claims?

Thank you.

Dear Mark:
I would not today change that essay except for adding some clarifications
with regard to a few points:
Number 1. What I claim with most certainty about the hijackers is that (a)
there were credible reports that some of them were still alive after 9/11
and (b) that the 9/11 Commission failed to address this issue. One of the
alleged hijackers said in David Harrison’s article still to be alive
(Ahmed al-Nami) turned out to be a case of mistaken identity. It seems
less likely that this could be true of some of the others, such as Waleed
al-Shehri, who came forward after seeing his photograph in the paper. I
wish, however, that someone could do some investigative reporting that
could settle this issue.
Number 4: Flight manifests with names of the alleged hijackers have now
appeared
(http://s15.invisionfree.com/Loose_Change_Forum/index.php?showtopic=9362).
Whether they are authentic, I cannot say. The fact that they are so late
makes me suspicious.
Number 18. The question of whether the Pentagon’s “entrance hole” was too
small for a 757 turned out to be more complex than it seemed at the time.
But the point remains that the hole, as shown in most of the photographs,
“appears too small for a Boeing 757 to have entered,” so it is something
that the 9/11 Commission should have discussed.
Number 21. There have been some pictures released, but they certainly have
not changed the situation—except to provide more evidence that there are
no photos showing a 757 hitting the Pentagon. In any case, the point
remains that the Commission failed to discuss this issue.
Number 77. We have now learned—from Michael Bronner’s essay in “Vanity
Fair” and Kean and Hamilton’s book “Without Precedent”—that at least
some members of the 9/11 Commission accused the military officers of lying
(even though, as I point out in “Debunking 9/11 Debunking,” this would
have been a completely unmotivated, irrational lie).
Number 105. I have given more evidence about bases with fighters that
could have been used in “Debunking 9/11 Debunking.”

John Wright Asks:
Dr. Griffin –

I hope that you and yours are well and that you celebrated a joyous
Christmas with your family.

Thank you very much for all your fine work on behalf of 9/11 Truth. I
have given about 15 copies of your The New Pearl Harbor to people to help
them find a way toward the truth of 9/11.

While I have much to say I will go directly to my question:

If, by July 4, 2007, 9/11 Truth has not broken into the mainstream
American media as a serious issue, then would you consider running for
President on a 9/11 Truth platform to finally push it into the MSM?

(I’d love to put a Griffin/Kwiatkowski 2008 bumper sticker on my car)

BTW – I work with the NorCal 9/11 Truth Alliance and live very close to KJ.

I look forward to meeting you sometime soon in 2007.

Love is the only way forward.

Warm regards, John Wright

Dear John,

Thank you for your confidence. But no.

Tuntang Asks:
I have 2 questions.

Is there ever going to be a moment of genuine mainstream revelation, a la
Watergate? Or will the 9/11 campaign just continue asymptotically like
many other theories?

I am in a minority amongst my friends in being a 9/11 sceptic- what is the
best simple fact or argument you have used to turn people around?

Dear Tuntang,

There is no simple answer to your question, because people differ greatly
in terms of what kind of evidence impresses them. As I mention in the
introduction to “Debunking 9/11 Debunking,” some people are empirically
minded. For them, you might start with the evidence that the official
account of the destruction of the WTC cannot be true.

Other people are strongly paradigmatic thinkers. Such people may not even
be willing to look at empirical evidence, because their “paradigm” of how
things happen convinces that governmental and military leaders would not
have done such a thing. With them, you might be most successful by showing
evidence to the contrary. In the introduction to “Debunking 9/11
Debunking,” for example, I point out that the Bush White House order the
EPA to assure the public that the air at ground zero was safe to breathe.
As a result, many people working on the clean up and rescue efforts did
not even wear masks, let along the more extensive protection that should
have been mandated. Consequently, more people will probably die from
cancer and other 9/11 diseases than died on 9/11 itself.

In any case, I gave my own statement of what I consider the strongest
evidence in my lecture/video “9/11: The Myth and the Reality”
(http://video.google.com/videosearch?q=david+ray+griffin).

Kenj Asks:
David, I hope you are well. There is a respected blogger Joseph Cannon who
runs Cannonfire.blogspot.com He’s a nice guy and well up on all the stuff
about 9/11 but he has totally written the controlled demolition (CD)
theories as bunkum. He links to this site: http://www.debunking911.com

I’m just curious to know if you have any personal views on the building
collapses? Any particular pieces of evidence or arguments convince you one
way or the other? What about the ideas found at the web link given?

Thanks for your good work. Best wishes.

Dear Kenj,

I have given my most complete argument about the WTC buildings in chapter
3 of “Debunking 9/11 Debunking,” entitled “The Disintegration of the World
Trade Center: Has NIST Debunked the Theory of Controlled Demolition?”

Firestone Asks:
Dr Griffin:

Do you think that any of the 19 hijackers are still alive, and if so, why
has no one from the Truth movement tried to contact them?

Dear Firestone:

See my comment under “Number 1” in my response to Mark Roberts. Also,
several people in the movement have wanted to go see if they could
interview any of them, but members of the movement tend not to be wealthy
and so they have had to ask for funding. Thus far no one, to my knowledge,
has put up the needed funding. Even one well-known journalist, who has
written some well-received books, tried to get funding but, at least the
last I heard, had not succeeded.

L Evans Asks:
Mr Griffin,

Thank you so much for taking the time to answer our questions. I hope that
you and your family are well.

What would you consider is the most important thing that Christians could
do to wake other Christians up to the truth behind 9/11 (and to wake up
non-Christians too!)?

Thank you,
L Evans.

Dear Evans,
In my book on this subject, “Christian Faith and the Truth behind 9/11: A
Call to Reflection and Action,” I suggested that Christians should
especially be concerned to expose the truth behind 9/11. Why? Because
Christianity began with the message of Jesus, which was an “anti-imperial
gospel,” as Richard Horsley calls it in “Jesus and Empire.”
Beyond that, the most important thing for getting Christians to wake up
seems to be the same as it is for other people: simply getting them to
look at the evidence. The evidence is now so overwhelming that, once they
do so, most of them will be convinced. It is at this point that their
religious and moral concerns should motivate them to work very hard to get
the truth exposed and thereby stop the policies that are being justified
in the name of 9/11.
For people who are unlikely to read my book, at least at first, you might
suggest my lecture, “9/11, American Empire, and Christian Faith,”
911Truth.org, April 28, 2006
(http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20060501003040487), the DVD of
which can be obtained from KenJenkins@aol.com.

Student Asks:
Question for David Ray Griffin,

Wouldn’t it be good if the movement could self regulate by means of an
agreed code of conduct which itself displays what is disinformation and
what is honest?

The 9-11 events displayed masterful psi-ops skills. But subsequent
infiltration efforts which seem to be going on, of 9-11 Truth groups and
message boards and so on, are also impressive.

Can you provide advice for rising above the disinformation efforts and
confusion operations that proliferate, especially on the net but also at
live 9-11 gatherings?

My own crude beginnings would include advice to…

— raise questions in people’s minds, rather than giving specific theories
— provide clear evidence that official theories cannot explain the facts
— always use polite language
— avoid villainizing any group, including government

Dr. Griffin, can you add to this list, or improve upon it, from your
experience? It does seem to me that the disinformation efforts all fail
one or another of these tests, at least. I am hoping you can add to this
list or otherwise improve on it, and/or comment usefully on this topic.

And do please accept my warmest thanks and best wishes.

BR Student

Dear BR Student,
You have provided a good set of ideas.
Probably even more destructive than actual disinformation agents has been
the tendency of some members of the movement to label those who disagree
with them as disinformation agents.
The logic behind these charges seems to run something like this:
My theory is the truth.
X rejects my theory.
Therefore X is a disinformation agent.
The best way to avoid this common tendency, I believe, is to focus, as you
suggest, on (1) showing why the official story must be false, rather than
(2) laying out an account of what really happened. Most people in the
movement agree on a large number of facts under the first task. Most of
the disagreements come with regard to the second effort. In our public
statements, it would be best to stick, as much as possible, to the former,
saving the latter for private discussions.

Ericman Asks:
Hello Dr. Griffin….

What I would like to know if you can comment on.. is …
Has anyone tried to contact the hotel workers that supposedly saw the
video of whatever struck the Pentagon from the hotel security camera? I
thought I read somewhere that they had seen it a number of times before
the FBI took possession.

Why haven’t any of them come forward with what they saw either to prove or
disprove any particular scenario?

Dear Ericman,
As to why they have not come forward, you would need to ask them.
My assumption, however, is that they have been told in no uncertain terms
not to do this. They probably believe, probably rightly, that they would
not only lose their jobs but would then have trouble getting another job.
We who have education and training that give us lots of options should not
underestimate the kind of intimidation that such threats can exert on
people with very few options for providing for their families. (I have
been told by people who have interviewed members of the Fire Department of
New York, for example, that they will not talk publicly about explosions
going off in the Twin Towers for fear of losing their jobs, pensions, and
benefits.) Also, they probably assume, again rightly, that the mainstream
media would ridicule or simply ignore their claims, so they would have
lost their job for nothing.

Oneworld Asks:
Dear Dr. Griffin:

You have mentioned that the current preoccupation with 9/11 and the
resulting actions in Iraq and Afghanistan are taking attention away from
the far more important issue of global warming and climate change. Would
you care to enlarge on this problem?

Sincerely, Oneworld

Dear Oneworld,

Just last night, by coincidence, I saw Al Gore’s movie, “An Inconvenient
Truth,” at the Santa Barbara Film Festival, after which Gore, who was here
in person, was interviewed. It just happened that this was at the same
time the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change was issuing its dire
report and Gore was being nominated for the Nobel Peace Prize. So I
suspect that by now many people know a lot more about climate change than
when you asked this question.

In any case, I would suggest that Gore’s movie would be a good place to
start. Then read Ross Gelbspan’s fairly recent book, “Boiling Point: How
Politicians, Big Oil and Coal, Journalists and Activists Are Fueling the
Climate Crisis—And What We Can Do to Avert Disaster.” Then read the last
edition of “State of the World,” put out by the WorldWatch Institute.

I myself wrote an essay on this issue over a decade ago (“The ‘Vision
Thing,’ the Presidency, and the Ecological Crisis, or the Greenhouse
Effect and the ‘White House Effect,’” in POSTMODERN POLITICS FOR A PLANET
IN CRISIS, ed. David Ray Griffin and Richard A. Falk [Albany: State
University of New York Press, 1993], 67-101). Already then, I pointed out,
preventing the likelihood of runaway global warming within the 21st
century would require the industrialized world to reduce greenhouse
emissions by 90 percent (yes, ninety percent). But, rather than even
stabilizing our emissions at 1990 levels, as some were recommending, we
have all continued to increase them. Things by now are far worse than even
the most extreme projections at that time feared. The most crucial
indicator is the extreme rapidity of the melting of the world’s ice. Much
of this information, moreover, become verified only after the IPCC quit
accepting new data, so things, as Gore pointed out, are even worse than
its report suggests.

I conclude “Debunking 9/11 Debunking” by appealing to journalists finally
to reveal the truth behind 9/11, so that we can overcome our single-minded
preoccupation with “terrorism” in favor of focusing on the truly
overwhelming threat of our age, which is the end of civilization itself.
So do not let anyone tell you that the 9/11 truth movement is a
distraction from the real crimes of the Bush-Cheney administration. (See
my brief essay, “The Truly Distracting 9/11 Conspiracy Theory:
A Reply to Alexander Cockburn,” 9/11 Truth Europe
[http://www.911truth.eu/index.php?id=0,8,0,0,1,0]).

JDHess Asks:
Mr. Griffin, do you believe that there are paid disinformationalists on
internet forums working to thwart the “911 Truth Movement”?

Dear JDHess,

I do not know. It’s not an issue I spend time on. Please see my answer to
BR Student.

Gersy gym Asks:

dr. griffin,

sir, why is it that you never address the obvious involvement of israeli
intelligence in 9/11 and the dual israeli-citizenship of most of the pnac
members? what about the aipac spying ring in the usa? the plame
affair? these are the issues that matter, not the collapse of wtc 1, 2,
and 7 or pentagon and shanksville anomolies. who gives israel’s war
criminal defense department more aid than the usa’s gov’t? evangelical
churches in america that you evidently belong to. is there any reason
this hampers your ability to talk about these real and very important,
relevant issues? thanks for your time. i do admire all the work that you
have put into this movement, but feel that the focus is on the wrong
smoking guns.
happy new year!

Dear Gersy Gym,

I do not know that the involvement of Israeli intelligence in 9/11 is
“obvious.” I would, to be sure, be quite surprised to learn that Israeli
intelligence was itself surprised by the attacks, but that is different
from having evidence that they were involved in orchestrating the events.
Perhaps they were and, if so, I would not be surprised. But I have not
seen strong evidence for this. And there is certainly no need to posit
Israeli involvement to explain the events of 9/11. Our military and
intelligence agencies were perfectly capable of carrying out this
operation on their own.

The fact that I don’t know of evidence of Israeli involvement could, of
course, be because I have not focused on this issue, since I do not try to
lay our a theory of what really happened, concentrating instead on
evidence that the official account is false.

I do not know, I must add, how you can say that the issues with which you
are most concerned are the only ones that matter. Surely if the attacks on
the WTC and the Pentagon were false-flag attacks, carried out to provide a
pretext for launching wars in Muslim countries, greatly restricting civil
rights in our country, spending hundreds of billions of dollars on the
military-industrial complex, and so on, this matters.

America’s support of Israel’s unjust policies is, to be sure, one of the
most important issues of our time and one that I plan to write about.
Indeed, I would have already published about this if I had not been
working on 9/11 almost full time since early in 2003. In my own mind,
however, that issue and 9/11 are distinct. I may, of course, be wrong. But
until I am aware of strong evidence of Israeli involvement, I will, of
course, not write about it.

I am mystified by the view, which I read now and then, that I am a
conservative or, as you put it, Evangelical Christian. I can only assume
that this view is held only by people who have not read any of my books in
philosophy of religion and theology.

Ningen Asks:
Dr. Griffin —

In your book “Omissions and Distortions,” which I purchased and read in
full, you begin by pointing out that many of the alleged hijackers were
later reported alive.

a. Why did you not mention many other facts that suggest there were no
hijacked planes, such as the lack of security videotapes of the hijackers,
the obviously planted evidence in rental cars, the lack of the alleged
9/11 flights in a government database, and so on?

b. Many of the topics you discuss later in your book assume that there
were in fact planes hijacked by Arabs on 9/11, and that they were funded
by Saudi royals whose exit from the country you emphasize in your book as
a serious omission. Does this not contradict the first omission you
discuss — the hijackers being reported alive? Your books seem to
catalogue various theories without any attempt to determine whether they
are internally consistent. Do you agree, and if so, do you think that
this is a problem?

Thank you for taking the time to answer my questions, and for all the work
you have done to publicize questions about 9/11.

Dear Ningen,

If you read “Debunking 9/11 Debunking,” you will find that I do address
most of the other issues about the alleged hijackers that you mention. As
you rightly imply, these additional facts strengthen the conclusion that
9/11 was a false-flag operation.

I have, incidentally, also addressed some of these issues in “9/11 and
Prior False-Flag Operations,” which is the first chapter of “Christian
Faith and the Truth behind 9/11,” and in “False-Flag Operations, 9/11, and
the New Rome: A Christian Perspective,” in Kevin Barrett, John B. Cobb
Jr., and Sandra Lubarsky, eds., 9/11 and American Empire: Christians,
Jews, and Muslims Speak Out (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2006). But I
address them more fully in “Debunking 9/11 Debunking.”

I assume that there were not any “hijackers” on the airliners. This
question is distinct from the question of whether there was Saudi funding
for the operation, and funding was needed whether the alleged hijackers
got on the airliners or not. If they were to be blamed, then they probably
needed to be paid to play their roles.

Brainster Asks:
Dr Griffin:

1. Do you still believe, as you wrote here
(http://www.dwfed.org/pp_objections_world%20govt_considered.htm), “only in
a federal system of global government can real political and economic
decentralization and autonomy be possible.”

2. Why do you say that the fires in the World Trade Center were
oxygen-starved? Isn’t it obvious that the holes in the towers could
provide plenty of oxygen?

3. Do you believe there were hijackers on the four planes that crashed on
9-11?

Dear Brainster,

First, I have not changed my views about the need for global democracy, as
I indicated in my answer to Dachsie.

Second, the reason to say that the fires were oxygen starved is that black
smoke was issuing forth, as even Thomas Eagar and NIST admit (see my
discussion of NIST’s “Answers to Frequently Asked Questions” in “Debunking
9/11 Debunking”).

Third, see my answer to Ningen.

———

Architect Says:

A major issue for the 911 Truth movement has been the lack of any
substantial support from the academic and professional communities best
placed to consider the underlying causes of collapse; in particular
architects, fire engineers, and structural engineers.

Given the amount of qualified people in these fields, in particular
world-wide and hence outwith the US immediate sphere of influence, it
seems inconceivable that any serious errors in the NIST/FEMA analysis
would not have been highlighted.

In contrast, there are a number of papers by various groups such as Ove
Arup, Edinburgh University, and Sheffield University which have confirmed
(or largely confirmed) key parts of the “official” analysis.

Why do you consider this situation has arisen, and why has the Truth
movement been unable to respond with detailed engineering analyses?
——–

Dear Architect,

Although it may at first glance seem “inconceivable” that errors the
analyses by FEMA and NIST would not have been highlighted in the press or
academic journals, this becomes less inconceivable after one becomes
familiar with various relevant factors.

One factor is that most architects and engineers in countries allied with
the USA evidently find it inconceivable that 9/11 could have been an
inside job that was then covered up by agencies of the US government.
Civilized countries, they believe, simply don’t do such things. And so,
since pre-set explosives are ruled out, the buildings “must” have come
down through some combination of fire and externally produced damage. So
like NIST itself, rather than asking, “Can pigs fly?”, they simply ask:
“Granted that these pigs flew, how did they do it?” And once that is the
question, then NIST’s answer is about as good as one can do.

A second factor is that architectural and engineering firms can thrive and
even survive on the basis of their reputations, and in elite circles—the
circles that can pay for their services—any firm that supported a
“conspiracy theory” about 9/11 would no longer be considered reliable. Or
at least the firms fear that this will be the case.

A third factor is that, even if some individual engineers and architects
produced contrary analyses, they would most likely not be published by any
scientific journals or mentioned in any mainstream press articles. For
example, two engineers at the ETH Swiss Federal Institute of Technology,
which is very prestigious, have declared that WTC 7 was with the highest
probability brought down by explosives. But you will not find reports of
these statements in the mainstream press or academic journals in Europe or
(especially) the United States. The moral of this discussion is that we
have no idea how many architects and engineers have disputed the
conclusions reached by NIST.

Let me also add that architects and engineers are not necessarily, as you
suggest, “best placed to consider the underlying causes of the collapse.”
They build things; they do not destroy things. Also, to disprove the
official theory, we not need a full-blown alternative theory. All we need
is sufficient evidence that the official story cannot be true, and if this
theory violates fundamental laws of physics, that is sufficient evidence.

Another way to evaluate the official theory is simply by studying the
collapses on videos, and among the best placed people to do this are
experts in controlled demolition. One expert who spoke out, then evidently
realized that this would be hazardous to the health of his lobbying
activities, was Van Romero of New Mexico Tech (see my discussion of “The
Van Romero Episode,” which is the epilogue to chapter 3 “Christian Faith
and the Truth behind 9/11”). Expert testimony has also been given by a
well-known controlled demolition expert in Holland, Danny Jowenko. After
seeing the collapse of WTC 7, without knowing what building it was (he had
not even known that a third building collapsed on 9/11), he said that it
could only have been brought down by explosives. Whether he would have
said this if he had known that it was WTC 7, we will never know. (I report
on Jowenko’s testimony, as well as that of the two Swiss engineering
professors, in “Debunking 9/11 Debunking.”)

Skyking Asks:
Dr. Griffin,

Can you indicate to us whether your long career as a professor of the
philosophy of religion and theology influenced you to reject reason and
critical thinking in your very illogical writings about 9/11? In this age
where logic, reason, and critical thinking are sneered upon as bourgeois
and elitist, where Creationism and Intelligent Design are trotted out as a
religious crusade against science and reason, I could understand your
rejection of reason on those grounds. But I find your rejection of reason,
overwhelming evidence, and the scientific method, disturbing and
irrational.

I also know that otherwise intelligent and non-religious people find it
fashionable to reject reason and adopt bizarre conspiracy theories as the
so-called 9/11 Truth Movement has; Holocaust Deniers have done so for 60
years and also for political reasons.

The revolt against reason is indeed strange; I just wonder why you chose
to reject reason, especially and critically as someone whose career as an
educator should have prevented you from ever considering doing so.

Dear Skyking,

If you will read my books in philosophy of religion and theology (I would
especially suggest “Reenchantment without Supernaturalism: A Process
Philosophy of Religion”), you will probably be able to discern that I have
been a defender of reason against those who make the moves of which you
are critical.

You will probably be able to discern the same thing if you read some of my
writings in the philosophy of science, such as “Religion and Scientific
Naturalism” and my introductions to two edited volumes, “Physics and the
Ultimate Significance of Time” and “The Reenchantment of Science.” You
might in particular find interesting my critique of Intelligent Design,
“Evolution without Tears: A Third Way beyond Neo-Darwinism and Intelligent
Design” (Process and Faith, 1325 N. College, Claremont, CA 91711).

You are, to be sure, not the first person to assume that, since I reject
the official theory about 9/11, I must have rejected logic and reason.
Alexander Cockburn has made this charge. I have replied to it in the
introduction and conclusion of “Debunking 9/11 Debunking.”

Part of my answer is to point out that the truly “bizarre” conspiracy
theory, to use your term, is the official conspiracy theory about 9/11.
From learning that you accept this theory, however, I would not
immediately jump to the conclusion that you have rejected reason. My first
assumption would be that you are probably unfamiliar with a wide range or
relevant facts, including the fact that holding the official theory about
the collapses of the WTC buildings involves holding, implicitly, that
several basic laws of physics were violated.

The point of my response is that to hold a reasonable theory about
something, it is not enough simply to affirm logic and the other elements
of rationality. There is also an empirical element. One must look at the
relevant empirical facts. One does not have a reasonable theory unless it
can, in a self-consistent way, take account of all the relevant facts. And
the official theory, I argue, cannot even come close to doing that. You
might want to look more closely at some of the facts, therefore, to make
sure that you are not one of the people holding an unreasonable theory.

Bgiltner Asks:

I think Christianity in general is bunk. I am suspicious of those who
would organize their lives around it. How do you respond to someone who
thinks your role as a Christian Theologian is discrediting?

Dear Bqiltner,

If you will read some of my writings about Christian faith, you will learn
that I do not think there is anything such thing as “Christianity in
general.”

You will probably also find that most of the things you consider bunk, I
do too. That does not mean, however, that Christianity at its best is not
full of true and enormously important ideas.

I have not encountered many people who think my role as a Christian
theologian is discrediting. In any case, if there are such people, I would
simply say that my writings about 9/11 should be evaluated in terms of
whether they successfully raise objections to the official theory. It is
widely accepted that ad hominem arguments against authors are
illegitimate, except where the evidence in question depends on the
personal testimony of the author. When one is evaluating a theory argued
on the basis of reason and evidence, one cannot legitimately refute this
theory by making allegations about the author of that theory.

Irving Asks:

Dr. Griffin,

As the backlash against the Truth movement continues, I am really looking
forward to your Debunking the Debunkers project.

I was wondering if you are planning to reply to the hit pieces by critics
such a Alexander Cockburn and Alan Wisdom. Also, will you be responding to
“debunking” websites such as 9/11myths.com?

Thank you.

Dear Irving,

As I said in my response to SeekerOfTruth and Skyking, I respond to Cockburn. But until I read your question, I did not know of the piece by Alan Wisdom, so I have not responded to it in “Debunking 9/11 Debunking.”

Also, although 9/11myths.com deserves a thoughtful response, that will have to remain a task for another time.

heiho1 Asks:
Dr Griffin:

Would you please comment on the PRESENTMENT REGARDING DESTRUCTION OF WORLD TRADE CENTER EVIDENCE AND CONSEQUENT OBSTRUCTION OF JUSTICE
(http://911affidavit.blogspot.com/2007/01/presentment-regarding-destruction-of.html)?

Dear heihol,

Thank you for letting me know about this “presentment.” Although at the end it says that “research assistance for this presentment was provided by David Ray Griffin,” either I “provided” this assistant only indirectly, by way of my writings, or else I have forgotten about it (which is entirely possible).

In any case, this document presents an excellent case for the installation of a Grand Jury to investigate the evidence that officials of New York City, including then Mayor Rudy Giuliani, participated in a crime and then a cover-up with regard to the destruction of the World Trade Center.

To all my questioners: Thank you very much for your questions, which gave me a chance to clarify many things and also to mention places where other things have been discussed. I hope my answers have been helpful.

I am sorry for the delay in getting these answers written. I was rushing to meet the deadline for my forthcoming book. I thought that, rather than dashing off quick answers to your questions, it would be better to wait until I could devote a couple days to this task.

Yours truly,

David Griffin

Disturbing data reveals women earn 23% less than men

0

Truthdig |

Ladies: When it comes to equal pay, you’ve still got a long ways to go. That’s according to disturbing new data released this month that showed that, in 2011, women were making 77 cents for every dollar a man earned.

Here’s the sobering breakdown from NBC News:

For men who work full-time and year-round, inflation-adjusted median earnings fell about 2.5 percent between 2010 and 2011, to $48,202, according to the Census Bureau. For women working full-time, the median, or midpoint, of annual earnings also fell by about 2.5 percent, to $37,118.

… The wage gap has persisted even though women have made huge inroads in traditionally male-dominated fields and positions. There have been several high-profile examples of that phenomenon, including Yahoo Inc.’s decision to appoint a pregnant Marissa Mayer to the role of chief executive.

Despite such gains, research shows that women generally take home less money each week even when they are doing the same job.

Read more

What’s more, that’s true regardless of where you live in the U.S. Data released Thursday by the National Partnership for Women & Families reveals that in 97 percent of congressional districts in this country, median annual pay is more for men than it is for women.

The National Partnership for Women & Families:

Nationally, full-time working women are still paid only 77 cents for every dollar paid to full-time working men, amounting to $11,084 each year, according to Census data. The congressional districts with the largest gender-based, cents-on-the-dollar pay differences are found in Louisiana, Virginia, New Jersey and West Virginia. The two districts with the largest gap in wages are in southern Louisiana; women there are paid just 61 cents for every dollar paid to men.

The Paycheck Fairness Act would close loopholes in the Equal Pay Act and establish stronger workplace protections for women. In the last two Congresses, the U.S. House of Representatives passed it, but it fell two votes short of moving forward in the Senate in 2010. It was reintroduced in the current Congress but blocked by a procedural vote in June of this year.

Read more

Judges skeptical of drone secrecy

0

The Associated Press |

WASHINGTON – Federal appeals court judges Thursday questioned the CIA’s efforts to block information on the use of unmanned drones to kill suspected terrorists.

A lower court federal judge sided with the CIA last year and dismissed a lawsuit by the American Civil Liberties Union seeking records about the use of drones. In response to an ACLU Freedom of Information Act request, the CIA had refused to confirm or deny the existence of responsive records.

At a hearing on its appeal of the lower court ruling, the ACLU told the three-judge panel of the U.S. Circuit Court for the District of Columbia that several high-ranking officials, from then-CIA Director Leon Panetta to President Barack Obama, have publicly acknowledged the use of drones.

The government has argued that such statements do not specifically refer to the CIA’s involvement in drones.

But Judge Merrick Garland cited a speech this year by President Barack Obama’s counterterrorism chief, John Brennan, in which Brennan said the government targets terrorists with drones and uses the “full range” of the government’s intelligence capabilities.

“Isn’t that an official acknowledgment that the CIA is involved with the drone program?” asked Garland, an appointee of Democratic President Bill Clinton.

Stuart F. Delery, acting assistant attorney general, said Brennan’s statement wasn’t sufficient to tie the drone program to the CIA because the intelligence community has 17 agencies.

Garland said that the government was asking the court to say “the emperor has clothes, even when the emperor’s boss” says the emperor doesn’t have clothes.

Judge David Tatel, another Clinton appointee, asked about a 2010 comment that Panetta made to ABC News when he was CIA director: “. . . the more we continue to disrupt al-Qaida’s operations, and we are engaged in the most aggressive operations in the history of the CIA in that part of the world, and the result is that we are disrupting their leadership.”

Delery replied that Panetta did not specifically mention drones.

The CIA initially refused to admit or deny that it had any relevant records and said that merely confirming the existence of material would reveal classified information. That refusal to confirm even the existence of a record is a Cold War-era legal defense known as the Glomar response after the Glomar Explorer, a ship built with secret CIA financing to try to raise a Soviet submarine from the ocean floor.

But Delery told the court that the government was no longer making that claim. He pointed to a declaration made in June by John Bennett, director of the CIA’s National Clandestine Service, in another FOIA case pending in New York City in which the ACLU is seeking information about the targeted killings of three U.S. citizens in Yemen.

In that declaration, Bennett said that in light of speeches made by senior U.S. officials on the subject of killing al-Qaida leaders, the CIA conducted a search for records responsive to the ACLU’s request in the New York case.

“Based on that search, it has determined that it can now publicly acknowledge that it possesses records responsive to the ACLU’s FOIA request,” he said. But he said the spy agency can’t provide the number, nature or categorization of those records without disclosing information protected under FOIA exemptions.

Delery said that the question of whether the CIA has documents on drones is “not where we’re drawing the line.”

ACLU lawyer Jameel Jaffer said in a telephone interview that the government has “repackaged” the same argument.

“They continue to take the position that they haven’t acknowledged the CIA uses drones to carry out targeted killings,” he said.

Judges questioned Jaffer on whether a statement made by Panetta was sufficient to tie the CIA to the drone program. The ACLU cited a comment Panetta made in response to question about drones at a public event, in which he said the “operations have been very effective because they have been very precise in terms of the targeting and it involved a minimum of collateral damage.”

But Tatel noted that the questioner had asked about the “president’s strategy” in using drones, not the CIA’s.

Jaffer responded that Panetta was CIA director at the time, and spoke throughout the event about the CIA.

The ACLU’s Freedom of Information Act request seeks documents describing the legal basis for using drones as well as ones with information on civilian casualties, among other things.

The use of American drones has provoked anger abroad, particularly in Pakistan, where human rights groups say innocent people have been victims.

UK freedom laws under threat – again

0

GARETH ROSE |

HUMAN rights campaigners have urged the United Nations to scrutinise and challenge any attempt by Westminster to downgrade personal freedom laws.

They fear a Bill of Rights will water down the UK’s commitment to the principles of the European Convention on Human Rights.

The Scottish Human Rights Commission has also warned the coalition government’s austerity measures have impacted harder on women, children, people with disabilities and ethnic minorities.

Campaigners have urged governments in both Westminster and Holyrood to make people more aware of their existing entitlements and warn the Bill of Rights is a distraction.

Professor Alan Miller, of the Scottish Human Rights Commission, was giving evidence to the UN in Geneva as part of the “universal periodic review process”, where the UK’s record is scrutinised every four years.

Speaking on behalf of the Equality and Human Rights Commission and the Northern Ireland Human Rights Commission, as well as his own organisation, he said: “[We] are concerned that the current UK Bill of Rights process may undermine existing protections in the Human Rights Act 1998.

“The [UN’s] Human Rights Council should closely examine the UK government’s plans, and challenge what these would mean for people’s every day lives.”

A SHRC spokeswoman added: “We are concerned by the effect of the economic crisis and austerity measures adopted by the UK government on the enjoyment of human rights.”

Professor Miller was backed by Human Rights Consortium Scotland (HRCS). Carole Ewart, chairwoman of HRCS, said: “The Bill of Rights is an unwanted distraction. We need to make better use of what we already have. People at the moment are insufficiently standing up for their rights because they do not know what their rights are.”

Highlighting examples, she added: “Article three is the prohibition of degrading treatment; if you had an elderly relatively being poorly treated in a care home you could invoke that.

“If your home is damp or you have antisocial neighbours, article eight — right to respect for one’s home — kicks in.”

The coalition government launched a commission on a UK Bill of Rights in March 2011, which is due to report by the end of this year. Although its recommendations are not known, campaigners are fearful following the UK government’s response to human rights decisions, such as David Cameron saying he feels “physically sick” at the idea of prisoners voting.

A Ministry of Justice spokeswoman said: “The government is committed to upholding our obligations under the European Convention on Human Rights.

“The commission on a Bill of Rights remit is to investigate the creation of a British Bill of Rights that incorporates and builds on all our obligations.”

Police attack, torture & kill man

0

Agence France-Presse |

CAIRO – An Egyptian was “tortured” to death and another shot dead by police north of Cairo, a human rights group said Thursday, urging authorities to act over what it said was an extremely dangerous development.

The Egyptian Initiative for Personal Rights, a leading NGO in the country, said several officers from the village of Mit Ghamr in Daqahliyah province were behind the September 16 deaths.

It said it has “collected evidence including medical certificates, photographs and videos” to back its accusations.

The group said the incident occurred when police raided cafes in the village, beating people and breaking furniture.

Village residents protested outside the police station and one of them, Atef al-Menassi, went to the police to file a complaint against an officer.

“He was then attacked by the officers and policemen with rife butts and tortured,” the rights group said.

“They did the same thing with another resident, Mustafa Mohammed Mustafa, who accompanied Atef.”

Later “the two men were released, but Atef was unconscious and he died on the way to hospital,” it said.

Clashes erupted after his death, with locals throwing rocks at police who first fired in the air and later at demonstrators, killing Mohammed Abdel Abdellatiff “in cold blood” and seriously wounding another in the head.

Karim Annara, an official with the rights group, said: “This is not an isolated incident” and shows that the police force “is more like an armed gang… the torture and murder are increasing by the day.”

He called on the authorities to intervene and put an end to this “extremely dangerous development.”

CIA in court over targeted killings

0

Common Dreams |

The American Civil Liberties Union will continue its fight with the CIA in court on Thursday, in a bid to obtain documents concerning the US “targeted killing” drone program.

The ACLU has requested documents pertaining to the drone strikes via a Freedom of Information Act request, but has thus far been rebuffed by the White House and the CIA. The ACLU argues that the program has been referenced in public by President Barack Obama, other senior administration officials, and been widely reported by international media. The CIA, however, continues to refuse to hand over crucial documents pertaining to the strikes, claiming that to do so would harm the secretive nature of an essential national security program.

“The notion that the CIA’s targeted killing program is a secret is nothing short of absurd,” saidACLU Deputy Legal Director Jameel Jaffer. “For more than two years, senior officials have been making claims about the program both on the record and off. They’ve claimed that the program is effective, lawful and closely supervised.”

“If they can make these claims,” continued Jaffer, “there is no reason why they should not be required to respond to requests under the Freedom of Information Act.”

The ACLU’s original FOIA request was filed in January 2010, seeking to learn “when, where and against whom drone strikes can be authorized, and how the U.S. ensures compliance with international laws relating to extrajudicial killings.” The ACLU filed a lawsuit against the CIA upon their refusal to comply, but the court ruled in favor of the CIA.

Thursday’s proceedings will hear oral arguments from both sides in the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals.

The effects of the US targeted killing program have been reported upon widely, including strikes in Pakistan, Afghanistan, Yemen and Somalia. Civil and human rights activists contend that the targeted killing program is not only unconstitutional and an affront to international law, but a moral failing that leads to the death of innocent civilians around the world.

Activist charged with 13 felonies for downloading academic articles

0

DAVID KRAVETS | Wired |

Federal prosectors added nine new felony counts against well-known coder and activist Aaron Swartz, who was charged last year for allegedly breaching hacking laws by downloading millions of academic articles from a subscription database via an open connection at MIT.

Swartz, the 25-year-old executive director of Demand Progress, has a history of downloading massive data sets, both to use in research and to release public domain documents from behind paywalls. He surrendered in July 2011, remains free on bond and faces dozens of years in prison and a $1 million fine if convicted.

Like last year’s original grand jury indictment on four felony counts, (.pdf) the superseding indictment (.pdf) unveiled Thursday accuses Swartz of evading MIT’s attempts to kick his laptop off the network while downloading millions of documents from JSTOR, a not-for-profit company that provides searchable, digitized copies of academic journals that are normally inaccessible to the public.

Using a program named keepgrabbing.py, the scraping took place from September 2010 to January 2011 via MIT’s network, and was invasive enough to bring down JSTOR’s servers on several occasions, according to the indictment.

Disclosure: Swartz was part of a small team that sold Reddit to Condé Nast, Wired’s parent company, and has done coding work for Wired.

In essence, many of the charges stem from Swartz allegedly breaching the terms of service agreement for those using the research service.

“JSTOR authorizes users to download a limited number of journal articles at a time,” according to the latest indictment. “Before being given access to JSTOR’s digital archive, each user must agree and acknowledge that they cannot download or export content from JSTOR’s computer servers with automated programs such as web robots, spiders, and scrapers. JSTOR also uses computerized measures to prevent users from downloading an unauthorized number of articles using automated techniques.”

MIT authorizes guests to use the service, which was the case with Swartz, who at the time was a fellow at Harvard’s Safra Center for Ethics.

The case tests the reach of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, which was passed in 1984 to enhance the government’s ability to prosecute hackers who accessed computers to steal information or to disrupt or destroy computer functionality.

The government, however, has interpreted the anti-hacking provisions to include activities such as violating a website’s terms of service or a company’s computer usage policy, a position a federal appeals court in April said means “millions of unsuspecting individuals would find that they are engaging in criminal conduct.” The 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, in limiting reach of the CFAA, said that violations of employee contract agreements and websites’ terms of service were better left to civil lawsuits.

The rulings by the 9th Circuit cover the West, and not Massachusetts, meaning they are not binding in Swartz’ prosecution. The Obama administration has declined to appeal the ruling to the Supreme Court.

The indictment accuses Swartz of repeatedly spoofing the MAC address – an identifier that is usually static – of his computer after MIT blocked his computer based on that number. The grand jury indictment also notes that Swartz didn’t provide a real e-mail address when registering on the network. Swartz also allegedly snuck an Acer laptop bought just for the downloading into a closet at MIT in order to get a persistent connection to the network.

 

Swartz allegedly hid his face from surveillance cameras by holding his bike helmet up to his face and looking through the ventilation holes when going in to swap out an external drive used to store the documents. Swartz also allegedly named his guest account “Gary Host,” with the nickname “Ghost.”

Most of the new nine charges specify exact dates of the breaches, which include unauthorized computer access, computer fraud and unlawfully obtaining information. Generally, the original four-count indictment listed those allegations as single counts.

A 13th count on the superseding indictment – recklessly damaging a protected computer – is virtually the same as the final count 4 in the original indictment.

“The pace and volume of his automated requests impaired computers JSTOR used to provide service to researchers and research institutions and caused JSTOR to cut off legitimate MIT researchers for days at a time,” the amended indictment said.

Swartz’s attorney, Martin G. Weinberg, said his client would plead not guilty “to the series of restructured allegations” and intends to make “legal and factual defenses” to the allegations.

His history includes a study that peered through thousands of law review articles looking for law professors who had been paid by industry patrons to write papers. That study was published in 2008 in the Stanford Law Review.

Swartz is no stranger to the feds being interested in his skills at prodigious downloads.

In 2008, the federal court system decided to try out allowing free public access to its court record search system PACER at 17 libraries across the country. Swartz went to the 7th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals library in Chicago and installed a small PERL script he had written. The code cycled sequentially through case numbers, requesting a new document from PACER every three seconds. In this manner, Swartz got nearly 20 million pages of court documents, which his script uploaded to Amazon’s EC2 cloud computing service.

While the documents are in the public record and free to share, PACER normally charges 10 cents per page.

War criminal Tony Blair responsible for secret courts

0

 and  |

Ken Clarke has blamed Tony Blair’s “disastrous war on terror” for the need to introduce secret courts to protect sensitive intelligence material.

In a Guardian article, the former justice secretary says that armed conflicts begun under Blair have prompted a rise in compensation cases from former detainees who allegemistreatment.

The intervention by Clarke highlights Tory divisions over Afghanistan and Iraq after military action was launched in the wake of the 9/11 attacks. Clarke voted against the Iraq war in 2003 while David Cameron voted in favour.

Clarke uses language that is unlikely ever to be used by the prime minister. “Most people are aware that Tony Blair’s disastrous war on terror has resulted in a substantial rise in individuals, often former detainees, bringing compensation cases against the UK government alleging mistreatment,” he writes.

Clarke brands critics of the government’s justice and security bill, which will usher in secret courts, as “reactionary parts of the human rights lobby”. He says it is necessary to introduce the new measures to ensure intelligence material can be admitted as evidence without risk of exposing it to the public domain.

Under Clarke’s plans such intelligence would be heard by a judge but not by claimants or their lawyers. The judge would in effect be obliged to obey a minister’s request for information to be kept secret on grounds of “national security”.

The bill was drawn up after the court of appeal agreed to disclose CIA information which showed that MI5 and MI6 knew Binyam Mohamed, a British resident was abused and subjected to inhuman treatment while held as a terror suspect. It was also prompted by UK citizens suing the government for compensation after being held in Guantanamo Bay.

Ministers, including Clarke, argue that the bill — pressed for by MI5, MI6 and the US government specifically to stop the kind of disclosures about their activities made in the Mohamed and other civil cases — would not be used as a cover up.

The bill does not mark a “shady move” by the state to “cloak the dark forces lurking deep within government,” Clarke writes. “Far from extending secrecy, allowing cover-ups or switching off the lights, done right, this bill will for the first time extend justice into the most secret activities of the UK state.”

Clarke rallies to the defence of the plans after the Guardian reported that he would no longer be responsible for the justice and security bill after his demotion in the recent cabinet reshuffle. He will in fact retain control of the bill, allowing his successor Chris Grayling to focus on a more traditional Tory law and order agenda.

Clarke writes: “My new title of minister without portfolio has given my activities an amusing air of mystery. But still I was surprised to see that Monday’s Guardian editorial stripped me of future responsibility for what the more reactionary parts of the human rights lobby have nicknamed my ‘secret courts’ bill.”

He says he supports the changes because he is an instinctive liberal. “A stalwart supporter of the British judiciary who are the best in the world. In my opinion it is a travesty that they can’t give judgment in the very cases which raise the most serious questions about the way we are governed and the nature of our democracy.

“The result is that we have no answers to shocking allegations made against British agents. And we are potentially putting the taxpayer in the situation of paying out significant sums to individuals who could be linked to terrorism simply because crucial evidence cannot be brought before a judge.”

Clarke insists there will be safeguards to ensure there is no “mission creep”. He writes: “The judge and not the executive will have to take the key decisions about whether a closed hearing is justified. Even if they do allow a closed hearing in principle they will retain the power to order the government to disclose material, or to remove it entirely from the courtroom because it is prejudicial or not in fact national security sensitive at all. Clearly, any suggestion that these closed hearings would make anything secret which is in the public domain now is emphatically wrong.”

The intervention by the former justice secretary comes as the Liberal Democrat leadership braces itself for a backlash at next week’s conference in Brighton. The latest conference agenda, published on Wednesday, reveals an attempt to quash a motion calling for the withdrawal of and opposition to the justice and security bill.

An amendment, to be moved by the LibDem peer Lord Marks, has now been tabled backing the bill which echoes the government line. It says only that secret hearings should be used as a “last resort” and “to the bare minimum necessary to safeguard national security”.

Survey: 77% of Americans don’t trust politicians

Mick Meaney | RINF News |

A new survey has found that 77% of Americans distrust politicians, believing  they favor corporate interests over the interests of their constituents.

The report also revealed that:

  • 64% of Americans believe that corporate misconduct was a significant factor in bringing about the current economic crisis;
  • 81% of Americans do not believe the government has done enough to stop corporate wrongdoing;
  • 61% of Americans will significantly factor a candidate’s commitment to rooting out corporate wrongdoing in their voting decision in November;
  • 63% of Americans believe government should allocate more dollars to financial regulators and law enforcement to combat corporate wrongdoing;
  • 84% of Americans have a positive perception of whistleblowers that report illegal or unethical conduct;

The survey was conducted by market research company, ORC International, for the U.S. law firm Labaton Sucharow LLP and polled 1,015 people between the 16th and 19th of August.

The 77% of Americans who believe politicians have more interest in corporate interests do so with good reason, as corporate donations frequently run into the millions – on both sides of the coin.

Both parties, the Democrats and the Republicans, benefit from obscene corporate donations.

Take Goldman Sachs for example, which donated over $39 million since 1989, and holds the record for the most contributions during any single political campaign, breaking the record twice; in 2004 and 2008.

That’s money well spent, as the company received billions of dollars from taxpayers to help it survive the economic crisis, not to mention the amount of high ranking government officials who’ve worked for the company, including the Gregory Craig, who was appointed as White House Counsel.

Can anybody else see something very wrong with this picture?

With information about sordid corporate / government relationships now reaching the mainstream, it’s no wonder that so many people feel distrustful and let down by politicians.

Of course corporate interest in politics is nothing new. In 1905 President Theodore Roosevelt successfully, albeit temporarily, banned corporate contributions, famously stating; “All contributions by corporations to any political committee or for any political purpose should be forbidden by law.”

Image credit

Your face in the FBI database from 2014

0

The FBI is ready to implement a $1 billion program that can pick out and recognize faces on a busy street using surveillance camera footage. Using face recognition technology, along with biometric tools like iris scans, DNA analysis and voice identification, the FBI’s arsenal for tracking down criminals is getting very high tech.

Court decides if mandatory DNA sample violates rights

0

Associated Press |

A California deputy attorney general, defending a state law requiring everyone arrested for a felony to provide a genetic sample, endured tough questioning Wednesday from members of an 11-judge federal appeals court panel.

At least three of the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals judges deciding the case made it clear they found the law distasteful, especially since it’s the arresting officer and not judges or prosecutors who decide whether collecting a DNA sample is appropriate.

“It’s that officer who is there and decides a felony has been committed” triggering the collection of a DNA sample, said Judge Harry Pregerson. “That’s a terrible intrusion of privacy.”

Judges Richard Paez and N. Randy Smith were also outspoken in their opposition. It will take the votes of six judges to invalidate the law.

Before its complete enactment in 2009, only those convicted of a felony or those arrested for sexual assault or murder were required to provide samples. The changes were passed by 62 percent of the electorate as Proposition 69.

Law enforcement officials say expanding DNA collection helps in solving so-called cold cases through matches in California’s DNA database, which has nearly 2 million samples.

Genetic material collected at crime scenes is compared against samples stored in the database, generating some 400 leads a month, more than double the average monthly rate of 183 in 2008. More than 10,000 suspects have been identified in the last five years.

“It’s a vital to public safety,” argued Deputy Attorney General Daniel Powell. Powell said swiping the inside of a suspect’s cheek with a cotton swab was “minimally invasive” and served the same exact function as fingerprinting all who have been arrested. He also argued that investigators are looking only in a limited area of the suspect’s genetic code and aren’t interested in a person’s health history or ancestry.

“It’s my genetic material,” said Lily Haskell, one of three people represented by the ACLU in challenging the law. “It’s a serious invasion of my privacy. I don’t want the government to hold on to my DNA.”

Haskell was arrested at an anti-war protest in San Francisco after an officer accused her of violating an anti-lynching law by interfering with the arrest of another. At the jail, she was told she faced misdemeanor charges and would not be released for another two days if she refused to submit to a cheek swab. She complied and was never charge with a felony.

Judge Smith and others were troubled that the state Department of Justice could keep Haskell’s DNA until the statute of limitations of the anti-lynching law expired.

“I don’t see what the government loses by putting (collection) off until conviction,” Smith said.

The 11 judges considering the ACLU-backed lawsuit seeking to invalidate Proposition 69 are a mixed political bag of Republican and Democratic appointees with varying views of privacy cases.

Pregerson, the longest-serving judge on the appeals court, was appointed by President Lyndon Johnson. President Bill Clinton appointed Paez, and President George W. Bush appointed Smith.

ACLU lawyer Michael Risher’s toughest obstacle was Judge Milan Smith’s concern that a separate case on a similar law in Maryland, which the U.S. Supreme Court is expected to take up, could decide the California case for them.

Milan Smith, also an appointee of President George W. Bush who is not related to N. Randy Smith, wondered why the 9th Circuit shouldn’t wait until the Supreme Court rules on the Maryland law. In allowing Maryland’s DNA collection law to go into effect while the high court decided the case, Chief Justice John Rogers said it appeared the state would prevail.

Risher replied that Maryland’s law and California’s law are significantly different. California’s law applies to all felony arrestees, regardless whether they’re ultimately charged or not. Maryland’s law applies only to a few types of violent crimes such as murder and sexual assault. The sample is only analyzed after an arrestee is formally charged, and it is destroyed if charges are dropped.

In California, arrestees not charged with a felony must fill out and submit a two-page form to the state Department of Justice to have their samples removed from the state’s DNA database. That process also concerned several judges, who expressed concern that the state DOJ would retain possession of the genetic sample of people not charged with felonies but who felt intimidated by the expungement process.

“One they have it, they have it,” said Chief Justice Alex Kozinski, a Ronald Reagan appointee with a noted Libertarian streak when it comes to privacy issues. “What if another law is passed that says they can test for everything.”

The court will rule on the case later.

Copyright 2012 The Associated Press. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed.

MP Accuses Ministers of Afghanistan War Lies

0

Paul Flynn has been suspended from the House of Commons after accusing defence ministers of lying about events surrounding the deaths of soldiers in Afghanistan.

An Electoral-Season Note to My Liberal Friends

0



Well into the silly season, the heat is turned up on the Left to fall in line and support the Democratic Party. On one hand, the independent Left is diminished by not being “in the game.” On the other hand, the Left is still excoriated for having been “in the game” with Nader during the Gore-Bush Presidential race of 2000.
Specious arguments pile on top of specious arguments for why the spurned progressive, liberal, and labor voter should reward those who have disregarded their interests and broken their campaign promises. The arguments come in every size and shape, but always from self-described “friends” and “committed leftists.” Oddly enough, they feel no compunction to explain why their past admonitions or their previous enthusiasms produced no real change in the political landscape when Democrats took power.
They smugly ask if independent-thinking leftists actually believe that there are no differences between the two parties. Only an idiot would respond defensively to this deceptive, distracting tact. Of course there are differences, just as there are differences between Pepsi and Coke. But the relevant question is: Are there any differences that matter, any differences that — in the dynamics of two-party governing– will effectively alter the plight of the majority of the US population for the better?
If the Democrats hold the Presidency, there is every reason to believe that they will do no more than they did when they had the rare dominance of all three governing branches. Indeed there is every reason to believe that Obama would relish compromising with the Republican agenda, an approach that he previously embraced even when he had no reason to do so.
On the other hand, should the Republicans gain the Presidency, the Democrats will, as they have in the past, show much more eagerness to demonstrate differences with Republicans and more vigorously attack Republican initiatives. They will offer a more leftward agenda since there is no danger of having to implement progressive policies. And they will embrace the Left insofar as it will mount the sharpest and most coherent attack on Republican policies, while doing so in a loud and demonstrative way.
A Democratic Party out of power is a belligerent, feisty party that will even spread some cash around to support left and progressive causes. Of course, that financial link secures a certain loyalty that perhaps explains the 
enthusiasm shown for the Democrats by many of our progressive brothers and sisters in every election cycle.
For decades, we have been warned of the dangers wrought by Republican victories: an unfriendly supreme court, an attack on welfare, Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid, war mongering and aggression, etc. Yet despite the handing of power back and forth for nearly forty years, the dangers have continued to deepen–the US has suffered a constant rightward drift since the middle of the Carter administration. Apparently, the “Vote Democratic” argument is only an argument about the pace of that drift.
But the greatest victims of the Democratic Party love-fest are truth and honesty. Take Paul Krugman, for example. His soap box in The New York Times has served to excoriate the Obama administration for doing far too little to bring the US economy back from the grip of crisis. On many occasions, he has warned of the dangers of closing the stimulus program and embracing austerity, policies that he acknowledges Obama has endorsed. Reviewers of his new book note the dominant theme of political inaction and the dangers that ensue.
Yet Krugman holds his nose and delivers a ringing endorsement of Obama’s economic policies in a recent column: “But is the mess really getting cleaned up [by the Administration]? The answer, I would argue, is yes… So, as I said, the odds are that barring major mistakes, the next four years will be much better than the past four years… So Bill Clinton basically had it right: For all the pain America has suffered on his watch, Barack Obama can fairly claim to have helped the country get through a very bad patch, from which it is starting to emerge.”
Following the lead of the old huckster, Bill Clinton, Krugman dutifully salutes the President with approval of the Administration’s economic program contrary to his often-voiced disparagement. Krugman gets kudos for loyalty to the Party, but shame for despoiling honesty. If the next four years “will be much better” under Obama’s stewardship, then why should we take Krugman’s constant dire warnings at all seriously?
Democratic partisans will cry foul. For them, criticizing Krugman’s waffling is another example of left “purity.” But truth and honesty do not allow for shadings or gradations. The people deserve better. And they want better, as opinion polls consistently show.
The corruption of politics in the US is neither an aberration nor an accident. Instead it is the logical evolution of a political system in the era of state-monopoly capitalism operating freely and without the counter force of a strong, independent working class movement. The process of that evolution is revealing.
Looking Back
It is easy to forget that not so long ago there were currents and trends in the Democratic Party that represented more than the authority of markets, the interests of corporations, and the enthusiastic approval of military adventure. That is not to say that the Democratic Party was not a bourgeois party, a party of capitalism. It is and always has been. But there was a time when the party’s course was disputed terrain; a variety of interests wrestled for its direction.
The Democratic Party’s defeat in the 1980 election was presaged by an enormous fund-raising advantage by the Republicans. The Republican Party as a whole raised $130.3 million in the 1979-80 period over the Democrats’ meager $23 million. Perhaps more than any other factor in the Reagan victory, this glaring inequity cast the mold for the future Democratic course. In addition, organized labor’s decline and the falling electoral participation of poor and working people spurred new rightist trends in the Party.
Going into the 1984 election, the Democratic Party found itself torn between three ideological currents. While all agreed that an answer to the successful extreme right victory in 1980 was critical, factions differed on how to respond. These differences were fought out in the primaries.
Walter Mondale represented old-school Cold War liberalism. While drifting to the right to accommodate Reaganism, Mondale claimed to uphold New Deal values, though without offering any new social programs. He drew support from the entrenched leadership of the New Deal coalition: labor, minorities and liberals.
A new trend emerged around the candidacy of Gary Hart. Appealing to the well-off middle strata that moved into the Democratic Party in large numbers after the Nixon debacle, Hart proposed a “third way” (prescient of the Blair/Clinton developments to come) between traditional liberalism and the Reagan/Thatcher rightist turn. Hart and his ilk saw themselves as social liberals and fiscal conservatives, combining lifestyle tolerance with corporate friendliness and market-based policies. This third way promised to retain the cultural veneer of liberalism while gutting its Keynesian, welfare-state directed policies that supported and bolstered the well-being of workers and the poor. A not inconsequential bonus was that business-friendly policies would draw greater campaign contributions from corporations and the wealthy.
Some in the Party recognized the rightward drift of the old guard and viewed the launching of the new Reagan-lite model with alarm. Jesse Jackson, in a letter to former progressive flag-bearer, George McGovern, wrote: “Too many Democrats have gone along with Republicans on every Reagan policy.” In response, Jackson launched a national primary campaign to win the Democrats away from the right turn that he correctly anticipated. With a base in the long-neglected African-American community, Jackson reached out to labor and other progressive constituencies.
Despite deeply embedded racism and Democratic Party sabotage, Jackson waged an impressive campaign garnering almost 20% of the vote and winning 5 primaries, all without substantial funding and Party support.
Nonetheless, Mondale won the nomination and went on to lose overwhelmingly to Ronald Reagan.
Ignoring  the strong showing of the progressive Left, the Democratic leadership moved forward with what The Nation magazine previously dubbed “Reaganism with a human face” (6-26-1982).
The new direction for the Democratic Party was sealed with the creation of a wide-ranging policy statement in August of 1986. Entitled “New Choices in a Changing America,” the slick, comprehensive document gave the imprimatur of the Party leadership to the path of economic conservatism, market-based policies, and limited government action. The Democratic leadership had heard the gospel of Reagan and found a way to call it their own. The answer to unemployment, poverty, and declining living standards was partnership with the private sector, rising worker productivity, and clearing the regulatory barriers to growth. While conceding that the working class and the poor had seen their living standards devastated since 1970 (including six years of Reaganism), the Democrats chose to march hand-in-hand with the Reaganauts.
Writing in September of 1986 (People’s Daily World), Si Gerson, the Communist Party’s long respected and experienced electoral expert, wrote:
Certain right-wing factions, supported largely by big money people, are particularly unhappy about the results [progressive wins in Senatorial primaries] and, above all, by the rising popular movement for peace and the increasing militancy of labor and its allies… They want the Democratic Party leadership’s rightward drift to be set in concrete… They have… codified it in a 71-page statement released last week by the Democratic Policy Commission. Entitled “New Choices in a Changing America,” the statement on basic questions simply parrots Reagan–even on points he has begun to mute somewhat… The underlying theory of the document is that the country has gone to the right and if the Democratic Party is to win the Senate in 1986 and the White House in 1988 it too must go to the right.
Gerson was correct to recognize this effort by the Democratic Party leadership to turn their party into a carbon-copy of Reagan’s party. He recalled a previous warning by a venerated figure among Democrats:
Perhaps the clearest answer to this manifesto was delivered months ago by someone who can hardly be called a left-wing Democrat. Arthur Schlesinger Jr., the historian who was a fixture in the Roosevelt New Deal, branded as “Reaganite fellow-travelers” those who say “me-too” to Reagan policies. Writing in the New York Times of July 6, Schlesinger said: “Today me-tooism is an infection within the Democratic Party. It finds expression in quasi-Reaganite formations like the Democratic Leadership Council and the Coalition for a Democratic Majority… One can only add that for the Democrats’ me-tooism is a recipe for disaster,” 
Unfortunately, ”Me-tooism,” the strategy of shadowing the Republican Party and maintaining a position ever-so-slightly closer to the center, won the day and remains the approach of Democratic Party leaders to this day.
Notably, the Left mounted a noble effort in 1988, again behind the primary candidacy of Jesse Jackson. The campaign charged ahead, winning primaries and caucuses and surprising the old guard. But when the campaign began to draw significant and militant labor support, a stealth campaign of slander and racial fear diminished the outcome. Nonetheless, Jackson and the Left captured nearly seven million votes.
Like the quixotic Progressive Party campaign of 1948, the Jackson campaign was smothered by the effort of a Democratic Party resolute in following a path blazed by the extreme right and scandalizing the opposition with red- and race-baiting. Through fear and intimidation, Democratic leaders denied the emergence of a viable left bloc, a counter force to the domination of monopoly capital.
Lessons?
With the victory of corporate Democrats–fiscally conservative, socially liberal–the problem of fund-raising has been solved. In the 2008 election, corporate Democrats actually raised more than their corporate Republican counterparts. In this election cycle, they may well fall behind the Republicans. But they will never know again the vast inequity of 1980. Their fealty to monopoly capital ensures some measure of campaign-fund parity.
At the same time, the dominance of corporate Democrats and the Democratic Party leadership’s comfort with this relationship, denies any insurgency within the Party, not that rebellion would be countenanced in any case. Those who continue to argue for “inside/outside” strategies will continue to find themselves outside–neither “in the game” nor with a coherent political strategy.
The only viable force capable of changing this regular exercise in futility is the labor movement or some subset of it. Organized labor has the resources and apparatus to launch a new, independent political vehicle that would neither be beholden to corporate power nor restrained by false friends. Necessarily, labor must stop throwing these resources at the feet of the Democratic Party; labor leaders must reject their current vassalage to Democratic Party officials. It’s a tough challenge to work for these changes, but one far more worthy than hustling for political swindlers.
In the mean time, don’t bother asking, I’m enthusiastically voting for Jill Stein of the Green Party. She was arrested recently trying to stop home foreclosures in Philadelphia. And your candidate? 
Zoltan Zigedy
zoltanzigedy@gmail.com
 

Stephen Lendman: Making America Livable Again

0
Stephen Lendman |
September 17 marks Occupy Wall Street’s first anniversary. Appropriate activities are planned. At issue are popular over money power rights.
They matter everywhere. Chicago teachers demand them. So do parents and kids. September 17 marks day eight since strike action began.
City and union bosses want a bad deal approved. So far, Chicago Teachers Union (CTU) House of Delegates (HoD) members said no. On Sunday, they voted to keep striking. They want time for more information on contract terms. More on what’s going on below.
On September 17, the Chicago Tribune headlined “Chicago teachers strike continues, Emanuel says he will sue to force end,” saying:
An apparent deal unraveled. On Sunday, HoD members surprised. “Get it right,” they chanted! It’s woefully short and then some.
Mayor Rahm Emanuel tried bullying tactics, saying:
“I will not stand by while the children of Chicago are played as pawns in an internal dispute within a union.”
“I have instructed the City’s Corporation Counsel to work with the General Counsel of Chicago Public Schools to file an injunction in circuit court to immediately end this strike and get our children back in the classroom.”
“I have also asked the President of the Board of Education, David Vitale, and the CEO of Chicago Public Schools, Jean-Claude Brizard, to explore every action possible to get our kids back into a classroom or educational facility.”
Emanuel is both politician and corporate predator. He’s contemptuous of rights teachers, parents and kids deserve. He wants Chicago public education destroyed.
He wants it commodified into another business profit center. Teaching and learning don’t matter. Bottom line priorities count most.
Workers have only their labor to withhold. Strikes are legally and morally justified. Rights aren’t handed them. Hard fought struggles win them. There’s no other way.
Chicago teachers are on the front lines for theirs. Emanuel and corrupt union bosses want them denied. Hopefully they’ll hold firm. It’s too soon to know. Battle cries should chant all the way or no way. Quitting isn’t an option. Nor is comprising what’s essential.
All core issues demand equitable resolution. Key is keeping education public. So is preventing dozens of school closures and other vital terms too important to sacrifice.
CTU president Karen Lewis said HoD members aren’t happy with the agreement. “They’d like it to be a lot better for us than is it. This is the deal we got.”
Information Lewis released the previous day suggested a better agreement than negotiated. Belatedly, she acknowledged what should have been explained straightaway, saying:
“This is not a good deal by any stretch of the imagination, not (compared) to what our members are (used) to having.”
Last Friday, she said she’s “very comfortable” with agreed on terms. Now she admits they’re woefully short. Saying the contract won’t “solve everything” doesn’t wash. It solves little relating to what matters most.
Delegates were upset about being force-fed terms with too little time to review them. They balked so everything is on hold.
Substance News Editor George Schmidt said BoD members voted 350 – 220 to keep striking. At this point, it’s only for one or two more days. Delegates want more time to review “available details” released.
Under CTU rules, they set and suspend strike actions. Full union membership has final say. No deal is sealed until they approve it. Voting can take up to two weeks. As a result, when classes resume, walking out again won’t be easy or even possible.
Once BoD members vote approval, “the contract….and all provisions (in it) are in place for the duration.”
Sunday evening, CTU officials posted information on their web site. It was largely an attempt to rally rank-and-file support. Hopefully they’re smart enough to know better.
Negotiations won’t resume. Final terms are set. Union bosses caved. A Chicago Versailles was accepted. Hopefully teachers will say no deal. For now, things are on hold until Tuesday.
Emanuel hopes to bully teachers into acceding. Lewis won’t admit she yielded. Perhaps she hopes pressure and threats for another day or two will soften BoD members’ resolve. Hopefully she’s dead wrong.
Emanuel and officials around him want education the way it should be gutted. He wants what’s most vital to preserve ended. He wants Chicago schools run like cutthroat businesses.
Sack veteran teachers. Replace them with inexperienced low-paid ones. Close dozens of schools, then dozens more. Deprive many neighborhoods of what’s too vital to lose. Privatize what should stay public. Downsize public education en route to destroying it altogether.
End job security. Pay teachers less than they’re worth. Cut their benefits. Keep class sizes too large to handle. Deprive kids of personal attention. Accept the canard that Chicago hasn’t the resources to educate them properly. Say nothing about handing them to business friends and cronies.
Sacrifice teaching and learning. Force-feed standardized tests requiring rote memory. Mandate annual assessments. Give principals diktat authority. Let them sack good teachers because kids can’t perform under a broken system hamstringing them.
Enlist high-profile self-serving figures like Jesse Jackson. He and others like him helped destroy hard-won civil rights. He chose wealth, power, and influence over doing what’s right.
He surrendered to what he should have fought. He abandoned systemic change. He betrayed his own people in the process.
He feigned solidarity with Chicago teachers. He wants them back in classrooms, not on the front lines fighting for fundamental rights.
He and like-minded allies are on the wrong side of history. They support bossism over labor and good education. They’re concerned only about what’s best for themselves.
So do city officials, union bosses, and media scoundrels. They’re not happy about teacher activism. They want public education, labor rights, and other bedrock societal ones abandoned for their way.
Chicago Tribune editors headlined “If the teachers say no,” saying:
Chicago teachers decided to “keep the school doors locked on Chicago’s kids and parents.”
CPS (Chicago Public Schools) officials “already made significant concessions….” They gave “too much ground….”
“CPS has to make it clear to teachers that the deal on the table” won’t get better. What’s on the table is a “best and final offer. “It’s a good deal for CTU members.”
In fact, they gave much too much, got too little, and caved on what matters most.
A Chicago Sun Times editorial headlined “Call off the strike,” saying:
“The deal released late Saturday is a win for both the teachers and the schools.” It’s as far as Emanuel can go….Chicago students must return to school.”
“Chicago’s new contract sets the stage for major change that we hope will significantly improve teaching and learning….This is a day to celebrate.”
Hold the cheers. Hold firm for equitable rights. Force Emanuel to yield. Save public education. Support teachers, parents and kids. Fight corporate profiteers and beat ’em.
A New York Times editorial headlined “In Search of Excellent Teaching,” saying:
Standardized testing, teaching to the test, and teacher evaluation programs “are better than” what they replaced. They’re “far from perfect,” but “(s)rates and cities, like Chicago, will need to keep working at them to ensure fairness, accuracy and transparency.”
In fact, they’re cover to fire teachers, close schools, deprive kids, and ruin education by commodifying it.
A Washington Post editorial headlined “What’s best for Chicago’s schoolchildren? saying:
“(L)oss of….precious school time didn’t seem to faze the (CTU) that fomented this reckless strike….” It came “as no surprise.”
Resisting Obama’s Race to the Top denies poor kids a chance for futures out of poverty. “(U)nions need to….become part of the solution.” Otherwise “they should stop standing in the way of charter schools that give parents” a better option.
The Post endorses privatize, privatize, privatize. It’s not alone.
A Wall Street Journal editorial headlined “The Union Wins in Chicago,” saying:
“How much more does it want?” CTU officials staged an “illegal strike.” They know Emanuel and Obama can’t tolerate a protracted “battle in an election year….”
Inner-city school failure “is so profound that incremental reforms like Chicago’s aren’t nearly enough.” Radical change is necessary. Privatizing lifts all boats. The corporate solution makes things worse, not better.
It’s betrayal, a sellout, a scam. Teachers, parents and kids are harmed. They’ll lose out on issues mattering most. Their rights aren’t bargaining chips. They’re essential to maintain, assure and improve.
It’s critical they’re not sacrificed on the alter of marketplace education. That’s the core issue up for grabs.
Union bosses explain little. City officials and media scoundrels suppress all discussion. Teachers, parents and kids lose out. Sacrificing them counts little. Bottom line priorities matter most.
Making America livable again depends on changing what’s too broken to tolerate. There’s no in between.

Afghan militants say deadly blast was revenge for film

0

Reuters |

Afghan militants claimed responsibility on Tuesday for a suicide bomb attack on a minivan carrying foreign workers that killed 12 people saying it was retaliation for a film mocking the Prophet Mohammad.

A short film made with private funds in the United States and posted on the Internet has ignited days of demonstrations in the Arab world, Africa, Asia and in some Western countries.

In a torrent of violence blamed on the film last week, the U.S. ambassador to Libya and three other Americans were killed in an attack in Benghazi and U.S. and other foreign embassies were stormed in cities in Asia, Africa and the Middle East by furious Muslims. At least nine other people were killed.

On Tuesday, a suicide bomber blew up a minivan near the airport in the Afghan capital and a spokesman for the Hezb-e-Islami insurgent group claimed responsibility.

“A woman wearing a suicide vest blew herself up in response to the anti-Islam video,” said militant spokesman Zubair Sediqqi.

The claim will raise fears that anger over the film will feed into deteriorating security as the United States and other Western countries try to protect their forces from a rash of so-called insider attacks by Afghan colleagues.

Thousands of protesters clashed with police in Kabul the previous day, burning cars and hurling rocks at security forces in the worst outbreak of violence since February rioting over the inadvertent burning of Korans by U.S. soldiers.

The protesters in Kabul and several other Asian cities have vented their fury over the film at the United States, blaming it for what they see as an attack on Islam.

The outcry saddles U.S. President Barack Obama with an unexpected foreign policy headache as he campaigns for re-election in November, even though his administration has condemned the film as reprehensible and disgusting.

In response to the violence in Benghazi and elsewhere last week, the United States has sent ships, extra troops and special forces to protect U.S. interests and citizens in the Middle East, while a number of its embassies have evacuated staff and are on high alert for trouble.

Despite Obama’s efforts early in his tenure to improve relations with the Arab and Muslim world, the violence adds to a host of problems including the continued U.S. military involvement in Afghanistan, Iran’s nuclear programme, the Syrian civil war and the fall-out from the Arab Spring revolts.

 

PROTESTS, BANS

The renewed protests on Monday dashed any hopes that the furore over the film might fade despite an appeal over the weekend from the senior cleric in Saudi Arabia, home to Islam’s holiest shrines, for calm.

Afghan police said among the 12 dead in the Kabul bomb attack were seven Russians and South Africans working for a foreign company.

It followed a bloody weekend during which six members of Afghanistan’s NATO-led alliance, including four Americans, were killed in suspected insider attacks carried out by Afghans turning on their allies.

Protesters also took to the streets in Pakistan and Indonesia on Monday and thousands also marched in Beirut, where a Hezbollah leader accused U.S. spy agencies of being behind events that have unleashed a wave of anti-Western sentiment in the Muslim and Arab world.

Authorities in Bangladesh have blocked the YouTube website indefinitely to stop people seeing the video. Pakistan and Afghanistan have also blocked the site.

Iran has condemned the film as offensive and vowed to pursue those responsible for making it. Iranian officials have demanded the United States apologise to Muslims, saying the film is only the latest in a series of Western insults aimed at Islam’s holy figures.

The identity of those directly responsible for the film remains unclear. Clips posted online since July have been attributed to a man named Sam Bacile, which two people connected with the film have said was probably an alias.

Nakoula Basseley Nakoula, 55, a Coptic Christian widely linked to the film in media reports, was questioned in California on Saturday by U.S. authorities investigating possible violations of his probation for a bank fraud conviction.

Privately Owned Banking Cartel Has Been Given Police Powers

0

Pam Martens | Alternet |

By mid morning on Monday, September 17, as Occupy Wall Street protesters marched around the perimeter of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, all signs that an FRPD (Federal Reserve Police Department) existed had disappeared. The FRPD patrol cars and law enforcement officers had been replaced by NYPD patrol cars and officers.  That decision may have been made to keep from drawing attention to a mushrooming new domestic police force that most Americans do not know exists.

Quietly, without fanfare or Congressional hearings, the USA Patriot Act in 2001 bestowed on the 12 privately owned Federal Reserve Banks, domestic policing powers.

Section 364 of the Act, “Uniform Protection Authority for Federal Reserve,” reads: “Law enforcement officers designated or authorized by the Board or a reserve bank under paragraph (1) or (2) are authorized while on duty to carry firearms and make arrests without warrants for any offense against the United States committed in their presence…Such officers shall have access to law enforcement information that may be necessary for the protection of the property or personnel of the Board or a reserve bank.”

The police officers are technically known as FRLEO, short for Federal Reserve Law Enforcement Officer. The system has its own police academies for training, their own patch and badges, uniforms, pistols, rifles, police cars and the power to arrest coast to coast without a warrant. They have ranks of Sergeant, Lieutenant, Captain and a recruitment ad campaign with the slogan:  “It’s about respect and recognition from your peers. It’s you.”  

According to a former St. Louis Federal Reserve Law Enforcement Training Instructor, the officers are trained on pistol, rifle, auto-rifle, sub-gun and shotgun with manufacturers encompassing Smith & Wesson, Glock, Remington and  Armalite.

The FRLEOs employed by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors in Washington, D.C. are considered employees of the Federal government since the Board is a government entity. Each of the 12 Federal Reserve Banks, as settled law under Lewis v. United States confirms, is a private corporation owned by commercial banks in its region. An email to several of the Federal Reserve Banks confirmed that they regard their FRLEOs to be privately employed by the bank.

The San Francisco Fed ran an ad for Captain Specialist, noting that “you will be charged with gathering and disseminating law enforcement intelligence information to the District.” It also noted that the individual would need to “obtain and maintain top secret clearance.” Typically, that clearance level is reserved for only the highest positions in the Federal government.

A recruitment ad for the Richmond Fed indicates their FRLEOs would be plugged into the nation’s criminal databases: “The Law Enforcement Unit has an immediate opening for a Communications Center Operator, reporting to the Center leadership team in Richmond, Virginia. The pay is $32,458 – $40,573…[the officer will query] “information from a variety of law enforcement data bases for information, wants/warrants, intelligence, driver’s license and vehicle information, etc.” The Cleveland Fed notes that the job “may include, but would not be limited to: use of deadly or non-lethal force…”

FRLEOs now even have their own Federal Reserve Policemen’s Benevolent Association, Local 385. The group’s  Facebook page  carries the statement that it is a “government organization.” The site says the group “was established to create a fraternal organization for its membership and to act on behalf of the members as a liaison between the New Jersey State PBA and all other police agencies within the state and the country.”   The connection to New Jersey likely stems from a now deceased police officer, James Rose, from Moonachie, New Jersey, who was a FRLEO in New York and helped to establish Local 385. In addition, the Regional office of the New York Fed is located in East Rutherford, New Jersey.

In addition to regular policing functions, the Federal Reserve police have been observed in airports with rifles, functioning as dignitary protection teams. Various recruitment ads confirm that this is sometimes part of the job.

The Federal Reserve Building up for sale at 301 Rosa L. Parks Avenue in  Nashville has this slogan engraved on the building: “Federal Reserve System Through Which Our Banks and Government Join Hands to Further the Enduring Prosperity of American Commerce, Industry and Agriculture.” Buttressing the private nature of the Federal Reserve Banks, the Maiden Lane building that the Occupy Wall Street protesters were swarming around this morning, chanting “F*** the Fed,” was purchased on February 28, 2012 by the New York Fed, which had previously been leasing the building. According to the press release the “Federal Reserve Bank of  New York (New York Fed) today announced that it has acquired the building at 33 Maiden Lane for $207.5 million from Merit US Real Estate Fund III, L.P. and established a new, wholly owned limited liability company called Maiden & Nassau LLC to serve as owner of the building.”

There is nothing in that motto that shows a concern for the average American. And that’s the problem inherent in the continuing venting of anger against Wall Street banks and their perceived crony patrons at the Fed who gave them trillions of dollars in low-cost bailout loans and then fought a court battle to keep the loans a secret. That domestic policing functions have now been added to the mix can only create more suspicions and hostility.

There is also the obvious question as to why the expense, training and potential liability of armed police would be necessary when all of the Federal Reserve Banks are in cities with large municipal police forces. With private bankers sitting on the Boards of each of these Reserve Banks, many of whom are officers of banks under criminal investigation, there is the serious need for Congressional investigation into how the Nation’s criminal databases are being used by the private sector as well as the further chilling of protest and dissent from another new sheriff in town.

US Role In Cyber War With Iran May Be Larger Than Suspected

0

Michael Harper | redOrbit

Earlier this year, the Iranian nuclear program was attacked by a powerful and targeted form of cyber weaponry known as the Stuxnet Trojan. Then in May, a cyber-surveillance tool called Flame was uncovered and was later called “the most sophisticated cyber weapon yet unleashed” by researchers at Kaspersky Labs. It was later discovered that US military and intelligence agencies — including the CIA and NSA — had worked together with the Israeli military to craft this malicious software in an attempt to impede Iran’s nuclear plans.

Today, Reuters reports that researchers have discovered three more computer viruses in the wild which were developed by the US military possibly for purposes of espionage and cyber warfare.

These new findings are another indication that the US government plans to continue its pursuit of cyber warfare as an extension of national security, particularly where matters in the Middle East are concerned.

Researchers from both Symantec Corp and Kaspersky Labs have say that they’ve found evidence indicating that those behind the Flame project have also collaborated on at least three other pieces of malware which, though identified, have not yet been classified.

These researchers found this information as the result of intensive forensic investigation of the control servers used in Flame. These servers were hidden to appear as publishing platforms for a service called “Newsforyou.” Later, the servers were programmed to erase any digital footprint that it may have left behind, making tracing this tool extremely difficult.

According to the Kaspersky Labs blog post, the creators of this malware designed the UI to look as bland and boring as possible, so as to make it appear “generic and unpretentious.”

“The C&C developers didn’t use professional terms such as bot, botnet, infection, malware-command or anything related in their control panel,” writes GReAT, a Kaspersky Lab expert on the SecureList blog. “Instead they used common words like data, upload, download, client, news, blog, ads, backup etc. We believe this was deliberately done to deceive hosting company sys-admins who might run unexpected checks.”

According to the research, the Newsforyou servers were used to deliver 4 different types of malware: Flame as well as three programs labeled SP, SPE and IP. Neither Kaspersky nor Symantec has been able to find samples of either of the three other cases of malware.

In fact, the two firms seem to disagree on what these three pieces of malware could be. Kaspersky believes SP, SPE and IP are espionage tools that are totally separate of Flame. Symantec, on the other hand, isn’t yet sure if these are completely separate pieces of software or simply variations on Flame.

“We know that it is definitely out there. We just can’t figure out a way to actually get our hands on it. We are trying,” said Vikram Thakur, a researcher for Symantec, in an interview with Reuters.

The researchers were able to discover this new malware when about a dozen infected computers from Iran and Lebanon attempted to contact one of the command and control servers being watched by Kaspersky Labs.

Though one of the computers uploaded a large file of data to the servers, the team at Kaspersky was unable to access it as it is locked down behind a password that appears to be virtually uncrackable.

 

Whistleblower: US illegally collecting citizen data

0

 | guardian.co.uk |

Bill Binney believes he helped create a monster.

Sitting in the innocuous surroundings of an Olive Garden in the Baltimore suburbs, the former senior National Security Agency (NSA) official even believes he owes the whole American people an apology.

Binney, a tall, professorial man in his late 60s, led the development of a secret software code he now believes is illegally collecting huge amounts of information on his fellow citizens. For the staunch Republican, who worked for 32 years at the NSA, it is a civil liberties nightmare come true.

So Binney has started speaking out as an NSA whistleblower — an act that has earned him an armed FBI raid on his home. “What’s happening is a violation of the constitutional rights of everybody in the country. That’s pretty straightforward. I could not be associated with it,” he told the Guardian.

Binney, a career NSA employee who first volunteered for the army in the mid-1960s, has now become a high-profile thorn in the side of NSA chiefs when they deny the programme’s existence.

At a hacking conference this summer in Las Vegas, NSA director General Keith Alexander said the NSA “absolutely” did not keep files on Americans.

“Anyone who would tell you that we’re keeping files or dossiers on the American people knows that’s not true,” Alexander told an audience of computer and security experts. But Binney himself was at the same conference and publicly accused Alexander of playing a “word game”.

“Once the software takes in data, it will build profiles on everyone in that data,” he told a convention panel there.

Binney’s outspokenness has earned him media appearances on shows across America’s political spectrum ranging from ultra-conservative Glenn Beck’s TV show to the liberal radio icon of Democracy Now.

“This is not a political issue. People on both sides are concerned,” Binney said.

The story Binney tells is one of extreme over-reaction by America’s national security establishment post-9/11. He recounts developing a small software system, called ThinThread, in the late 1990s at the NSA where he was the technical director of the organisation’s 6,000-strong World Geopolitical and Military Analysis Reporting Group.

ThinThread correlated data from emails, phone calls, credit card payments and Internet searches and stored and mapped it in ways that could be analysed.

Binney wanted to use ThinThread to track foreign threats but it worked too well and kept catching data on Americans too.

So Binney’s team built in safeguards that encrypted that data. But, by 2000, the NSA decided to go with developing a larger scale programme called Trailblazer to be built by outside contractors (that eventually failed to make it past the design stage) and ThinThread was effectively mothballed.

Then September 11 happened. Within a few weeks, Binney says, he realised parts of ThinThread were now being used by the NSA in a massive and secret surveillance operation.

But his safeguards had been removed allowing for far more targeted surveillance of American citizens. “I knew the dangers so I built in protections. And you could still find the bad guys with the protections in it. But that wasn’t what they wanted so they took those things out,” Binney said.

Binney quickly left the agency and kept his silence. But that was not the end of the story. In late 2005, the New York Times broke the story that the NSA was engaged in large-scale warrantless electronic surveillance.

The scandal eventually led to the passing of amendments to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act in 2008 which, many critics say, simply gave legal protection to the agency’s data-mining operations.

The programme has thus effectively continued under the Obama administration, which has launched a ruthless crackdown on national security whistleblowers, especially those leaking NSA secrets.

Binney gradually began to protest behind the scenes. Yet that earned him an FBI raid by armed agents as he showered at his home. “Here’s a guy coming into my shower and pointing a gun at me. I’d been co-operating with these people. Why are they doing this?” he said.

Over the past year Binney has gone fully public, detailing what he believes is a massive effort under the Obama administration to collect virtually all electronic data in the country, from Facebook posts to Google searches to emails.

It is a deeply secret programme, Binney says, that is called Stellar Wind. He points to the NSA’s creation of a giant data centre at Bluffdale in Utah as part of the system.

The gigantic building is set to cost $2bn and be up and running by 2013.

It is being designed to store huge amounts of accessible web information — such as social media updates — but also information in the “deep web” behind passwords and other firewalls that keep it away from the public.

As an example of Stellar Wind’s power, Binney believes it is hoovering up virtually every email sent by every American and perhaps a good deal of the people of the rest of the world, too.

“I didn’t expect it from my government. I thought we were the good guys. We wear white hats, right?” he said.

For Binney, Bluffdale is a symbol that the national security policy conducted by Obama has been little different than that of Bush.

Obama has renewed the Patriot Act, tried to broaden the powers of detention of American citizens for national security reasons, and deployed the anti-spy Espionage Act more times than all other presidents combined.

“They are still continuing the same programmes — actually, Obama is doing more in some areas,” Binney said. Nor is Binney optimistic of rolling back the surveillance.

Last week the House of Representatives voted for a five-year extension to the controversial 2008 FISA amendments.

Yet Binney believes there has been too much of a sacrifice of civil liberties in order to fight terrorism. “People should feel the ability to go out there and and do anything that they want to without being looked at all the time. Monitored. Watched,” he said.

“The terrorists win, OK? We’ve lost because we have destroyed our society just to combat them and there was really no reason to do that.”

Binney is also determined to keep on speaking out. “I don’t see any other recourse. Everybody needs to wake up to what we are doing here and whether we want it or not. There is a big hole at the end of this tunnel and it drops off to nowhere.” he said.

Security expert reveals personal data risks

0

This is Gloucestershire |

THE recent story by the BBC concerning the security measures taken on Tesco’s website and the subsequent investigation by the UK’s independent authority on data protection, the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO), illustrates the importance to businesses of data protection and in ensuring that website security measures are current.

For those not familiar with the story, data security specialists were critical of how Tesco stored passwords of shoppers who used Tesco’s shopping website. Some specialists argued that there should be cryptographic storage of individuals’ login credentials (which is basically a form of encryption) and that HTTPS (being “Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure”) should be used across the entire website.

The Data Protection Act provides that organisations must take appropriate measures against unauthorised or unlawful processing, and against accidental loss, destruction or damage to personal data. Further, in relation to the security requirements for websites collecting personal data, the appropriate level of security depends largely on the type of personal data being collected and the potential damage that may result should there be any unauthorised or unlawful processing, or accidental loss, destruction or damage to this personal data.

Clearly these principles are general, and the lack of detail causes problems for organisations when they are attempting to identify the security measures they should be taking. This is especially the case in relation to website security, which is a constantly evolving and complex area. This may be part of the problem Tesco faced when developing and maintaining its website security procedures. However, guidance from the ICO has made it clear that, if the personal data in question poses any risk to individuals should it be wrongly disclosed or lost, the initial collection and storage should only occur pursuant to a secure, encryption based system and be held on a server also secured by encryption.

We must remember that there has been no security breach of Tesco’s systems and that determining the appropriate level of website security is not straightforward. However, this story shows that all organisations collecting personal data online, not just those the size of Tesco, should frequently review their website security measures to ensure the technical measures comply with good industry practice and are commensurate with the personal data being collected.

Matt Johnston is a Senior Associate in the Commercial Department at Harrison Clark, heading up the Cheltenham team. Matt specialises in data protection, technology and e-commerce. Tel: 01242 216177

Ian Tomlinson disciplinary proceedings “white-wash”

Mick Meaney |

The family of Ian Tomlinson today dismissed police disciplinary proceedings against PC Simon Harwood as “a whitewash”.

Mr. Tomlinson’s Step-son, Paul King, also said: “We still haven’t got an answer after 3 and a half years.”

Although Simon Harwood, the police officer who attacked Mr. Tomlinson was sacked by Metropolitan Police, has not been convicted of a crime and will still be able to collect his full £15,000 a year police pension.

 

New law limits funeral protests

0

Marisa Lagos | San Francisco Chronicle

In 2011, Gov. Jerry Brown vetoed a bill that would have made it illegal to protest within 1,000 feet of a funeral, citing free speech rights – but on Monday, he was happy to sign a similar, albeit scaled-back, version of the law.

The bill by state Sen. Ted Lieu, D-Torrance (Los Angeles County), bars protesters from 300 feet of any funeral, and grew out of national disgust over the picketing of military memorials by an antigay church.

Family members had sued the Westboro Baptist Church over those protests, and the U.S. Supreme Court ruled last year that the church had the right to be there. After that ruling, Lieu first attempted a more wide-ranging ban – in addition to the 1,000-foot buffer zone, the original legislation would have only barred protests based on the race, religion, sexual orientation or conduct of the deceased or those attending the funeral.

The bill that Brown signed Monday, SB661, cut the buffer zone to 300 feet and expanded it to any funeral demonstration, regardless of the protesters’ message. It was passed with bipartisan support in both houses of the Legislature and takes effect Jan. 1.

“This carefully crafted measure balances the constitutionally protected right of free speech with limited restrictions on the time, place and manner in which protests at funerals can be held,” Lieu said. “We’ve all been disgusted by hateful protests at military funerals, and that should now be reduced or stopped.”

The American Civil Liberties Union opposed the bill, saying the buffer zone goes beyond what is necessary to protect grieving families, that state law already prohibits the disruption of funerals, and that a number of courts have struck down attempts to impose a 300-foot no-protest zone.

The ACLU supported another bill that Brown signed Monday: AB472, which will bar prosecution of drug users who seek medical services for themselves or others.

The law, which also takes effect next year, was written by Assemblyman Tom Ammiano, D-San Francisco, and is aimed at saving the lives of overdose victims whose friends might be too scared to call 911.

FBI: Spying on Occupy was within rules

0

The FBI says its newly disclosed surveillance of the Occupy movement in Northern California stayed within federal rules and did not result in “unnecessary intrusions into the lives of law-abiding people.”

Malware Infects PCs Even Before They Reach Retail Shops, Says Microsoft Study

0

A new study conducted by Microsoft dubbed Operation b70, from Aug. 2011, shows that several computers carry malware installed in the factory, BBC News reported.

Syria: End Opposition Use of Torture, Executions

0

Armed opposition groups have subjected detainees to ill-treatment and torture and committed extrajudicial or summary executions in Aleppo, Latakia, and Idlib, Human Rights Watch said today following a visit to Aleppo governorate.

Leveson’s report will spark a ‘war’

0

The actor Hugh Grant is predicting that the publication of Lord Justice Leveson’s report on the future of the press will start a “war” which will divide Britain.

The Man Who Was Chemically Tortured

0

One sensed they were out to get him from the start. David Hicks, a misguided, foolish man, who found himself at a paramilitary camp in Afghanistan, had to be punished.

Act now to stop this pernicious spying by the state

0

Next weekend, the Liberal Democrats will gather for their conference. Here, in an open letter, John Naughton writes to delegates about the dangers lurking in the Communications Data bill.

US can’t ignore outrage over Guantanamo gulag

0

Although the expectation before Barack Obama’s assumption of office was that he would shut it down after becoming the president, he shied away from any such step for two apparent reasons.

Twitter criticises government ‘snooping bill’

0

The internet giant points out that the so-called ‘snooping bill’ will force it to break laws in other countries should it become law.

Wherefore Art Thou Occupy?

0

As its anniversary is celebrated, we will no doubt be reminded that no matter what else it achieved, or failed to, Occupy Wall Street managed to introduce if not a new sensitivity to inequality to the world, it at least introduced a new phrase into popular political parlance.

The Police May Soon Need A Warrant To Read Your Emails

0

Using electronic means to communicate shouldn’t mean that you relinquish your right to privacy. Ars Technica reports on an encouraging development in the U.S. Senate.

B.C.’s Black Hole Of Public Information

0

The British Columbia government responds to nearly a quarter of all requests under freedom-of-information laws by insisting it has no records to offer, according to statistics compiled by a group that argues the dramatic increase in such cases raises serious questions about public accountability.

Sun news editor in ‘data breach’ probe

0

The news editor of the Scottish Sun has been reported to the procurator fiscal over alleged data protection breaches.

US schools track teens by putting chips into students’ ID cards

0

A Texas school district in the US is putting tracking chips into new, mandatory student IDs to keep tabs on students’ whereabouts at all times.

Taxpayers in the dark about arms deals

0

South Africa’s arms exports show that human rights are not a priority when the government takes decisions on trade policy, according to arms experts.

Is Austria Pushed Into NATO by the US?

0

The Austrian Social Democrats had the historic tradition to favour conscription as in February 1934 soldiers shot workers. In autumn 2010 they hastily made a severe shift of paradigm after a campaign with a series of titels in the daily “Kronen Zeitung” against the existing system. The “Kronen Zeitung” was found after WW II with ressources coming from AFL-CIA via ÖGB (Austrian Labour Federation). Role and history therefore are similar to the Springer-Imperium in Germany with newspapers like “Bild” and “Welt”.

Immediately before the major of Vienna, Michael Häupl, called for a “professional army”, the defense minister Norbert Darabos praised the existing system (conscription, reservists, militia and around 16.000 “professional soldiers”) at the military academy. The minister was the only member of a EU government which spoke out openly against the US missile shield. And, as Wikileaks cables revealed, he is also critized for refusing to send soldiers to Afghanistan.

This would end Austria’s neutrality as Afghanistan is a war zone. Austrian forces participate only in peacekeeping missions. In the army the minister is called “a phantom” – first, wenn he came into office in 2007, many spoke to him and were positively surprised. He seemed to be clever and a man of integrity, willing to reform the army where this was necessary. But almost all didn’t have a chance to talk to him again. His so-called cabinet chief Stefan Kammerhofer canceled dates even if somebody could manage to arrange them personally with the minister (whose appearance at debates, festivities and military events was rare).

The minister was and is sealed off by the cabinet chief probably on behalf of the US and also under total surveillance. Even the new German ambassador to vienna waited one and a half year to have an appointment with Darabos. In the German embassy they interpret his behaviour as “disinterest” as he talks only to those who came with him when he appears in the public.

Some soldiers who defend the existing system which is not compatible with the NATO-aim of an Austrian intervention army were and are under heavy pressure from Kammerhofer and his “owners”. If a journalist dares to defend neutrality and the rights of the minister, they also react brutally – not that there are masses of journalists doing so. In fact mass media react usually when US interests are concerned as if they are embedded in the White House. Others are denied access to military compounds – for NOT being on CIA payroll.

Now the government has deciced to hold a referendum on the future of the army on 20 January 2013. The Conservatives under vice chancellor Michael Spindelegger will defend conscription with a commitee of prominent persons under the title “Einsatz fuer Oesterreich”, they put emphasis on being engaged for OUR COUNTRY. The Social Democrats under chancellor Werner Faymann delegate their activities and also the new party line to Hannes Androsch, an industrialist who once was finance minister.

In interviews Androsch sees the future of our army not in defending OUR COUNTRY but in fighting for ressources in US wars. Only few Social Democrats protest against selling our army and our country for NATO/US-interests. Instead of the defense minister the leader of the Social Democrat faction in parliament, Josef Cap, who is in favour of NATO membership instead of neutrality, reacts in the beginning debate before the referendum.

The Social Democrats behave like rabbits in front of the snake, they don’t realize that their defense minister is some kind of hostage. There were even open threats via postings on the websites of newspapers against him – that he should fear about his physical health and that of his two children. I filed charges at the body of public prosecution not only because of Kammerhofer’s illegal actions against me but also on his coercion of a member of government (darabos). They ignored it completely although not only my documentation in the charge but also the course of events now prove that it’s true.

Only Darabos had not one press conference, not one debate meeting, not one public appearance on, as media called it, “the by far most important item of his term in office”. All other parties had at least press conferences while especially the Conservatives have one appearance after the other. The vice chancellor uses every opportunity to speak out against the “professional army”.

I emailed some critical questions to the manager of the Androsch-campaign which is called “Unser Heer” (our army). As I wrote also in an article, the better title is “USA-Heer”. I pointed out why the campaign and the circumstances – the change of course of the Social Democrats without any discussion, the absence of the minister, that he is sealed off and under surveillance, bear all signs of covert actions – but the campaign manager did not react. It is bitter irony that he was once working under Norbert Darabos, when both made a sucessful election campaign for president Heinz Fischer…..

Alexandra Bader, born in Graz/Austria, living in Vienna/Austria, editor of www.ceiberweiber.at

Congress report warns: drones will track faces from the sky

0

With the FAA working on rules to integrate drones into airspace safety by 2015, the US government’s Congressional Research Service has warned of gaps in how American courts might treat the use of drones.

Schools defend use of CCTV in school toilets

0

HEAD teachers have defended the placing of CCTV cameras to monitor school toilets.

Dylan: slavery ruined America

0

Bob Dylan has said the stigma of slavery ruined America and he doubted the country could get rid of the shame because it was “founded on the backs of slaves”.

Another Guantánamo prisoner death highlights Democrats’ hypocrisy

0

A detainee at Guantánamo was found dead in his cell on Saturday,according to camp officials. He is the ninth person to die at the camp since it was opened more than ten years ago.

G4S bosses face MPs questions over ‘Olympic shambles’

0

Senior executives from private security firm G4S will be grilled by MPs today over the “shambles” of its failure to honour its contract for London 2012.

‘We have lost our moral indignation at torture’

0

The last decade has witnessed a paradigm shift in the way we address torture, according to the UN special rapporteur Juan Méndez.

FBI rolling out hi-tech ‘Big Brother’ monitoring system

0

Thanks to the FBI, the United States government will soon have a nationwide system in place capable of monitoring and identifying persons of interest virtually anywhere.

Amnesty Speaks Out Against Police Beating of Hip Hop Artist

0

Amnesty International USA Executive Director Suzanne Nossel made the following comments today in response to reports that the international hip hop artist and human rights advocate Emmanuel Jal had been seriously beaten by police in South Sudan:

“We’re shocked and alarmed by reports that Emmanuel Jal was seriously beaten by police. His account of an unprovoked attack, preceded by the seizure of his mobile phone, must be immediately investigated and all those responsible must be held accountable. We further call on the authorities to ensure that Jal is able to move freely and in safety while in South Sudan.

“Jal has been a dedicated advocate for peace and security in the region for years. His early years as a child soldier had made him extraordinarily credible as an advocate to prevent the use of children as soldiers worldwide to support the establishment of a global arms trade treaty and to defend human rights.”

According to news reports, Jal was stopped by police, who took his mobile phone. Five officers beat him for five minutes until he eventually lost consciousness.

Jal, a native of Sudan, was in Juba to highlight International Peace Day with a “We Want Peace” gala and concert on September 20 and 21.

Jal has worked with Amnesty International USA on several music and video projects to build awareness of human rights abuses in Sudan and worldwide.

We are people from across the world standing up for humanity and human rights. Our purpose is to protect people wherever justice, freedom, truth and dignity are denied. We investigate and expose abuses, educate and mobilize the public, and help transform societies to create a safer, more just world.

Apple’s Dirty Secret – iPhone 5: Built on Slavery?

0

Mick Meaney |

iPhone maker Foxconn has been accused of using slavery-like tactics by forcing thousands of underage students to work at the company’s production plant in East China.

The company failed to recruit the number of employees required, approximately 10,000, to make USB cables for the much anticipated iPhone 5.

Although Foxconn have invested over $210 million in new production lines, it is despicable that students are being forced to take time away from their education, while being paid just $243.97 a month for working 12 hour shifts, 6 days a week and being forced to work overtime if they fail to complete daily tasks.

The company has defended itself by claiming that students are free to leave the factory, but some schools have temporarily closed to enable the factory to ramp-up production of the iPhone 5.

In a desperate PR move, Foxconn have also highlighted a Fair Labor Association audit that found “no evidence that any interns were pressured to participate.”

However, the audit was conducted in March, before these students were taken to the plant, and the report still found “serious and pressing” violations of Chinese labor laws.

Around 200 students from one school, the Huaiyin Institute of Technology, were driven to the factory without the knowledge or consent of students or parents, allegedly under order from the authorities.

According to China Daily, one parent, Wang Yang, said “I don’t mind if my daughter finds a part-time job during the summer vacation, but spending school hours on such nonsense is a waste of time.”

 

 

 

Cellphone Tracking: More Common Than You Think

0

With headlines abounding about the ease with which our activities and travels can be tracked via those handy, better-than-Star Trek-communicators devices we’re so accustomed to toting around, it’s worth giving some thought to just how likely it is that our personal cellphones are beng used to snitch on us.

Fortunately, the American Civil Liberties Union is doing the hard work of contacting law-enforcement agencies around the country to determine what policies they have in place, and the frequency with which they implement those policies to plot our movements on the map like so many migrating wildebeest.

Speaking of maps, the ACLU has an interactive map by which you can find the responses received so far to their queries – and some of those answers are doozies.

Read more.

Watchdog barks at EU plan to hand asylum-seeker database to cops

0

The EU’s privacy watchdog has slammed plans to grant police access to Europe’s database of asylum seekers’ fingerprints.

‘Government snooping dangerous and draconian’

0

Sir Tim Berners-Lee, inventor of the World Wide Web has criticised the government’s proposed Communications Data Bill stating it would threaten public privacy and undermine human rights.

MSPs back war crimes move on Blair

0

A parliamentary proposal to prosecute Tony Blair for “waging aggressive war against Iraq” has been backed by Scottish nationalists.

Afghan police reform should be about more than protecting soldiers

0

Attacks on Nato soldiers triggered action against the Afghan Local Police, yet abuses against civilians have been ignored.

Cameron’s reshuffle: Is it unravelling already?

0

David Cameron’s reshuffle has been attacked from inside and outside the Conservative party before it is even completed.

Watchdog probes police use of DNA

0

Devon and Cornwall Police’s use of DNA from historic sex assault cases has been investigated by the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC).

Pentagon Aims to Allow Drone Sales to 66 Countries

0

Under new Defense Department guidelines, the Pentagon is currently making plans to loosen restrictions on the sale of military drone technology by US corporations to countries around the world. The new guidelines include at least at least 66 eligible countries, which have not yet been named.

Media Not Concerned About the Very Poor

0

All this talk today about poverty got us wondering just how many people in America live below the poverty line,” anchor Scott Pelley announced on the CBS Evening News (2/1/12). By “all this talk,” Pelley was referring to less than 200 words, in a report CBS had just aired on GOP candidate Mitt Romney’s missteps, that discussed Romney’s remark that he wasn’t “concerned about the very poor.”

Journalist sues FBI over 9/11 records

0

Unresolved questions about the FBI’s investigation of 9/11 terrorists are the subject of a new federal lawsuit filed Wednesday in Fort Lauderdale federal court.

Internet ‘snooper’s charter’ could jeopardise national security, ISPs warn

0

Plans to record every Briton’s online activity and mobile phone use could put national security at risk and may not even be technically workable, internet companies have warned MPs.

US waterboarded Libyan Islamists: report

0

Human Rights Watch says the US waterboarded Libyan Islamists opposed to Muammar Gaddafi and handed them over to his regime for further torture.

How Wall Street Made A Muppet Of The SEC, Mary Schapiro And Dodd Frank

0

That the SEC is the most incompetent, corrupt, irrelevant and captured organization “serving” the US public is known by everyone.

CIA faces new waterboarding claims from Libya

0

New claims of waterboarding by the CIA have emerged, contradicting claims by the US authorities that only three people were submitted to a practice widely regarded as torture.

Anonymous hit MI5 and MI6 websites

0

The websites of intelligence services MI5 and MI6 were brought down for an hour yesterday in protest over attempts by the British government to extradite Wikileaks founder Julian Assange to Sweden.

Barclays dismisses two senior staff

0

Barclays has reportedly sacked two of its senior staff in the US as part of ongoing investigations into the Libor rate fixing scandal.

UN accuses Syrian government of human rights violations

0

UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon accused both the Syrian government and the opposition Tuesday of large-scale human rights violations, including torturing and reportedly executing prisoners and failing to protect civilians fleeing the war-ravaged country in record numbers.

Hacking scandal hits News Corp bonuses

0

Rupert and James Murdoch have had part of their multi-million dollar cash bonuses withheld as a result of News Corp’s UK phone hacking scandal.

Scottish councils lose personal data of 10,000

0

Hundreds of council data security incidents have led to the loss of data on more than 10,000 people in Scotland over the past five years, figures released under freedom of information laws have revealed.

Using criminals as ‘free workers’

0

A Freedom of Information request has revealed the community payback team carried out more than 23,000 hours of work for the council in 2011 —while the council shelled out £40,000 to sponsor their probation officers.

Hackers leak ‘1 MILLION records’ on Apple fanbois from FEDS

0

Hackers have dumped online the unique identification codes for one million Apple iPhones and iPads allegedly lifted from an FBI agent’s laptop. The leak, if genuine, proves Feds are walking around with data on at least 12 million iOS devices.

Trial for ‘Big Brother’ care system

0

About a dozen homes in Scotland have been fitted with an array of sensors, motion detectors, microphones and digital cameras linked to intelligent software.

European court to rule on UK discrimination law

0

A bid to change religious discrimination law in the UK has been taken to the European Court of Human Rights today.

Democrats Retreat on Civil Liberties in 2012 Platform

0

In 2008, Democrats were eager to draw a contrast with what they then portrayed as Republican excesses in the fight against Al Qaeda. Since then, the Obama administration has in many cases continued the national security policies of its predecessor–and the Democratic Party’s 2012 platform highlights this reversal, abandoning much of the substance and all of the bombast of the 2008 platform.

Julian Assange Supporters Battle To Keep Bail Money Adjourned

0

The hearing for supporters of Julian Assange, who are fighting to keep the bail money they posted for the Wikileaks founder has been adjourned.

Russian Officials Slam Alleged UK Blacklist, Promise Reaction

0

A senior United Russia official blasted on Monday the U.K.’s alleged enforcement of a visa blacklist for Russian officials involved in suspected human rights abuse.

UK denies entry to human rights abusers, embassy

0

The UK Embassy in Russia has neither confirmed nor refuted media reports that entrance restrictions have been adopted based on the “Magnitsky list,” while noting that the government as a rule denies entrance to individuals who are known to have been involved in human rights violations.

Enter Karl Rove – Need One Say More?

0

Nick Neil |

President Barack Obama is not running against a mediocre man named George W., or at a time most people of all parties, are finally fed up the Bush legacy; and yet it is amazing how Bush’s name, or record or real legacy is seldom brought to light this election season? The Republican strategy has been one of denial, ignore, deceive, and attack. Despite how vehemently Republicans want to deny it–many of the current problems of this country are due more to Bush’s White House years. Obama should argue far more strenuously that this is in fact the case.

Instead their case is since bungling Bush a President, as a supposed leader, can magically change almost any set of circumstances, and is thus completely, or substantially, responsible for his or her own fate–just pull up those bootstraps boy. The economy has taken a very long time in its making. Even Americans, if given adequate sound bite explanation, can understand magic thinking and simplistic rhetoric is politics over substance.

Nevertheless the hate machine, and the lie machine, and the money machine are all on full blast with intent to kill any chance liberals have standing–especially Obama. The President had better find a fighter within himself because he is being challenged in an awfully big way. And if truth be told his record is not good–if anything he acted like a naïve amateur (and yet much of his problems come from the Democratic Party itself).

As everyone ought to know by now both major parties are corrupt. But what is also becoming known, since there is now not a viable alternative, is that Romney/ Ryan will likely be a huge disaster in the making for the majority of Americans. So despite the fact that President Obama doesn’t really deserve to be president any longer, at this point, We The People need to protect ourselves from worse calamity and calumny with Karl Rove and his company (to actually think it could get worst).

Alienated, apathetic, disappointed, disheartened, angry, resentful, confused, Americans, and all independent minds must get out and vote in huge numbers this election–despite what a letdown the American Empire has become. Romney already clearly knows how disappointed Obama’s voters are as will play that card to the max. So the only choice we currently have is bad or terrible.

As an independent mind and voter, who previously voted for Obama (really wanting Dennis Kucinich) I resent plenty things about this current White House staff performance. There is little that needs elaboration, but just say bitter disappointed in the suck up to the Clinton group, to Wall Street, and to Israel, etc. The fact is that Republicans already have one-of-their-own in the White House (on several fronts).

Many Americans, resent not having any real choice for something truly new and different. Americans are angry across the divide. Many Republicans are angry as well. They know Romney did not truly win the nomination. Rather they well realize he was foisted on their party by a sophisticated propaganda machine, including the mainstream media, and people like Karl Rove and billionaire donors like Sheldon Adelson and Koch brothers. Whereas mainstream Republicans loved Ron Paul, and know full well he was illegally deprived on real market share and likely would have been the real nominee (but too much threat to their status quo).

Karl Rove decided Romney was the most electible of the group that his ilk considered acceptable (which wasn’t saying much). But that is exactly the point. Americans need to be reminded, again and again, in loud and bold terms, about Karl Rove’s last protégé. Both Karl Rove and George Bush’s names should haunt these debates as deservingly the nightmare apparitions they are. Rove has a knack for choosing people who don’t understand moral ethics, despite rhetoric to the contrary. But here is part of the problem–both Democrats and Republicans have not been able to indict their own kind, as part of the Neo-Con-Artist, post-9/11, illegal war, doubling Pentagon/Police State budget, spy on Americans, corporate crime racket, etc., that controls too much of Washington D.C. to this very day. With both parties, the American people don’t have much of a government, per se, instead it seems more like organized crime (that now includes all
fascist possibilities).

And yet we are about to go back to the stuff of Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, Scooter Libby, etc.? 9/11 happened on their watch.

“Karl Rove Is Back With HIS New Choice*!*!*” ought be the clarion call for today’s Paul Revere.

“Karl Rove Is Back With HIS New Choice*!*!*” should strike terrorism in the heart of any truth-seeking American.

And yet what should equally scare people is how too many Americans are won over with blind ideology, romantic schmaltz fests, and a truly reprehensible level of media control. The whole reality show, the whole Allegory of the Cave by Plato’s in which shadows are projected on a cave wall from a fire for those chained to see as pretense reality, is really about re-electing Karl Rove (a man who should be either in a straight jacket taking medications or a prison cell reading comic books).

How did you like Ann Romney’s convention speech with sales-lady polish? That pause for articulate perfection to announce: “…tonight I want to talk to you from my heart, about our hearts…” delivered with a mommy-heave-and-gush, with tinge of oleaginous giddy, yes big-oh-fatuous smile, to discuss the “one” thing that unites the American family, that had you wondering what televangelist holy-roller she might have studied)? Blonde bimbo or not she talked straight from her heart about “love”, and love for her husband Mitt, the man who “will not fail the American people!” (how’s that for confidence). Sane people don’t even want to be President of the United States. But as all America’s major news empires know, it doesn’t hurt to have a Teutonic doll, that is blonde female anchor on your TV show to make it look more patriotically American and to sell anything and snake oil.

If I were Obama’s official trainer/coach I would literally take him into a boxing ring, and beat him up (several times if necessary) until he learned how to stand up and defend himself. I would at least hit him once or twice for everything I was mad at him (but maybe 20 times for not closing gulag gitmo) until the SOB learned some common sense and gained some fighting fiber. “Take that for compromising on way too much.” “Take that for giving away the farm.” You’d think this guy had some street smarts? This is not about being nice and getting along. This is war and you are fighting the devil. Wake up and die right. “To be furious is to be frightened out of fear” Shakespeare.

Republicans sense they are dealing with a lightweight. (This guy won’t even get better advisors so afraid to go outside the Democratic club). The fact is Democrats deserve to be clobbered even if Republicans deserve it even more so. Both these parties have allowed the police state to continue to grow its tentacles and tax dollars to feed this new industry.

But what we, the American people, do not deserve is anything Karl Rove tries to breathe life into. And it is not just Rove, it is a huge war chest and many forms of smear campaign, with plenty diverse motive. If Obama wins a second term it will be more than miracle (given how nasty and resourceful his opponent gaming bastards are–including their capacity to steal elections and rig electronic vote counting–something else neither the democratic party or progressives bothered to press for investigation too much). Suddenly the issue reappears in Craig Unger’s new book Boss Rove: Inside Rove’s Secret Kingdom of Power and the controversy of Michael Connell mysteriously dying in an airplane crash (like Senator Paul Wellstone). You can see interview at DemocracyNow.Org August 31st show about 25 minutes into video). Why did not progressives not challenge how votes secretly counted by private corporations since 2008?

Howard Zinn and Noam Chomsky were right–you can’t trust the powers at be to substantially change anything (including faux Pogressives). Occupy! Occupy the voting machines.

And speaking of propaganda, take the pundit peacock of all time–George W. Will. He is another pumped with pride and glee bundle of self-conceit–after all he publicly recommended Paul Ryan several months ago as Romney’s President (I mean V.P.!) He knew Romney could not carry the ticket and needed someone who seemed to have clout, credibility, and promise. But what is striking is the way in which George Will first attacked President Obama and then introduced his choice list for V.P. (see article “Does George F. Will Argue Like A Weasel”? You’d think he had learned a lesson after that rebuttal but then he came out recently and used the same terminology as accusations again!)

The brunt of Will’s first salvo back in April against Barack Obama began in his first sentence, with choice epithets of “intellectual sociopathy” and “loutish indifference to truth…” Later he specifically referred to Obama’s “meretricious” claims and dereliction of duty.

Then recently in this hot hellhole of August he uses the same word choice of sociopath and meretricious again, but this time very insufficiently claiming these epithets are used because of Obama’s do-nothingness against steal worker Joe Soptic’s claims against Romney, that is his selling out workers at a business Romney reorganized and consequential death of his wife from cancer due to not having medical insurance (little if anything Obama had anything to do with).

Instead now in August Mr. Wayward Will is enamored with Barry Goldwater’s 1964 Convention statement “…extremism in the defense of liberty is no vice…” and “…moderation in pursuit of justice is no virtue…” It’s all about becoming Presidential. (Note that some at the Washington Post Writers Group and institution could learn a great deal if they actually lived the rhetoric they so willing bestow on the masses.) We too should live such words Will uses to ignore George W. Bush’s legacy (you just know he is all about being radical).

Which brings up an important question: “If lying to the public like a psychopath were criteria to judge who should work in the capital who would be left standing?  Certainly not Mitt Romney and Paul Ryan? But apparently candidate Romney took Will’s bait and has now made Obama’s supposed deceit a central theme for his campaign. (Seems a little risky wouldn’t you way?) Only double agents are expected to be that dubious.

How much did George Will suggest Bush or Republicans psychopathic or meretricious? And the M-word is such a nerd word. Meretricious. Where does that Ivy League word come from? It must be a Yale word? But apparently it originally meant something cheap in a gaudy kind of way (nothing the mainstream media ever exemplifies) or alluring with false charms (nothing insiders in the beltway and political hacks could understand) and very much in the way of the prostitute (nothing media pundits like George Will and Ann Coulter could be proud–but then prostitutes don’t pretend they are not whores?), and yes, these aspects of the word go on to achieve public merit (at least in some circles) so as to pass for at least theatre.

Merriam-Webster’s Dictionary defines meretricious as 1) relating to a prostitute, 2) tawdrily and falsely attractive, and 3) superficially significant. So if most people already know many politicians and pundits are whores than the very notion of fopping a fanciful word like meretricious on the public is itself a meretricious act–isn’t it?

On this same wavelength we can’t ignore the in-your-face, protest groups like Pussy Rage blatantly attacking, at least psychologically, an Orthodox church in Russia with utmost of frontal assault to church members sensibilities so as to attack Putin? Supposedly this was media worthy for western sympathy (as if the means justifies the ends and this band obviously had no other creative alternative)? How would it have been played if the same sort of game happened in Jewish Synagogues?

And as headlines go, can you think of anything more egregious than a man swimming naked after dark, and after a night of partying? Well no if swimming nude in Israel and if you happen to be a U.S. Congressperson visiting Israel with a multitude of other U.S. Congresspersons for the purpose of their special relation of working for Israel’s purposes at U.S. taxpayer expense? Heck only animals and women like Marilyn Monroe get a pass on that that kind of naughtiness? If Americans haven’t already become the laughing stock of the world enough by constantly getting worked up about trivial sex scandal events while not facing really important issues? Trivial things affect trivial minds–even in the tabloids.

The Paul Ryan announcement for Vice President took away any media heat (there wasn’t any in MSM) off the story about Mitt Romney taking money from death squad leaders in Central American in the 1980s to get Bain Capital off the ground (see DemocracyNow.Org story on “Romney’s Death Squad Ties: Bain Launched with Millions from Oligarchs Behind Salvadoran Atrocities). But that probably wouldn’t bother columnists at the Washington Post all that much since it’s beyond acting prostitute all gaudy and such?

Then there was the leaked video on YouTube forced to close it down: Romney admits to using Chinese slave labor at Bain Capital (still can be found elsewhere)? Or Mitt going overseas to accept donations from foreigners (which is illegal) such as to Israel (and a few suggested might include blood diamond money)? But surely the eminent George will say something about the anger of Maine delegates at this convention?

And yet what is especially pernicious now is Paul Ryan’s capacity to bring on well-crafted allegations in deceitful manner, and to speak to the American public with the kind of seemingly rational slogans they love to hear. Given the levels of ideological distortion built up in this country Ryan he is serious threat to anything less than candid.

So we need way deeper thinking on some so-called libertarian assumptions related to concepts like freedom and liberty, including and especially freedom of business operation and property rights of business shareholders. There are values besides personal freedom and the sanctity of property rights that must be recognized in any society.

Ron Paul is very correct in his instinctual distrust of big government. But he is very wrong in his all-too-trusting fondness for unfettered freedom for corporate America and the investor class (little did he criticize business enterprise). Corporations, or especially big business, are as potentially dangerous as are Governments. Equally so too Religions, as dogmas, are also as potentially dangerous as are Governments or Corporations. So Ron Paul made a big step for mankind when he took it as axiomatic that too much government is steeped in corrupt possibility (which we all clearly see). Thank you Ron Paul for all your service and integrity (and please do continue on–most Americans are on YOUR side).

Absolutist lovers of Ayn Rand, true believers of real individualism, admirers of pulling up one’s bootstraps and making one’s own bed, are people also deluded to simple ideology. Surely people have capacity to determine, to some extent, their own fate–and this responsibility is very important. And yet the majority of people accept that as common sense. But Ayn Rand was an extremist reaction to the collectivist notions of Stalin’s authoritarianism. She was not, nor can ever likely be, some middle of the road form of centric sanity. This is not to say her notions are not importance–they especially are–but they must equally be weighed against other considerations of larger realities than her ego perspective. She was not a God. She was mere mortal like all who argue to persuade. Due to naiveté on the part of many Americans have a tendency to become fanatical about one form of ideology or another).

In fact we should recognize that not only was she, as a Jewish émigré atheist, she was radically so (and feminist). How ironic for so many so-called Christians to believe in her absolutism and still think they know everything there is to know about economics and public policy and social responsibility? (No narrow-minded fanaticism here?) This proves that being wealthy doesn’t mean one is a genius. Obviously some wealthy PAC donors still have some new learning to do?

Likely, if Ayn Rand was the lover of the individualist she claimed, she could agree with the following statement:

At this point in history, given man’s inherent evil, ignorance, fear and constant anxiety, as well as his greed, capacity for crime and evil, and given man’s inherent limitations, such as he gloms onto deceit and self-deceit, it would be sane to suggest the human race has proved itself a failure. Maybe all future birth be negated to zero until the human population of mankind extinguishes itself.

This is what the individualist does–speaks like an iconoclast. He or she goes against the grain of conformity, he is contrarian that can little be accepted by the herd mentality of the majority. This is what Ayn Rand is supposed to represent–not some religio-collectivist notion that all embryos are sacred and must be lived out in any crazy culture even if that culture would be diagnosed as schizophrenic.

And even if she would not exactly agree with the idea of Homo sapient failure, she certainly would believe the individual had the right to differ from the majority with free speech (something Republicans find hard to tolerate). In this time of slicing and dicing concepts on abortion as murder or date rape versus other types of rape–who is asking questions like: “What truly sane child, given some magic ability to choose before actually being conceived and born, would want to be born in this world with so many social and political troubles?” How many kids today really want to contemplate the plate they have been so duly handed by their parents?

Instead we have a generation who “worships” the notion the individual (no matter how mediocre and conforming) is the supreme entity of the universe. Personal striving, achievement, satisfaction becomes the new religion. We can all be self-centered and focused on what-is-in-it-for-me. It is all about personal glory of individualism? Instead of a God and duty we have satisfying the unlimited demands of the ego and id.

Steve Jobs deserved all his billions. Those Chinese workers didn’t build any company market share. No it was strictly his cunning intellect and the fact he provided very few American jobs that paid anything.

So let’s have a Hate Dolly Parton Day! How dare her suggest in that song Working Nine to Five some office workers felt they were not getting compensated fairly. Didn’t she know it was strictly the top inner circle of managers and its stock owners that build companies to what they are and are worth. Its all about property rights of investors to move money any and everywhere, free from all fetters, governments, and ethical considerations. Dolly Parton was a cryto-Communist with her song whining about drinking a cup of ambition and never getting credit. Call in to Rush Limbaugh! Call the Un-American Activities Committee and tell Ryan’s Wisconsin ghost Joseph McCarthy!

No body lives in vacuum. All civil realities are social realities. All people and activities people engage are affected by other cultural realities–including the many tax dollars that give businesses incentives and breaks.

Meanwhile to advocate for freedom from business regulation is to advocate for no, or few, laws for business, which is more or less the equivalent to advocating anarchy (but their word is less regulation). How many of these freedom fighters are arguing for less laws or regulations for personal liberty? Why should human people have to obey rules and regulations set to harmonize society? Obviously this goes against the ideal of freedom–people should have to be regulated?

Maybe Jane want to drive her car 100 miles an hour? Maybe she doesn’t want to follow the rules of the road? Maybe Harry wants to destroy his neighbor’s broken fence as eyesore? Lets argue there is too much regulation (read law) controlling people who are deemed worthy of sacrosanct “natural rights”! (How many caterpillars and nematodes argue about “natural rights” while being sprayed with pesticides?)  Still you have Republicans who don’t believe in the rule of law.

Ron Paul is absolutely correct in pointing out the deep tendency of over-regulation and intrusion on freed and personal liberty, but this cockamamie notion business people should be able to do whatever they want is ludicrous–more importantly it is criminal. We need to again watch Mark Achbar’ excellent and highly worthy documentary The Corporation to reacquaint ourselves to a Corporation’s incapacity to care about human ethics. We need to rediscover the definition of a psychopath as defined in this movie from professional classification criteria.

Obama has an obligation to explain his statement, somewhat paraphrased: “…If you have been successful you didn’t get there on your own…” (or “…You didn’t build that…”).  Ayn Rand followers live in a urban myth: they want to believe that whatever happens to me in my life is solely because of what I decide to do about it and how I operate. As if one is solely responsible. Equally they are ready to blame the individual as worthy of being on the streets or in prison (and never society or some circumstances beyond personal control).

And this is why Ryan can blame Obama for the current economy. Obama should miraculously turn around the massive habits of millions of people, and billions of dollars of investment money around the world, and decades of business trends and infrastructure, and all such related traditions of assumption in a mere few years? That is what true Ayn Rand believer Paul Ryan and Mitt Romney say. (If you can be convinced in the power of miracles than nothing more needs be expressed. Amen.)

Still Ayn’s hostility toward the bleeding heart liberal, perhaps from a Judeo-Christian tradition, as concern for other, such as love they neighbor, etc., does not take into account a kind of terrorism no one wants to talk about–a terrorism that more and more people are competing for less and less resource. It is all well and good to argue for individual rights, such as various forms of human rights, like a living wage, etc., but when progressives shirk responsibility to address that more and more babies equals more and more demand for resource and energy the world can hardly afford, this is a major form of dishonesty. And yet no one want to challenge the idea that people have unlimited right to procreate–because we are handicapped by religious and dogmatic presumptions.

Many of today’s problems directly or indirectly relate to over-population and fear of how societies, irrespective of economic style and regulation, are going to continue to feed demand. Don’t worry. Be Happy. But even some very wealthy people get it–we are all likely doomed unless we drastically change our paradigms–and this is not something politicians and political parties are good at (or the American people). Maybe the wealthy will get to live some years or decades longer but this is really ecological insanity on a grand scale, and fiat money ain’t going to make much of a difference. Even gold coins can’t stop drought and starvation.

Finally, we need to avoid Mitt Romney because Israel’s Prime Minister Netanyahu thinks he is the king who will decide our next president. And with such conceit and such holier-than-thou pressure this is reason enough to vote for Obama. Existential threat you say–welcome to the rest of humanity.

P.S. If you found this worth reading feel free to share with others, email and post, etc.

Hundreds of British soldiers face Iraq torture inquiry

0

Up to 1,000 British troops are expected to be investigated for crimes allegedly committed during the second Iraq war, The Sunday Telegraph can disclose.

Rights Groups Denounce Dropping of CIA Torture Cases

0

U.S. human rights groups have roundly condemned Thursday’s announcement by Attorney General Eric Holder that the Justice Department will not pursue prosecutions of Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) officers who may have been responsible for the deaths of two prisoners in their custody.

Tutu: Try Blair and Bush for war crimes

0

Nobel Peace Prize winner Archbishop Desmond Tutu called today for Tony Blair and George Bush to be tried for war crimes over their role in the Iraq invasion.

Private U.S. Company Plans ‘Space Elevator’ to the Moon

0

U.S. based LiftPort Group is seeking to create such a method. They have created a Kickstarter account in an attempt to crowd-source a tether which would reach 55,000km above the moon’s surface.

Batman Shooting Suspect ‘Called Psychiatrist’

0

Accused Colorado gunman James Holmes may have phoned his former university just nine minutes before last month’s shooting at a midnight screening of “The Dark Knight Rises” that killed 12 people, his lawyer said on Thursday.

Manchester airport spending £5.2m on spy scanners

0

Manchester airport will scan the registration plate of all vehicles entering their car parks to end a scam which has cost them millions of pounds.

Investigation of Tom Horne detailed in hundreds of pages of documents

0

ABC15 Investigator Dave Biscobing has obtained hundreds of pages of documents that raise questions about allegations that Attorney General Tom Horne violated campaign finance laws.

Google engineer finds British spyware on PCs and smartphones

0

Two security researchers have found new evidence that legitimate spyware sold by British firm Gamma International appears to be being used by some of the most repressive regimes in the world.

Barclays makes £500m betting on food crisis

0

Barclays has made as much as half a billion pounds in two years from speculating on food staples such as wheat and soya, prompting allegations that banks are profiting handsomely from the global food crisis.

Anti-Iranian Rage

0

Stephen Lendman |

Washington and Israel wage dirty covert wars. Iran’s been targeted for years. Imperial aims are prioritized. Rule of law principles don’t matter. Israel wants sole regional dominance. America wants it globally. Lawless tactics continue.

They include cyber attacks, other sabotage, targeted assassinations, deadly explosions, sophisticated satellite, drone, and other spying, bogus accusations, a virtual blockade, hostile saber rattling, multiple rounds of sanctions, and attempts to cripple its central bank and oil industry.

In addition, relentless anti-Iranian propaganda substitutes malicious misinformation and bald-faced lies for accuracy and truth.

At issue is Iranian independence. The Islamic Republic threatens no one. Its nuclear program is peaceful. It seeks cooperative international relations. It wants its sovereign rights respected.

Regime change is planned. Belligerence is America’s option of choice. It wants pro-Western governments replacing independent ones. Peace and stability are sabotaged. Pretexts are created. One war follows another. After Syria comes Iran.

Institute for Policy Studies senior scholar Andrew Levine expects war. Obama wants it avoided until post-election. He told Russia Today (rt.com) its “rationale….remains intact.”

He matches Republican hawkishness. He’s more hawkish on Afghanistan than Romney. Overall differences between them are like “Coke and Pepsi.” Both want regime change in Syria and Iran. They’ll do what it takes against both governments. Congress is supportive. Expect the worst. It’s coming.

Western proxies wage war on Syria. Media scoundrels invert truth. They consider cold-blooded killers freedom fighters. They’re armed, trained, funded, and directed to commit murder and other atrocities. Assad gets blamed for their crimes.

Journalist Robert Fisk visited Daraya. Days earlier, terrorists massacred dozens of civilians. Some say hundreds. Mass burials were held.

Residents he spoke to contradicted official reports. They blamed Anti-Assad terrorists. A woman named Leena saw bodies on streets before Syrian forces arrived. Government loyalists were targeted.

Home were invaded. People were kidnapped and slaughtered. Assad was wrongfully blamed. Expect a full investigation to reveal more.

Washington may replicate Syrian violence in Iran. Baseless charges continue. On August 30, Haaretz headlined the latest. Unnamed US, Israeli and UN officials were cited. Uncorroborated charges were made. Mohsen Fakhrizadeh was named.

Haaretz called him a “top Iranian scientist believed to be the ‘father’ of Iran’s nuclear weapons program….”

No evidence proves one exists. Nonetheless, baseless charges continue. Fear is generated. Public opinion is manipulated. War plans perhaps remain unchanged.

Haaretz said Fakhrizadeh’s research was “apparently sidelined (for) a few years.” He “resumed his work in a lab on the outskirts of Tehran….”

A UN “nuclear watchdog” called him “a key figure in suspected Iranian work to develop technology and skills needed for atomic bombs and suggested he may still play a role in such efforts.”

A so-called report was cited. He’s the only Iranian official named. Accusations without proof said Tehran “appear(s) to be developing nuclear weapons.” How many times have we heard that before? Charges wore thin long ago. Nonetheless, they repeat.

In November 2011, a spurious IAEA report said he headed an AMAD Plan. He was falsely accused of “carr(ying) out studies related to uranium, high explosives and the revamping of a missile cone to accommodate a warhead.”

Again, no evidence corroborated charges. They’re baseless or manufactured to look believable. Unidentified officials lack credibility. Iran’s been falsely accused for years. Its agenda supports a nuclear free Middle East.

On August 29, Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei addressed NAM leaders.

“In the recent past,” he said, “we have been witness to the failure of the policies of the Cold War era and the unilateralism that followed it.”

“Having learnt lessons from this historical experience, the world is in transition towards a new international order and the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) can and should play a new role.”

NAM values, he said, include anti-colonialism, political, economic and cultural independence, solidarity and cooperation, world peace, and freedom from hegemonic dominance.

He accused Washington of bullying tactics. He called itsSecurity Council control “a flagrant form of dictatorship.” He said America and its “accomplices” terrorize defenseless people in the name of democracy.

They impose their will lawlessly on others. “Using their exclusive and organized media network, they disguise their lies as the truth, their falsehoods as true, and their oppression as efforts to promote justice.”

“In contrast, they brand as lies every true statement that exposes their deceit and label every legitimate demand as roguish.”

America is “fully aware that Iran does not seek nuclear weapons.” He condemned US and Israeli hostility. He criticized IAEA complicity with aggressive anti-Iranian policies. He also blamed UN officials for not countering US threats. He stressed Iran’s commitment to end Syrian violence.

He repeated earlier calls for a nuclear free Middle East. He urged other nations for support. Nuclear disarmament is fundamental. Everyone gains. UN officials should prioritize achieving what benefits all member states.

The 16th NAM summit represents a historic opportunity. Key is transforming rhetoric into policy. As host, Iran gains prestige and support against hostile US/Israeli designs.

Israel instructed its ambassadors in all NAM member states to pressure their leaders not to attend. Washington likely did the same. Both nations have black eyes.

Bullying failed. It’s a hopeful sign. Dozens of presidents, prime ministers, and other top officials showed up. Doing so expresses anti-imperial solidarity.

In response, Netanyahu lashed out. Enraged over impressive international participation, he called the summit “a disgrace and stain on humanity. So many in the international community appear to have learned nothing,” he said.

He repeated earlier baseless accusations. NAM leaders likely have a belly full of arrogance they reject. Netanyahu is a world class thug. He heads Israel’s worst ever government.

He’s an embarrassment to democratic values. Official policy is belligerent, racist, exploitive and rapacious. He deplores peace and stability. His nuclear and other WMDs threaten the region.

He’s furious about 17 Arab IAEA members saying Israel’s nuclear arsenal endangers peace. In September, its 154 members will vote on their initiative up or down. It’s expected to pass. It criticizes Israeli efforts against freeing the region of weapons of mass destruction. Nuclear ones in particular were cited.

Israel is the region’s only nuclear armed and dangerous state. Its secret program menaces other nations. Its arsenal is believed to include hundreds of warheads and sophisticated delivery systems.

It falsely accuses Iran. Its own capability is suppressed. It’s the region’s real threat. So is Washington’s military presence. Iran and Syria both are targeted.

Writer Gordon Duff believes NATO secretly authorizedattacking Syria after repeated denials. On August 28,  its military leaders met in Brussels. Israel, Saudi Arabia, other Gulf states, and several former Soviet Republics participated by phone.

Two issues were discussed:

(1) “How climate change in Greenland (affects) geopolitics, immigration and (EU) military affairs;” and

(2) “Syria and the potential for Russian and Chinese intervention.”

Iran wasn’t officially on the agenda. If Moscow and Beijing don’t challenge a Syrian attack, “this will be seen as an authorization for incursions into Iran….”

Following the meeting, “(n)o announcement was made, no plans or timetable published, simply a vote on authorization of force which passed unanimously by members and included non-member states unanimously.”

Russia and China have vital regional interests. Failure to intervene increases their own vulnerability. Both countries represent America’s final frontier. Failure to confront more US aggression now makes doing so later harder.

Now’s the time for drawing red lines they’ll challenge if crossed. It’s hard imagining they’ll back off and do nothing. The best anti-war strategy is preventing it. Tough talk with teeth leaving no ambiguity may be how.

Pentagon threatens legal action over bin Laden book

0
REUTERS | 
The Pentagon warned on Thursday that it was considering legal action against a former US Navy SEAL for material breach of non-disclosure agreements with his first-hand account of the raid that killed Osama bin Laden.  

In a letter obtained by Reuters, and subsequently released by the Pentagon, the Pentagon’s top attorney said the Department of Defense was also considering legal action against anyone “acting in concert” with the author. It hinted that the book’s royalties might be subject to government claims.

The letter, addressed to “Mark Owen,” the pseudonym under which the book was written, identified two separate non-disclosure agreements he signed with the Navy that legally committed him to never divulge classified information, which is a crime.

“You are in material breach and violation of the non-disclosure agreements you signed,” said the letter by Jeh Johnson, the Pentagon’s General Counsel.

“The Department of Defense is considering pursuing against you, and all those acting in concert with you, all remedies legally available to us in light of this situation.”

The author may have hoped to publish the book anonymously but his identity as Matt Bissonnette was quickly revealed and confirmed independently by Reuters. It was unclear how many others the Pentagon may consider legally culpable, given the broad language in Johnson’s letter.

A spokeswoman at publisher Dutton, which is an imprint of Penguin Group (USA), did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

Not vetted

US officials have said they were surprised by his book, “No Easy Day,” which was not vetted by government agencies before its publication to ensure that no secrets were revealed.

The letter noted that, under the terms of the non-disclosure agreements, the author had agreed to submit any manuscript for pre-publication security review and to obtain permission before publishing it.

The Pentagon pointed out that the disclosure of classified information was a crime and suggested that, under the terms of the non-disclosure agreement he signed, the U.S. government could be entitled to all “royalties, remunerations, and emoluments” from such a disclosure.

The letter did not say what classified information the book revealed but the book says an unarmed bin Laden was looking out from his bedroom door when he was shot in the head during the May 2011 raid on his hide-out in Pakistan.

The book has received widespread media coverage and the Pentagon letter noted that some copies have already been released, ahead of the book’s formal release next week.

“Further public dissemination of your book will aggravate your breach and violation of your agreements,” the letter warned.

Earlier this week, the author said in a statement from his publisher that the book was written “with respect for my fellow service members while adhering to my strict desire not to disclose confidential or sensitive information that would compromise national security in any way.”

But many in the special operations community have privately expressed disappointment in recent days over the book and the publicity it has received.

The author now faces threats against his life. An official al Qaeda website last week posted a photograph and the real name of the former Navy commando, calling him “the dog who murdered the martyr Sheikh Osama bin Laden.”

Another Republican Says Something Dumb About Rape and Pregnancy

0

Republicans should stop talking about rape. Seriously. It seems as though every time a Republican talks about rape, something stupid comes out.

Imation shines light on scale of NHS data breaches

0

Figures obtained from the Information Commissioner’s Office reveal marked rise in NHS data protection failures since 2007.

It’s Official: No One Will Ever Be Prosecuted for Bush-Era Torture

0

I don’t write about national security and civil liberties issues as much as I should. Partly this is because I find much of it too grim to bear. But it’s also because it seems so hopeless: there’s really no significant difference between the two major parties on most of these issues, and therefore no real chance of any of them being changed.

Smart Pills: The Edible Tracking Grid

0

In recent years, more and more doctors have started warning their patients to avoid genetically modified foods and the results are paying off. Jeffrey Smith now tells us that thousands of doctors are reporting the elimination of disease simply when patients cut genetically modified foods out of their diets.

Human Rights Watch accuses Ethiopian army of ‘torture and rape’

0

The Ethiopian military has been accused of conducting a campaign of arbitrary arrest, rape and torture against scores of villagers in the Gambella region of the country according to Human Rights Watch (HRW).

UK data breaches up more than 1,000% in five years

0

The number of data breaches experienced by UK firms has jumped by 1,014 percent over the last five years. Well actually, the number is even higher, given that this statistic only represents data breaches that have been reported by the parties affected.

EU data protection reforms attacked

0

Software-as-a-Service provider Progress Software has rubbished the European Union’s proposed European Data Protection Regulation in an open letter. The EU put forward proposals to overhaul existing data protection laws, which have been in place for nearly 20 years, in January.

Syrian says joined opposition while at UN mission

0

Former Syrian diplomat Danny al-Baaj says he spent half his days at the Syrian U.N. mission in Geneva secretly working against President Bashar Assad’s regime – and he says there are many others like him at all levels of government.

‘No solution in sight’ for Assange

0

No solution is in sight to resolve the stand-off over Julian Assange’s extradition to Sweden, William Hague has said, as the WikiLeaks founder remains holed up in the Ecuadorian embassy.

Obama Admin. Blatantly Lied About SEAL Team Killing Bin Laden in Self-Defense

0

Bin Laden apparently was shot in the head when he looked out of his bedroom door into the top-floor hallway of his compound as SEALs rushed up a narrow stairwell in his direction, according to former Navy SEAL Matt Bissonnette, writing under the pseudonym Mark Owen in “No Easy Day.”

Number-plate spycams riddled with flaws, top cop admits

0

UK Police have been granted the right to continue to keep secret the locations of controversial automatic number plate recognition (ANPR) cameras, after winning a freedom of information tribunal – even as they admit that criminals know the whereabouts of some of the spycams.

Documents Reveal Pentagon, CIA Help With Kathryn Bigelow’s ‘Zero Dark Thirty’

0

Do CIA and Pentagon documents released this week prove that Kathryn Bigelow and the “Zero Dark Thirty” filmmakers received special access to information related to the killing of Osama bin Laden?

Coalition deadlock over the law and politics of human rights

0

The UK Commission on a Bill of Rights seeks to unravel the disputes about national autonomy that have arisen from Britain’s relationship with the European Human Rights Convention. Regardless of their findings, this inquiry should not be used as evidence to repeal the Human Rights Act.

Facebook gets privacy ultimatum from German consumer groups

0

Facebook must stop providing personal data to third-party app makers without getting users’ explicit consent, the Federation of German Consumer Organisations (VZBV) said on Tuesday. If Facebook does not comply before next Monday, it could face legal action.

Firms do not always need to delete personal data to comply with data protection rules

0

Organisations can temporarily keep personal data records even when the information is no longer necessary for processing purposes, the UK’s data protection watchdog has said.

Judge allows group to oppose FTC settlement with Google

0

A judge has allowed privacy group Consumer Watchdog to move forward with an effort to oppose a US$22.5 million privacy settlement between Google and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission.

Beyond Pussy Riot: slow death of freedom

0

THE RUSSIAN government’s distaste for freedom of expression has been in the headlines recently thanks to the trial and subsequent imprisonment of three members of punk collective Pussy Riot. But the persecution of these women forms only a small part of a much broader crackdown on civil liberties in President Vladimir Putin’s Russia.

Former editor of Scottish News of the World arrested

0

The former editor of the Scottish edition of Rupert Murdoch’s News of the World tabloid was arrested on Wednesday in connection with the defamation action of a former lawmaker.

A Sure-Proof Way to Have Your Blog Post Noticed by Many

0

If you’ve done it already and you can repeat the success of your previous posts without much effort, you can skip this article — if that’s the case, you’re probably a well known author or expert with many connections, or a voodoo priest. This post is for those who are dreaming to make a post that will go viral, and it’s so actionable that you won’t make only one viral post, but will keep producing them over and over.

You will need some time to brainstorm, a few lists to make and basic people skills. Well, you do need decent writing skills, it should go without saying. But it’s not the writing that we’re going to talk about today — there’s a much more important ingredient of viral content that we’ll focus on here, keep reading.

Brainstorming

The first thing you need to figure out is the topic, and you’ve probably seen this a thousand times already: it has to be trendy, controversial or inspirational (or all of it if you get lucky). But here’s the catch: it also has to be something that you can write at least five different articles about — that is, five different great articles. Take a different angle in each one, or divide the topic into smaller segments.

Lists

The first one is with article ideas.

The second one, with different headline for each article. The headlines are very important, they will decide on whether your articles will get a click through, so make them irresistible to potential readers. If you’re having trouble with this, check LinkBaitGenerator.com for some great ideas.

The third one is the list of blogs to guest post on — and now we’re talking about the most important ingredient: contacts. Yes, content is important, but you have to get the word out somehow, don’t just sit there and expect people will find it. Make a list of the most important blogs in your niche, those that have authority (for links) and loyal readers (for traffic). Huge Twitter following is a must.

Now take the lists and have another brainstorming session: if you have more blogs than article ideas, come up with more article ideas, and this time think about which article would be the best choice for each blog. You’re not writing the articles yet, only developing the concepts — you’ll probably not going to get a guest post opportunity for all of your articles, so keep the ideas and use them later on your blog as a follow up; you’ll tweak them more easily for your readers if it isn’t completely written.

People skills and timing

Now it’s time to contact blog owners. We’re talking about manual outreach here, it provides much better results than the services in this particular case. Contact everyone on your list and send them article ideas. Timing is crucial, so make sure that you arrange with blog owners that all your articles go live at the same time, even if it means that you’ll have to wait two months before they get published (popular blogs have a large queue of posts, and two months is pretty much the usual time frame for this).

Why, you may ask, your posts should go live at the same time? Because when they do, people will have the impression that you’re everywhere. That’s what making your name is all about: if people see your great posts on several big blogs within the few days, they will notice your name and perceive you as a new shining star, and will want to read more from you. That’s also why you’ve written several posts around the same topic — you’re now the expert on that topic. Neat, huh?

The final step

Ok, so you got your name out. You probably guess what is your next step: two or three days after your last post went live, publish the last article on your blog, email the blog owners to thank them and to let them know that you’ve just published the follow up article that you believe their audience may like. That’s it. Don’t ask them for a tweet — if they perceive that article as something their audience will enjoy, they will tweet it on their own.

It is possible that you won’t nail this at first try, some bloggers may need more time to get to know you in order to be confident enough to tweet your posts; but stick to it, and you’ll get there. You see, it’s not all about content — there’s something in relationships too, so start working on them. You can thank us later.

A successful blogger is not always the one who creates best content, but it always is the one who’s connected with the right people. Jeff Gross knows it’s important for global success, but also for local websites such as nPromote.

Former Israeli Spy Chief: Israeli Attack On Iran ‘Would Galvanize Iranian Society Behind The Leadership’

0

Meir Dagan, the formidable former head of Israel’s Mossad intelligence agency, in a new interview with the New Yorker, continued his campaign to warn against a hasty rush to war with Iran over its nuclear program.

U.S. Hires Private Firms for ‘Dirty Work’

0

Attracting private security companies to work in conflict zones allows the U.S. government to avoid responsibility for violating the norms of international humanitarian law, a senior Russian diplomat said.

Professors endorse legal weed in Colorado as Obama woos students

0

More than 100 college professors across the nation signed an open letter on Tuesday endorsing a Colorado ballot measure that would legalize marijuana and regulate it like alcohol, in a move timed to coincide with President Barack Obama’s campaign stop at Colorado State University.

The Disturbing, Unchecked Rise of the Administrative Subpoena

0

When Golden Valley Electric Association of rural Alaska got an administrative subpoena from the Drug Enforcement Administration in December 2010 seeking electricity bill information on three customers, the company did what it usually does with subpoenas – it ignored them.

How Cheap and Easy Call Monitoring Puts You at Risk

0

Spying on telephone calls made by your neighbours or corporate rivals has never been easier – or cheaper – and according to one security expert this represents a major chink in the security armour of many individuals and companies.

Security scheme worthy of ‘police state’

0

PROPOSED laws that would allow the web and telecommunications data of all Australians to be stored for two years have been dubbed ”characteristic of a police state” by Victoria’s Privacy Commissioner.

The Decline of Political Protest

0

Once upon a time there was an organization called Amnesty International which was dedicated to defending prisoners of conscience all over the world. Its action was marked by two principles that contributed to its success: neutrality and discretion.

Paralympic gold medallist could lose disability benefits

0

Paralympic gold medallist and world record holder Tara Flood faces a test that could see her lose her disability benefits, she told Socialist Worker.

Don’t be evil? Google fined again for breaking privacy laws

0

Google will pay a historic fine to settle Federal Trade Commission charges that it bypassed privacy settings and used cookies to track Apple Safari users who visited Google’s DoubleClick ad network.

Mexican police detained over U.S. Embassy staff shooting

0

Twelve Mexican federal police have been detained in an investigation of how two U.S. Embassy employees were wounded after being caught up in a police chase on the outskirts of the capital, authorities said on Monday.

Is Facebook Advertising Beleaguered or Thriving?

0

When it comes to digital marketing, the experts tell you to leverage as many online platforms as possible, including search, local search, PPC, social media and social media ads. The big question is whether advertising on social media really works; a question which Facebook is being pressed to answer.

In the period immediately preceding Facebook’s announcement regarding its quarterly earnings, speculation was rife as to what kind of profits it would report and what these would say about the company’s business model. The announcement took many people by surprise as Facebook reported declining stock prices and a less than stellar financial performance. As a result, we’ve seen headlines that vary from “Facebook Ads a Flop” (arbitagemagazine.com) to “Facebook ad rates surge 58 percent” (news.cnet.com)

We’ve also seen Facebook accused of advertising fraud, so the next question is: should you bother?

Don’t bother

Rather obviously the Arbitrage article falls under this category. It references a study by the BBC that has found that Facebook ads consistently fail to deliver satisfactory ROI. One of the reasons for this is that people use Facebook socially and not to do their shopping or be enticed by promises of miracle weight loss. Then there is that fact that approximately 6% of Facebook accounts are fake and many of these fake profiles are the ones that “like” brands.

The whole Facebook-is-social-and-not-for-advertising argument is borne out by Emily Lambert in an article that appeared on Forbes. Lambert looked at the effectiveness of Facebook ads from an average user’s point of view. Granted, it could be considered subjective as she used herself as an example of an average user, but her methodology makes perfect sense. She looked at the ads that Facebook delivers to her profile; the ads that are supposed to reflect her interests and her friends. None of them actually matched her interests or targeted her supposed needs. The ads for brands that her friends liked failed to sway her because of her associations with those friends and with the brands. Then there were the weight loss ads (she’s apparently underweight), the cosmetic surgery ads, the credit card ads, the gaming ads, and, puzzlingly, an ad to investigate public arrest records.

The only thing Lambert got out of the ads was entertainment — as in she can’t believe what pops up in her account.

Limited Run is a company that really doesn’t believe in the value of Facebook advertising. Limited Run is an e-commerce store builder, which, according to Marketing Land, claims that 80% of its clicks came from bots. In other words, 80% of the ads it had to pay for were unequivocally useless. It alleges that the sole purpose of these bots is to increase advertising costs, which is obviously to Facebook’s benefit.

The claims have sparked a media frenzy. Facebook has responded, saying they are investigating the claims.

Definitely bother

Another CNET article says that if you’re going to advertise on Facebook you need to look at mobile advertising. Facebook is relatively new to mobile advertising but statistics already show that mobile ads are clicked more than desktop ads and that mobile ads encourage more interaction and likes.

News on the Facebook advertising grapevine is that the platform will soon start showing sponsored ads, much like other search engines. Sponsored ads will appear in the Facebook search bar and will be marked as “sponsored”.

And, another handy marketing tool about to be unleashed is “Page Post Targeting Enhanced”, which allows marketers to target their ads to more specific audiences.

Should you bother?

All online advertising mediums have their share of controversy and all have their share of ROI investigations, so there’s no reason why Facebook should be any different. What Facebook does have is a massive audience. The potential reach is enormous and you don’t even have to spend that much money.

When you’re trying to spread your brand awareness, the question isn’t whether you should bother with Facebook but whether you can afford not to.

This guest post was written by Sandy Cosser. Sandy writes on behalf of Mediatorr Digital Marketing, a South African-based online marketing agency with an international spread of clients. 

‘The young people you betrayed’: Teacher writes open letter to Gove after GCSE decline

0

Pressure on exam boards to reduce the number of top scores at GCSE “left the dreams of youngsters in tatters”, according to a teacher.

Debt crisis: ECB rescue plan could be ‘addictive like a drug’

0

CENTRAL bank financing can be “addictive like a drug”, the president of the Bundesbank has warned, in comments that emphasize the dangerous gulf between Germany and the European Central Bank.

Russian spies order $1mln software to influence social networks

0

Russia’s Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) has ordered three systems worth about US$1 million that will automatically spread information on the Internet.

Obama Institutionalized Unlawful Indefinite Detention

0

By Sherwood Ross

Rather than scrap it as un-American and authoritarian, Godfather Obama has institutionalized the practice of “unlawful indefinite detention” he inherited from his predecessor in the White House.

That’s the view of Anthony D. Romero, executive director of the American Civil Liberties Union(ACLU), one of blthe nation’s foremost authorities on the rule of law. Romero says that instead of closing down the Guantanamo operation and resolving its legal cases in the Federal courts, Obama has done the opposite and, in fact, revived “the illegitimate Guantanamo military commissions.” Romero doesn’t refer to Obama as “Godfather,” of course. Maybe because he doesn’t have to.

Like a true godfather, though, the man in the White House doesn’t want to hear about what went down during those illegal detentions. He refuses to have his Justice Department consigliere investigate the illegal kidnappings and torture by the CIA GoodFellas at any of their secret sites. McClatchy News Service reports this includes dungeons in Poland, Thailand, Romania, and Lithuania.

While Poland’s President Bronislaw Komorowski wants a “thorough investigation” of what went on at a CIA-run villa about 100 miles north of Warsaw, McClatchy’s Roy Gutman reports, “The U.S. government has stonewalled all known requests for assistance.”

Likely it’s concealing gross, cowardly, and obscene tortures of the most revolting nature, such as threatening prisoners with murder using power drills, as well as waterboarding them. And that’s just what’s known. Poland has 20 books of as yet unreleased testimonh.

“If former officials are brought to trial, or if the classified files in the (Polish) prosecutors’ offices are made public, the result will be revelations about an American anti-terrorism operation whose details U.S. officials are fighting to keep secret,” Gutman writes.

Keep in mind that the prisoners in such secret dungeons are kidnapped off the streets in the first place, without the benefit of legal proceedings, and held for years. Writing of Guantanamo in the Miami Herald of October 3, 2011, Joseph Margulies, perhaps the most prominent defense lawyer who has served there, says prisoners “may never hold their children or say goodbye to a dying mother. Their fate is the four walls of a prison cell…”

Even some men cleared for transfer by the Bush and Obama regimes “remain in custody,” Margulies writes—despite Obama’s pledge to shut Guantanamo. But there’s worse, much worse.

“Murder” is the term for killing without legal proceedings or a state of war. Protests stream in regularly from Pakistani officials over the U.S. killing of civilians by drone attacks, yet the godfather continues to sign off on them. The protests make a sham of Obama’s claim the drone attacks are the outcome of some careful screening process.

At minimum you would think a president would shut down any criminal cell he found operating out of the coils of the federal establishment. Yet, after George W. Bush expanded the CIA into a veritable federalized Ku Klux Klan, Obama refuses to dismantle it or prosecute its officials.

The Obama crime syndicate is operating on many fronts—it prosecutes whistle-blowers, it expands germ warfare, it threatens nuclear war against UN members, it lavishes billions on research into new ways of killing and disabling people, and, not least, it makes criminal wars. In short, it does everything you’d expect a godfather to do. All that’s left is for the world to kiss his ring.

#

(Sherwood Ross is a Miami-based public relations consultant for good causes who formerly worked for major dailies and wire services. Contact him at sherwoodross10@gmail.com)

Israels say troops abused Palestinian kids

0

Former Israeli soldiers who served in the occupied territories say that mistreatment of Palestinian children by troops is “routine” and occurs even at times of relative calm.

17 Afghan civilians beheaded in insurgent attack

0

Insurgents beheaded 17 civilians in a Taliban-controlled area of southern Afghanistan, apparently because they attended a dance party that flouted the extreme brand of Islam embraced by the militants, officials said Monday.

U.S. global arms sales tripled to record $66.3 bln

0

Weapons sales by the United States tripled in 2011 to a record high, a new study for Congress has revealed.

Rising police budget for torture claims

0

The police made the claim as the Independent Police Investigative Directorate launched its investigation into allegations that some of the nearly 200 Lonmin miners arrested in connection with the deadly violence at the Marikana platinum mine were tortured.

BBC spent almost £333,000 concealing Mideast ‘Balen Report’

0

The British Broadcasting Corporation has spent almost £333,000 in legal costs associated with its efforts to conceal the Balen Report, a 2004 internal inquiry into the BBC’s coverage of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict whose contents were never released to the public.

Murdoch sanctioned Harry photo publication to counter Leveson ‘humiliation’

0

Fresh details have emerged surrounding the Sun’s controversial decision to publish a front cover image of a naked Prince Harry, following suggestions that Rupert Murdoch personally intervened to sanction the controversial move.

Journalists Exposed for Their Biased Coverage of Riots

0

News outlets need to be held to account for their coverage of the headline-hitting English riots, a new report has argued.

Google Analytics Norwegian privacy laws

0

Google Analytics has been given a cold reception in Norway by the nations Data Protection Bureau after they judged that it was not in compliance with EU law.

Guatemala jails former police chief for war crimes

0

A Guatemalan court has sentenced a former police chief to 70 years in jail for ordering the kidnapping of a university student during the country’s civil war.

Hackers claim to target UK Justice Ministry site

0

Britain’s Ministry of Justice said Monday it was looking into disruptions on its website, after online activists claimed they hacked into the site as part of a campaign to back WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange.

Guantanamo Detainees, Defense Lawyers Continually Gagged in Military Tribunals: Report

0

Guantanamo detainees currently on trial, and the lawyers defending them at the Guantanamo Bay military tribunals, are not allowed to talk about the defendant’s torture while in the secretive prison, according to a new analysis by Reuters. Defense attorneys and civil rights groups say far reaching restrictions regarding “classified” information, have greatly undermined the ability of defense lawyers to do their job in court.

Military ‘Cuts’: Don’t Believe the Hype

0

Grover Norquist, the influential conservative activist, recently made some very frank and sobering remarks about the U.S. military budget. Unlike many conservatives, Mr. Norquist understands that American national security interests are not served by the interventionist foreign policy mindset that has dominated both political parties in recent decades.

Shell Spending Millions On ‘Private Army’

0

Oil giant Royal Dutch Shell plc spent nearly $383 million, between 2007 and 2009, to protect its oil installations and staff in Nigeria, revealed London-based oil watchdog Platform on Sunday, with part of the money alleged to have gone into a 1,200-member private security force, which has been accused of human rights violations in the past.

10 Tips for Improving Your SEO Results

0

Search engine optimization is very important for any business or website that wants to become successful and wants to be recognized and noticed more. If you’re wondering what exactly search engine optimization is, I’ll give you a brief description. When people search for your business or website, you want it to be as high on Google as possible and search engine optimization will help your website be higher when searched for.

So, the question many website owners ask is what they can do to help get their website higher when searched for. Here are some helpful tips to use to help you with your search engine optimization.

1. Your content

You need to make sure that your content goes along with the keywords you use. Also, how your website presents itself is very important. Search engine optimization won’t make much of a difference if they find your website and it’s not quality content.

2. Keep track of your ranking

Always know where you stand on search engines. You won’t be able to keep track of where your website ranks if you don’t check often to see if it’s getting any higher or lower. You need to know if your search engine optimization techniques are working and you won’t know that if you don’t follow up on the work you do.

3. Make your URLs understandable

You want your URLs easy for your readers/customers to understand and read. Try to keep them very clear and relatable to what the page is about. You don’t want a lot of random letters and numbers in the URLs that will turn your readers off to your website.

4. Where you put your keywords

Your keywords need to be in strategic locations, this will help them show up more on search engines. Try to place them throughout your content, in titles, the name of your website, URLs, etc.

5. Think like an average person who is searching

When an average person tries to search for your business or a business such as yours, what are the keywords you believe they would typically type in? Be sure you try to use keywords that you think potential customers will use to search for your business.

6. Don’t use too many keywords

This is very important! If you use too many keywords, people will start to believe that your website is just spam and your website could be blocked. So don’t overuse keywords, use just the right amount.

7. Don’t stress too much over your ranking

Yes, you want to be very high in the search engines when you are searched for, but don’t stress too much. Focus more on what page you are on. You can’t win them all, especially when you are in a competitive field and there are many other businesses or websites ahead of yours. Be happy if you are on a decent page rather than upset because you aren’t first.

8. Be up-to-date with your content

If you don’t update your website often, you’re customers/readers are going to get bored with you and look elsewhere. This kind of goes along with what I mentioned before about it not making a difference if your website is ranked high if the quality of your content isn’t great. You need to update your content often so you can keep your readers/customers interested in what you have to offer them. The more popular you are, the higher you can get on search engines.

9. Link to other sites

If you want other sites to use your link to your website, you’re going to have to use their links too. This will make you more popular out there, so be generous with others and they will be more likely to be generous and friendly with you and your website.

10. SEO takes a lot of time

Don’t expect to work on your SEO for a day or two and then BOOM! Your website is ranked high. No, SEO takes a lot of time and effort and it will most likely be something that you will have to work with on a daily basis which will be very worth it when you are finally happy with where your page is on search engines and you’re bringing in a lot of traffic.

Johan Hedin is the Managing Director of Marketing Ignite, one of the major SEO Companies in Bangkok.

Videos show how one Texas county fakes crime statistics

0

PJ Media has obtained exclusive hidden camera video that shows federal grant money creates an incentive for local law enforcement to falsify their crime statistics.

Is another banking crisis coming our way?

0

Uncle Sam’s policy of allowing banks to get too big to fail means we’ll all be left holding the bag when that collapse occurs – and another banking bailout is necessary.

Weapons grade plutonium available on the black market

0

Cementing the REAL special relationship between Britain and the USA: Lots to talk about bringing the audience up to date on the financial criminal network in the NATO countries…

Millions of children’s lives are being doomed by unwarranted, off-label antipsychotic drug prescriptions

0

Our children are being prescribed anti-psychotic drugs at an increasing rate and at ever younger ages. Often the drugs, which are now being prescribed for children as young as under one-year-old, are being prescribed for off-label uses other than what the FDA approved the drugs for.

Financial fraud — Crime without criminals?

0

Ken Eisold – mindfulmoney.co.uk |

More and more people are noting that when banks and other financial firms settle charges of fraud and pay out large sums of money as fines, it’s their customers who end up paying the bill. Worse, those actually responsible pay no penalty at all.

Britain’s Chancellor of the Exchequer, George Osborne, commenting recently on Barclay’s settlement over its manipulation of the Libor rate, went so far as to say, “Fraud is a crime in ordinary business; why shouldn’t it be so in banking?”

A similar thought was expressed by Senator Jack Reed, chairman of a subcommittee that oversees securities regulation in the U.S.: “A lot of people on the street, they’re wondering how a company can commit serious violations of securities laws and yet no individuals seem to be involved and no individual responsibility was assessed.”

These are not the words of ordinary people, of course. They know the reason is that it is far easier to get a bank to pay a fine than to get a conviction in a court of law. Moreover, the fines are a kind of public confession that does something to appease public outrage, and may even make the firms more cautious in the future especially as the fines help to pay for on-going investigations. Still, the fact that such prominent figures are speaking up now suggests that it is time to take the next step and actually prosecute the responsible individuals.

As The New York Times pointed out recently: “The difficulties of prosecuting executives were highlighted last week . . . where a federal grand jury acquitted a Citigroup manager who had been involved in selling an exotic financial security involving residential mortgages . . . and failing to disclose that Citigroup was betting against the investment.”

“In a rare move, though, the jury sent a note to the Securities and Exchange Commission after reaching its decision, urging the agency not to give up. ‘This verdict should not deter the S.E.C. from investigating the financial industry, to review current regulations and modify existing regulations as necessary.’” (See, “Corporate Fraud Cases Often Spare Individuals.”) The evidence for conviction may have been lacking, but clearly the jurors felt the outrage.

Simon Johnson, former chief economist of the IMF, noting that financial firms are losing their legitimacy, asked some unusually pointed questions for a mainstream economist: “Do you really believe the increasingly dubious notion that megabanks, as currently constituted, are good for the rest of the private sector, and thus for economic growth and job creation? Or do you begin to consider more seriously the increasingly mainstream proposition that global megabanks and their leaders have simply become too powerful and dangerous?”

He points out that “the big showdowns between democracy and big bankers are still to come — both in the United States and in continental Europe. On the surface, the banks remain powerful, yet their legitimacy continues to crumble.” (See, “Finance’s Crisis of Legitimacy.”

This is the step-by-step erosion of belief and support that inevitably precedes collapse. It might take just one more scandal.

Shell has ‘shocking levels’ of access to government staff

0

 – guardian.co.uk |

Senior Whitehall officials from 10 government departments and agencies attended exclusive “training courses” laid on by Shell over two days at its London headquarters, according to documents released by the Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) following a freedom of information request.

The documents show that in June this year and last, “30-40 mid- to senior-level civil servants” attended the two-day “Shell energy course for Whitehall”, laid on at the energy giant’s expense at its U.K. head office on London’s South Bank.

In responding to the FOI request, DECC said the course was designed to give civil servants an “understanding of the energy industry in the U.K. and internationally”. It added: “The production of and markets for energy in a carbon constrained world were the main themes [of the course]. The program is an opportunity for DECC staff to hear the views of Shell on the oil and gas industry, meet colleagues and counterparts from other government departments and exchange views on the industry and Shell’s activities.”

DECC confirmed that 12 of its civil servants attended this year’s event and that Shell is the only company or organization providing such “training” to its officials.

The event on June 19 and 20 included presentations such as “Government and Industry: Working Together” by Shell’s head of U.K. government relations, and “Transparency, Human Rights and Corporate Social Responsibility” by the company’s NGO and stakeholder relations manager.

The revelation has angered environmental campaigners who say it exposes the extent of privileged access afforded to Shell across Whitehall, as well as raising questions about the degree of lobbying exercised by the energy industry.

Last month, the Guardian newspaper reported that ministers at the Treasury have held meetings with representatives from energy-intensive sectors seven times more often than with green sector representatives since the coalition government was formed. Over the same period, Treasury ministers met Shell on 12 occasions, including at least three one-on-one lunches and dinners. George Osborne, the chancellor, has not met a single green sector representative.

Jim Footner, head of Greenpeace’s climate and energy campaign, said: “These documents show that one of the world’s most environmentally damaging companies has shocking levels of access to some of the government’s top mandarins. Shell has effectively locked themselves in a room for days with powerful civil servants to promote their own agenda. Our government officials should not be allowed to take part in a two-day schmooze-athon with this company.

“They should instead be upping their game and trying to save the Arctic [where Shell is seeking to drill for oil], not cavorting with a company who could destroy this pristine and beautiful area.”

A DECC spokesman said: “DECC staff are encouraged to engage with a broad range of external organizations and stakeholders in order to help the department meet its commitments and objectives. This engagement helps improve their understanding of the industry and markets and for their own professional development. Shell is one of many stakeholders that DECC has regular contact with. The course, hosted by Shell, was an opportunity for staff to meet with counterparts from industry and Whitehall.”

The spokesman added that officials from the following departments also attended: the Treasury, the Environment Agency, the Department for International Development, the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, the Department for Transport, the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, U.K. Trade and Investment, the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and the Health and Safety Executive.

A Shell spokeswoman said the annual course for mid- to senior-level civil servants was “part of our legitimate dialogue with stakeholders about the energy industry as a whole and Shell’s activities”.

Who REALLY profited from the Olympics?

0

Paul Stuart – wsws.org |

The government will only admit that the London Olympic Games cost the public approximately £9.3 billion. However, this figure has been contested after a successful Freedom of Information request put the overall additional public costs associated with hosting the Olympics closer to £24 billion.

A three-month Sky Sports investigation team examined what the Tory-led coalition government excluded from its calculations, including a massive security operation more normally associated with one of Britain’s innumerable imperialist wars of aggression such as Afghanistan and Iraq.

This involved a staggering £1.131 billion for police “counterterrorism” operations and £4.4 billion for military/intelligence deployment.

In addition, there was £6.5 billion needed for transport upgrades in and around the Olympic Park.

An extra £41 million of public money, with £7 million in reserve, was given to boost the opening and closing ceremony total costs to £81 million.

London’s host borough Newham Labour council, presently imposing £100 million cuts, put £40 million towards building the Olympic stadium. Local authorities spent £11.4 million on the Olympic torch relay around the country, and this figure is expected to be significantly higher as many councils did not respond to information requests.

Having paid £1 billion towards the costs in the form of an Olympic council tax levy by the Greater London Authority, what did the public get in return, especially those in the host boroughs?

Due to the high price of tickets, most people were effectively excluded from Olympic events. Instead, a huge portion of public money was used to place East London boroughs, among the poorest in the country, under virtual lockdown.

To add insult to injury, the fate of the Olympic Park will not be decided by the local population but by the architects of their impoverishment–former bankers, business figures and politicians.

In 2004, when the then-Labour government presented its initial cost of hosting the Games to the International Olympic Committee (IOC), Tessa Jowell offered the vastly underestimated figure of £2.37 billion, to be raised from council tax and national lottery money. Since then, costs have risen year on year.

The government-funded Olympic Delivery Authority (ODA) was given responsibility for purchasing sites and constructing venues. The London Organising Committee of the Olympic and Paralympic Games (LOCOG), a private company, would run the events.

The ODA is chaired by Sebastian Coe, former athlete and Conservative MP and one-time global advisor to Nike. Its board is dominated by senior business figures, including Lorraine Baldry, former chief executive of real estate group Chesterton International plc, and Stephen Duckworth, contract director for Serco Welfare to Work program in the West Midlands. Another is the close former ally of Tony Blair, (Baroness) Sally Morgan (of Huyton) who is a non-executive director of Carphone Warehouse PLC and Southern Cross Healthcare PLC. In February 2011, she was appointed by the Conservative/Liberal Democrat government as chairman of Ofstead schools inspectors, used to push through a school privatisation programme.

LOCOG, charged with hosting Olympic events, had a budget of £2 billion. Of this, £560 million was to be funded directly from the IOC through the sale of TV rights, £450 million through local sponsorship and official suppliers, £300 million from ticket revenues and £60 million from licensing.

LOCOG’s head office is in Canary Wharf in the docklands financial district. Ticket revenues go into its coffers to cover the initial financial outlay. Its leading board members are major figures in banking and business, such as Charles Allen–senior advisor to Goldman Sachs and the Home Office–and Paul Deighton of Goldman Sachs and Deloitte.

Justin King is the London mayor’s appointee to the LOCOG board. A chief executive of Sainsbury’s supermarkets, he is a member of the CBI President’s Committee and a non-executive director of Staples Inc. In October 2010, he was made a member of Prime Minister David Cameron’s Business Advisory Group.

According to ODA, of the £9.3 billion public money spent, £6.248 billion went on the construction of the venues. A further £2.537 billion has been spent by government departments and the national lottery. The single biggest expenditure was preparation of the Olympic Park–£1.822 billion–and £1.106 billion spent on the venues, including £428 million on the Olympic Stadium.

The Olympic Park Legacy Company established in 2009 was turned into the London Legacy Development Corporation (LLDC). It will have a budget of £296 million for the “transformation” of the park. It is a Mayoral Development Corporation created by London mayor Boris Johnson under the Localism Act 2011. As part of the Legacy Communities Scheme, it is tasked with overseeing by next July the reopening of the Olympic Park as the Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park.

The LLDC, too, is dominated by politicians, business leaders, bankers and consultants. The LLDC on August 8 gave Taylor Wimpey and L&Q the contract to build 870 new homes in the Olympic Park. It will have five housing areas, with 8,000 houses on top of the 2,700 dwellings left from the athletes’ Olympic Village. These have been sold to the Qatari royal family, who have so far refused to say what rents they will charge.

The 80,000-seat Olympic Stadium’s new occupier is yet to be confirmed. The application has been dogged by court cases, dirty tricks and allegations of industrial espionage. The two frontrunners are now West Ham United Football Club, with Newham borough council retaining control of the running track, and a joint bid by Tottenham Hotspur with AEG.

The LLDC has appointed Greenwich Leisure Limited to operate the Aquatics Centre, Multi-Use Arena and ArcelorMittal Orbit. Greenwich Leisure merged in 2011 with Nexus Community. It runs 100 council leisure centres in the south of England, including in 11 London boroughs. Described as a charitable social enterprise, it was the first UK operator to be handed the Conservative/Liberal Democrat government’s “Big Society Award.” It is the first phase in the transfer of local councils’ leisure services permanently to the private sector.

The cycling Velodrome will be given over to Lee Valley Regional Park Authority. The huge press and media centre is to be taken over by iCITY, formed specifically for the bid as a joint venture between real estate company Delancey and data storage provider Infinity. The company says it will use it as a base for both new and established technology firms.

As part of the Olympic contract, the Olympic Park is effectively transformed into a tax-free haven. However, after an online campaign securing hundreds of thousands of signatures, a number of leading sponsors have said they will not exploit the tax loophole.

Numerous articles praised the benevolence of leading business figures who had donated money to athletics programmes. In fact, the British athletes’ medal haul was also paid for by the population via hundreds of millions in public spending and the National Lottery, founded by previous Tory prime minister John Major in 1994. The lottery was a new mechanism to tax the poorest, while justifying cuts in public expenditure.

The IOC led by Jacque Rogge deals in multibillion contracts from its marble headquarters in Lausanne, Switzerland. Four feet of shelf space are taken up by the Olympic contract imposed on the games’ hosts. It includes stipulations by the IOC for 500 air-conditioned limousines with uniformed chauffeurs, 40,000 hotel rooms, 1,800 four- and five-star rooms, and miles of dedicated roads for athletes and the “Olympic family.” A cursory examination of the IOC’s “family” reveals it is dominated by the monarchies of Europe and the Middle East.

Outdated law blocks access to public records

0

One of the biggest obstacles to Oklahoma government transparency is a lack of recourse for people being denied documents, said Lindel Hutson, president of Freedom of Information Oklahoma Inc.

Detective believes Bolger, Schmidt conspired to commit perjury in state House scandal, records show

0

A Michigan State Police detective said he believed House Speaker Jase Bolger and state Rep. Roy Schmidt may have conspired to commit perjury when they recruited a fake Democratic candidate to run for a Grand Rapids House seat, records obtained by the Free Press show.

US war on whistleblowers must end – Assange

0

Julian Assange made his first public appearance in two months, ever since he took refuge in the Ecuadorian embassy in London. Addressing the hundreds of people gathered outside the embassy, Assange thanked them for their support, claiming it was their resolve and presence that stopped British police storming the building.

Accountable Democracy to release anniversary poll on public attitudes to 9/11

0

New pressure group Accountable Democracy will be announcing the results of an opinion poll on public attitudes to the 9/11 attacks.

The poll will examine public attitudes to the official narrative of the attacks, which holds that the Al Qaeda attackers pulled off one of history’s most spectacular attacks entirely by themselves, undetected by any of the agencies whose job it was to hunt them down.

Last year polls in France and the UK found substantial minorities who thought the attacks were (France) or might have been (UK) aided by rogue agents within western security services.

Last year this possibility, long voiced by seasoned independent observers like Gore Vidal and John Pilger, received the support of Richard Clark, White House anti-terror chief at the time, and Ali Soufan, a lead FBI al Qaeda investigator. Both confirmed complaints from several FBI offices that investigations which would have thwarted the 9/11 attacks had been blocked by managers.

The CIA’s contacts in the media have responded by suggesting that the alleged 9/11 hijackers were granted a free run in the US because they had been tricked by rogue elements in the Saudi intelligence services. But one expert said: “this is a classic limited hangout but no-one will believe that the CIA trusted the Saudis when the record shows they did not”.

Notes

1. Accountable Democracy will be campaigning for the rule of law to be applied at all levels of society including the banking sector, the political parties, the media, the police and the security services. The first national conference is on November 10 2012, speakers and agenda to be announced.

2. Here are three key sources on the 9/11 attacks
a. On The Eleventh Day – The Ultimate Account of 9/11 by Anthony Summers & Robbyn Swan which echoes the official Washington/CIA line.
b. Disconnecting the Dots by Kevin Fenton, a meticulous examination of the various official investigations leaving little or no doubt that there was indeed a rogue network operating around the CIA’s Osama Bin Laden unit and its supervisors.
c. Mounting Evidence by US academic Paul Shea which looks at a wide range of issues, including the evidence for an official NORAD standown on the day; whether the alleged terrorist hijackers had the spectacular flying skills attributed to them; and the mystery of how two aircraft could have caused the total collapse of three skyscrapers (into their own footprint at near freefall speed), when the Twin Towers had been designed to withstand an aircraft collision.

Assange to address the global media

0

WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange planned to make his first public appearance Sunday since he took refuge inside Ecuador’s embassy in London two months ago, seeking to avoid extradition to Sweden for questioning over sexual misconduct allegations.

Police apply for judicial review in pay protest

0

Police officers have launched a courtroom bid to overturn Jacqui Smith’s decision to ignore an independent panel and cap this year’s pay award at 1.9 per cent.

SEO Marketers – Are you missing an Opportunity?

1

SEO marketing is a straight-forward business. You attract customers, edit their pages and content, gain backlinks and watch their SERP ranks rise. You can teach clients which tags to use to make their sites more search-engine friendly. Once the job is done, you collect your check and go on to the next client. Plenty of SEO professionals use a similar process, collecting flat fees based on services rendered. Not so long ago, SEO marketers would advertise backlink packages, promising thousands of links for one low, low price. While this system certainly helps some to pay their bills, could you be doing more to make the most out of your SEO career?

Are You Already Giving Referrals?

As an SEO pro, you’ve probably directed your clients to related services. Think about how many times you have told someone to register a domain, purchase hosting, or to buy something from an e-commerce store, like Amazon. Perhaps you have recommended a qualified designer or a customized-script developer? Maybe you have only recommended the best premium WordPress themes to your clients.
Plus, clients may not be the only people who ask for your recommendations. Friends and family might trust your word, because you’re in a similar industry. Every one of those referrals could be an eligible service or product that could earn you commissions from the affiliate program.

Affiliation Offers Flexibility

Many SEO professionals offer design and website creations services, so you might feel hesitant to refer your clients to someone else. However, consumers might be more likely to use your SEO services, if they don’t have to purchase an entire Web development plan, too. This flexibility makes your agency more appealing than rigid plans that don’t respect the individual needs of customers. Even if you charge less, you might still make up the difference–or better–by using affiliate programs.
Plus, the companies with which you are an affiliate for might do the same. Imagine if you, an SEO pro, paired with a Web design firm. Your relationship provides one another with consumers who might not have known about your services before. It’s a win-win situation. Look for close partnerships like this that will be mutually beneficial for both parties involved.

Affiliate Programs Pay Off

Affiliate programs may help offset the effects of a down-turned economy or a business deal gone bad. Is your SEO service struggling since Google released its algorithm updates? You may be busy, but it takes little time to sign up for an affiliate program. Even if you don’t need the extra money, would you turn down the opportunity to make money from referrals you’re already making? A web hosting referral can make you upwards of $100, so take a look at the different programs out there. Most companies will have a direct in-house affiliate program that you can sign up with. However, Affiliate networks, such as Commission Junction and ShareASale have hundreds of merchants available under one umbrella, so that you can pick and choose the type of services/products you want to promote. And finally, contact the affiliate manager to see if they’ll help you out with your efforts. A program that is serious about their affiliates will go out of their way to help you.

SEO for Hosting Affiliates:
@JulianaP16 is an blogging associate of Los Angeles based InMotion Web Hosting, well known for their award winning Shared, VPS, Virtual Private Servers and Dedicated Hosting. Check out their Hosting Affiliate opportunities here.

Police claim handcuffed man shot himself

0

Police video recorded the night a young man was fatally shot in a northeast Arkansas patrol car while his hands were cuffed behind his back hasn’t resolved questions about whether he shot himself in the head as officers said.

Olympic security scandal, criminal gangs in banking, media, police and government

0

Journalist and broadcaster Tony Gosling discusses the Olympic security scandal and criminal gangs in banking, media, police and government.

Afghan Recruit Kills US Troops Minutes After Receiving a Gun

A newly recruited Afghan village policeman opened fire on his American allies on Friday, killing two U.S. service members minutes after they gave him a new weapon as a present. It was the latest in a disturbing string of attacks by Afghan security forces on the international troops training them.

U.S. breaks silence on Bahrain crackdown

0

The U.S. State Department released a statement Friday urging the Bahraini government to reconsider a ruling that sentenced the director of the Bahrain Center for Human Rights, Nabeel Rajab, to a three-year jail term for organising opposition rallies.

How Governments and Telecom Companies Work Together on Surveillance Laws

0

When Americans are displeased with their politicians, they like to threaten to move to Canada. But if you’re tempted to move north–or even further afield–to get away from plans for increased Internet surveillance by the government, think again. Controversial new surveillance laws proposed in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, andAustralia have quite a bit in common. And it’s no coincidence.

Surfthechannel founder condemns the British justice system

0

Here is the message in full – posted on the Surfthechannel website, as seen in the Google Cache.

A Very British Miscarriage Of Justice
 

 

The real story behind the conviction of SurfTheChannel´s owner Anton Vickerman
The story that follows is backed up by evidence available as a download at the end of this article.

My name is Anton Vickerman and I am the proud owner of the now dead video search engine SurfTheChannel.com (STC). By the time you read this I will be starting my new life behind bars after receiving what is expected to be a “loony sentence” from Judge John Evans of Newcastle Crown Court for running my site from 2007 to 2012.

I was convicted of “Conspiracy to defraud the movie industry through the facilitation of copyright infringement” on June 24 2012 after an eight week trial. A trial that was brought not by the UK state prosecutor, the Crown Prosecution Service, but by a private prosecutor, the Federation Against Copyright Theft Limited. For those that are unaware FACT Ltd is the UK regional office of the Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA), the same organization that is behind the attempted extradition of Richard O´Dwyer who based his own website TVShack on STC. As will become clear as you read this piece I consider FACT Ltd and the MPAA to be dangerous vigilante organizations that have no place in prosecuting UK citizens never mind conducting up to fifteen illegal surveillance operations every month on those same citizens. FACT Ltd are a private limited company staffed almost entirely by former police and trading standards officers most of which FACT Ltd have identified as willing to go “that extra mile” in their fight against “copyright thieves.” In other words there is a reason that FACT Ltd employs the individuals they do (be that investigators, lawyers or executive officers) — because they are willing to cheat, lie and break the law for their employer. Essentially FACT Ltd is the MPAA´s private police force operating within the UK. But more of that later.

After my conviction many stories appeared in the press regarding the “facts” of my case which I found odd as not one journalist had bothered to attend the trial during those eight weeks. I later found out that these so called facts had been passed to various journalists in a 1600 word press release by FACT Ltd the contents of which were then dutifully parroted by lazy journalists who couldn’t even be bothered to check if what they were reporting was accurate. Publications such as the Daily Mail and my local paper the Evening Chronicle actually just copied and pasted the FACT Ltd press release en masse with only minor alterations. Such is the state of investigative/responsible journalism nowadays. It is because of these inaccurate articles and lies that I felt the need to give my side of the story so that publications that are not as lazy or sycophantic to FACT Ltd would have the true facts at their disposal should they want to report what has really happened here. I can but hope.

I will try to keep this story as short and to the point as possible but the reader will appreciate that this is a tale that spans the last five years of my life and a lot has happened during that time. I will be as brief as possible but you’re still going to need to give me 30 minutes of your time if you want to know the whole story. Sorry!

I started my site on October 1 2007. STC only ever contained links to third party video websites such as YouTube, BBC iPlayer, Veoh, 4OD and many others. It did not nor has it ever streamed content itself. It rapidly became popular and I was able to form partnerships with Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, A&E Television Networks and many other bona fide companies as they realised how important STC was becoming in the Video on Demand market. STC quickly became one of the leading video search engines in the world second only to Google Video.

On October 3 2007 an ex-business partner called Nick Parr, jealous at my new enterprise, contacted FACT Ltd and provided them with my name and other details. Mr Parr is one of the main individuals behind the streaming website “TVCatchup.com” and, unbeknownst to me at the time of working with him, used to run a care home for the elderly before having it shut down after his arrest for stealing money from its residents (see the very interesting tribunal investigation here). Ironically I fell out with Parr because I disagreed with his plan to record FreeView content direct from the air and offer it in streaming form from servers run by his friend and business partner Chris Wilkie. This was clear copyright infringement and I wanted no part in it so went my own way and built STC. Ironic that I am now in prison for something I have always tried to avoid. Well, one good turn deserves another Nick!

Back to our story. FACT Ltd can only start an investigation if one of their members has complained so they had one of their members then lodge a complaint in November 2007 from Idol Entertainment Ltd, a Sony subsidiary, alleging that movies were being streamed from STC. This of course was not true as STC has never streamed any content itself but quite apart from that STC didn’t even have links to movies until late in December 2007. This small fact didn’t matter to FACT Ltd because as you will see this organization is prepared to lie and even act illegally to get what it wants.

In early 2008 FACT Ltd decided that they needed more information and mounted the first of several illegal surveillance operations on myself and my wife at our home in Gateshead, Tyne & Wear. I should be clear that I have evidence of only a handful of these operations but it should be noted that when FACT Ltd were asked to disclose, as part of my case, full details of their surveillance against myself and my wife they declined to do so. A position re-enforced by the ever malleable (to FACT Ltd) Judge Evans. I and my legal team suspect far more illegal surveillance activity by FACT Ltd but due to their refusal to address this question, and HHJ Evans refusal to order them to disclose, we will never know. Of importance is the fact that they have never denied that there was further illegal surveillance. What we do know is that in May 2008 a local Private Investigator called Paul Varney was contracted by FACT Ltd to conduct surveillance on my house. He and his team followed my wife as she went to do some food shopping and then returned home. This type of surveillance is defined as “Directed Surveillance” under the Regulatory Investigative Powers Act 2000, in other words it is covert but not intrusive. Directed Surveillance can only be carried out by public bodies as defined under RIPA, and FACT Ltd is not one of them (because it is a private limited company).

Next on the surveillance menu was a sting operation in which MPAA employee Pascal Hetzscholdt met me in London for a business meeting to discuss investment in my company. Hetzscholdt used the name Roger Van Veen and had been dancing around in email correspondence for some time presenting himself as a representative of Redwood Capital who were interested in investing in STC. I had taken substantial advice of lawyers and was confident that my business was not breaking any law so had decided to meet with Van Veen despite the fact that he had clearly not been honest with me in emails. I travelled from Newcastle to London via the train and was followed by a surveillance team headed by Varney which then handed over to a “South” team when I arrived in London. Hetszscholdt met me at Le Meridienne hotel in Piccadilly and we had lunch in which we discussed STC and the hopes I had for it in the future. The entire meeting was video recorded by two surveillance operatives sitting at a nearby table. After discussing investment opportunities the meeting concluded and I returned to Newcastle, again followed by a surveillance team who then “handed” me back to the Varney´s Newcastle team which followed me home. I should be clear that this meeting with Van Veen/Hetzscholdt did not discuss anything whatsoever about movies, illegality or other such matters so imagine my surprise when I later see a statement by Hetzscholdt detailing me supposedly talking about bittorrent, uploading movies and other activities. Another surprise was that despite the massive level of surveillance this operation entailed that there was no audio recording of our meeting in existence, there was only Hetzscholdt´s account of what was said. I am firmly of the belief that such an audio recording did exist but that it was “disappeared” by FACT Ltd due to it containing nothing controversial. The lack of this audio recording then allowed Hetzscholdt to create a statement detailing topics that were not spoken about or covered. Such is the honesty of FACT Ltd and the MPAA that when they don´t have the evidence they create it.

After this surveillance had taken place FACT Ltd noticed that my house was up for sale and decided this was a great opportunity to covertly enter my home and video record the contents as well as my wife and I. This type of surveillance is defined as “Intrusive” under RIPA and is such a serious invasion of a citizen´s human rights that only a Police Superintendent or above can authorize such an operation. FACT Ltd not being covered under RIPA for any surveillance certainly do not have the ability to authorize this type of operation but it wasn’t going to let such an inconvenient thing as the law stop them and proceeded to engage Paul Varney to conduct another operation for them. This time Varney posed as a prospective home buyer and visited our home wired up with both video and audio recording equipment. I personally showed him around our home and although found him to be quite a sleazy individual obviously did not suspect what was actually going on. When Varney was left alone to wander around he videotaped our utility bills, my office correspondence and other private material. Varney later prepared a report of his visit accompanied with stills from the video which highlight the level of the home invasion. In this report Varney states that on my office floor were servers when in fact they were actually empty server cases (which was quite evident from the fact that the top is off one of them and there is nothing inside). FACT Ltd clearly thought they had hit the jackpot by finding where STC was being hosted from but for a supposed entity that proclaims itself the “experts in copyright infringement” it is surprising that they did not understand that there is no way that a site as successful as STC could be hosted from a home broadband connection (the site at this point in time being hosted in Sweden).

With the information they had gathered so far FACT Ltd then approached Utility providers such as gas, electric, broadband, telephone and other providers and requested information from these companies about myself. Remember this is a private company owned by the American movie industry with no more power or authority than any other private limited company openly requesting, and being given, confidential data about UK citizens. What does it take to do this? Nothing more than a one page Data Request Application form, produced by FACT Ltd and filled out by them. These forms contain justification for needing the various data as “Anton Vickerman is running a criminal enterprise distributing DVD discs for sale from his home address” which of course was a lie. I wonder if these utility companies would be so giving of information about FACT Ltd if a member of the public filled out one of these forms and sent it to them, I highly doubt it. In addition to this FACT Ltd ran checks into the bank accounts and other Confidential data of my parents and my wife’s parents despite their being absolutely no connection at all between them and my company. They did it because they could.

As a final hurrah for this area of intrusiveness FACT Ltd requested that Virgin Broadband (who they had worked out was supplying my internet) allow my internet and phones to be tapped and insanely Virgin initially agreed with nothing more than a single Data Request Application from FACT Ltd. Virgin then got cold feet at the plan realizing that there was absolutely no Police involvement in this operation and insisted on a RIPA form be completed by the Police, not FACT Ltd, to authorize this level of intrusive surveillance. So what did FACT Ltd do? They had Colin Tansley, who was on secondment from West Yorkshire Police to FACT Ltd for a year, use his PNN (secure police email) address to send an already completed RIPA form to Chief Inspector Anderson of Northumbria Police asking him to forward that to Virgin so they could tap my lines. FACT Ltd has refused to disclose anything further on this matter. We don’t know whether my lines were tapped, by whom, what was recorded. They will not tell us and the judge in my trial, HHJ Evans, who is supposed to keep fairness and balance in a case refused to order FACT Ltd to tell us.

The Police had not at this point been involved in any way with the private FACT Ltd investigation because FACT Ltd prefer to do everything themselves, this way they can control what is and is not made public if it comes to prosecution. It also allows them to control what the British public finds out regarding the actual scale of their illegal surveillance activity. However, because they are a private company they have no powers to search or seize property. For this they need the Police so they then approached Northumbria Police with a “crime package” that detailed that I and my wife were illegally distributing DVD discs for sale through STC and that this site was being run from my home address in Gateshead. Obviously this was a total lie, STC did no such thing, but it allowed FACT Ltd to persuade the police to apply for a search warrant. Internal email correspondence between “Director of Intelligence and Internet” Colin Tansley of FACT Ltd and Chief Inspector Anderson of Northumbria Police show FACT Ltd planning to take almost complete control of the search of my house. The Police really just being there to allow FACT Ltd staff to enter my house and seize my computers and other property (a prime example of the “piggybacking of state power” that we accused FACT Ltd of in my trial).

In addition to planning to seize my computers internal FACT Ltd emails also show them planning to seize the STC website and replacing the home page with an image that states “This website is under investigation by FACT”. This would have immediately have killed the STC website before it (and I) had a chance to properly defend it in a court of law. A prime example of FACT Ltd acting as judge, jury and executioner. They were prevented from doing this because, as explained earlier, the site was hosted in Sweden at the time not on the empty server cases on my office floor in Gateshead. I later took advice on the legality of their plan to seize the site and was told that such an attempt would have been a criminal act under the Computer Misuse Act 1990. At trial FACT Ltd confirmed they had planned to do such a thing but said, in terms, “we didn´t do it so it doesn’t matter”. Glossing over the fact that the reason they couldn’t do it was because the site wasn’t hosted at my home. If they could of they would of despite it being illegal. This is the way FACT Ltd approaches all things, they are above the law due to the influence they and their controlling companies exert at the highest levels of Government.

FACT Ltd had contracted a specialist computer forensics company called 7Safe Ltd to conduct a “live capture” of my computers during the raid on my home. The “expert” tasked with this was a man named Ben Clelland. Mr. Clelland breached every known good practice rule of data capture known. First he allowed a financial investigator from Bedfordshire Trading Standards Financial Investigation Unit (BTSFIU), a specialist unit in Trading Standards funded entirely by FACT Ltd (more on this later) to sit and access my computer for an undetermined amount of time. Next he attempted to image my hard drives but his data capture tool, FTK Imager, failed (he says), which forced him to copy and paste the contents of my hard drives (which were encrypted with Truecrypt but were available in a mounted decrypted form when they raided my home) to a USB drive that he had brought with him. Once he had finished this copy and paste he put the USB drive in his pocket and walked out of my home. He did not alert the Police that he was removing evidence from the scene (the Police weren´t even aware of the USB drive´s existence until several months later) and he did not bag and tag the USB drive as per proper procedure. All computer “evidence” (and I use that term loosely given that it really did nothing to further FACT Ltd.’s case against me) used against me at my trial emanated from this USB drive that was never handled by the Police, only by FACT Ltd.’s agents. Interestingly when we criticized Clelland for walking off with vital evidence FACT Ltd.’s barrister, the infamous David Groome, asserted that it was Clelland´s USB drive and he could do with it what he liked. I wonder if this is now FACT Ltd.’s position regarding its members copyrighted works -that once they have been downloaded off the internet and are present on a person´s hard drive that person then owns that copyrighted work, somehow I doubt it.

My home was searched, computers seized and I and my wife were arrested and interviewed. I was interviewed by the Officer in Charge DC Jerome Watkin briefly then the FACT Ltd representative Keith Reay took over and asked me a list of questions prepared by MPAA investigator Pascal Hetzscholdt. I was frank and honest and explained that STC did not contravene any law because it acted as a search engine which had, even though it did not breach any copyright law, exemption from liability under the E-Commerce Directive 2002. I and my wife were released on bail.

The next day FACT Ltd.’s forensic expert, Ben Clelland, arrived back at the 7Safe Ltd.’s headquarters in Cambridge and plugged his USB drive into a computer without using a hardware write blocker. This had the effect of changing all the “File Created” times on all the evidence to the 19 August 2008. Clelland says this was a “gaff” on his part but that neither he nor anyone else changed any of the content of the files in that 24 hour period. Honest guv. Of course if those files were tampered with in that period then having a File Created date of the day after the raid would explain that as well but Clelland had this excuse that he, a seasoned forensics examiner had made the most basic of errors which resulted in all the evidence being changed. Now you would think that following a mistake such as this you would want to preserve the evidence as best as possible but no, not Clelland. Once he had copied the data on his USB drive to another drive he decided to forensically wipe the original USB drive and then dispose of it thereby destroying the chain of evidence forever. Suspicious you may think. Of course if the files present on the original USB drive had been modified by Clelland or FACT Ltd then a way of discovering that would be to inspect the file system of the original USB drive for fragments that would show what had happened. With the USB drive now gone forever this line of enquiry was destroyed for me and my team. We only had the word of Clelland and FACT Ltd that nothing had been changed despite massive evidence to the contrary. As I said before all computer evidence in my trial emanated from this USB drive and HHJ Evans, the Judge in my case, saw no problem whatsoever in accepting the word of FACT Ltd and allowing it all into my case to be used against me. Does that sound fair to you? Is it an example of “justice being seen to be done” that Judges are supposed to uphold? No, I didn´t think so either.

After I was bailed I continued with STC. I knew I was doing nothing wrong and I was adamant that I would not be bullied by FACT Ltd into closing what was an entirely legitimate website. It was difficult at first as FACT Ltd had taken all of my computers but I managed to get access back to my servers and take control of the site again. This must have irked FACT Ltd (and its controllers the MPAA) whose primary objective was to put STC out of business so they tried a new strategy. FACT Ltd had insinuated itself into the Trading Standards regime by “sponsoring” (read entirely funding) a specialist unit within Bedfordshire Trading Standards called the “Bedfordshire Trading Standards Financial Investigations Unit” which was staffed by three dedicated financial investigators that worked on matters of “film piracy”. The sole reason that FACT Ltd bought this unit was very simple, the financial investigators in this unit have the ability to apply for asset restraint orders under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002. These orders when placed on an individual have the effect of financially paralyzing a person, something that would come in quite handy if used on me as I wouldn’t be able to pay my company costs which included server invoices. BTSFIU investigator Alan Connolly produced a statement to Luton Crown court stating that I sold DVD´s through STC, that I had profited by at least £240,000 (despite the fact that he had seen the company accounts that show little to no profit at this point in time) and assertions that STC was a torrent site (a tactic used continously throughout my trial due to FACT Ltd´s position that bittorrent = file sharing = illegality). It was a statement full of lies but what could I do, I had all my assets restrained and therefore no money with which to fight it. I was given £125 per week to live on which was nowhere near enough to cover my house bills and mortgage never mind anything else. I started to default on my bills and rapidly started spiralling into severe financial problems. I took the decision to fight the restraint order and managed to borrow some money to fund the cost. We made an application to the court to discharge the order due to the fact that it was based on incorrect assertions and facts. I won and was awarded full costs against BTSFIU. It also turned out that they had unlawfully obtained the restraint order because BTSFIU only has the power to act on behalf of the residents of Bedfordshire County. As no-one involved in this situation was from Bedfordshire the BTSFIU had acted unlawfully in obtaining the order, yet another instance of FACT Ltd or its agents acting in contravention of the law.

A Freedom of Information Act request later obtained by myself discovered that the BTSFIU had made 23 similar restraint order applications in 2008, all on behalf of FACT Ltd. As I said before, FACT Ltd employs the people they do because they are prepared to act unlawfully to benefit their employer. It is worrying that this policy extends not just to private sector employees but also to serving public sector employees. How can the American movie industry be allowed to control a dedicated unit within the UK state system and use this unit and its statutory powers against UK citizens that may have done nothing more than operate legitimate companies?

So by October 2008 I had regained control of my finances and now had resources with which to fight back against FACT Ltd. I had by now thoroughly investigated this private company, its controlling entities and the main individuals within it. In addition I had discovered links between FACT´s directors and MP´s of all parties that had clearly been furthering the cause of FACT Ltd enabling it to gain more and more power within the statutory regime. Despite all of this and the power I was up against I was confident in my position that my website was entirely legal and to re-enforce this I decided to move the location of the website to Spain where the Madrid High Court had ruled that websites that linked to material on third party websites, whether that material be infringing or not, were not guilty of any criminal or civil liability. This was the first time that a European country had addressed this issue at such a high level and therefore it was only natural to place the website here where the law had been tested and properly settled. I moved the servers there in February 2009. I was also aware that if there was such a thing as a “communication to the public of copyrighted works” by my website then it took place at where the server was located which was Spain and therefore Spanish law was applicable which would result in the Madrid High Court test being used against STC and a logical ruling of no case to answer the outcome.

On December 12 2008 the Crown Prosecution Service informed DC Watkin of Northumbria Police that they would not be charging me or my wife. This was communicated via a three page letter written by Senior Crown Prosecutor Paul Heads in which amongst other things Mr. Heads questions whether the STC website actually infringes any known copyright law and cites an almost complete lack of evidence against myself and my wife. DC Watkin immediately informed FACT Ltd.’s Colin Tansley via email to which Tansley responded that FACT Ltd would instead bring a Private Prosecution against me and my wife. Tansley also told DC Watkin that he should not provide me or my legal team with the CPS letter or inform me of the reasons that they took the decision they did. Tansley went on to say that this suppression of the CPS letter had been advised by FACT Ltd.’s in house lawyer Abi Wills. Even at this stage it was clear that FACT Ltd were preparing to mount a private prosecution based on lies and suppression of evidence. Neither I nor my legal team had sight of the CPS letter until late in 2011, over three years after it was suppressed by FACT Ltd and Northumbria Police.

Of course at the time all I knew was that there would be no charges against myself or my wife, I was unaware that FACT Ltd were planning a private prosecution. As soon as I was informed by my solicitor, Nick Brett, that no charges were being brought I asked Nick to request the return of my property from Northumbria Police. At first DC Watkin said this was fine but several days later changed his tune saying that FACT Ltd “has the property and will not give it back”. After several letters back and forth between Northumbria Police and FACT Ltd it became clear that they were not going to give me back my property. I was outraged that this private company could be allowed to keep my property after the state prosecutor, the CPS, had decided that I had not done anything wrong. I instructed my solicitors to take legal action against FACT Ltd and Northumbria Police for the return of my property. My team lodged the application for “Delivery Up” in the UK High Court; the case was Scopelight Ltd & Ors v Northumbria Police & Ors and was heard before Justice Sharp in April 2009. Northumbria Police did not show, they said that they were happy to agree with everything that FACT Ltd put forward as their defense. It later turned out that FACT Ltd offered to cover all legal costs on the understanding that Northumbria Police agreed with everything that FACT Ltd would say. Northumbria Police grabbed the offer with both hands.

The day after we lodged our application FACT Ltd formally brought a criminal private prosecution against me and, quite astonishingly because they knew she was not involved in my site at all, my wife for:

– 1 count communication to the public of copyrighted works through the operation of SurfTheChannel.com from 1st February 2007 to August 18 2008;
– 1 count communication to the public of copyrighted works through the operation of SurfTheChannel.com from 19 August 2008 to May 2009;
– 1 count conspiracy to defraud the movie industry between 1 February 2007 and August 18 2008;
– 1 count conspiracy to defraud the movie industry between 19 August 2008 and May 2009;
– 1 count money laundering between 1 February 2007 and August 18 2008;
– 1 count money laundering between August 19 2008 and May 2009.

Why 2 charges for each offence you may ask? Well, as a way of bulking up the charges against me FACT Ltd asserted that once I had been raided and arrested I must have known I was doing something illegal but despite this I chose to continue running my website therefore that justifies new charges. Welcome to FACT Ltd.’s legal department, a small firm called Mike Northern Legal that works almost entirely on FACT Ltd cases, is run by former trading standards officer Mike Northern and the grunt work is left to the crooked Abi Wills who is prepared to do anything, even break the law, to win a case. With this team no con is too small, no lie too big and no principles too important to discard in the name of getting the pirates. Make no mistake this team is well and truly owned by the MPAA in the US and will do whatever they are told.

By the time the criminal case reached trial FACT Ltd had dropped all but the conspiracy charges as they knew they would lose any attempt to prove communication to the public (as by then the TVLinks ruling had gone against them on this very point).

On 12 March 2009 I and my wife appeared in front Gateshead Magistrates to answer the charges brought by FACT Ltd. This hearing was only a formality as everyone knew that this was a crown court matter however we had not banked on FACT Ltd.’s legal team ever ready with their dirty tricks. Without notice Ari Alibhai representing FACT Ltd told the magistrates that “just by turning on his computer Mr. Vickerman is breaking the law” and then went on to request that I be remanded into custody. The tactic here obviously being that if I was in prison on remand the website would fail and die. At this point I was receiving a fair hearing and was glad when the Magistrates failed to be impressed by Alibhai´s hysterics and denied the attempt to remand me.

On the 24 April 2009 I had completed a round of investigations into FACT Ltd.’s directors and had discovered that every single one of them had commercial partnerships with my number one rival, a website called BlinkX.com which carried identical links to STC (they actually indexed us using spiders). I form the opinion that FACT Ltd is attacking me, and therefore STC, to clear the way for its directors preferred partner and in reality FACT Ltd don´t care about the supposed copyright infringement that they hysterically accuse me of. If they did why are their directors commercially partnered with a site that does exactly the same thing? I decide that I will complain to the Office of Fair Trading requesting that they investigate FACT Ltd, MPAA and its member companies for criminal cartel behavior and their actions in trying to carve up the Video on Demand market. This complaint is in the form of a 54 page document viewable in the download package at the end of this document. I also make a formal complaint to the European Commission for the same behavior using the same document. A few days later the EC contact me to say yes there is evidence of this but the OFT should handle it as I am in the UK. A few days after this the OFT declines to investigate allegations of cartel behavior by FACT Ltd and its members as there is “no evidence of collusion between the companies such as phone call records”. I begin to understand how far and how high the MPAA´s tentacles reach.

In the civil case I had brought the defense put forward by FACT Ltd for the retention of my property was that they were bringing a private prosecution and therefore the Police were retaining the property under the Police and Criminal Evidence Act on behalf of FACT Ltd to be used at trial. This retention by the Police of course was fictional because FACT Ltd had the property all along.

Our position was that PACE only allows the retention of property by a public body and only for a prosecution brought by a public body. The CPS had decided not to bring charges and therefore it was no longer in the public interest to retain my property. At this point in time my team had not seen the CPS letter so we did not know why they had made the decision they had, FACT Ltd were very well aware of the CPS reasoning though as they had a copy of the letter.

Justice Sharp agreed with me and ruled that FACT Ltd could not retain my property. I had won. Justice Sharp´s reasoning was sound and followed established law. However, as organizations with unlimited money do, FACT Ltd appealed the decision to the Court of Appeal. The date was set for November 09 for the appeal.

On 9 September 2009 I answer my front door to my postwoman and am given a tampered envelope that contains my company accounts sent to me by my accountant. After calling my local Royal Mail sorting office and speaking with the supervisor Tom Regan I am informed that the employee responsible for delivering my mail has been fired for withholding it from me. Due to the closeness of the Scopelight appeal I suspect foul play by FACT Ltd and the possibility that the Royal Mail employee was corrupted by them with a view to gaining the upper hand in the appeal. Of course I am unable to prove this. I report the matter to the Police however nothing comes of it as the employee was a foreigner who has by then left the country.

The day before the appeal my legal team was notified that one of the three appeal court judges was being mysteriously replaced without a reason. Enter Lord Leveson, parachuted in to the case to save FACT Ltd. The day of the appeal we discover in court that FACT Ltd have broken court rules and provided a “criminal case summary” to the appeal judges without notifying my legal team thereby circumnavigating any objections we may have. When we finally see this case summary we are horrified at the allegations made by FACT Ltd.’s barristers David Groome and Ari Alibhai. Allegations of massive criminality, wearing of false beards by me to business meetings (I know it’s crazy), losses of $9,000,000,000 to the movie industry because of STC (yes you read that right, nine billion) and the news to me that STC was more popular than Facebook (I wish!). It was an unbelievable work of fiction but it was too late, the judges had seen this nonsense. Lord Leveson proceeded to hijack the appeal hearing and was incredibly hostile to my barrister QC Ian Purvis while giving FACT Ltd QC Richard Spearman an easy ride. Much of the hearing centered on why the CPS had decided not to bring charges and FACT Ltd repeatedly, through Spearman, told the appeal judges that no-one knew why they had decided what they did. This was a barefaced lie by not only Spearman but also by David Groome, Ari Alibhai, Abi Wills, Mike Northern and the entire FACT Ltd legal team. They knew that if the CPS letter that they had suppressed was made available to the judges that they would lose the case and they all decided to keep its existence secret and use its absence to mislead the judges as to what the CPS´s reasoning actually was. This was committing fraud on a grand legal scale and is extremely serious. Of course my team had not seen the CPS letter at this point so were not aware of the fraud that FACT Ltd were committing (by the time the CPS letter was finally disclosed to us years later I did not have the funds to mount another civil case against FACT Ltd for fraud). We lost the case and Leveson reversed Justice Sharp´s earlier decision essentially writing new law that allowed private companies to now interfere with UK citizen’s property. I was ordered to pay hundreds of thousands of pounds for FACT Ltd.’s legal fees which I did not have. In addition to this Leveson, in his ruling, extolled the virtues of FACT Ltd and the “good work” they do essentially giving them the High Court seal of approval to their activities. A ruling that FACT Ltd rolls out whenever their activities are questioned. A matter of months later Leveson was enjoying dinner at the homes of FACT´s directors such as Elizabeth Murdoch and her husband Matthew Freud (Elizabeth´s father Rupert Murdoch is a director of FACT Ltd through BSkyB and Twentieth Century Fox). Leveson´s ruling reverses thirty years of settled law and is widely regarded in legal circles as an unsound ruling. Several months later the Sentencing Council of which Leveson is Chairman received several thousand pounds worth of training consultancy free of charge from Matthew Freud’s company.

I appealed the verdict to the UK Supreme Court however in January 2010 they decided that the fact that private companies could now withhold UK citizens’ property was not a matter of national importance and refused to hear the case.

Now FACT Ltd had a clear run at privately prosecuting me and my wife. They had been given the seal of approval by the High Court of Appeal, had got away with suppressing vital evidence and lying to the appeal judges, had free range to use my property and had managed to dramatically harm my finances and therefore my ability to fight them with an “equality of arms”. This point in time was an extremely low point for me as the sheer power I was up against was overwhelming. I was one of the very few who had seen behind the curtain of how this private company operated and how the people who matter, the Police and the Judiciary, who are supposed to keep in check the activities of rogue companies such as these were complicit in allowing them to continue. I was convinced, and remain convinced to this day, that FACT Ltd is protected by some very influential and powerful people within not just the current UK Government but also the previous one. In fact it’s not so much Government who are protecting FACT Ltd but “the ruling class”, the people who walk between the raindrops and are never held to account. It came as no surprise to me that a Wiggin LLP solicitor (the firm who represented FACT Ltd in the Scopelight civil trial) let it slip that Wiggin had been in regular contact with the Attorney General herself during the civil trial. What exactly was FACT Ltd doing talking with the Attorney General about a civil case they were involved in if not to exert some kind of pressure at Government level to help them win the case? Is it this contact that saw Leveson parachuted in to save the day for FACT Ltd? We will never know.

Whatever unfair, crooked or dishonest means that FACT Ltd used to win the Scopelight case it was now history and there was nothing I could do about it so I had to turn my attention to the Criminal prosecution that FACT Ltd were mounting against myself and my wife. It was now early 2010 and FACT Ltd had already disclosed statements from its staff.

On 22 February 2010 an identical case to mine is decided before HHJ Ticehurst. This case is known as the “TVLinks” case named after the website run by its two founders Dave Rock and Dave Overton. In this case, also prosecuted by FACT Ltd.’s pet barristers David Groome and Ari Alibhai FACT Ltd alleged that TVLinks communicated copyrighted works to the public through its provision of links to third party video web sites. His Honor Judge Ticehurst in a well thought out and reasoned ruling dismisses the case at first instance before it even gets to trial ruling that TVLinks is a site that can avail itself of the “mere conduit” defense under S17 of EC-Directive. This important provision exempts search engines from criminal liability and Rock & Overton are found innocent. I am extremely happy for Dave and call to congratulate him having become friends over the last year after comparing our knowledge about FACT Ltd and their activities. I now believe that FACT Ltd have no case against me as a Crown Court judge has confirmed what I always knew to be the case, that providing links to third party video websites does not contravene copyright law as it does not constitute a communication to the public. Good for Ticehurst I think to myself, at least there are some Judges out there who are not swayed by the power and influence of FACT Ltd and its controllers.

In March 2010, following the worst legal defense I have ever heard of, Justice Kitchin rules that the website Newzbin.com is communicating to the public. Due to the farce of Newzbin´s barrister having to step down mid trial when it is discovered that he actually owns shares in Newzbin the defense never recovers (how could it?) and the MPAA win their coveted High Court ruling. It is in my opinion wrongly decided due to the fact that there is no “electronic transmission of copyrighted works” made by Newzbin (the transmission being a vital ingredient to the act of communication) but it is what it is. You can almost feel FACT Ltd and the MPAA gloating around the world. Thanks Newzbin! I am told that this ruling is civil not criminal and therefore the TVLinks ruling still trumps it but I have my doubts, I know that FACT Ltd are going to hold this ruling up as a shining example for years to come and that it is going to impact on myself and my case substantially not to mention all who follow me. The Newzbin team has, in the words of the Americans, screwed the pooch on this one.

In April 2010, and due to the TVLinks ruling, FACT Ltd now changes their case against me. Whereas pre-TVLinks FACT Ltd said STC was identical to TVLinks they now say they are completely different and that STC is more like Newzbin (surprise surprise!). FACT now make new allegations in an attempt to separate STC from TVLinks ruling by alleging that I was actually uploading content to third party websites and linking to it from STC. It becomes clear that they have taken advice on the TVLinks ruling and decided that they can get around it by saying that I was uploading in addition to just running a link site. This is not true and I wonder just how many lies David Groome and Ari Alibhai are willing to tell to win the case against me. It turns out a lot. The case against me morphs from one alleging that I breached copyright by running STC into one where I am the biggest pirate in the world uploading material here there and everywhere. The case is now “Anton Vickerman is the King of Pirates!” in an unashamed display of “throw enough mud and some of it will stick” legal tactics. I ask my lawyers how Judge Evans can allow this blatant attempt to secure conviction at any cost and am told that the Judge will surely take a dim view of FACT Ltd.’s actions. I remember thinking to myself “Yeah right”.

In July 2010 the stress and strain of the nightmare we have endured for nearly two years finally breaks our marriage. Myself and my wife separate. FACT Ltd´s decision to charge my wife as well, despite them knowing she has no involvement in STC, has bore them fruit.

On 18 August 2010, a few weeks before the hearing in front of HHJ Evans to hear our dismissal application we were put on notice by FACT Ltd that they intended to request a “Public Interest Immunity” hearing in front of HHJ Evans. A PII hearing is usually used in cases where the CPS need to protect the identity of a covert source such as a super grass or protect covert secret methods that have been used in the obtaining of evidence in a case. I and my legal team did not think it was anything like this, we believed it was simply an attempt to drip poison into HHJ Evans ear about myself without any balance from my side. Because that is the thing about PII hearings, it is the prosecutor and the judge in the room only. No member of the defense team or the defendant is allowed to be present so they never know what is said or what the hearing is about. We were extremely concerned at this attempt by FACT Ltd prosecutors David Groome and his sidekick Ari Alibhai to manipulate Judge Evans. We had already been a victim of Groome´s dirty tactics when he passed the “criminal case summary” to the appeal judges without notifying us and I believed this was exactly the same type of trick designed to prejudice myself and my case. We already knew that Groome and Alibhai were dishonest as they had allowed the appeal judges to be misled and lied to about the existence of the CPS letter in the civil trial so we weren´t about to let the same underhand maneuvering take place again. We lodged a formal complaint to HHJ Evans and asked that he allow a Special Advocate to sit in on the PII hearing in the interest of fairness. It is normal procedure for an independent barrister to sit in on a PII hearing if the Judge wants and their job is just to monitor the hearing to make sure that nothing untoward happens to prejudice the defense. Given the backdrop of accusations by both sides about each other we felt sure that for “justice to be seen to be done” HHJ Evans would order that a Special Advocate be present. He did not; the PII hearing took place on 6 September 2010 between the judge and prosecution only. I do not know what was said, what was discussed or what it was about but I do know that from this date Judge Evans went from hostile to incredibly hostile to myself and my defense team. It became clear to me even at this stage that I was not going to receive a fair trial in front of HHJ Evans.

On 7 October 2010 David Groome for the prosecution and David Wallbank for the defense make submissions in dismissal application over two days. My Defense say that FACT Ltd have changed their case due to TVLinks ruling, that STC is classed as a mere conduit under EU law and is therefore exempt from criminal and civil liability. FACT Ltd use Newzbin ruling saying that STC is identical to Newzbin and Groome takes great time taking about NZB files and Usenet despite these having nothing to do with STC. Judge Evans´s nods along as Groome talks and rolls eyes, shakes head and scowls when my barrister presents the defense. Uh oh. We also say that using the conspiracy to defraud angle is not appropriate given that there is no substantive offence being alleged to tie it with (FACT Ltd having dropped the communication and money laundering charges after the TVLinks ruling). In other words we are saying that you cannot conspire to commit a legal act. Evans clearly does not agree.

On 10 October 2010 after hearing arguments for dismissal Judge Evans rejects the application with extreme hostility by stating that STC can be considered to be communicating copyrighted works to the public, cannot avail itself of safe harbor or mere conduit defense (as per TV Links case) and that there was no objectionable use of conspiracy to defraud in this case despite Attorney general´s guidelines to contrary. It is clear from Evans´s attitude that he believes everything Groome is saying, believes that I am guilty and that he regards dismissal application as nonsense. I and my team become increasingly concerned at the behavior of the judge and I suggest that an application to recuse the judge may be appropriate if I am to receive a fair trial. I become even more concerned when I search the Judge in “Who´s Who 2009” and discover he lists one of his interests as Cinema.

On 13 October 2010 we have a hearing in front of Judge Evans regarding an application by ourselves for disclosure from FACT Ltd. My team alleges that FACT Ltd is withholding substantial material that will help the defense case. My barrister David Wallbank points to several instances where FACT Ltd has said there is nothing to disclose only for there to be yet more disclosure. FACT Ltd barrister David Groome tells HHJ Evans “I have personally reviewed all the undisclosed material in this case and there is simply nothing further of relevance to disclose” to which Judge Evans replies “well, there you go Mr. Wallbank, Mr. Groome says there is nothing further to disclose”. My team is shocked at the unwillingness of Evans to even consider whether FACT Ltd is acting duplicitously despite evidence to contrary. FACT Ltd could not have wished for a better Judge. After my team repeatedly request that the CPS letter of 12/12/08 is disclosed by FACT Ltd David Groome says to Judge Evans “I have personally reviewed this letter and there is nothing relevant or disclosable to the defense in it. To be honest your honor the letter hinders the defense rather than helps them”. On hearing that the CPS letter may hurt the defense Judge Evans pushes Groome to disclose it which he reluctantly does. The result when my team sees the document is explosive. The CPS advice states that they are unsure whether any law has been broken amongst other things. It quickly becomes clear why FACT Ltd suppressed it. The contents also show that the CPS clearly decided that it was not in the public interest to prosecute myself or my wife. In the Scopelight & Ors v Northumbria Police & Ors case QC Richard Spearman, acting for FACT, made representations to the appeal court that FACT did not know why the CPS had decided not to prosecute which was clearly a lie. As mentioned earlier David Groome, Ari Alibhai, Abi Wills, Simon Baggs and the rest of the FACT Ltd legal team were also at the appeal court hearing and also did not correct the assertions made by Spearman. It is clear that FACT have committed fraud by lying to the appeal court and the Leveson verdict is therefore unsound however to challenge it will take substantial funds that I no longer have. FACT Ltd gets away with the fraud because they are rich and I am now penniless. British Justice in action ladies and gentlemen.

Despite the emergence of the seriously damaging CPS letter (which clearly helps the defense) after assurances that there was nothing more of relevance to disclose Judge Evans rules that FACT Ltd have complied fully with their disclosure obligations. My team is yet again stunned at Judge Evans´s attitude to the actions of FACT Ltd. He almost seems to be protecting them and I begin to believe that that Judge Evans is not the ultimate authority in this case. Evans sets the 25 October 2010 as the date to hear the Abuse of Process arguments and date for trial is refixed to 21 February 2011. An Abuse of Process application is the right of a defendant to make if they believe that there has been such an abuse of power in the collecting of evidence or in the proprietary of the prosecutor that it renders the prosecution unsound. Judge Evans makes comments such as “there seems to be substantial makeweight arguments in the defense position” that show he has already made his mind up, before hearing any evidence on the matter, that FACT Ltd have not acted improperly. Judge Evans ignores the FACT Ltd.’s actions in conducting unlawful surveillance, tampering with evidence by saying “there is a great deal of merit in the prosecutions skeleton abuse arguments” and then goes on to say “there seems to be a great deal of padding in there” with regards to the defense argument. I and my team realize there is no chance that Evans is going to stay the trial due to abuse by FACT Ltd and that the judge´s mind is closed to any and all arguments by the defense for one reason or another (a position that intensified dramatically as time went on). I suspect foul play at work but my team is more generous saying they think it is just that Evans is prosecution minded. I remember thinking “fair enough but that doesn´t mean he gets to prosecute me as well!”. My team decides that Evans is not going to give a fair hearing to me on abuse due to what he has said previously and I withdraw my application for Abuse of Process while reserving the right to re-instate it before trial.

On 16 November 2011 my civil legal team prepares a “Particulars of Claim” accusing FACT Ltd and its legal representatives of deliberately misleading (lying to me and you) the Court of Appeal in a way that fundamentally secured a victory for themselves. Wiggin LLP (FACT Ltd.’s civil lawyers) are sent the draft and making the application is threatened unless FACT are prepared to settle the civil claim (as there are some outstanding matters). Wiggin/FACT Ltd respond that I no longer have any money left to fund such a claim and should I make the application they will ask the court to refuse the application unless I can supply “security of costs” of several hundred thousand pounds. I´m now broke so I can´t. Justice is a luxury only the rich can afford. Stalemate, FACT Ltd get away with fraud.

On 25 November 2011, after becoming concerned at what seems like automated link adding to STC I investigate the STC database and IP addresses responsible for this behavior. Result is a spreadsheet that shows that massive amounts of IP addresses linked with Indian Anti-Piracy company Aiplex Software which has added around a million links to the STC site, some of which are being used as evidence of infringement by FACT Ltd in the criminal proceedings. I´m stunned at not just the action but also at the scale. While my attention has been focused on the legal battles the MPAA has been attacking me on another front that I didn´t see! The site is now next to useless as these junk links make it seem like every link on the site is broken or leads to incorrect videos. FACT Ltd denies any knowledge of this of course.

I and my team become so concerned at the behavior of FACT Ltd, its barristers and the willingness of the Judge to not just turn a blind eye but to actively protect them from criticism that we decide the only way I can receive a fair trial is if the case is prosecuted by an independent party, the Crown Prosecution Service. The CPS has the power to take over any private prosecution and prosecute it itself or even stop it if it believes it is not in the public interest. My team prepares over a 100 page application annexed by 1046 pages of accompanying evidence and sends it to Kier Starmer, the Director of Public Prosecutions. We are sure that the DPP will be concerned at the illegal surveillance conducted by FACT Ltd as well as the numerous other issues such as withholding of evidence from the defense team. It is a masterpiece of a document and for the first time it feels like a spade has been called a spade in this nightmare. The document dispenses with the usual airs and graces that the legal profession hold to and tells it how it is — FACT Ltd are liars and here is the evidence to prove it. I feel hopeful that I may get a fair trial after all but there is one thing standing in the way, the trial is due to start in a few weeks and Evans may rule that it is going ahead regardless of the DPP application.

On 21 February 2011 the trial is due to start however my team makes the application that it should not go ahead until the DPP has had a chance to study the application and decide what to do with it. Evans is left with no choice but to adjourn the trial and is clearly very unhappy at this. Evans says he is extremely troubled at the DPP application and I think “Yes! He has finally understood what we have been saying about them!” until it becomes clear that it isn’t that he is extremely troubled at the allegations we have made but that we have dared to actually make them! I feel like I’m in the Twilight Zone, what Judge could possibly not be worried about the evidence that FACT Ltd have lied to a higher court than his and are continuing to do so in his own? It just beggars belief how biased Evans is and I have to pinch myself to make sure I´m not in some nightmare. Despite his attitude Evans refixes the trial date for 14 November 2011. FACT Ltd barrister Groome asks the judge to consider remanding me into custody as I am “still running his criminal enterprise and costing the movie industry millions”. Evans replies that he is not going to remand me but that “his continued operation of the site will have serious consequences when it comes to sentencing”. Notice that Evans´s choice of the word “when” not “if”. He hasn’t even heard any evidence yet.

FACT Ltd respond to our allegations in the DPP submission by submitting their own document which basically extolls their virtues, compares themselves to the RSPCA who also bring private prosecutions and investigate crime (I think this is vile that FACT Ltd see themselves as anything even close to the RSPCA), and says that they are allowed to conduct surveillance because they are a private company and therefore RIPA does not apply (why do you fill out pseudo-RIPA forms then?). As a coup de grace they say that the High Court has confirmed that FACT Ltd is an honorable organization in the Leveson Scopelight judgment. It is utterly disgusting.

On 5 May 2011 the DPP respond to the application with a three page reply by Kier Starmer declining to intervene in private prosecution and stating regarding FACT´s surveillance operations that this “does not appear to offend against any principle of known law”. This is against the background of him investigating News of the World employees for committing crime by just hacking into someone’s voice mail. If that is illegal Mr. Starmer, and you have since charged the people involved in the NOW scandal so you must think it is, then how is it not illegal to enter someone´s home under false pretenses and video record them? Did it not occur to you Mr. Starmer that Rupert Murdoch is a controlling entity in FACT Ltd as well as NOW? I am devastated at this rejection by the DPP and lose all hope of a fair trial. I wonder what favors FACT Ltd/the MPAA had to call in to swing this feat.

On 14 July 2011 I collapse in pain after lifting a box and am diagnosed as suffering from a severely herniated disc. I am prescribed heavy duty painkillers and told to remain in bed (not that I have much choice as I literally cannot sit or walk). My doctors tell me that there is no way I can stand trial in this condition which I agree with as I can only lie flat on my back. I am booked for a discectomy operation in February 2012. My legal team makes an application for the trial to be adjourned until after I have had my operation and it is heard before Judge Evans in November 2011. FACT Ltd.’s barrister David Groome stoops to new lows when he tells the judge that I probably slipped my disc on purpose to get out of the trial. Yes that’s right Mr. Groome, I did it on purpose and I´m putting myself through incredible pain and a very serious operation just to avoid a trial for a few more months. Sleazebag. Groome also wheels out a report from a supposed orthopedic expert at Kings College London who says I would have no problem attending a trial as my pain level would be manageable. This is a doctor who has not examined me and has no idea of my pain levels but is willing to write a report saying what I can and cannot do. Unbelievable. It seems it isn’t just lawyers, policemen and judges that FACT Ltd can bend to its will. Later we discover that far from being the eminent surgeon that Groome says this doctor is he is just a trainee registrar who has not reached the level that allows him to see patients on his own without supervision. This lying to the court doesn’t bother Judge Evans however he is in a tight spot if he decides to go ahead with the trial without me as I have a fixed date for getting better, this isn’t an opened ended thing. In the face of the established legal authorities Evans´s grudgingly adjourns the trial until 5 May 2012.

I have my operation on 14 February 2012 and nearly die on the operating table when my nervous system shuts down temporarily. The operation is only a partial success and I am left with extended nerve damage causing substantial sciatica pain in my right leg. Sitting is very uncomfortable even with the massive amounts of tramadol, codeine and diazepan that I have to take but that doesn’t change the fact that I have a trial date in May so I have to man up and work out how I am going to make it through. I speak with my doctors who seriously advise against sitting every day for 5 hours a day for 8 weeks but I explain I have no choice; I am not going to let Evans and FACT Ltd run this trial without me as this will mean certain conviction. My doctors tell me they can give me slow release morphine injections that should help but that it will affect my ability to function. I have no choice but to accept this despite the disadvantage it will give me at trial.

On 3 May 2012 I close SurfTheChannel.com due to the fact that I cannot maintain it and focus on the trial at the same time. It is a very sad time as the enormous work that went into building and running that site meant nothing in the end. That being said FACT Ltd and the MPAA were unable to shut me down with their dirty tricks, their illegal attacks or their poisonous news stories. I shut STC down on my own terms not theirs. RIP STC.

The trial of Anton Vickerman and Kelly Vickerman for conspiracy to defraud the movie industry started on 8 May 2012 and ran until 27 June 2012. If you were looking for an example of British Justice in all its shining glory then you weren´t going to find it here. We were about to enter a parallel universe in which there were two prosecutors, FACT Ltd and Judge Evans, in which the Judge had no grasp of the internet or copyright law and in which evidence that would never have normally made it up the court room steps due to its dodginess was readily accepted as factual here. Throw into this the changing of stories by FACT Ltd.’s witnesses mid testimony, David Groome, the FACT Ltd barrister visibly shaking his head left and right or up and down to help his witnesses when they were being examined by my barrister, the Judge attempting to stop any criticism of FACT Ltd by my barrister (at one point screaming “This case is about Copyright Theft! Surveillance by FACT Ltd has nothing to do with it!”) and finally the coaching of witnesses during breaks by FACT Ltd.’s staff who would leave the court every time a witness was asked to leave and discuss their evidence with them before they returned back in. We really were in the most bastardised version of a fair trial that anyone could possibly imagine.

The first thing that happens in a trial is that the jury is picked. For my trial we were informed that there was a pool of 30 jurors available of which 12 would be randomly picked. However, before this could happen all of the potential jurors would be brought into court and asked whether they were employed by or affiliated with a list of companies or websites that FACT Ltd had produced. My team and I looked at this list and it was clearly split into the goodies and the baddies. On the goodies side was each of the big six movie studios, FACT Ltd, MPAA and a few others and on the baddies side was ThePirateBay, MegaVideo, SurfTheChannel, TVShack and other websites. The jury was asked to retire and consider their positions and then write down on a piece of paper a reason, if they had a reason, why they could not sit on the jury for this trial. Out of the 30 jurors four admitted they were connected with the movie industry and were dismissed from serving. Now I may be wrong but what are the odds that out of all the occupations in the world it just so happens that 4 out of 30 potential jurors picked, supposedly at random, for my trial would be connected with the movie industry? Paranoia time. Then we found out that of the 26 left two of them were employed by Northumbria Police, one as a serving officer. Now it seems to me that as I sued Northumbria Police in court and caused them some major problems in a well-publicized case, at least within NP and other circles, that it wasn’t appropriate for their employees to sit in judgment of me on the jury. Apparently though the Judge had no problem with that and they were allowed into the pool. We finally ended up with our 12 jurors and I was dismayed to see that the large majority were middle aged or above, at least 4 looked over 60 and one of them had never used a computer in her life (we know this because she tried to get out of jury duty with this excuse but Judge Evans rejected it). We even believe, although we have no way of knowing for sure, that the Northumbria Police officer was appointed foreman of the jury. Fair? I´ll let you decide.

The trial started with FACT Ltd prosecutor David Groome making his opening speech which lasted two days. In this two days Groome practiced a sort of racism by ignoring all the western sites that STC linked too such as BBC iPlayer, 4OD, YouTube etc. and instead made out that STC solely linked to Chinese websites such as Tudou.com, Youku.com, 56.com and others. The picture being drawn by Groome was that “Chinese Website = Illegal” and this jumped from insinuation to outright assertion when Groome stepped it up a gear by saying “these websites are run by Chinese Gangsters, criminals who run blatantly illegal websites”. He then went on to say that these sites were “obviously and totally illegal” despite these sites being publicly listed on the New York Stock exchange and in some cases funded, as in the case of 56.com, by the Venture Capital arms of FACT Ltd.’s own directors. Groome then painted me as an organized criminal in league with these “Chinese gangsters” and that I was “stealing from thieves” by linking to these sites. It got better, these sites couldn´t report me to the Police for linking to them because they themselves were “thugs and villains”. It was very surreal and I couldn’t work out whether Groome actually believed what he was saying or whether he was just very good at lying, with hindsight I now know it was the latter.

During a break while the jury were out my barrister David Wallbank objected to Groome´s description of Chinese websites pointing out that these sites are listed on the New York stock exchange and 56.com is funded by Steamboat Ventures the VC arm of FACT Ltd director Walt Disney. Judge Evans shrugs and looks at Groome who says he will correct this when jury comes back in. When the jury comes back in Groome says “I may have referred to these sites once as illegal, if I did it is important to remember that sometimes they have legal uses”. I look at the Judge expecting him to request a better apology by Groome as it wasn’t “just once” he had spent a full day painting them as illegal but there was no interest. Groome realised he could say whatever he wanted without fear that this Judge would hold him to account.

Groome then went on to tell the jury that I attended business meetings in disguise wearing things such as a false beard (I had a goatee beard for a couple of months around the time I met the fake investor Van Veen/Hetzscholdt) at which point I burst out laughing due to the absurdity of this. I seriously considered attending court the next day wearing one of those googly eye spectacle kits and an Osama Bin Laden style beard but thought that it may not go down to well. Groome also told the jury that I used a string of aliases to deceive people which in reality was reference to me using usernames online like virtually every other person on the internet (there aren´t actually people called pinkythedog57 Mr. Groome). Of course this is not how Groome put it, you would have thought that I was actually out in public wearing my disguises conning old ladies out of their life savings. It was a grotesque lie that Judge Evans at least was eating up which was evident from his little comments and head nods. Groome then went on to explain to the jury what Usenet was with the help of FACT Ltd.’s pet expert, Andrew Clark of Detica Ltd. Groome finally finishes his opening by telling the jury that I was downloading material from Usenet and then uploading it to third party sites from my computer (which I later conclusively show to be false). By the time Groome had finished I was sure I was going to prison. He was a very convincing liar.

The trial then started properly with witnesses and evidence being called. I use the term evidence in its loosest form. Various experts, all employed by FACT Ltd, were called to show how Usenet worked, how Bittorrent worked (remember bittorrent = illegal) despite these things having nothing to do with the way STC operated. Then we moved on to MPAA investigator Pascal Hetzscholdt who admits to posing as STC investor “Roger Van Veen” using venture capital firm Redwood Capital as his cover story. PH goes on to explain how he was authorized to conduct this surveillance operation by MPAA Vice Counsel Thomas Dillon. Mr. Dillon, for those readers who do not know, is a powerful man with great influence in the UK Government. He is attributed with almost single handedly writing the Digital Economy Act 2010 that was voted into law by our Government in true “the Americans want it so we have to do it” fashion. It was Dillon who authorized the surveillance of me by the MPAA, interesting. My barrister then accuses Hetzscholdt of “disappearing” an audio recording of the meeting in London due to the fact that I did not say anything controversial. DW then accuses PH of using the lack of an audio recording as an opportunity to create a false recollection of events which PH denies. DW then went on to explain that as the MPAA would not put up anyone as a witness to represent them that he had no choice but to ask PH about other MPAA issues. DW went on to allege that the MPAA arranged commercially damaging news stories containing false information about STC in an attempt to isolate it as a “piracy site” so that its commercial partnerships with TV networks such as Discovery Channel, A&E Television Networks and others were destroyed, that senior MPAA personnel including John Malcolm contacted NBCUniversal to pressure them into terminating A&E Television Networks partnership agreement with SurfTheChannel and that Thomas Dillon was involved in that email chain and that this same tactic was used with Discovery Channel and Warner Bros to kill off STC´s commercial partners. At this point Judge Evans interrupts the questioning of Hetzscholdt by Wallbank by saying “where is this all going Mr. Wallbank. This case is about Copyright Theft by Mr. Vickerman not about what the MPAA or FACT may or may not have done!”. I wonder how it is possible that I end up with a Judge who doesn´t realize there is no such offence as Copyright Theft and worse thinks it is OK to say that I have committed it in front of the jury.

Next up is FACT Ltd investigator Alan Haskell who admits to completing an internal FACT RIPA form that uses “Anton Vickerman is selling and distributing DVD´s through his website” as the justification for the surveillance. When pressed on why he used that reason rather than the truth Haskell has no answer. Eventually Haskell says that allowing downloads from a site is the same as selling DVD´s. When pressed on what evidence there is to suggest that STC allowed downloads from its site he stumbles not being unable to saying “someone told me it was”. STC has never allowed downloads from its site, it has only ever contained links. Haskell then says that the RIPA form was fine as the FACT Ltd Director General, former Chief Detective Superintendent of Metropolitan police Kieron Sharp, signed it off. When pressed by Wallbank what makes him think that a fake RIPA form allows FACT to conduct directed and intrusive surveillance Haskell says “we act in the spirit of RIPA but are not regulated by it as we are a private company”. Haskell passes the buck by telling DW “you will have to ask Kieron Sharp that” to which DW replies “we would love to Mr. Haskell but he has refused to attend this court and answer our questions”. I was unaware up until this point that FACT Ltd.’s head honcho, Kieron Sharp, had decided to play the coward card and refuse to answer our questions about his company´s activity. I do not find it surprising to discover that the man running FACT Ltd has no backbone. If he was so sure that his company were doing nothing wrong in running surveillance on UK Citizens without Police knowledge why doesn´t he want to answer questions on it? Exactly. He knows he and his company is acting illegally and the last place he wants to be is in court, under oath, answering some very tricky questions.

Next witness for FACT Ltd is Paul Varney, the private investigator who conned his way into my home. After a brief questioning by Groome my barrister starts to cross-examine him. Varney explains how he was contracted by FACT Ltd Director-General Kieron Sharp to conduct intrusive surveillance in my home. His demeanor amazes me as he proceeds to laugh as he explains how he pretended to be a prospective house purchaser and conned his way in home wearing audio/visual recording equipment. A video recording of this visit shows Varney picking up bills and other confidential papers and filming them when I am out of the room. At this point my wife Kelly bursts into tears as Varney laughs. I find Varney to be a disgusting and sleazy individual and hope that the jury does too. Questioning finishes on this subject with Varney denying acting illegally and repeating the agreed FACT Ltd party line that “private investigation is an unregulated industry”. Next topic is how Varney headed the Newcastle surveillance team that took over following me when I returned from the London meeting with Hetzscholdt. Varney says he was told that I was wearing a “Mexican beard” disguise however when I got off the train I was, according to Varney, “clean shaven”. When pressed by Wallbank if there was a log made about this for the day Varney says there was but that the log has “gone missing” so he is unable to produce it. Varney then slips up and says he explained to Abi Wills (FACT Ltd´s in house solicitor) that he couldn’t find the log book. When Wallbank asks when was the last time he spoke to Abi Wills Varney says “a couple of weeks ago”. Wallbank says “so your saying that FACT´s solicitor contacted you to discuss what evidence you would give to this court?” to which Groome can be seen visibly shaking his head left and right to Varney (saying no). Varney replies that “no, it was just to tell me when I would be needed”. I sit there dazed that the Judge sees no problem with the way this trial is progressing. He has had firsthand evidence of the prosecutor lying and manipulating witnesses on what to say yet there is nothing from Evans, not even a murmur. How can this level of interference in evidence and witnesses be allowed I think to myself. It is clear to me that Judge Evans is as biased as they come, Groome could defecate on his desk and Evans would say thank you. Evans may even want me sent down more than FACT Ltd do. My only hope is that the jury see what is really going on here which by the fact that two of them are asleep (the oldish woman who has never used a computer and a youngish (the only young juror) student type man) and the rest looking bored does not look promising.

Next witness is FACT Ltd.’s former Director of Intelligence and Internet Colin Tansley. Tansley explains how he was a serving Police officer in West Yorkshire Police for a year while he was also seconded to FACT Ltd. His job was to “create information pathways between Police and FACT Ltd” while managing other operations. In other words he was paid to insinuate FACT Ltd even further into the state system. Those “information pathways”? Yeah that is code for allowing FACT Ltd, a vigilante organization run by Hollywood direct access into the Police National Database. Amazing what a bit of money will buy you nowadays. I find myself thinking “I wonder how much the going rate is for a Detective Superintendent nowadays”. Tansley of course denies that this dual role was a conflict of interest or that FACT act unlawfully in conducting surveillance and obtaining confidential information from utilities providers. Tansley then admits that FACT runs an astonishing 15 surveillance operations a month on UK citizens without Police knowledge. Tansley says “we would like to be regulated but there is no-one to regulate us” to which my barrister asks “have you asked the surveillance commissioner to audit your company and procedures to which Tansley answers “no” sheepishly. Yes of course FACT Ltd wants to be regulated, they are desperate for it.

We have a break and before the jury come back in Judge Evans tells Wallbank that he does not see the point in all of these questions about FACT Ltd/MPAA surveillance activities to which Wallbank replies “are you saying that nothing you have heard so far about this issue troubles you or has changed your mind regarding this prosecution your honor?” to which Evans half shouts “No it has not!”. Evans goes on to say that “I do not think it important and I will be strongly directing the jury on this matter when it comes time to sum up the case”. I bet he will.

It´s time for the big show. FACT Ltd.’s star witness, and my former programmer, Brendan DeBeasi takes the stand. DeBeasi proceeds to recount his history working for me leaving out all the things that would make him look bad and emphasizing, or in certain cases completely creating, things that make me look bad. He tries to paint himself as a young guy just looking for money to put himself through College rather than the money grabbing little mercenary he really is. He has been very well coached and during Groome´s questioning says the chat logs that he has produced, supposedly between him and I, have not been tampered with or edited by him. He then goes on to say that I was uploading movies to third party sites and then linking to them from STC as were lots of the STC staff. I am fuming at his lies and having a hard time keeping my emotions in check at this point. By the time he has finished my knuckles are white from gripping my seat so hard. Then it´s our turn, David Wallbank starts to cross-examine. DeBeasi admits that we fell out after he was not completing the work he was supposed to and that I had sacked him. His response to me firing him was to contact TVShack.net, QuickSilverscreen.com and SideReel.com with an offer to “bring SurfTheChannel to its knees” for the right price. DeBeasi fully admits offering the source code for sale in addition to offering information to SurfTheChannel´s rivals on SurfTheChannel server infrastructure so that illegal DDOS attacks could be mounted against the site. DeBeasi´s intentions are clear by the email address that he used — “stckiller@hushmail.com”. I wonder if the jury is getting this and from the looks on their faces they seem horrified that this person is FACT Ltd.’s star witness. I don´t think they believe him one bit.

DeBeasi goes on to admit that the Instant Message chat logs relied on by prosecution were produced by him but says he did not change them to bolster FACT Ltd.’s case. I can tell you categorically that he did, he added certain lines and amended existing conversations to make it seem like I was talking about uploading movies to third party websites. The interesting thing about this evidence is that he put the chat logs on a CD and mailed it to FACT Ltd, it wasn’t evidence that was pulled from one of his hard drives by a forensic examiner. I am amazed that this evidence was even allowed into court but Judge Evans realised without it FACT Ltd.’s case was doomed so he ushered it in with the words “the jury can decide whether it is reliable or not”. David Wallbank starts to take DeBeasi through the steps of where these chat logs have actually come from and it is suspicious to say the least. DeBeasi tells us that a matter of hours before he was raided he just so happened to put in a new hard drive to his laptop and copy files across to it, some of which were the chat logs. It is “just a coincidence” that he changed his hard drives in his laptop a matter of hours before the FBI raid and yes if he had changed the content of the chat logs then this moving of the logs to another drive would hide the fact that they had been changed (using a tool such as TimeStomp can easily change File Creation, Modified dates back etc.). DeBeasi then goes on to deny having contact with the MPAA before the raid on his home and denies knowledge of the raid before it happened. I firmly believe that when he contacted STC´s rivals offering to “bring STC to its knees” that he also contacted the MPAA and they then used him to engineer the evidence that he was presenting in court.

We have a break and when we return Groome stands up and says “your honor just before the jury return I have been made aware by Mr. DeBeasi that Mrs. Vickerman was mouthing the words “Fuck you” to Mr. DeBeasi when he was just giving evidence. At this point I jump up and shout “that is an outrageous lie! You fucking scumbags!” while pointing at FACT Ltd.’s legal team. I was raging. The very thought that Kelly, the meekest of people would do such a thing was preposterous and DeBeasi and FACT Ltd had clearly cooked up this little accusation to throw my team off its game. The Judge shouted at me to sit down and told Groome that he had not seen anything from Kelly and that is all he will say on the matter. I think even Evans at this point didn´t believe FACT Ltd.’s behavior (but that didn´t last long).

DeBeasi returns to the stand and admits to formatting his Apple Time Capsule thereby wiping the backups of the chat logs four days after being asked to preserve them by FACT Ltd. He can´t explain why he did this he says. I can of course, he was destroying evidence that he had tampered with the chat logs. DeBeasi then says he is not tailoring his evidence to help FACT despite admitting that his immunity deal in the US is dependent on him “performing well” in the Vickerman prosecution. Finally, several members of the jury are heard to gasp as DeBeasi admits the MPAA offered him a job not long after he agreed to cooperate in this prosecution. I really don´t see how the jury can buy anything that this man says after they have heard all of this. DeBeasi is clearly a scumbag of the highest order despite the young student act he has tried, and failed, to pull off.

What the jury wasn´t made aware of was that I discovered that Brendan DeBeasi had started up a pedophile website called JailBaitBox.com that showed pictures of “underage girls that you want to fuck” according to DeBeasi´s blog. I lobbied my team that we should be using this to show the jury what sort of character he really was but I was overruled. At least you the reader now know what a vile human being Brendan DeBeasi really is. And make no mistake, both FACT Ltd and the MPAA were aware of Brendan DeBeasi´s pedophile activities when they were offering him work and persuading him to cooperate with them. To these people taking down STC and securing a conviction against myself was more important than protecting young girls from exploitation by Brendan DeBeasi.

The prosecution rested their case and at last I got the chance to give evidence and rebut the accusations that FACT Ltd and Groome had spread about me for years. I explained that the operation of STC had been utterly misrepresented by Groome/FACT Ltd in an attempt to paint as black a picture as possible. When asked what I thought of the prosecutor David Groome I said “It is my experience that Mr. Groome will say whatever he needs to win this case” at which point the Judge reprimanded me and suggested I apologise to Mr. Groome which I would not. In Judge Evans´s court it is fine for the prosecutor to spend weeks smearing my character and telling lies about me but when I say a single sentence Judge Evans comes down on me like a ton of bricks. Such is the balance in this court. I go on to explain how Groome has cherry picked forum posts and taken them out of context to fit his distorted presentation of STC before then going on to show that there has been no uploading from any of my computers by pointing to a complete lack of evidence of this “despite 3 separate teams of forensic investigators examining them”. Next I went on to explain how I had researched the law regarding communication of copyrighted to the public and received advice that linking to material infringing or not is entirely legal. Then I covered how STC´s then number one rival, BlinkX.com, has commercial partnerships with every one of FACT´s directors despite BlinkX.com having the exact same links that FACT is using as evidence of illegality in this case. Finally I cover how amazed I am that FACT Ltd has been allowed to get away with “illegal surveillance”. I say “In this day and age of phone hacking how can it be legal for a private company which is totally unregulated to be allowed to enter someone’s home without police knowledge?”. Judge Evans rolls his eyes at this point and shakes his head.

I then go on to present evidence (that is unchallenged by FACT Ltd) that shows that so called “Anti‐Piracy” companies, in particular Aiplex Software, are responsible for automated adding of around a million links to the STC website some of which are then being relied on in this prosecution. Following this I explain that STC had partnership deals with A&E Television Network, Discovery Channel and Warner Bros. but that these deals were terminated after the MPAA brought pressure to bear on these companies as is evidenced by the small amount of the internal MPAA emails we were disclosed. Judge Evans jumps in at this point and says “well there is nothing sinister there it is just a case of one hand not knowing what the other is doing!” to which my barrister asks me “is that your opinion Mr. Vickerman?” to which I reply “I´m afraid not, it´s my opinion that the MPAA deliberately sabotaged STC´s commercial partnerships so it would make it easier for them to isolate STC as a piracy website”. Judge Evans scoffs and rolls his eyes at this. I then explain to the jury that I placed the servers in Spain as it is where the server is based that decides what law is applied to a website. Spanish law had been settled in late 2008 by the highest court in Spain stating that linking to infringing content is not a criminal offence. When Groome challenges this assertion I refer him to the SportRadar case in which the UK High Court agreed that if a communication takes place it takes place where a server is located. Groome tries to stop me saying this and calls a point of law so that jury do not hear more on the SportRadar case and the vital ruling that is a cornerstone of my defense. When the jury leaves the Judge, as always, sides with Groome and orders that SportRadar cannot be referred to in front of the jury.

Then we are finished in all but the closing statements and the Judge´s summing up. I´m feeling quietly confident at this point as I have proven that many of Groome´s lies are exactly that and we have shown FACT Ltd to be what they are. Groome gives a surprisingly short closing basically rehashing the running theme through the case. That I am a criminal who knew he was committing a crime, that the real business for me was movies and the other legitimate links on his site were a smokescreen etc. Groome says finally “whether he likes it or not it does not matter where the server is located, STC was located where it was operated from which is in the UK”. This blatantly incorrect assertion would not have been possible had Evans allowed the vital SportRadar case ruling to be examined in open court.

After Groome finished his closing speech Judge Evans decides to discharge the only young juror in the jury two days before the jury is due to deliberate. Judge Evans says that the juror has a job interview to go to on Wednesday 27th June and that he (the judge) will not be finished summing up the case before then. The juror is dismissed and the judge finishes summing up on the morning of Tuesday 26th June which would have given plenty of time for the young man to be involved in deliberation. Evans was stacking the deck in his and FACT Ltd.’s favor.

My barrister David Wallbank gives a brilliant closing speech asking the jury to really look at what is going on here. Revisiting the proven lies that we had caught FACT Ltd out on and stating what my defense was — that STC is covered by EU law and given exemption from liability and that there was no communication to the public taking place by the simple provision of a link. Even if there was a communication taking place this communication took place where the server was located and at this time the servers were in Spain and subject to Spanish law (which said my site was legal). I could not be dishonest by running my website because I did not believe I was breaking the law.

After this Judge Evans started summing up at 12:45 on 25 June 2012. He is so full of fury that several of the jurors are visibly shocked. No longer is Evans able to disguise blatant bias. Evans growls at the jury that the cost to the movie industry of piracy is huge and tells them “think of the little people at the end of credits, the cameraman, the grip boy and others who lose their jobs because of this piracy and copyright theft!”. My heart sinks. Evans has decided that he has to step in to make sure I am convicted. I reach a new low. Judge Evans then tells jury that the defense has called evidence on a number of issues relating to FACT Ltd itself and its actions however “you can be sure ladies and gentlemen of the jury that if I thought this prosecution was improper I would not have allowed it to continue. You should not therefore let your feelings about how FACT Ltd has acted affect your judgment”. He goes on to then relate to them the summary of evidence from the very start of the trial until the end by revisiting the prosecution case stage by stage with no reference to the defense case whatsoever. I didn´t realize that the Judge acts as a second prosecutor in trials and at the end of the day I ask my team “can he do this?”. My team seems as stunned as me that the Judge is acting in this way. This is not good.

The next day Judge Evans continues summing up the case, or, I should say, the prosecution case. After the morning break, before the jury returns, my barrister David Wallbank takes the unprecedented step of saying Judge Evans “your honor you have been summing up the case for almost a day now and the weight that has been accorded to the prosecution case by you is far greater than the defense case. It is our opinion that there is now no possibility that anything you say could rectify the damage you have done to the defense case but that does not mean you should not at least try”. Judge Evans is furious however when the jury comes back gives a token representation of what he thinks the defense case is. The only problem is, to my astonishment, that he doesn’t understand what the defense case is. He tells the jury that “it is the defendant´s defense that it is irrelevant where the website servers are located” to which I almost jump up and shout “no it’s not you fucking imbecile! It´s my case that the server location is VITAL!”. I wonder if Judge Evans has listened at all to the last eight weeks and question how he could get my defense so incredibly wrong? Was it on purpose or was he really that stupid? Evans then scuppers his halfhearted reference to the defense case by saying “it should be obvious to anyone that he is infringing copyright though”.

Then comes the death blow and the reason that I was convicted. Evans says “Ladies and Gentlemen of the jury, it is your job to decide what the facts are and it is my job to tell you what the law is and I am telling you that the law is that linking to content knowing that it is infringing copyright is illegal”. He then says “if I have got the law wrong then don´t worry ladies and gentlemen of the jury because a higher court than me will put that right”. He then finishes by saying “so when you take away all of the complications the question for you is very simple. First do you find that Vickerman uploaded content to third party websites and then linked to them from STC? If you do then he is guilty because that would be dishonest. Secondly if you do not believe the first allegation then do you believe that his website linked to content on third party websites knowing that content on third party sites was infringing copyright, if you do then he was acting dishonestly there and you must find him guilty”. At this point I knew I was screwed. The Judge had essentially just directed the jury to find me guilty due to his ignorance of what the law actually was. It is not illegal to link to third party websites in the jurisdiction that STC was based, which is Spain (hell it´s not even a criminal offence in the UK!). Therefore I was not breaking the law of the UK and was not being dishonest. The Judge had incorrectly directed the jury on the law; I believe deliberately which explains why he was so keen to keep the SportRadar ruling away from the jury. To say I was devastated at this blatant abuse of the Judge´s power was an understatement. But you always have hope don´t you, maybe the jury will ignore the judge´s direction if they were uncomfortable with the way FACT Ltd have acted?

Fat chance. They took just over a day to return a verdict of Guilty for myself and Not Guilty for my wife Kelly. Judge Evans told me “Anton Vickerman your crimes are so serious that the outcome is inevitable. Your premeditation to commit these crimes is a factor I will be taking into account when I sentence you on 30 July. You may now leave the dock to return for sentencing on the thirtieth”. I walked out of that court room shocked at what had happened. Shocked that FACT Ltd had gotten away with it, with a major helping hand from His Honor Judge Evans.

Over the next few days I took stock of the situation and analyzed my position. I was definitely going to get whacked with a heavy sentence given the way the Judge had behaved in the trial and his speech about “the little people” of the movie industry who suffer from “this piracy”. I wondered why he hadn’t sent me straight to prison and I formed a theory. He didn’t really know what he could get away with giving me as this was a first for the UK. He would need to take advice, but from whom? Then it hit me, of course! The Chairman of the Sentencing Council was none other than Lord Brian Leveson. The circle is complete. I then start to wonder whether Evans acted the way he did because he had been given some sort of encouragement from higher up the food chain. I could imagine the cozy little chat over a cigar “just get him convicted, we don´t care how you do it, there won´t be any comeback for you”. It´s certainly one explanation for Evans´s bizarrely hostile behavior.

I was surprised to find that I was more upset about the way FACT Ltd had won rather than the actual fact that they had won. If had received a fair trial and was convicted then I would accept my fate and that would be that, it really would. But I didn´t receive a fair trial, evidence was withheld from my team by FACT Ltd, Groome was allowed to run riot and break every rule in the law book, FACT Ltd´s witnesses were protected by Evans while he allowed open season on myself, my defense was totally misrepresented by the Judge and then, as a final “fuck you” to British justice, he incorrectly directed the jury on the law. I had been the victim of a Kangaroo Court in which the deck had been so well stacked against me there was no chance of winning whatsoever.

But it wasn´t quite over yet. FACT Ltd had one final dirty trick up their sleeve.

Shortly before the thirtieth of July my legal team receive notice that FACT Ltd. has written to Judge Evans and supplied him with a statement from the Chairman of FACT Ltd, Mr. Trevor Albery. Mr Albery is also the head of Warner Bros. EMEA region (FACT Ltd´s chairperson is rotated every couple of years with the one of the big six movie studios taking the chairmanship in turns). Mr Albery´s statement is designed to do one thing, estimate how much money has been lost by my “victims”, the movie industry. Accompanying Mr Albery´s statement is a report by a Professor Liebowitz which uses the recent IPSOS study and other industry sponsored statistics to calculate losses for the movie industry. Without getting into complex formulas it basically boils down to 1 view of a link on STC equals 1 lost movie attendance or DVD Rental. Does this rubbish sound familiar to you? Yep me too. Albery estimates that I have cost the movie industry up to £198,000,000, yes you read that right, one hundred and ninety eight million pounds. Now there is a few things to say about this. Firstly FACT Ltd had an opportunity to place this statement before the jury at trial and we were ready to rebut it with our own study from an expert that explained that industry figures were unreliable, self-serving and that rather than harm the movie industry piracy actually acts as a try before you buy type of mechanism. FACT Ltd. took the decision to not place this evidence before the jury and we therefore agreed not to put our report in. By doing this Mr Albery was not needed to attend court and give evidence on these figures and have the evidence tested by ourselves through cross-examination of him. What FACT Ltd. had now done was effectively given evidence after the trial and without an opportunity for me or my team to properly test it, as should be my right, in court. It was typical of their FACT Ltd´s dirty tricks department and, as usual, Judge Evans will see nothing wrong with this and will use it as a basis with which to calculate the length of my sentence. Never mind the fact that these figures are purely guess work based on a flawed methodology. I mean even our own Government stated in the Digital Economy Act consultation that the Rights Holder industry´s figures were unreliable as they were self-serving yet here I am waiting to find out how long I will be in prison based on purely fictional figures! Do you think Judge Evans will pay any attention when we point out that the MPAA´s own figures show that the movie industry profits have increased by a substantial percentage year on year since the year 2000? No I don´t think so either.

The sentencing was pushed back to 14 August 2012 which is today and although I will certainly be in prison by the time you read this I have no idea how long I will get. No-one has ever been sentenced for this type of thing before in the UK (because it´s not illegal!!!!) but my legal team have taken into account the Judge´s behavior and have stated that Evans will probably try to make an example of me and hit me with anything between 4 to 8 years. I know, it’s absolutely crazy. The prosecution of myself was funded by the MPAA through FACT Ltd but they will now, as they always do in their private prosecutions, claim their costs back from the public purse. Together with my legal aid costs, FACT Ltd.’s legal team´s exorbitant costs (because they pay their team very very well) the UK public will have shelled out several million pounds so that FACT Ltd can have me locked up. When you add in the cost of keeping me locked up for a few years you begin to realize that those super rich movie execs sitting in their LA offices really are laughing at the UK system that allows them to prosecute their own cases from LA and then have it all paid for by the British public. There is no such legal loophole in the US that allows private prosecutions; if the state prosecutor there drops the charges against you they stay dropped. This is one of the few occasions that I wish we were more like the US.

On July 29 2012 my team lodged an appeal against my conviction in another masterpiece of a document from my barristers David Wallbank and Jane Oldfield. Most appeals have only one or two points of appeal. Mine has twenty four. The document contains a catalog of errors, biased rulings and fuck ups by the Judge that enabled him and FACT Ltd. to secure my fate. It really is a powerful read that leaves you thinking “Jesus, they have to overturn this conviction”. We will see. I have witnessed too much power and influence be exercised by FACT Ltd. and its masters to be sure that British Justice will set me free. Unfortunately due to the complexity of the appeal document and the amount of transcript reading it will be at least a year before it goes to court.

So that’s it, my last five years in 21 pages. It wouldn´t be right for me to finish off this without thanking my legal team from the bottom of my heart. But first let me be very clear that none of my legal team had any idea I was going to write this story. If they had they would have strongly advised against it but I couldn’t go to prison knowing that FACT Ltd. were trumpeting this victory from the rooftops slandering my name as they did right after the verdict. My lead barrister David Wallbank and his junior Jane Oldfield have worked incredibly hard on this case and gone above and beyond the call of duty. Their integrity, work ethic and intelligence are a sight to behold. The fact that I am now in prison is in no way a reflection of their skills as advocates, they did the best they could but in the end, when the person who is supposed to maintain balance in the court is acting as a second prosecutor the writing is on the wall. My thanks also go out to my solicitors Nick Brett and Max Campbell of Brett Wilson LLP. Nick Brett has waged war tirelessly with me against FACT Ltd from the very start and I have never met a harder working solicitor. Although we lost this case we can all take heart that FACT Ltd, David Groome, Ari Alibhai, Abi Wills and the rest of their legal team did not win because they were right or because of their skill. They won because they lied, cheated and were able to exert power at very high levels. They weren´t good enough to beat us playing fairly and based on the real facts. We are better individuals than them; we have honor. I may be going to prison for a few years but when I am released I will still have my integrity; that is not something that any one of FACT Ltd.’s team can say about themselves. That thought always makes me smile.

So I am starting my new life in prison as you read this and I´m ready for it. They may be able to lock my body up but my mind is free, my will is strong and my spirit will never be beaten. It’s going to take more than a few years in prison to beat me. If my story does nothing else than raise public awareness about FACT Ltd. and their outrageous and continuing abuse of power then my time inside will be worth it. You never know, now that he has charged people with mere phone hacking maybe the DPP Kier Starmer will decide that home invasion by a private company isn´t acceptable after all and investigate FACT Ltd. We can but hope.

I will return.

Anton Vickerman aka Coco
Proud Founder of SurfTheChannel.com (2007-2012)

Accompanying evidence such as internal FACT Ltd emails, MPAA emails, Pseudo-RIPA forms and surveillance material is available in this download here:

http://www.surfthechannel.com/misc762.rar – password to open the rar is “miscarriage22” without the quotes.

Fighting racism in sport: the struggle goes on

0

The fight against racism in sport has come a long way since the launch of the “Let’s kick racism out of football” campaign in 1993 but it would be a serious mistake to imagine that the problem is solved.

Australia believes US wants to prosecute Assange

0

The Australian embassy in Washington is taking seriously the possibility that Assange will eventually be extradited to the United States on charges including espionage and conspiracy relating to a huge leak of classified information on the WikiLeaks website, according to The Age newspaper.

What are the central banks and wall street insiders preparing for?

0

If you want to figure out what is going to happen next in the financial markets, carefully watch what the insiders are doing. Those that are connected have access to far better sources of information than the rest of us have, and if they hear that something big is coming up they will often make very significant moves with their money in anticipation of what is about to happen.

Corruption scandals rock Austrian politics

0

A series of corruption scandals involving leading politicians is currently dominating political life in Austria. Politicians from the former right-wing government coalition of the People’s Party (ÖVP) and Freedom Party (FPÖ) are accused of gross corruption and abuse of office. No less than five former ministers from the cabinet of 2000-2007 led by former chancellor Wolfgang Schüssel (ÖVP) are currently under investigation.

AntiLeaks Launches DDoS Attack Against Russia Today

0

Russia Today news channel was forced offline on Friday by a massive Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attack by the same hacking group that attacked WikiLeaks and live streaming video service Bambuser.

Fall in unemployment will be ‘short lived’

0

Critics have said the unemployment figures released by the government are distorted. The Office of National Statistics (ONS) recorded a 0.2% drop in unemployment down to eight per cent in the last three months, with those claiming jobseekers allowance down 5,900 to 1.59 million.

Assange case highlights EU arrest warrant ‘abuses’

0

The EU arrest warrant scheme under which WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange is set to be extradited to Sweden is a “threat to human rights,” as it is often abused with harsh consequences for the lives of the people concerned, Europe’s chief human rights defender Thomas Hammarberg said.

UK’s first cyber security camp aims to train an army of cyber warriors

0

A cyber security boot camp will be held for the first time in the UK next month, training up amateur security analysts to improve the country’s future cyber defence.

UK Gov to sell school playing fields against advice

0

The Education Secretary overruled internal advice from his own independent experts to force through the sale of school playing fields, The Daily Telegraph can disclose.

The Best of a Bad Situation – Winners of the Global Recession

0

The global recession that began in 2007 has seen a lot of people and businesses fall on very hard times. Behemoths of commerce, companies that seemed unassailable in their profitability in happier times have found themselves filing for bankruptcy and many individuals have seen their personal wealth diminish substantially.

But, as with any situation, there are winners and losers in this most recent bout of economic depression. Indeed, in downturns of the past, some of the world’s biggest and best known corporations were founded in more impoverished times, including Burger King, Microsoft and HP, to name just a few.

So who are the winners in this recession? Which industries have found their feet in a climate so forbidding to the rest? Read on and find out.

Payday Loans


CC via Flickr

With a surge in unemployment and rising living expenses, many people are finding themselves living from pay check to pay check. As a result, there’s a huge amount of demand now for these very short term loans (albeit with sky-high interest rates) intended to get you through a couple of days until borrowers can get back on their feet. Over the past three years, the number of requests for loans in the UK increased by one million, bringing the industry to a total of worth over £2 billion.

Price-point Retailers


CC via Flickr

Price-point retailers are those stores that sell a wide variety of items at especially low prices that are uniform across the store (i.e. pound or dollar stores). Outlets of this kind hav been growing steadily since the beginning of the economic downturn, with consumers cutting costs on every-day essentials like cleaning products so as to free up disposable income elsewhere.

Website Development


CC via Flickr

Reporting growth of between 2- 2.5% a year and with 150,000 jobs being advertised per quarter, this sector is booming. As large organisations find themselves having to cut back on their traditional marketing spend (TV and print advertising) they have been spending money on promotion via SEO and social media to pull in customers rather than push their products and services out to them, hence the growth in website development. Online commerce tends to do relatively well in times of austerity when consumers go seeking out the cheapest deals rather than visiting brick-and-mortar outlets, and that means that having a strong online presence is essential.

Management Consultancy


CC via Flickr

With many companies downsizing and restructuring, management consultants are needed to help ensure that these processes go ahead as smoothly without compromising on corporate performance. UK consultancies are finding lucrative markets overseas worth £914 million. The biggest growth area is environmental consultancy, which is up 31 per cent to £77 million.

Health, Wellness and Fitness


CC via Flickr

As money loses value in the recession more people are beginning to realise that health certainly is wealth. To make themselves feel better despite the economic gloom people are working out and attending spas. Research has shown that exercise boosts confidence and can fight off depression. This may be a factor in why the fitness industry has grown its market value by four per cent since 2008. There are also some other possible explanations as to why the fitness sector has done so well during the recession. One is that when consumers tighten the purse strings, healthy eating habits often get cut from the budget. Perhaps this extra spending on fitness is a product of consumers looking elsewhere for their health fix. Whatever the reason, it’s a good time to be in the industry.

So it’s not quite all doom and gloom, at least if you happen to be in the right game. The thing to remember is that there’s always a niche to be filled, and if you’re able to change with the game, you can survive the slow times.

If you’re doing well in this harsh climate and are looking to invest some cash, consider forex broker Iron FX.

Cannabis legalization would raise $32 million for Colorado

0

Holy smokes! A new report has found that Colorado could be $32 million better off, if voters decide to give the green light to Amendment 64 that would legalize the herb. And that’s not even taking into account the amount that would be spent on munchies.

Pakistan not doing enough to protect vulnerable children

0

A new report has highlighted 2331 cases of violence against children in Pakistan, stating the government is not able, or not willing to help them.

Ebay Bans Prayers, Spells and Hexes

0

It’s the age old dilemma; you need to hex someone but you just don’t have the time to do it yourself. Thankfully, in exchange for a fee, there’s always been a horde of Ebayers that are more than willing to do it for us… that is, until this September.

Government orders web firms to store and deliver users online data

0

Australia’s government has been seeking legal changes which will require communications companies to keep all web users’ data, emails and social media traffic for up to two years, to be given up, along with any passwords, on pain of imprisonment, to the Australian Security and Intelligence Organisation (ASIO). Terrifyingly, the ASIO was also to be given free hand to remotely access people’s computers and ‘legally modify, delete or add files’, without a warrant, if ASIO thought your computer was linked, for example through an open wi-fi connection, to any other computers under investigation.